Wl
@SSis
pi % I
f<#»,v «K’H
w&fj?
*siip
LglodSJ
ms.
gsfeg
(pfelKii
'ol . 73
aL £(>S~
February 3, 1960
TABLE OF CONTENTS
and
AUTHOR INDEX
Nos. 1 - 34
1957 - 1959
; Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
No. 1. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. General Account, by Jean
Delacour. 11 pp., 4 figs. Jan. 23, 1957.
No. 2. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General, by E. Yale
Dawson. 20 pp., 5 figs., 2 maps. Jan. 24, 1957.
No. 3. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A new dodder from
Goias, Cuscuta burrellii , by T. G. Yuncker. 2 pp., 1 fig. Jan.
25, 1957.
No. 4. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: The lichens, by
Carroll W. Dodge. 2 pp. Feb. 18, 1957.
No. 5. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Cyanophyta, by
Francis Drouet. 2 pp. Feb. 19, 1957.
No. 6. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A new mint from
Goias, Hyptis machrisae, by Carl Epling. 4 pp., 2 figs. Feb.
20, 1957.
No. 7. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae,
various smaller families, edited by E. Yale Dawson. 18 pp., 7 figs.
Mar. 7, 1957.
No. 8. Notes on Eastern Pacific insular marine algae, by E. Yale
Dawson. 8 pp., 4 figs. June 27, 1957.
No. 9. A new species of passerine bird from the Miocene of California,
by Hildegarde Howard. 16 pp., 2 figs. June 28, 1957.
No. 10. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A new columnar
cactus from Goias, by E. Yale Dawson. 8 pp., 4 pis. July 15, 1957.
No. 11. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Chlorophyta;
Euglenophyta, by G. W. Prescott. 29 pp., 5 pis., 1 text fig. Aug.
20, 1957.
No. 12. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Entomology: General;
Systematics of the Notonectidae (Hemiptera), by Fred S. Truxal.
23 pp., 1 pi., 8 text figs. Aug. 21, 1957.
No. 13. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, Legu-
minosae, by Richard S. Cowan. 24 pp., 7 figs. Oct. 23, 1957.
No. 14. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Entomology: Gelastocoridae
(Hemiptera), by E. L. Todd. 4 pp., 1 fig. Oct. 31, 1957.
No. 15. Marine algae of the Pacific Costa Rican gulfs, by E. Yale
Dawson. 28 pp., 4 figs. Oct. 31, 1957.
No. 16. A classification of the Oscines (Aves), by Jean Delacour and
Charles Vaurie. 6 pp. Oct. 31, 1957.
No. 17. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae,
Bromeliaceae and other smaller families, by Lyman B. Smith.
8 pp., 5 figs. Dec. 23, 1957.
r
No. 18. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Musci, by Howard
Crum. 8 pp., 4 figs. Dec. 23, 1957.
No. 19. A new race of pocket gopher, Geomys bursarius, from Missouri,
by Charles A. McLaughlin. 4 pp. Jan. 29, 1958.
No. 20. Further bird remains from the San Diego Pliocene, by Loye
Miller and Robert I. Bowman. 15 pp., 5 figs. Mar. 6, 1958.
No. 21. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae,
Euphorbiaceae, Lentibulariaceae, Rubiaceae, by Julian A. Steyer-
mark. 31 pp., 14 figs. Apr. 21, 1958.
No. 22. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Gramineae, by Jason
R. Swallen. 11 pp., 5 figs. Apr. 21, 1958.
No. 23. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae,
Alstroemeriaceae and other families, by Lyman B. Smith and
collaborators. 12 pp., 5 figs. June 25, 1958.
No. 24. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Fungi, by G. W.
Martin and collaborators. 7 pp., 1 fig. June 25, 1958.
No. 25. Miocene sulids of southern California, by Hildegarde Howard.
15 pp., 3 figs. Aug. 15, 1958.
No. 26. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Hepaticae, by
Margaret Fulford. 2 pp. Aug. 15, 1958.
No. 27. Marine algae from the 1958 cruise of the Stella Polaris in the
Gulf of California, by E. Yale Dawson. 39 pp., 9 figs. Jan.
19, 1959.
No. 28. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae,
Melastomataceae and Polygalaceae, by J. J. Wurdack. 11 pp.,
3 figs. Mar. 2, 1959.
No. 29. Quaternary animals from Shuiling Cave in the Mojave Desert,
California, by Theodore Downs, Hildegarde Howard, Thomas
Clements and Gerald A. Smith. 21 pp., 8 figs. Apr. 14, 1959.
No. 30. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae,
Amaranthaceae and other families, by Lyman B. Smith and
collaborators. 16 pp., 7 figs. July 1, 1959.
No. 31. Late Pleistocene invertebrates of the Newport Bay area, Cali-
fornia, by George P. Kanakoff and William K. Emerson. 47 pp.,
5 figs. Oct. 14, 1959.
No. 32. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae,
Acanthaceae, by Emery C. Leonard. 19 pp., 12 figs. Dec. 15, 1959.
No. 33. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Ornithology: Two new birds
from central Goias, Brazil, by Kenneth E. Stager. 7 pp., 2 figs.
Dec. 15, 1959.
No. 34. A new giant water bug from Mexico (Hemiptera: Belosto-
matidae), by Arnold S. Menke. 4 pp., 8 figs. Dec. 15, 1959.
AUTHOR INDEX
Bowman, Robert I.
No.
20
Clements, Thomas
No.
29
Cowan, Richard S.
No.
13
Crum, Howard
No.
18
Dawson, E. Yale
Nos.
2;
6; 8; 10
Delacour, Jean
Nos.
1;
16
Dodge, Carroll W.
No.
4
Downs, Theodore
No.
29
Drouet, Francis
No.
5
Emerson, William K.
No.
31
Epling, Carl
No.
6
Fulford, Margaret
No.
26
Howard, Hildegarde
Nos.
9;
25; 29
Kanakoff, George P.
No.
31
Leonard, Emery C.
No.
32
Martin, G. W.
No.
24
McLaughlin, Charles A.
No.
19
Menke, Arnold S.
No.
34
Miller, Loye
No.
20
Prescott, G. W.
No.
11
Smith, Gerald A.
No.
29
Smith, Lyman B.
Nos.
• 17;
23; 30
Stager, Kenneth E.
No.
33
Steyermark, Julian A.
No.
21
Swallen, Jason R.
No.
22
Todd, E. L.
No.
14
Truxal, Fred S.
No.
12
Vaurie, Charles
No.
16
Wurdack, J. J.
No.
28
Yuncker, T. G.
No.
3
Inber 1
January 23, 1957
0///^7
i>'6 n\iy
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
GENERAL ACCOUNT
Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
FOREWORD
This is the first installment of a new series which we call Los Angeles
County Museum Contributions in Science. Our institution so far has
never possessed a technical publication of its own. Many important
papers by members of the staff, usually based on material deposited in
the Museum, have in the past appeared in various periodicals issued
throughout the country. As our collections are growing rapidly, they
afford excellent material for study; it has become imperative that the
results of work based on them should be presented in a special publi-
cation. The recent Expedition to Brazil sponsored by Mr. and Mrs.
Maurice A. Machris is a most appropriate occasion to launch our new
“Contributions in Science,” as it has provided us with an unusual wealth
of scientific material and supplied the necessary financial resources to
make a start. This first number, a general account of the Machris Bra-
zilian Expedition, will be followed almost immediately by an intro-
ductory paper on the botanical aspects of the Expedition, and very soon
by others dealing with Entomology, Ornithology, special branches of
Botany and other disciplines.
The present publication is not a periodical. As is the case with many
other scientific museum publications, it will appear from time to time
as the need arises and resources are found.
It is an honor and a pleasure to introduce “Contributions in Science”
to the scientific world.
Jean Delacour, Director
Los Angeles County Museum
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
GENERAL ACCOUNT
By Jean Delacour
The fauna and flora of the world had only begun to be known to
any extent during the 18th century and the ensuing era of discovery
of the bulk of the species, particularly vertebrates, can be said to have
ended in the first half of the 20th century. Today, the finding of many
startling novelties among mammals and birds, for example, is unlikely
to happen. But there is still a great deal to be learned of the dis-
tribution, the variation and the life habits of animals. Also, in
some branches of Natural History, such as Entomology and Botany,
many new forms remain to be found and described. There is, therefore,
a large field still open at present for collecting expeditions. Here in
the west, we are especially eager to gather specimens throughout the
world. Although the museums of eastern cities such as Washington,
New York, Philadelphia and Cambridge (Mass.) possess world wide
series which can happily compare with the great ones of Europe,
there are no such collections in the western United States. Several
museums can boast of excellent western American collections, but
specimens from other parts of the world are comparatively scant.
Material for wide general studies, representing the fauna and flora of
the whole world, is simply not available west of Chicago. It has
occurred to us that Los Angeles, with its County Museum, is particular-
ly well placed to endeavor to build up such world collections. We have
been working toward this ambitious but by no means impossible pro-
ject the last few years. It will, no doubt, take a long time before we
acquire collections which can compare with those of Chicago and
of the eastern cities; but we have made a good start. In recent years,
important material has been obtained in Mexico, in Australia and in
East Africa, thanks to the help of generous friends: Mr. W. J. Sheffler,
Mr. John B. Davidson, and Mr. and Mrs. Maurice Machris.
None of those very useful ventures can, however, compare with the
Brazilian Expedition of 1956 which is among the widest in scope under-
taken in recent years. The Los Angeles County administration pro-
vides the means of keeping the Museum in good order, and of pro-
gressing each year. But for funds for new acquisitions we depend
r
FEB'S 1957
4
Contributions in Science
No. 1
largely upon the generosity of friends. It was, therefore, our good for-
tune that Mr. and Mrs. Maurice Machris offered to sponsor in our
interest a project of such grand scale.
Many parts of the world have been practically closed to exploration
since the last World War. It seemed to us that among the still acces-
sible countries the immense territory of Brazil offered the best chance
for useful work. It was not probable that any part of it would yield
many sensational novelties in the way of vertebrates, but many impor-
tant insects and plants, no doubt, remained to be discovered. Further-
more, very little of the distribution and variation of the species of
mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians and fishes were yet accurately
known.
We chose the headwaters of the Rio Tocantins in the State of Goias,
central Brazil (see fig. 1), as the principal field of research primarily
because of its zoological promise; only a very few birds had been col-
lected in the area previously; there had been no entomological research.
Botanical interest was based on the classical early 19th century collect-
ing in that immediate area. It was urgent to establish the inventory of
its wild life as it is likely to be considerably damaged by civilization
in the near future. A high plateau, 3,000 feet in altitude, with a good
climate, fertile soil and abundant water, central Goias will no doubt
soon be heavily settled, just as similar areas to the south (southern
Goias, western Minas Gerais, and Sao Paulo) have already been. Even
now progressive damage is evident as many areas have been widely
burned to provide for grazing. There is also a plan to build the new
federal Capital there, close to what is today the small town of Planal-
tina, and talk of starting soon on the project is now frequent. All this
means the destruction of a good deal of animal and plant life, even if,
as it is hoped, adequate national parks and nature reserves are estab-
lished when such a development takes place.
Plans for a thorough survey of the selected region were organized
early in 1955, and the personnel for the Expedition chosen, as follows :
Mr. and Mrs. Maurice Machris and myself, as joint leaders
Mr. Harry F. Burrell, professional cinematographer
Dr. E. Yale Dawson, Botanist
Mr. and Mrs. Milton Sperling, in charge of equipment and camping
Mr. Kenneth E. Stager, Curator of Ornithology-Mammalogy
Mr. Dean Torrence, assistant to Mr. Machris
Dr. Fred S. Truxal, Curator of Entomology
1956
Delacour: Brazil
5
'J£i
UU*
Mho, do Bononml
§ AUTA ISA8ii«
}CA¥&WM4t$,
4 $jm mm m
j I
^ptknAvnnk J
AMAIO L&m
%U»SRtAN0IA /
%R8gg?ili0 FRETO/
S*0PAUI<>Wr.OM JANEIRO
SANTOS
Fig. 1. Map showing route of expedition in Brazil (dotted lines). The rec-
tangle marks the area of the headwaters of the Rio Tocantins.
6
Contributions in Science
No. 1
It is, of course, not possible to launch a large expedition into a
foreign country without the necessary permits and the help of local
authorities. Accordingly, we submitted our plans to Dr. Jose Candido
Mello Carvalho, Director of the Museu Nacional do Brasil, at Rio de
Janeiro, inviting his institution to share in our efforts as well as in the
results. His answer was enthusiastic, and his help and efficiency re-
markable. From his staff, he provided the following additional members
of the Expedition who proved to be competent naturalists and delightful
companions: Mr. Antenor L. Carvalho, Herpetologist and Ichthyol-
ogist; Mr. Herbert F. Berla, Ornithologist; and Mr. Joaquim Pereira,
Preparator. In July, 1955, Mr. Torrence flew to Rio de Janeiro to con-
fer with Dr. Carvalho and make all necessary arrangements. Also, at
this time, Mr. Torrence had aerial photographs made of the route that
the Expedition planned to follow in the state of Goias, including newly
built roadways which make much of this country accessible to motor
vehicles for the first time.
Equipment for the Expedition was selected with great care to meet
our particular requirements. Four trucks and two trailers were acquired
to transport the considerable camping and collecting equipment we
needed, and few expeditions so far have been so well fitted. The four
trucks were high-chassised and equipped with 4-wheel drive in order
to negotiate the high-center oxcart roads and difficult terrain with
heavy grades. Two trucks were designed with trap-door top to permit
collecting and the operation of the motion picture camera while travel-
ing. The custom-built trailers carried a 5000 watt electric generator,
refrigerator and deep freeze, and a water purification unit. Tents were
especially designed by Mr. Machris for protection from excessive
temperatures and bothersome insects. All of the equipment, packed in
the trucks and trailers, was shipped by boat to Sao Paulo early in Feb-
ruary, 1956, six weeks before our departure.
Dr. Dawson preceded the rest of the party in order to make advance
contacts with the Director and staff of the Museu Nacional and arrange
with the Customs for the free entry of our equipment. The other Los
Angeles members of the Expedition arrived in Rio de Janeiro by plane
on March 16, 1956. After a week in Rio, visiting the museums and zoos
and making official contacts, we went on to Sao Paulo to prepare for
departure with the vehicles into the interior.
The Expedition left Sao Paulo on March 31st, taking the road north-
ward to Goias, a 600 mile stretch made tedious by the very poor
state of the roadbed. The complete itinerary, including our overnight
1956 Delacour: Brazil
Fig. 2. Equipment ready for shipment from Los Angeles. Part of the Los
Angeles party in foreground, left to right: Dr. Fred S. Truxal, Dr. E. Yale Daw-
son, Harry F. Burrell, Kenneth E. Stager, Maurice A. Machris, and Dean Tor-
rence.
stops (page 11), will show the numerous towns through which we
passed (see also, map, fig. 1). Although the country as far as Anapolis
is well settled and cultivated, we found some interesting specimens on
the way. Traveling northeast from Anapolis, we crossed the divide
separating the Amazon basin from the Parana basin and approached
the headwaters of the Rio Tocantins, the great affluent of the lower
Amazon. Our first Base Camp was established on April 12 at an eleva-
tion of about 3,500 feet, 12 miles north of the small village of Sao Joao
da Alian£a. This was a plateau of extensive grasslands, and gallery for-
ests along the streams. There was plenty of wild life, including large
mammals and birds, and most of the shrubs and herbs were in bloom,
many of them beautiful. We were drenched now and then, the rains be-
ing late to stop this year, and the biting insects were tiresome, but the
temperature was pleasant (maximum 84 °.F, minimum 54°F).
From this Base Camp, collecting activities extended within a radius
of several miles, and side trips were made to nearby localities by var-
ious members of the party. Mr. Torrence and I left the Expedition on
April 19th, but the rest of the party continued the survey of the area
until May 6 before proceeding to the second objective. Although Base
Camp No. 2 was only 90 airline miles northwest from Camp No. 1,
across the Tocantins River, it was necessary to retrace the route south
to Anapolis and then proceed northward again on the west side of the
river, a distance of nearly 500 miles. The second Base Camp was estab-
lished in the Serra Dourada range, 12 miles east of the small town of
8
Contributions in Science
No. 1
Fig. 3. Site of Base Camp # 2 , in the Serra Dourada.
Formoso,* at an elevation of about 3,000 feet, in a region of dense
forest, interspersed with open scrub forest and scant grassland. Temp-
eratures ranged from 94° F to 46° F. Plant and animal life differed
considerably from those encountered at Base Camp No. 1. In addition
to the collecting in the immediate Serra Dourada area, the scientific
members of the party made a 150 mile trip north to Peixe on the Rio
Tocantins. Mr. and Mrs. Machris, accompanied by Mr. Burrell, went
to the Rio Araguaia to the northwest, the home of the interesting
Caraja Indians, in order to gather ethnological and photographic ma-
terial.
Throughout the Expedition, preparation of specimens was greatly fa-
cilitated by the excellent equipment. In the ornithological work, for
example, it was possible to collect in the early morning, and spend
the rest of the day in preparation under comfortable conditions in the
work tent, continuing on into the night by electric light. An excess
of specimens could be placed in the refrigerator or deep freeze for
*On map (fig. 1) at end of dotted spur northeast of Amaro Leite, not to be
confused with the town of Formosa.
1956
Delacour : Brazil
9
Fig. 4. Personnel of the expedition at Base Camp #2. Standing, left to
right: Antenor L. Carvalho, Kenneth E. Stager, Herbert F. Berla, Maurice A.
Machris, Mrs. Maurice A. Machris, Dr. Fred S. Truxal, Mrs. Milton Sperling,
Milton Sperling; kneeling, left to right: Dr. E. Yale Dawson, Joaquim Pereira,
Douglas Shepherd (camp helper, added to the expedition at Anapolis).
attention later. The Entomologist, likewise, made his collections daily
and was able to prepare them under conditions nearly as convenient
as in his own laboratory at the Museum. The availability of the elec-
tric generator enabled the Botanist to press and dry freshly collected
specimens so rapidly that excellent color preservation was possible.
The results of the field preparation, in specimens returned to the Los
Angeles County Museum, are as follows:
Botany — 2200 herbarium and live plant specimens
Entomology — 8100 insect specimens; 1200 arachnid specimens
Mammalogy — 200 study skins and mammal pelts
Ornithology — 859 study skins of birds
In addition, specimens of reptiles, amphibians and fishes were collect-
ed for the Museu Nacional.
The biological work terminated on June 17, whereupon the Expedi-
tion returned to Sao Paulo. Less than three months later, all equipment
10
Contributions in Science
No. 1
and collections had arrived in Los Angeles, marking the termination of
a most interesting and successful collecting trip.
The considerable series of animals and plants are immediately being
worked out either by members of the Expedition and of the Museum
staff, or by specialists throughout the United States, in Canada, France,
Sweden, Netherlands, Argentina and Brazil. As the study of the differ-
ent groups is completed, the results will be published in subsequent
numbers of the present publication.
It is an agreeable duty for me to thank here Mr. and Mrs. Machris
for their generosity as well as their very efficient personal work in the
field and in the preparation of the Expedition; also Dr. Carvalho, the
capable Director of the Museu Nacional do Brasil, without whose help
and cooperation no useful work could have been possible. All the mem-
bers of the staff, both Brazilian and American, proved able, cooperative
and devoted to their work. They will find here the testimony of my
deep appreciation.
RECORDED FIELD TEMPERATURES (High and Low)
Base Camp #1 (4500' elev.) Max. 84°F Min. 54°F
Base Camp #2 (3200' elev.) Max. 94°F Min. 46°F
AVERAGE ANNUAL RAINFALL
*Goias, Goias
Formosa, Goias
Jan. 11.9 inches 12.0 inches
Feb. 11.7 8.0
Mar. 11.4 6.0
Apr. 5.0 5.0
May .4 .5
June .5 - .4
July .1 .4
Aug. .4 .5
Sept. 1.8 2.0
Oct. 4.8 5.0
Nov. 8.7 8.0
Dec. 10.2 12.0
About 170 miles south of Base Camp #2.
1956
Delacour: Brazil
11
ITINERARY
Left Los Angeles — March 14, 1956
Arrived New York City — March 14
Left New York — March 15
Arrived Rio de Janeiro — March 16
Rio de Janeiro — expedition affairs — March 16-22
Left Rio for Sao Paulo — March 22
Arrived Sao Paulo — March 22
Sao Paulo — expedition affairs — to March 30 (inch)
Left for Interior — March 31
March 31 — Campinas, Sao Paulo
April 1 — Campinas, Sao Paulo
April 2 — Ribeirao Preto, Sao Paulo
April 3 — Uberaba, Minas Gerais
April 4 — Uberlandia, Minas Gerais
April 5 — Uberlandia, Minas Gerais ( 1 day’s collecting)
April 6 — Morrinhos, Goias
April 7 — Goiania, Goias
April 8 & 9 Anapolis, Goias
April 10 — Fly camp # 1 near Braslandia, Goias
April 11 — Fly camp #2 south of Sao Joao da Alianca
April 12 — Established Base Camp # 1, 12 miles north of Sao Joao da Alianca
April 12 4
to y — Field activities at Base Camp # 1
May 6 J
April 19 — Delacour and Torrence left Base Camp # 1 for Sao Paulo
May 7 — Fly camp enroute to Anapolis
May 8 — Fly camp enroute to Anapolis
May 9 — Anapolis, Goias to re-supply
May 10 — Anapolis, Goias to re-supply
May 11 — Fly camp enroute to the Serra Dourada
May 12 — Fly camp near Amara Leite enroute to the Serra Dourada
May 13 — Established Base Camp # 2 , 12 miles east of Formoso in the Serra
Dourada range.
May 13]
to y — Field operations in the Serra Dourada area
June 16J
June 17 — Fly camp enroute to Anapolis
June 18 — Arrived in Anapolis
June 24 — Expedition arrived in Sao Paulo and prepared for return to the U.S.
nber 2
January, 24, 195"
' cT
U>T.1 3
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: General
n
Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellane-
ous technical papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and
Anthropology, published at irregular intervals by the Los An-
geles County Museum. Issues are numbered separately and
numbers run consecutively regardless of subject matter. Num-
ber 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available to
scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Copies
may also be purchased at a nominal price.
Hildegarde Howard
Chief Curator of Science
Editor
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: General
By E. Yale Dawson *
The botanical work of the Machris Brazilian Expedition of 19561 was
planned as an adjunct of the ornithological and entomological investi-
gations in Goias, but became, as a result of favorable circumstances in
the field, an independent enterprise of somewhat greater magnitude
than had been anticipated.
The following brief account is intended as a preliminary to the several
systematic reports on the plant collections which will be presented from
time to time as the work progresses.
It is my first privilege to thank Mr. and Mrs. Maurice A. Machris for
their generosity in providing the funds, the facilities, and the enthusi-
astic stimulus which made possible the collecting and processing of
these plant materials in the field under nearly ideal conditions. How-
ever, it was the result of a suggestion of Mrs. Maybelle Machris that
the expedition included a botanist and, accordingly, I am grateful to
her, both for that fortunate thought, and for her generosity in contrib-
uting to the Expedition’s general financial needs.
During the course of the work in Brazil the writer received help in
various ways from several individuals other than the members of the
Expedition. Among these he especially wishes to thank Dr. Aylthon B.
Joly of the University of Sao Paulo.
The work of identifying and processing the collections is now being
done with the help of a number of specialists here in the United States,
in Canada and in Europe, whose contributions to the work will be
acknowledged within each publication unit.
The photographs were taken by Mr. Antenor Carvalho.
Equipment and Itinerary
A general account and summary of the equipment and itinerary of
the Expedition have been given by Jean Delacour in his paper intro-
ducing this series so that little in those respects need be repeated here.
Briefly, however, the Expedition consisted of ten American and four
Brazilian members, two 2-ton stake-body trucks, two custom-built
carryalls, a trailer-mounted water purification unit, and a trailer-mount-
ed Kohler electric generator and refrigeration plant. All food and equip-
ment necessary to provide complete self-sufficiency in the field were
^Expedition Botanist, Los Angeles County Museum.
1See the General Account of the Machris Brazilian Expedition by Jean Delacour:
Los Angeles County Museum Contributions in Science (1): 1-12. 1957.
tel 195?
4
Contributions in Science
No. 2
carried on the trucks and trailers so that base camps left little to be
desired except air conditioning and freedom from black flies.
The Expedition left Sao Paulo on March 31, 1956 and proceeded
almost due north to Anapolis near the state capital of Goias ( map 1 ) .
From this point we went during April to Base Camp I in a rolling high-
land known as the Chapada dos Veadeiros, and subsequently, during
May, to Base Camp II in a low mountain range known as the Serra
Dourada (map 2).
In going northeastward from Anapolis one travels into the Planalto
Central of Brazil from which three major river systems arise. Here one
crosses among rolling hills the east-west divide between the Ama-
zon Basin and the Parana Basin, a divide whose highest point is at 1380
meters in the Serra dos Pireneos. This highland region of Goias, the
Planalto Central, is bounded by the Rio Sao Francisco on the east,
the Rio Grande tributary of the Parana on the south and the Araguaia
tributary of the Tocantins in the west. It is so favored climatically and
so located geographically that the town known as Planaltina has been
chosen as the site of the new Brazilian capital. Elevations range from
600 to over 1300 meters as one progresses from Planaltina onto the
Chapada dos Veadeiros to its highest point which lies about midway
between Veadeiros and Cavalcante. Our first base camp was established
20 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianga at somewhat over 1000 m. of eleva-
tion in the midst of a scrub-forest and grassland type of vegetation dis-
sected by numerous small streams whose margins were occupied by
forests of moderate height and density. From this camp the botanical
collecting extended about 60 km. northward and to elevations of about
1300 m.
On the second leg of the Expedition we traveled northward from
Anapolis along the west side of the Rio Tocantins drainage to as far
as Peixe at S. Lat. 12° 01'. Most of the botanical collecting was done
in the vicinity of the second base camp at an elevation of about 900 m.
At the established base camps dry botanical specimens were prepared
for herbarium use by pressing freshly collected material in folded news-
print between building-felt driers alternating with aluminum corru-
gates. It was not necessary to change driers in the conventional man-
ner, for the presses were placed in front of the warm air stream created
by the radiator fan of the gasoline driven Kohler electric generator.
With this excellent facility it was possible, even during rainy weather,
to dry the majority of specimens in the space of 12 to 18 hours and,
thus, to obtain good color preservation. Some 2000 herbarium speci-
mens were prepared in this way during approximately forty-five field
working days. After drying, the specimens were enclosed in dust-tight
1957
Dawson: Brazil, Botany
5
galvanized sheet metal containers in crates and kept dehydrated by
means of silica gel.
Some living plants were collected also, particularly Cactaceae, Or-
chidaceae, and Bromeliaceae which are now under cultivation in an
effort to bring them into identifiable flowering condition.
History of Botanical Exploration
By New World standards of time the history of botanical exploration
in the Planalto Central of Brazil is long, extending back a hundred and
forty years; but it is remarkable that more botanists visited the region
during the first half of the 19th Century than during the first half of
the 20th. Indeed, during the decade preceding 1820 Brazil was being
botanized more extensively than any other part of the Americas.
Botany began in the Planalto in 1817 with the excursion of Karl
Friedrich Philipp von Martius into the Chapada dos Veadeiros south-
east of the old town of Cavalcante. Within the following three years,
not only he, but two other now famous botanists rode, tramped and
persevered in collecting across the region. Auguste de Sainte Hilaire
visited, during 1819-21, both the Serra Dourada and the Corumba area
north of present day Anapolis, while Johann Emanuel Pohl, on two
expeditions within the same years, collected in the Serra Dourada,
along the upper Rio Maranhao, and near the headwaters of the Parana
in the Chapada dos Veadeiros south of Cavalcante. William John Bur-
chell worked the region of Jaragua north of Anapolis in 1827 and the
vicinity of Cavalcante the following year. The Chapada dos Veadeiros
was again visited in 1839-40 by George Gardner. The Rio Santa Teresa
drainage, from near present day Porangatu to Peixe, was collected in
1844 by Hugh A. Weddell and F. de Castelnau. Their work in parts of
Goias extended through 1851, but it was over 40 years before another
botanist studied the region, namely, Ernst H. G. Ule. Ule collected
both in the Serra Dourada and in the Chapada dos Veadeiros in
1892-93 on an expedition to study the region of the proposed new capi-
tal in the Planalto Central2. He was followed in the same areas in
1894-95 by Auguste Frangoise-Marie Glaziow.
The collections and studies of these 19th Century explorers were in-
corporated into the monumental, sixty-six year work on Brazilian bot-
tany, Flora Brasiliensis3. However, after the appearance of Ule’s ac-
count in Cruls’ report of 1894, virtually nothing was written on the flora
2L. Cruls: Commissao exploradora do Planalto Central do Brasil, relatorio a
presentado a S. Ex. o Sr. Ministro da Industria, Viacaoi e Obras Publicas. Rio de
Janeiro, 1894, pp. 339-365.
3Martius, Carl F. P. von, Flora Brasiliensis. 15 fol. vol. [in 40] Monachii, Lip-
siae. 1840-1906.
Contributions in Science
No. 2
mimm
$Iha da Ban arm!
4 $m j<ols m mMm
/ I
'PLAMAtYIWA A
A$rn AMA® •
/ “SoiA'NJA
%yglRiANPIA
%tsssmIo wiim
\cAUPmAS j
) SANTOS
Map 1. The rectangle outlines the area studied by the Expedition and shown in
detail in Map 2.
1957
Dawson: Brazil, Botany
7
Map. 2. Detail of area shown by the rectangle in Map 1.
8
Contributions in Science
No. 2
of Goias for more than half a century until Leo Waibel published, in
1948, his “Vegetation and land use in the Planalto Central of Brazil.”4
Inasmuch as Flora Brasiliensis treats of Brazilian plants as a whole,
and neither Waibel’s, Ule’s nor any other paper deals floristically with
particular localities in the Brazilian highlands, it is hoped that the pres-
ent series of contributions, which are intended to provide a survey of
the “spring” floras of the Chapada dos Veadeiros and of the Serra Dou-
rada, will find a useful and unoccupied place in Brazilian botany.5
Ecology
Throughout the Planalto Central, which is essentially a post Creta-
ceous peneplain, sandstone is the predominant parent rock material.
The resulting soils are for the most part sandy and poor, and they sup-
port an open vegetation. In some areas, however, the soils are derived
from volcanics and are now, or were in past times, forested. The sur-
face deposits largely consist of highly permeable accumulations of sand,
gravel, pebbles and ferruginous concretions. The exceedingly high
permeability of the soil, in which water may be stored in a quantity
roughly equal to three years’ rainfall, is a distinctive feature of the re-
gion and one that profoundly affects the type of vegetation occurring
upon it.
The climate of the Planalto is one of marked diurnal variation in
temperature and of distinctly seasonal rainfall. Daytime temperatures
are generally high and the nights cool enough to induce extremely
heavy dew. Rainfall is largely confined to the months from October
through April with little rainfall during May or September, and rarely
any at all from June through August. Our visit to the region in 1956
was met by somewhat unseasonable rainfall which extended well into
the month of May and prolonged by several weeks the flowering season
of the herbaceous plants. Good collecting, therefore, continued almost
to the end of our encampment in mid-June.
Notwithstanding the widespread misconception to the contrary, ap-
proximately half of the lands of Brazil are covered, not with dense,
tropical forests, but with poor vegetations such as grasslands, scrub
forests and thorn bush. Almost the whole state of Goias lies outside the
heavily forested region and is largely occupied by a scrub forest and
grass vegetation known as campo cerrado or, simply cerrado. About
three quarters of the Planalto Central with which we are concerned
here is covered with cerrado vegetation (Fig. 1). This consists of
4Geographical Review 38:529-554. 1948.
5A recent paper which should be mentioned here is Geraldo Mendes-Magalhaes’
Caracteristicas de alguns tipos floristicos de Minas Gerais ( Brasil ) I. Bol. Soc,
Portug. Ciencias Nat. ii, 5(2): 91-113. 1955.
10
Contributions in Science
No. 2
low, twisted trees 3 to 8 m. tall, with irregular crowns, thick, corky
bark, and large, leathery leaves that, for the most part, remain on the
trees into the second half of the dry season, and some through to the
end. The ground cover is of tall grass and scattered low shrubs.
To understand the nature of the cerrado one must consider the ecol-
ogy of the region in comparison with that of adjoining areas supporting
different floras. Firstly, as indicated above, the cerrado is subject to
a prolonged dry season, usually completely rainless from May through
September. This seasonal rainfall sets the region apart from the rainfor-
est territories to the north and west in the Amazon Basin. Secondly, the
cerrado vegetation occupies an extremely porous soil with immense
water reserves equal to the total rainfall of two or three years. This
soil condition is the principal factor governing the distinction of the
cerrado from the caatinga vegetation to the east and northeast in Bahia
and Pernambuco states. In the caatinga , which consists of thorn brush
and columnar cacti, the rainfall may be from less than half to nearly
as much as in the cerrado, but evaporation is high and there are no
water reserves in the soil during the whole year. The caatinga does not
contain a prominent element of broad-leaf, non-deciduous small trees
such as occur in the cerrado.
The explanation of the occurrence of a broad-leaf, essentially ever-
green vegetation in an area subject to intense insolation and prolonged
seasonal drought has been given by Mario G. Ferri in a comparative
study of the water economy of the cerrado and caatinga vegetation.6
He found the cerrado to be made up of plants with three principal types
of behavior, namely, 1 ) those without any restriction of water expendi-
ture throughout the dry season; 2 ) those with a small restriction at the
end of the dry season; and 3 ) those with some restriction at the begin-
ning and throughout the dry season. Of these, all but a few of the plants
exhibited a type 1 behavior in direct opposition to the situation in the
caatinga vegetation where all plants showed a pronounced restriction
of water expenditure even during the rainy season. He found the un-
restricted transpiration in the leaves of cerrado plants due to the con-
tinuously open condition of the stomata. In most cases they do not
close at all, and compensation for the consequent water loss is affected
by efficient transport of water from the virtually unlimited reserves in
the soil.
Although the majority of the deep-rooted trees and shrubs of the
cerrado remain more or less green throughout the dry season, the herba-
ceous vegetation becomes completely dead and dry by June or July, and
6Univ. de Sao Paulo; Fac. de Fil., Cien. e Letras, Boletim 195 (botanica 12):
1-170. 1955.
Fig. 2. A view on the Chapada dos Veadeiros to show a narrow gallery forest
following the course of a small stream. In the foreground is campo sujo grading
into campo limpo across the stream. Note the numerous low termite mounds over-
grown with grass and indicating the former presence of woody vegetation.
is susceptible to man-made fires which burn over nearly the whole of
the Planalto, and, indeed, much of central Brazil, every year. The fir-
ing, as currently practiced by the Brazilian fazendeiros to keep the land
open for grazing or to clear it for agriculture, is not a modern innova-
tion. The Indians have for centuries used burning as a means of obtain-
ing game animals whose taste for the succulent, fresh vegetable shoots
coming up after the fires made them an easy prey. As a result of these
destructive practices the stature of the vegetation has steadily been
reduced and the scrubby cerrado extended at the expense of heavier
forest which has been pushed back to the margins of streams and
swamps in many areas. Thus, the cerrado is surely not a climax vegeta-
tion, for it does not seem to represent the maximum vegetation that the
ecological conditions can maintain. Indeed, one sees in areas of es-
pecially severe and frequent burning the deterioration of even the
scrubby, fire-resistant cerrado to produce campo sujo or clean grass-
lands (campo limpo) in which trees and shrubs are all but eradicated
(Fig. 2). On the other hand, one can find occasional small areas that
have been protected in some way for several years from the fires. In
these the cerrado vegetation has become tall and close (known as cer-
radao ), and there is evidence that continued protection would give rise
to the development of the mato de segunda classe or second class for-
est described by Waibel, such as now persists along most of the streams
and rivers of the Planalto.
Next to the cerrado , this second class forest is the most prominent
vegetation type in the Goias highlands. It consists of trees 12 to 20 m.
12
Contributions in Science
No. 2
tall that become up to 30% leafless during the dry season. It does not
often occur in extensive stands, but rather in patches, in depressions
or at the headwaters of streams and rivulets. Usually these island for-
ests become narrow gallery forests downstream as they confine them-
selves to the banks of the streams and rivers and stand in sharp contrast
to the open cerrado and grassy campo sujo vegetation which adjoin
them (Fig. 2).
Occasionally in the Planalto one encounters a third type of vegeta-
tion where exceptionally favorable soil fertility, ample water, and long
freedom from fire have given rise to a heavy, three-layered forest, the
mato de primeira classe. A considerable amount of this fine forest type
occurs in the Serra Dourada area (Fig. 3), and a small patch was ob-
served in the Chapada dos Veadeiros. Its upper layer consists of a
canopy of trees 20 to 30 m. tall that are almost all deciduous during the
dry season; the second layer of trees is 5 to 15 m. tall and mostly retains
its leaves all year, while the forest floor layer of herbs and shrubs are
evergreen. Despite the magnitude of the trees and the density of
growth, neither this nor any forest of the Planalto exhibits a conspicuous
element of lianas or epiphytes such as are so prevalent in Brazilian for-
ests subject to more regular and uniform rainfall.
Collecting areas
The first botanical collections were made April 13 to May 7 in the
vicinity of Base Camp I located 20 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianpa
adjoining a small tributary of the Rio Tocantinzinho (see map 2). The
camp was situated in a grassy clearing on a low, spreading knoll ele-
vated 8 to 15 m. above two small streams to the south and north. The
vegetation immediately surrounding camp consisted of cerrado (Fig.
1 ) , and, where burning appeared to have been more frequent or com-
plete, of campo sujo with only scattered low shrubs, sparse trees and
tall grass among which numerous termite mounds indicated the former
presence of woody vegetation ( Fig. 2). The herbaceous vegetation was
coming into full flower by mid-April, and was kept in growing condition
beyond its usual time by the frequency of rains which, after two weeks
drought, began to fall on April 22 and continued almost daily into May
as moderate to heavy showers. It was notable that even during the
heaviest rains, the large quantities of water pouring off the tents and
canvas flies of the camp were almost immediately taken up by the
ground with scarcely any runoff of more than a few minutes duration.
The soil was constantly wet, and within only three weeks’ time the bot-
toms of the tents had begun to rot out. The streams flowed at nearly
the same volume on rainy days as on dry ones.
Nightly dew was extremely heavy, even to the point of moderate
1957
Dawson: Brazil, Botany
13
Fig. 3. First class forest on the road east of Formoso, May 1956.
condensation inside the tents. Partial compensation for the disadvan-
tages of the moisture was afforded by the comfort of the pleasantly
cool nights, but early morning collecting excursions through the cerrado
or the streamside vegetation were never less than a thoroughly soak-
ing experience.
Two hundred meters to the south was the nearest forested area, con-
sisting of moderate to well-developed second class gallery forest nar-
rowly following the course of the stream known on the south bank as
14
Contributions in Science
No. 2
Jatoba and on the north bank as Pedras de Amolar. This forest was
conspicuous in its lack of prominent epiphytic growths, of lianas, or
of large ferns. Palms were not altogether prominent, although they were
common in large patches downstream a few kilometers from camp.
Upstream a few hundred meters and east of camp was a shallow
pond and marsh characteristic of the Planalto throughout which shallow
lakes, marshes and springs of various sizes occur abundantly on the sur-
face of the water-filled soil.
Above the camp to the east, and westward across the river to the
highest visible point (at perhaps an elevation of 1200 meters), the cer-
rcido vegetation continued interruptedly, broken by larger or smaller
areas of ooen camvo sujo, or the clean campo limpo grasslands.
Throughout the area there was evidence of burning during each of sev-
eral orevious vears. Onlv in a small area five km. south of camp was
there a well-developed cerrado vegetation which had been permitted,
bv some natural barrier against fire, to grow up during several succes-
sive years without burning. Along the road cut through this cerradao
one could fine good specimen plants of cerrado trees and shrubs which
elsewhere were markedly reduced.
A quality of vegetation approximating in height and luxuriance the
mato de primeira classe as described by Waibel was encountered only
in a small patch on a wet hillslope above a meandering stream 2 km.
south of camp. Several species of forest palms and large ferns occur-
red there and not in the lower, second class forest.
Rocky outcrops in the vicinity of Base Camp I were negligible, but
35 to 60 km. to the north, in the vicinity of Veadeiros, extensive sand-
stone outcrops (Fig. 5) occurred in a more broken terrain of rocky hills
and buttes separated by sweeping grassy valleys (Fig. 4) with numer-
ous marshes, small lakes and countless springs. Roughly eroded sand-
stone hillsides provided the first collections of succulent terrestrial xero-
phytes, including cacti, in a semi- caatinga vegetation distinct from the
cerrado. Some of these rocky outcrops, with their columnar cacti and
comparatively sparse vegetation of somewhat sonoran desert aspect,
were surrounded by abundant springs and seepages and extensive
marshy grasslands sloping down to streamside bogs in the valleys. Even
in the most elevated portion of the Chapada dos Veadeiros, near the
tops of the hills on the road from Veadeiros to Cavalcante (el. 1350 m. ),
the ground during our visit in early May was saturated with water that
poured from innumerable springs.
Collections from May 12 to June 15 were made out of Base Camp II
located in the southern Serra Dourada 20 km. east-southeast of Formoso
in Amaro Leite County. The camp was situated in one of the few small
Fig. 4. (Above) An extensive campo limpo area on the road from Sao Joao da
Alianca to Veadeiros. The hills in the background are in part openly eroded sand-
stone.
Fig. 5. (Below) A sandstone outcrop 7 km. south of Veadeiros.
16
Contributions in Science
No. 2
open cerrado areas, on a flat hill shoulder near the top of the sub-range
known as Serra do Rodovalho.
The vegetation of the immediate surroundings consisted of a typical,
well-developed cerrado on the hills and flats to the east and north for
300 to 600 meters beyond which the growth enlarged to gallery forests
along converging streams. To the immediate west of camp a very small
rivulet flowed through hills showing numerous rocky outcrops, into a
large rock basin which provided washing facilities, and then on through
an enlarging gallery forest to the north. Upstream the vegetation was
typical cerrado except for a narrow line of small trees and bushes stand-
ins: in the stream. Xerophytic bromeliads grew on the rocks of the area,
but no other terrestrial succulent occurred on the typically cerrado-
type soil of high water reserve.
During the middle of May the herbaceous vegetation was in well
advanced flowering and the grasses nearly gone. The decline continued
to a late stage by mid-June. The flowering of the arboreal vegetation
in the cerrado and gallery forests was spotty in May and somewhat
more widespread in June, but it was clear that flowering of perennial
species occurs at various times of the year dejiending upon the in-
dividual species.
A few moderate to heavy showers fell during May as the unusually
late rainy season drew to a close. By early June the weather became
completely dry and hot by day with temperatures to 35.5° C., and cool
and exceedingly dewy at night with temperatures as low as 8° C.
The Serra Dourada seems to be an area favored by the infrequency
and limited extent of fires, so that the encroachment of cerrado into the
generally prevalent second and first class forest has not been as exten-
sive as in the Chapada dos Veadeiros. A great many small rivulets and
streams dissect the low, mountainous region east of Formoso, and, not
only do gallery forests follow all of these watercourses, but often fill
in more or less continuously between stream beds to form extensively
forested tracts. Except for small, favored spots supporting heavier and
taller growth, most of the forest would correspond to the second class
category described by Waibel. But, beginning on the Rio Cristalino,
tributary of the Ribeirao Cannabrava of the Rio Tocantins, about 32
km. east of Formoso, a tract of forest approximating the quality of the
mato de primeira classe extends (to judge from our aerial reconnais-
sance maps) continuously east, south and north for a considerable
distance. The edge of this forest marks the limits of vehicular trans-
portation and the frontier of human exploitation of the Serra Dourada
lands.
The elevated region within a 10 km. radius of Base Camp II, thus,
exhibited a far denser vegetation than that surrounding Base Camp I.
1957 Dawson: Brazil, Botany 17
Instead of a dominance of cerrado and carnpo sujo, the former of these
vegetations was only moderately developed, and the latter nearly ab-
sent. For the most part a cerradao occupied most of the hill slopes and
crests with second class forest along the streams and bottom lands and
flats, grading, in the most favorable situations, into first class forest.
Unlike the Chapada dos Veadeiros area, prominent growths of large
tree ferns commonly occurred along the heavily forested streams to-
gether with a greater abundance of palms (Fig. 3) and a somewhat
greater prominence of epiphytes.
A partial explanation for the denser vegetation in the Serra Dourada
may be found in the somewhat lower elevation there (800-1000 m. )
and apparently greater rainfall and humidity. But it seems certain from
a comparison with the Chapada dos Veadeiros that the lesser frequency
and extend of fires has contributed in larger measure to the retention
of closed forests on much of the land that might otherwise have been
reduced to cerrado.
In the lower lands (500-650 m. ), along the old trailways between
Amaro Leite and Peixe, there appeared to be a much greater extent of
devastation on account of fire, and the proportion of cerrado to second
class forest was very large. Indeed, cerrado vegetation, broken mostly
by rather low, poor, streamway gallery forests dominated much of the
area between Formoso, at the foot of the Serra Dourada, and Peixe on
the Rio Tocantins, 250 km. by road to the north. Between June 1 and
10 a modest number of collections of both plants and animals were
made along this route as supplements to the more comprehensive col-
lections in the immediate vicinity of Base Camp II.
Collecting stations and field numbers
The plant collections were recorded under 1104 field numbers be-
tween April 13 and June 7, 1956. All of these were obtained in central
Goias in the regions north and northeast of Anapolis. Numbers 14133
to 14815 were obtained in the Chapada dos Veadeiros region, and num-
bers 14810 to 15236 between Ceres and Peixe, especially in the south-
ern Serra Dourada. More detailed locality data are given below.
# # *
14133-14232. In open grassland and cerrado margin on the east side of the road
20 km. north of Sao foao da Alianca, Apr. 13-15.
14233-14260. Along the margins of a small marsh km. east of the road, 20 km.
north of Sao foao da Alianca, Apr. 15.
14261-14276. In the cerrado area about 2 km. east of the road, 20 km. north of
Sao foao da Alianca, Apr. 16.
14277-14294. On an open grassy hilltop about 2/2 km. northeast of the road, 21
km. north of Sao foao da Alianca, Apr. 16.
14295-14376. In and along the gallery forest 20 km. north of Sao foao da Ali-
anga, Apr. 16-17.
18
Contributions in Science
No. 2
14377-14424d. Between the gallery forest and the west side of the road 20 km.
north of Sao Joao da Alianga, Apr. 19.
14425-14439. In the cerrado on the east side of the road 20 km. north of Sao Joao
da Alianga, Apr. 19.
14440-14454. In the cerrado 16 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianca, Apr. 19.
14455-14458. On a stony hillside 14 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianca, Apr. 19.
14459-14463. Along the river bank of the Ribeirao Capetinga 19 km. north of
Sao Joao da Alianca, Apr. 19.
14464-14470. In the cerrado 21 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianca, Apr. 20.
14471-14476. In the gallery forest margin west of the road 21 km. north of Sao
Joao da Alianca, Apr. 20.
14477-14483. In a small wet ravine west of the road 21 km. north of Sao Joao da
Alianca, Apr. 20.
14483. In grassland 20 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianca, Apr. 20.
14484-14496. In a grazed area along a stream east of the road 18 km. north of
Sao Joao da Alianga, Apr. 20.
14497- 14517a. In a forested area along a meandering stream 18 km. north of
Sao Joao da Alianga, on the east side of the road, Apr. 21.
On a sandstone outcrop on a hillcrest 54 km. north of Sao Joao da
Alianga, Apr. 22.
On a sandstone outcrop above the meadow 7 km. south of Vea-
deiros, Apr. 22.
On a sandstone outcrop 500 m. west of the road, 14 km. south of
Veadeiros, Apr. 25.
14520-14527. On a sandstone outcrop 15 km. northwest of Veadeiros on the
Cavalcante road, Apr. 22.
14529-14538. On the east side of the road, 18 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianga,
Apr. 23.
14539- 14557a. In grassland and margin of cerrado near the road, 38 km. north of
Sao Joao da Alianga, Apr. 25.
14558-14570. Along the road 21 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianga, Apr. 28.
14571-14574. In a wet grotto 5 km. west of Veadeiros, Apr. 29.
14575. Along the road 8 km. west of Veadeiros, May 1.
14576-14577. On the Nova Roma road, 5 km. north of Veadeiros, Apr. SO.
14578. On a dry stony flat on the butte 5 km. west of Veadeiros, May 1.
14580-14607. On the sandstone outcrop 7 km. south of Veadeiros, Apr. 24.
14608-14638. Along the wet, sandy margins of the sandstone outcrop 7 km.
south of Veadeiros, Apr. 24.
14639-14650. In the boggy field west of the road, 7 km. south of Veadeiros,
Apr. 24.
14651-14656. On the edges of an island forest in the meadow 7 km. south of
Veadeiros, Apr. 24.
14657. Along the dry margin of the meadow 7 km. south of Veadeiros,
Apr. 24.
14658-14664. On a hillslope in the sandstone area just west of the road, 14 km.
south of Veadeiros, Apr. 25.
14665-14669. At a boggy spring in the canyon bottom west of the road, 14 km.
south of Veadeiros, Apr. 25.
14670-14673. On a grassy hillslope near the canyon bottom west of the road,
14 km. south of Veadeiros, Apr. 25.
14518.
14519.
14520a.
1957
Dawson: Brazil, Botany
19
14674-14675. On rocks in the stream below a small falls in the canyon bottom
west of the road, 14 km. south of Veadeiros, Apr. 25.
14676-14688. On the sandstone rocky area along the west stream bank, west of
the road, 14 km. south of Veadeiros, Apr. 25.
14689-14690. In a small spring bog in the canyon bottom west of the road, 14
km. south of Veadeiros, Apr. 25.
14691-14695. Along the road on the rocky ridge 14 km. south of Veadeiros,
Apr. 25.
14696-14701. On bridge timbers 21 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianca, Apr. 27.
14702. On a forest log 18 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianca, Apr. 24.
14703-14705. In the sandstone rocky area on the west side of the stream and
west of the road, 14 km. south of Veadeiros, Apr. 25.
14706. Along the road 7 km. south of Veadeiros, Apr. 24.
14707. On sandstone 16 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianca, Apr. 25.
14708-14709. In the sandstone area 14 km. south of Veadeiros, Apr. 26.
14710-14725. On the slopes and shoulder of the sandstone butte 5 km. west of
Veadeiros, Apr. 29.
14726-14727. In a meadow grassland 6-7 km. west of Veadeiros, Apr. 29.
14728-14732. Along a stream at the fazenda 9 km. west of Veadeiros, Apr. 30.
14733-14737. Along an oxcart road 15 km. north of Veadeiros, Apr. 30.
14738-14751e. Near the road, 4 km. north of Veadeiros, Apr. 30.
14752-14765. Medicinal plants collected about the town of Veadeiros, Apr. 30.
14766-14767. Along a roadside just north of Veadeiros, Apr. 30.
14768-14803. Along the Cavalcante road 8-10 km. northwest of Veadeiros, May 1.
14804-14807. In a gallery forest 20 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianca, May 3.
14809. In a stream crossing the Cavalcante road at 15 km. north of Vea-
deiros, Apr. 25.
14810-14813. In a cerrado area 28 km. southwest of Veadeiros, May 3.
14814-14815. In cerrado along the road, 38 km. south of Veadeiros, May 3.
14816-14836. In the cerrado- gallery forest margin 20 km. east of Formoso,
May 15.
14837-14923. Along banks and margins of small stream running through cerrado
and into gallery forest 20 km. east of Formoso, May 16-17.
14924-14946. In deep forest along the Rio Cristalino 25 km. east of Formoso,
May 18.
14947-14954. In the gallery forest area 20 km. east of Formoso, May 18.
14955. On the sandstone rocky outcrop about 40 km. south of Uruacu
on the Ceres road, May 12.
14956-14963. Along a small stream running through cerrado 20 km. east of
Formoso, May 18.
14964-14988. In the margins and interior of gallery forest about 17 km. east of
Formoso, May 19,
14989-14993. Near the road, 20 km. east of Formoso, May 19.
14994-15010. Along and1 near an affluent of the Ribeirao Cannabrava about 28
km. east of Formoso, May 20.
15011-15013. In the vicinity of the road, 20 km. east of Formoso, May 20.
15014-15016. In the forested area about 28 km. east of Formoso, May 20.
15017-15032. In the forested area east of the Rio Cristalino about 34 km. east
of Formoso, May 21.
15033-15042. Along the stream margins about 22 km. east of Formoso, May 21.
20
Contributions in Science
No. 2
15043-15071. In forest and forest margin along the road between 22 and 33
km. east of Formoso, May 22.
15072-15083. In forest margin and cerrado 18 km. east of Formoso, May 23.
15084-15085. In forest, 17 km. east of Formoso, May 23.
15086-15087. In forest, about 24 km. east of Formoso, May 23.
15088. In the forested area 20 km. east of Formoso, May 23.
15089-15101. Along the road 10 to 13 km. east of Formoso, May 24.
15102. In gallery forest 22 km. east of Formoso, May 23.
15103-15108. In the vicinity of the road at 20 km. east of Formoso, May 24.
15109-15110. On a sandstone outcrop 3 km. south of Uruagu, May 25.
15111. On a sandstone outcrop 3 km. west of Formoso, May 26.
15112-15116. On a rocky sandstone hilltop 16 km. east of Formoso, May 27.
15118. In the forest 22 km. east of Formoso, May 24.
15119. On a palm in the forest margin 12 km. east of Formoso, May 25.
15120. Cultivated at Amaro Leite from a nearby woodland, May 25.
15121-15135. In heavy forest along the road, 13 km. east of Formoso, May 28.
15136. In a drying road puddle 2/2 km. southwest of Peixe, June 1.
15137. Cultivated at Peixe, May 31.
15138. In a road puddle 5.8 km. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15139-15143. In a shallow vernal swamp 11.5 km. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15144. In a road puddle 14 km. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15145-15146. In a road puddle 18 km. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15147-15155. Along a small flowing stream in the sun 25 km. southwest of
Peixe, June 2.
15156. In a flowing rivulet 30 km. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15157. In a flowing rivulet 32 km. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15158-15164. In and beside a flowing rivulet 35 1cm. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15165. In a slow moving stream 41 km. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15166. In a flowing stream 43 km. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15167-15169. In a fast flowing stream 48 km. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15170-15174. Along the bank of the Rio Santa Teresa 50 km. southwest of
Peixe, June 2.
15175-15176. On a rock outcrop 80 km. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15177-15178. In a very slow moving rivulet 124 km. south-southwest of Peixe,
June 3.
15179-15186. Along a small rivulet 127 km. south-southwest of Peixe, June 3.
15187. In a road puddle 137 km. south-southwest of Peixe, June 3.
15188-15191. In a drying rivulet in the forest 140 km. south-southwest of
Peixe, June 3.
15192-15198. In a forest stream and marginal area 143/2 km. south-southwest of
Peixe, June 3.
15200-15217. Along a small stream flowing over rocks 20 km. east of Formoso,
June 4.
15218-15227. Along the road 15-20 km. east of Formoso, June 4.
15228-15232. In a small stream flowing over rocks 21 km. east of Formoso,
June. 6.
15233-15234. In the cerrado area 20 km. east of Formoso, June 7.
15235. Along the road 8 km. east of Formoso, June 8.
15236. On a rocky outcrop beside a small stream flowing through cerrado
20 km. east of Formoso, June 10.
BOTANY: A New Dodder from Goias, Cuscuta burrellii
By T. G. Yunker*
Stems filiform, yellow or reddish when dry; flowers 5-parted, reddish-
yellow in the dry state, about 4 mm. long from the base to the tip of
the erect corolla lobes, on pedicels usually scarcely 1 mm. long, in
compact several [5-8 or more] -flowered cymules; lower part of the
calyx, the pedicels, and adjacent parts of the stem strongly papillate;
calyx campanulate, deeply divided to near the base, the lobes ovate-
lanceolate, overlapping at the base, medianly thickened, caudatelv
acuminate, reaching the middle of the corolla lobes, or more; corolla
shallowly campanulate, fleshy, papillate toward the base, deeply di-
vided, the lanceolate, slenderly acuminate lobes much longer than the
united basal part, erect [or spreading when fully mature?]; stamens
short, in the sinuses of the corolla lobes, the ovate anther longer than
the filament; infrastamineal scales reaching the stamens, strongly
fringed, bridged at about the middle; styles terete, about equaling
the ovoid ovary, the stigmas globose-capitate; capsule not seen.
Figs, a - d
Caules tenuissimi; flores 4 mm. longi breviter pedicellati in inflor-
oscentibus compactis papillati; calycis lobi imbricati ovati-lanceolatis
longe-acuminatis; corollae lobi lanceolati acuminatissimi longiores quam
tubus brevis campanulatus; squamae fimbriatae ad stamina attingentes;
styli tenues aequantes ovarium ovoideum; stigmata globosa; capsula non
visa.
Distribution: Known only from the type locality.
Brazil: Goias: region of the Chapada dos Veadeiros at W. Long.
47° 30', S. Lat. 14° 30', on an open grassy hilltop about 9M km. north-
east of the road, 21 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianca, on herbaceous
^Professor of Botany, DePauw University, Greencastle, Indiana.
1 1957
2
Contributions in Science
No. 3
hosts, April 16, 1956, E. Yale Dawson 14278 (type, in herb. R; duplicate
types in herb. LAM and in herb. DPU ) .
No mature capsules are present on the material studied, and it is
impossible to determine whether they remain closed or become cir-
cumscissile when mature. The other characters, however, are sufficient-
ly distinctive, it is believed, to warrant considering the specimen as
representing an undescribed species.
The deeply divided calyx and corolla, with long-pointed lanceolate
lobes and strongly papillate parts are noteworthy characters. The ma-
terial bears no close resemblance to any other known species. If the
capsule proves to be circumscissile it would fall in the subsection Odon-
tolepisae which includes, for the most part, Mexican and South Ameri-
can species. If, on the other hand, the capsule is not circumscissile, it
would be best placed in the subsection Acutae comprising mostly South
American species.
The specific name honors Mr. Harry F. Burrell, Expedition Cinemato-
grapher, whose collaboration with Dr. Dawson in the field led to the
discovery of this plant.
Cuscuta burrellii Yunker n. sp. a. flower at early anthesis; b. interior view of
opened corolla; c. ovary; d. infrastamineal scale in detail.
mber 4
February 18, 1957
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: The Lichens
By Carroll W. Dodge*
The collection of lichens accounted for below was obtained on a
Los Angeles County Museum expedition to Goias, Brazil, sponsored
by Mr. and Mrs. Maurice A. Machris. They were collected by E. Yale
Dawson during April, 1956, in the vicinity of the Expedition’s Base
Camp I in the Chapada dos Veadeiros, Goias, between the towns of
Sao Joao da Alianga and Veadeiros. More detailed locality data for
In's field collection numbers cited below may be found in Dawson’s
general account of the botany of the Expedition which appeared as
number 2 of this series. The first set of specimens is deposited at the
Los Angeles County Museum and a partial duplicate set at Washing-
ton University, St. Louis.
Anaptychia barbifera (Nyl. ) Trev. 14424b Very well developed.
Anaptychia comosa (Eschw. ) Trev. 14424a An unusually well de-
veloped specimen
Anaptychia hypoleuca (Muhlenb. ) Vainio 14307; 14424
Anaptychia hypoleuca var. sorediifera Miill. Arg. 14358
Claclonia diplotypa Nyl. 14684 Rarely collected.
Cladonia fimbriata ( L. ) Fr. var. chondroidea Vainio 14355
Professor, Shaw School of Botany, Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri
2
Contributions in Science
No. 4
Coenogonium subvirescens Nyl. 14516 (fertile) This is usually sterile
when collected.
Parmelia fasciculata Vainio 14336
Parmelia viridescens Lynge? 14338 The type is from Matto
Grosso. P. osseoleuca is very close in thalline characters, but differs in
apothecial characters; its type is from Colombia. This specimen is sterile.
Parmelia wettsteinii Zahlbr. 14526
Pseudocyphellaria clathrata (DNtrs.) comb. nov. 14356 Basonym:
Stichta clathrata De Notaris, Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino II, 12: 150, pi.
1, f. 4. 1851. So far as I have any record this combination has not been
made. In the nomenclature discussions before the Paris Congress, I pre-
ferred to recognize Crocidia Link for this genus instead of conserving
Pseudocyphellaria Vainio, but I believe I was overruled. Vainio described
this plant as P. aurora from Brazil.
Siphulastrum sp. 14322a This is perhaps an undescribed species,
but it is much too young for description. The genus has not previously
been reported from so far north.
Sticta (Stictina) weigelii (Isert) Stzbgr. var. ciliata (Mull. Arg. ) Zahlbr.
14742
XJsnea subhirta (Vainio) Motyka 14337
os Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, 0
Tiber 5
February 19, 1957
£01. V3
a f. I Q L J
* C X. L 0 o 0
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Cyanophyta
By Francis Drouet*
The specimens of Blue-green Algae listed below were obtained on
a Los Angeles County Museum expedition to Goias, Brazil, sponsored
by Mr. and Mrs. Maurice A. Machris. They were collected between
April 15 and June 3, 1956, by the expedition botanist, E. Yale Dawson,
and bear his field collection numbers. All but two came from the
region of central Goias between the southern Serra Dourada east of
Amaro Leite, and Peixe on the Rio Tocantins. Numbers 14349a and
14481 are from the Chapada dos Veadeiros north of Sao Joao da
Alianga. More detailed locality data may be found by consulting
Dawson’s general account of the botany of the Expedition issued as
number 2 of this series. The first set of specimens is deposited in the
Los Angeles County Museum Herbarium, and a duplicate set is at
the Chicago Natural History Museum.
Amphithrix janthina (Mont.) Born. & Flab. 15207, with Calothix
parietina
Anacystis montana (Light!.) Dr. & Daily 15208b, with Calothrix ad-
scendens and Scytonema myochrotis
Calothrix adscendens (Nag.) Born. & Flah. (young) 15208, with Scy-
tonema myochrous and Anacystis montana
Calothrix parietina (Nag) Thur. 14989b, with Capsosira hrehissonii and
Scytonema mirabile ; 15207a, with Amphithrix janthina
*Curator, Cryptogamic Botany, Chicago Natural History Museum, Chicago 5,
Illinois
2
Contributions in Science
No. 5
Capsosira brebissonii Kiitz. 14989, with Scytonema mirabile and Calo-
thrix parietina
Gloeotrichia natans (Hedw. ) Rabenh. 15160
Gloeotrichia pisum (Ag. ) Thur. 14845
Hapalosiphon fontinalis (Ag. ) Born. 15139
Lyngbya putealis Mont. 15177; 15185; 15192
Nostoc verrucosum (L.) Vauch. 14846
Phormidhim inundation Kiitz. 15188
Phormidium papyraceum (Ag. ) Gom. 15145
Phormidium retzii (Ag. ) Gom. 15211; 15215
Plectonema tomasinianum (Kiitz.) Born. 14481
Scytonema hofmannii Ag. 14349a
Scytonema mirabile (Dillw. ) Born. 14989a, with Capsosira brebissonii
and Calothrix parietina
Scytonema myochrous (Dillw.) Ag. 15202; 15208a, with Calothrix ad-
scendens and Anacystis montana
Stigonema mamillosum (Lyngb. ) Ag. 15231
Tolypothrix tenuis Kiitz. 15204a
Los Angeles Countv Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, C<
(I
THE MAI lllils BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: A New Mint from Goias, Hyptis
By Carl Epling
sae
U MAR 21 1S57
(3
Hyptis ( Hypenia, Laxiflorae, 43a ) machrisae sp. nov. Herba perennis
altitudise 2 m. caulibus in basi duris superne glabris nisi sparse et
minute glandulosis, internodiis quam folia brevioribus; foliorum lami-
nis duris sessilibus ovatis 9-10 cm. longis 6-8 cm. latis in basi et apice
rotundatis, marginibus crenatis utrimque glabris venulosis; floribus
in paniculis amplis diffusis pedicellis filiformibus 1-2.5 cm. longis elatis;
calycibus florentibus campanulatis 3 mm. longis dentibus ovatis obtusis,
maturis non visis; corollarum violacearum tubo campanulato 3-4 mm.
longo.
A perennial herb 2 m. tall with ascendent branches that are glabrous
in the upper parts unless minutely and sparsely glandular, their inter-
nodes shorter than the leaves on the specimen at hand; leaf blades
tough and apparently leathery, sessile, ovate, 9-10 cm. long, 6-8 cm.
broad, rounded at both base and tip, glabrous on both surfaces and
venulose: flowers in ample, diffuse panicles, borne on filiform pedicels
1-2.5 cm. long; flowering calyces campanulate, 3 mm. long, the teeth
ovate and obtuse; mature calyces not seen; corolla violaceous, its tube
campanulate, 3-4 mm. long.
Figs. 1, 2
Distribution: Known only from the type locality.
BRAZIL: Goias: region of the Chapada dos Veadeiros at W. Long.
47° 30', S. Lat. 14 30', on the margin of a small, marshy pond about
^Professor of Botany, University of California, Los Angeles 24, California
Ffg 9 ft 1957
2
Contributions in Science
No. 6
pujha nr GOIA&, m.wji
Nsswsssi <J>< Ssaa<
■' IW.!' SS8.>./\!fUK ,>t . >0\
k*,t«X3..a. "yp» stxggt l ;
S«i?ioa et fcfls Qfeapms dos Vaa^fiiyos at .i< lamg. !»?*'
30’, 3. i*t. U0 :»}>; oc ts>» £t»r*.i» at" a assail, : -
: 3*r*«? ?e»si ssisoat j Sea. «aat of tfco rosd, &! Ms.
swtfc vf S*o 0s>a<3 <S«
; 3 »iu tssa»>» n.-< 1321S a$r$l }.?rvA<
»«, ^*s*i tp&tag V?/57
Fig. 1. Hyptis niachrisae sp. nov. The type material, sheet 1, showing a lower,
vegetative part of a plant with its distinctive leaves.
1957
Epling: A New Mint
3
Fig. 2. Hyptis rnachrisae sp. nov. The type material, sheet 2, showing parts of an
inflorescence.
4
Contributions in Science
No. 6
/2 km. east of the road, 20 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianca, April 15,
1956, E. Yale Dawson 14252 (type, in herb. R; duplicate types in herb.
LAM and in herb. LA).
This plant is very similar in inflorescence to Hyptis efftisa S. Moore,
found at Santa Ana de Chapada, Matto Grosso, but is readily distin-
guished by its tough, glabrous, ovate, sessile leaves.
The specific name honors Mrs. Paquita Machris, co-sponsor of the
1956 expedition to Goias, Brazil, from the Los Angeles County Museum.
The photographs were prepared by Mr. Lewis H. Athon.
Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
mber 7
March 7, 1957
o n , n 3
i C. bf '■■" ■■
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Phanerogamae, various smaller families
Edited by E. Yale Dawson
Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellane-
ous technical papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and
Anthropology, published at irregular intervals by the Los An-
geles County Museum. Issues are numbered separately and
numbers run consecutively regardless of subject matter. Num-
ber 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available to
scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Copies
may also be purchased at a nominal price.
Hildegarde Howard
Chief Curator of Science
Editor
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Phanerogam®, various smaller families
Edited by E. Yale Dawson*
The plant collections listed below were obtained on a Los Angeles
County Museum expedition to Goias, Brazil, sponsored by Mr. & Mrs.
Maurice A. Machris and conducted under the auspices of the Museu
Nacional do Brasil. Each identified specimen is indicated by a cita-
tion of my field collection number. Detailed locality data for these may
be found in the general account of the botany of the Expedition which
appeared under my name as number 2 of this series. Briefly, however,
specimens bearing numbers from 14133 to 14815 came from the Cha-
pada dos Veadeiros, between Sao Joao da Alian9a and Veadeiros, April
13-May 3, 1956. Those bearing numbers from 14816 to 15236 came
from the region between Amaro Leite and Peixe, especially in the
southern Serra Dourada, May 15 to June 10, 1956.
The identifications have been made and annotated by a number of
specialists as indicated with the name of each family. I wish here to
thank them for their prompt cooperation in this work.
The first set of specimens is deposited at the Los Angeles County
Museum except for holotypes which are deposited in the Museu
Nacional do Brasil in Rio de Janeiro. Duplicate specimens, when avail-
able, have been retained by the respective cooperating specialists.
The photographs were prepared by Mr. Lewis H. Athon.
The families are arranged alphabetically. Reports on others will
follow as the work progresses.
ANNONACEJE
det. by Robert E. Fries, Floragatan 3, Stockholm, Sweden
Anaxagorea dolichocarpa Sprague et Sandw. 15131 This species
is very variable and has a wide distribution from Venezuela to Rio de
Janeiro.
Annona mahneana R. E. Fr. 14444 This species is known hereto-
fore only from Matto Grosso, Brazil, and from Paraguay. The find in
Goias is interesting.
^Expedition Botanist, Los Angeles County Museum.
iftR i 9 1957
4
Contributions in Science
No. 7
APOCYNACEHE
det. by Joseph Monachino, The New York Botanical Garden,
New York 58, N. Y.
Macrosiphonia velame ( St. Hil. ) Mull. Arg. 14278a; 14549
Macrosiphonia martii Mull. Arg. 14562; 14729
Allamanda angustifolia Pohl 14661
Stipecoma pettigera ( Stadelm. ) Mull. Arg. 14682
Mandevilla hirsuta (A. Rich.) K. Sch. 14734 This is a variant
with sparsely hirsute leaves and linear bracts.
Odontadenia hypoglauca ( Stadelm. ) Mull. Arg. 15072
ASCLEPIADACEHC
det. by Joseph Monachino
Barjonia linearis Dene. 14166
Barjonia obtusifolia Fourn. 14827; 15082 These two collections
may possibly be merely forms of B. erecta (Veil. ) K. Sch.
Ditassa virgata Fourn. 14291; 14771 The latter has larger flowers.
Number 14595 is held for further study as a probable undescribed
species of this family.
BIGNONIACEdE
det. by N. Y. Sandwith, The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens,
Kew, England
Memora axillaris Bur. et K. Sch. 15063 This is a form with more
compound leaves than usual.
Memora nodosa (Manso) Miers 15090
Phryganocydia corymbosa (Vent. ) Bur. et K. Sch. 14382
Zeyheria digitalis (Veil.) Hoehne 14415
CHENOPODIACEHC
det. by Lyman B. Smith, U. S. National Herbarium, Washington, D. C.
Chenopodiam ambrosioides L. 14759
COCHLOSPERMACE^E
det. by Lyman B. Smith
Cochlospermum regia ( Mart, et Schrank. ) Pilger 14821
ERICACEHE
det. by A. C. Smith, U. S. National Herbarium, Washington, D. C.
Gaylussacia brasiliensis (Spreng. ) Meissner 14688 This is a
fairly sens. lat. identification. The species, frequent in eastern Brazil,
is widely interpreted in Flora Brasiliensis, etc.
1957
Dawson: Brazil, Phanerogams
5
ERIOCAULACE^E
det. by Harold N. Moldenke, 15 Glenbrook Ave., Yonkers, New York
Eriocaulon gibbosum Korn. 14881 The species is found from
Goias southward through Bahia and Minas Gerais to Rio de Janeiro
and west to Matto Grosso. Previous Goias collections were Riedel 2416
and Weddell 2128.
Eriocaulon modestum Kunth 14655 A widely distributed species
found in Brazil from Pernambuco, Piauhy, and Goias, through Bahia,
Minas Gerais, Rio de Janeiro, Matto Grosso, and Sao Paulo, to Parana,
Santa Catarina, and Rio Grande do Sul, and into Uruguay. A previous
Goias collection is Glaziou 22309.
Piepalanthus acanthophijllus Ruhl. 14615 The species is known
also from Bahia and Minas Gerais. A previous Goias collection is the
type, Glaziou 22323.
Pscpalanthus capanenue Alv. Silv. 14616 Known definitely only
Fig. 1. (left) Paepalanthus capanemae Alv. Silv. Part of Dawson 14616, x 0.6.
(right) Syngonanthus densifolius var, pilosior Alv. Silv. Part of Dawson 14639, x
0.6.
Contributions in Science
No. 7
from Goias. The species is based on Herb. A. Silveira 629 [Herb. Rio
de Janeiro 6628] with no locality of collection designated. Fig. 1 (left)
Psepalantlius elongatus ( Bong. ) Ruhl. 14779 Known also from
Piauhy, Minas Gerais, and Sao Paulo; 6 named varieties occur in these
and other states of Brazil. Previous Goias collections of the typical
form are Glaziou 22311 and Riedel 2744.
P sepalanthns manicatus V. A. Pouls 14593 The species was
known hitherto only from Minas Gerais.
Psepalanthus scandens Ruhl. 14668 The species is known only
from Goias. Previous collections from this state are Glaziou 22296,
Macedo 3584, and Ule 230, in addition to the cotypes, Glaziou 22295
and s.n., and Ule 3155.
Pdelpalantlws sessiliflorus Mart. 14592 Known hitherto only from
Maranhao and Bahia.
Psepalanthus speciosus var. glaber Ruhl. 14271; 14826 The vari-
ety is known also from Maranhao and Minas Gerais; the typical form of
the species occurs also in other states of Brazil. Other Goias collections
of the variety are Macedo 3246 and 3688, and Riedel 2747, in addition
to the cotypes, Burchell 5983 and 7029, and Glaziou 19975, 22319, and
22320.
Syngonanthus anthemiflorus (Bong.) Ruhl. 14631 The species
is known from Minas Gerais and from Misiones, Argentina. This is the
first record from Goias, and it is a pity that the heads are so immature
as to make identification uncertain.
Syngonanthus densifolius var. pilosior Alv. Silv. 14639 Hitherto
known only from Minas Gerais. Fig. 1 (right)
FLACOURTIACEdE
det. by H. Sleumer, Rijksherbarium, Nonnensteeg 1, Leiden,
Netherlands
Casearia grandiflora St. Hil. 15012
GENTIANACEHl
det. by Joseph Ewan, Department of Botany, Tulane University,
New Orleans 18, La.
Calolisianthus speciosus ( Cham, et Schlecht. ) Gilg 14290
Calolisianthus amplissimus (Mart.) Gilg 14751b
Calolisianthus macranthus Gilg 14833; 15059 There is some in-
dication that the 14833 collection may be distinct from Gilg’s species,
which I have seen only from a good photograph of the type, but it is
a group where the size of the corolla varies a good deal, and I am
doubtful that the collection, remarkable as it is for its very large
corollas, represents a different species.
1957
Dawson: Brazil, Phanerogams
7
Dejanira nervosa Cham, et Schlecht. 14165; 15055
Dejanira erubescens Cham, et Schlecht. 14748
Dejanira pallescens Cham, et Schlecht. 15073
Curtiapatula (Mart.) Knobl. 14608; 14645
Curtia tenella Cham, et Schlecht. 14648
Schultesia gracilis Mart. 14642
Schultesia guianensis (Aubl. ) Malme 14794
Schultesia brachyptera Cham. 15151
Nymphoides microphyllwn ( St. Hil. )Ktze. 15141
HIPPOCRASTACE/E
det. by A. C. Smith
Peritassa laevigata ( Hoffmannsegg ) A. C. Smith 14379 This
species is distributed from Venezuela to Rio de Janeiro, but has not
otherwise been known to occur in Goias.
LABIATE
det. by Carl Epling, Department of Botany, University of California,
Los Angeles 24, Calif.
Hiyptis rubicunda Pohl ex Benth. 14199; 14385; 14898
Hyptis conferta Pohl ex Benth. 14244
Hyptis eriophylla Pohl 14449
Hyptis glomerata Mart. 14468
Hyptis lanuginosa Glaziou 14612
Hyptis ovalifolia Benth. 14664; 14735; 14727
Hyptis interrupta Pohl ex Benth. 14823
Hyptis marifolia Benth. 14824; 14872
Hyptis lutescens Pohl ex Benth. 14835
Hyptis Pmonticola Mart, ex Benth. 14836
Hyptis pycnocephala Benth. 14839
H yptis imbricata Pohl ex Benth. 15153
Hyptis mollis Pohl ex Benth. 15169
Hyptis pachyphylla Epling 14786
Hyptis machrisae Epling 14252 This species is described as new
in paper No. 6 of this series.
Hyptis crinita Benth. 14218
Hyptis nudicaule Benth. 14464
Hyptis densiflora Pohl 14476a; 15065
Leonotis nepetaefolia R. Br. 14754
Ocimun gratissimum L. 14756
Marsypianthes chamaedrys (Vahl) Ktze. 15034
8
Contributions in Science
No. 7
MALVACE^
det. by Thomas H. Kearney1
Cienfuegesia affinis (H.B.K. ) Hochr. 15052
Hibiscus (aff. H. furcellatus H.B.K.?) 14546; 14810
Hibiscus sabdariffa L. 15186
Lopimia malacophylla Mart. (Pavonia m. Garcke) 14384; 14810
Pavonia mollis H.B.K. 14425
Pavonia pterocarpa R. E. Fries? 14547 Fruit not present.
Pavonia rosa-campcstris A. Juss. 14811
Pavonia sessiliflora H.B.K. 15197
Sida aurantiaca St. Hil.? 14258; 14892
Sida linifolia Juss. ex Cav. 14213; 14254; 14922
Sida rhombifolia L. 14192
Sida rhombifolia L. var. canadensis ( Willd. ) K. Sch. 14167a
Urena lobata L. 14550; 15101
MARCGRAVIACEdE
det. by Lyman B. Smith
Norantea goyazensis Camb. 15102 The specimen is topotypic
from the Serra Dourada.
MAYACACEH5
det. by Lyman B. Smith
Mayaca sellowiana Kunth 14957
MYRISTICACE^
det. by A. C. Smith
Virola setifera Aubl. 14498
ONAGRACE^E
det. by Philip A. Munz, Rancho Santa Ana Botanic Garden,
Claremont, Calif.
Jussiaea myrtifolia Camb. 14246; 15152
Jussiaea potamogeton Burch. 15159
Jussiaea tomentosa Camb. 15154; 15245
Jussiae leptocarpa Nutt. 14902; 15002
PALMACE^
det. by Harold E. Moore, Jr., Bailey Hortorium, Cornell University,
Ithaca, New York
The following determinations are preliminary, but in some cases the
1 These were the last collections studied by Dr. Kearney who passed away a few
days after having examined and identified them at the California Academy of
Sciences in San Francisco.
1957
Dawson: Brazil, Phanerogams
9
incomplete material does not lend itself to specific identification. The
seven collections of Syagras will require what amounts to monographic
treatment if the resulting identifications are to be trusted. Accordingly,
these must wait until a point is reached where adequate attention can
be given to the material.
Diplothemium sp. 14222 Mature fruits are lacking as well as
s laminate flowers from which specific characters are largely drawn.
Syagrus spp. 14433; 14458; 14557; 14585; 15062; 15068; 15221;
15281a
Bactris sp. 15068 ( sterile )
Mauritia vinifera Mart.? 15225
Mauritia aff. M. armata Mart. 15218 Fruits and male inflores-
cences are lacking. The leaf differs from that of M. armata , as described
and illustrated by Martius, in having prominent brown scales on the
midrib below.
Euterpe edulis Mart, vel valde aff. 15219
Astrocaryum aff. A. vulgare Mart. 15220 This seems reasonably
close to A. vulgare, but is less strongly armed than that species as pre-
viously described. The inner bract and male flowers are not present
for comparison, and the petioles do not agree exactly with Martius’
description. One must allow for some variation in armature and peti-
oles, but there is so little material available that limits of the variation
cannot yet be determined.
Acrocomia sp. 15224
PIPERACKS
del. by T. G. Yuncker, Department of Botany, DePauw University,
Greencastle, Indiana
Piper amazonicum ( Miq. ) C.DC. vel aff. 15070 This is a some-
what uncertain identification.
Piper arboreum Aubl. 14765 A small-leaved variety which may
prove to be undescribed when monographic studies are made.
Piper glabratum Kunth 15007
rutace.e:
det. by Lyman B. Smith
Spiranthera odoratissima St. Hil. 14286
THEACE^E
det. by Lyman B. Smith
Kielmeyera rubiflora Camb. 14287
Kielmeyera rosea Mart. 14831
10
Contributions in Science
No. 7
Fig. 2. Lippia candicans Hayek. Part of Dawson 14695, x 0.5.
1957
Dawson: Brazil, Phanerogams
11
UMBELLIFER^E
det. by Mildred E. Mathias, Department of Botany, University of
California, Los Angeles 24, Calif.
Eryngium pristis Cham, et Schlecht. 14553; 1475 Id
Eryngium paniculatum Cav. et Domb., sensu Wolff 14751 This
is a polymorphic type.
VERBENACE^Ll
det. by Harold N. Moldenke
Amsonia arborea H.B.K. 14859; 15013; 15026 This widespread
species occurs from Venezuela and the Guianas to Brazil (Amazonas,
Para, Piauhy, Maranhao, and Matto Grosso). These are, however, the
first records from Goias.
Amsonia hirta Benth. 14726 The species is known from Para,
Goias, and Matto Grosso to Minas Gerais and Sao Paulo; also in Para-
guay. Previous Goias collections are Burchell 6999, G. Gardner 3937,
Glaziou 21835, and Ule 451.
Lantana hypoleuca Briq. 14228 This widespread species is
known hitherto from Minas Gerais, Rio de Janeiro, Sao Paulo, and Rio
Grande do Sul, as well as from Bolivia, Paraguay, Uruguay, and Argen-
tina. This is, however, the first record from Goias.
Lippia candicans Hayek 14695 The species is known only from
Goias. The type and only other known collection is G. Gardner 3942.
Fig. 2.
Lippia matto grossensis Moldenke 14864 Hitherto known only
from Matto Grosso. Fig. 3 (left)
Lippia oxycnemis Schau. 14429 The species is known also from
Bahia and Minas Gerais. A previous Goias collection is the cotype,
Pohl 137.
Stachytarpheta australis Moldenke 14534 This widespread spe-
cies occurs from Cuba to Argentina, but has not previously been
reported from Goias.
Stachytarpheta chamissonis Walp. 14618 The species is known
only from Goias. Previous collections from this state are Glaziou 21909
and Macedo 3667, in addition to the cotypes, Lund s.n., Pohl s.n., and
Riedel s.n. Fig. 4.
Stachytarpheta dawsonii Moldenke2 Fig. 5.
“Suffrutex; caulibus parce ramosis gracilibus dense villoso-tomentosis,
pilis albidis; foliis sessilibus subcoriaceis imbricatis ellipticis vel obovato
2 Due to a misunderstanding, the description of this new species, here reprinted,
appeared December 15, 1956, without illustration in Revista Sudamericana de
Botanica 10(7): 231-232.
12
Contributions in Science
No. 7
Fig. 3. (left) Lippia mattogrossensis Moldenke. Part of Dawson 14864, x 0.4.
(right) Stachytarpheta sericea Loes. Part of Dawson 14288, x 0.4.
1957
Dawson: Brazil, Phanerogams
13
Fig. 4. Stachytarpheta chamissonis Walp. Part of Dawson 14618 , x 0.36.
14
Contributions in Science
No. 7
ellipticis rotundatis argute serratis, ad basim cuneatis, utrinque dense
albo-villosis, pilis antrorso-adpressis; venis venulisque supra profunde
impressis, subtus valde prominentibus; inflorescentiis spicatis dense
multifloris, floribus arete imbricatis; bracteis lanceolatis attenuato-
acuminatis densiuscule albo-villosis; calyce tubuloso puberulo et
adpresso-villosulo vel strigoso.
“A woody subshrub; steins apparently few-branched, slender, densely
villous-tomentose with whitish hairs; leaves decussate-opposite, close
together and more or less imbricate in pressing, sessile, subcoriaceous,
uniformly gray-green on both surfaces, elliptic or slightly obovate-
elliptic, 2.8-4 cm. long, 1.5-2. 2 cm. wide, rounded at the apex, sharply
serrate from below the widest part to the apex, cuneate at the base,
densely white-villous on both surfaces with antrorsely appressed silvery
hairs, the venation all deeply impressed above and very prominent
beneath; midrib slender, plainly extending to the apex of the leaf;
secondaries slender, 3 or 4 per side, arcuate-ascending, not extending
directly into the marginal teeth; tertiary venation closely and conspicu-
ously reticulate; inflorescence spicate, solitary at the apex of the stem,
to 5 cm. long and 2 cm. wide, densely many-flowered, the flowers closely
imbricate; bracts lanceolate, 10-15 mm. long, about 2 mm. wide at the
base, attenuate-acuminate to the apex, rather densely white-villous with
antrorsely appressed silvery hairs; calyx tubular, 1.7-1. 9 cm. long, to
5 mm. wide, thin-textured, puberulent between the ribs, appressed-
villosulous or strigose with antrorse silvery hairs on the ribs, its rim
5-toothed; corolla-tube about 2 cm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, the limb
5-lobed, the lobes about 5 mm. long, broadly ovate, rounded or subacute
at the apex.
“The type of this species was collected by E. Yale Dawson (No.
14722 ) — in whose honor it is named — on the stony summit of a butte
shoulder 5 km. west of Veadeiros, in the region of the Chapada dos
Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, on April 29, 1956, and is deposited in the
herbarium of the Museu Nacional at Pdo de Janeiro.”
Stachytarpheta gesnerioides var. cuneata Schau. 14981, 15058
The variety is also known from Minas Gerais and Sao Paulo; the typical
form of the species occurs also in Matto Grosso. Other Goias collections
of the variety are Pohl s.n., and Riedel & Lund 2075, in addition to the
cotypes, Lund s.n. and Riedel s.n.
Stachytarpheta glauca var. subintegrifolia Schau. 15053 The
variety is known only from Goias. The only other known collections are
the cotypes, Pohl 1832 and s.n. Fig. 6.
Stachytarpheta maximiliani Schau. 14758 The species is widely
distributed in eastern Brazil.
1957
Dawson: Brazil, Phanerogams
15
Fig. 5. Stacliytarpheta dawsonii Moldenke. Type specimen, Dawson 14722, x 0.7.
16
Contributions in Science
No. 7
1957
Dawson: Brazil, Phanerogams
17
i
Fig. 7. S tachytarpheta schauerii Moldenke. Part of Dawson 14659 , x 0.6.
18
Contributions in Science
No. 7
Stachytarpheta pachystachya Mart. 14209 Known also from
Piauhy and Minas Gerais. A previous Goias collection is G. Gardner
3935, in addition to the cotype, G. Gardner 3410 (in part).
Stachytarpheta schauerii Moldenke 14659 The species is known
only from Goias. A previous collection is Glaziou 21906, in addition to
the type, Pohl 2150. Fig. 7.
Stachytarpheta sericea Loes. 14288 The species is known only
from Goias. The previous known collections are only the cotypes,
Glaziou 21903 and 21904. Fig. 3 (right).
vochysiace.t:
det. by F. A. Stafleu, The Herbarium, University of Utrecht,
Utrecht, Netherlands
Salvertia convallariodora A. St. Hil. 14294; 15077 This is a com-
mon species in Goias and neighboring states.
Vochysia elliptica Mart. 14716 A common species in Goias and
neighboring states.
Vochysia ohovata Stafleu 14285 Especially interesting material
of an uncommon species.
Vochysia rufa Mart. ssp. rufa 14173 A common species in Goias.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE
No. 1. JEAN DELACOUR, The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Gen-
eral Account. January 23, 1957.
No. 2. E. YALE DAWSON, The Machris Brazilian Expedition.
Botany: General. January 24, 1957.
No. 3. T. G. YUNCKER, The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany:
A New Dodder from Goias, Cuscuta burrellii. January 25, 1957.
No. 4. CARROLL W. DODGE, The Machris Brazilian Expedition.
Botany: The Lichens. February 18, 1957.
No. 5. FRANCIS DROUET, The Machris Brazilian Expedition.
Botany: Cyanophyta. February 19, 1957.
No. 6. CARL EPLING, The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany:
A New Mint from Goias, Hyptis machrisse. February 20, 1957.
No. 7. E. YALE DAWSON (Editor), The Machris Brazilian Expedi-
tion. Botany: Phanerogamae, various smaller families. March
7, 1957.
MBER 8
June 27, 1957
NOTES ON EASTERN PACIFIC INSULAR
O U b MARINE ALGAE
by E. Yale Dawson1
The following records are made from incidental collections from four
widely separated, oceanic, insular areas of the far eastern Pacific,
namely, the Galapagos Archipelago, Clipperton Island, San Benedicto
Island, and the Alijos Rocks. Although the marine flora of the Gala-
pagos Islands has been well documented by Taylor (1945) even the
present small collection, obtained for the Los Angeles County Museum
through the efforts of Mr. and Mrs. Maurice A. Machris2, has revealed
a number of species previously unreported there. The algae of Clipper-
ton Island are known from the report by Taylor (1939) which treats
mainly of fresh water species from the lagoon. The present material,
provided by the Scripps Institution of Oceanography, consists only of a
handful of reef turf, but quadruples the number of known marine
species. San Benedicto Island’s marine flora is known from the writer’s
report following the recent volcanic activity there ( Dawson 1954 ) . The
present material, obtained by him on a California Department of Fish
and Game cruise, supplements that of the first report. The Alijos
Rocks, nearly 200 miles off Pacific Baja California, have remained
botanically unknown. The writer, in two attempts to reach and obtain
algal collections from these dangerous pinnacles, succeeded on one
occasion in obtaining some detached specimens from the surf zone
flora. The first comprehensive collections, however, were obtained in
October, 1956, by aqua lung diver Conrad Limbaugh and submitted for
study by the Scripps Institution.
Most of the specimens are cited here with the writer’s serial number,
since no numbers were assigned by the other collectors. The first set of
‘Research Associate, Los Angeles County Museum.
Expedition sponsored by Mr. and Mrs. Maurice A^^^Mis^4^>M°hn McNabb,
Mr. Hal Roach, Jr., and Mr. Dwight Hirsh.
m7
2
Contributions in Science
No. 8
specimens, including most of the small species preserved in liquid, is
deposited in the Herbarium of the Los Angeles County Museum. Sec-
ond and third sets are in the herbaria of the University of California,
Berkeley, and the Allan Hancock Foundation. The several Cyanophyta
from Clipperton Island were identified by Francis Drouet and deposit-
ed in the Herbarium of the Chicago Natural History Museum.
1. The Galapagos Archipelago
Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, February 17-18, 1957; collected
from rocks at low tide by Paquita Machris and J. R. Northern3.
Ulva lobata (Kiitz. ) Setch. & Gard. 16292; 16302 These are very
young specimens epiphytic on old Podina. They are probably the
same as the Ulva reported as U. fasciata by Farlow (1902) collected
at the same place and in the same month in 1899.
Entocladia viridis Reinke 16293b This plant, growing in the mem-
brane of Polysiphonia, seems to be the same as the E. polysiphoniae
Setch. & Gard. from the Gulf of California, but the distinctions from
the widespread E. viridis are not clear. Not previously reported from
the Galapagos Islands.
Cladophora perpusilla Skottsb. & Levr. 16275 Not previously
reported from the Galapagos Islands, but known from widely sep-
arated areas in the Pacific: Juan Fernandez Islands (type), Revil-
lagigedo Islands, Viet Nam. The cells in the present material are
somewhat shorter on the average than in the type; those in the Viet
Nam plant are somewhat longer.
Padina durvillaei Bory 16272; 16291
Dictyota dichotoma (Huds. ) Lamx. 16294; 16298 Fertile, well-
developed material. Not previously reported from the Galapagos.
Sargassum setifolium (Grunow) Setchell 16273; 16290; 16300
Sargassum pacificum Bory 16274; 16289; 16299
Dermatolithon pnstulatum (Lamx.) Foslie 16276 This tetrasporic
material on Sargassum pacificum and on Padina durvillaei has con-
ceptacles 300-360 /x in diameter and hypothallus cells 40-70 /x long.
Reported from Chatham Island on Zonaria by Piccone (1886).
Centroceras clavulatum var. inerme (Kiitz.) Piccone 16293a
Floating at Tagus Cove, February 17,
1957; collected by J. R. Northern
Sargassum albemarlense Taylor 16297
In tide pools on Narborough Island opposite Tagus
Cove, February 18, 1957; collected by Maurice A. Machris
Ulva lobata (Kiitz.) Setch. & Gard. 16278 Very young material on
Padina, apparently like numbers 16292 and 16302 above.
3Preparator, Los Angeles County Museum.
1957
Dawson: Marine Algae
3
Cladophora sp. 16285 It has not been possible to place these
small plants satisfactorily. They are less than 1 cm. high, in tufts on
calcareous material, and have a tendency to inflated ends of the cells
suggesting a relationship to C. echinus (Bias.) Kutz. The walls are
thick, and some cells are given off in a manner like Cladophoropsis.
Padina durvillaei Bory 16277
Sphacelaria furcigera Kutz. 16283a Not previously reported from
the Galapagos Islands.
Sargassum pacificum Bory 16288
Peyssonelia rubra var. orientalis Weber van Bosse 16280 Not pre-
viously reported from the Galapagos Islands. The present material
is antheridial. The sori consist of scattered, low, circular elevations
40-60 fx high and 1-2 mm. in diameter (Figs. 1-2).
Lithophyllum ? trichotomum (Heydr. ) Lemoine 16287 Not pre-
viously reported from the Galapagos Islands.
Figs. 1-2. Peyssonelia rubra var. orientalis Weber van Bosse. Fig. 1. Diagram-
matic representation of an antheridial sorus in vertical section, x 35. Fig. 2. Small
portion of a vertical section through a plant bearing an antheridial sorus, x 217.
Fig. 3. Botryocladia chaijeana (Meneghini) Kylin. A plant from the Alijos
Rocks attached to Amphiroa, x 5.
Fig. 4. Callophyllis violacea var. epiphytica Dawson. A small tetrasporangial
plant from the Alijos Rocks growing on Pterocladia, x 5.
4
Contributions in Science
No. 8
Amphiroa annulata Lemoine 16286 Reported in the Galapagos
Islands only from the type dredged at James Bay, James Island.
Known intertidally in Mexico.
Jania capillacea Harvey 16279b Not previously reported in the
Galapagos Islands.
Dermatolithon pustulatum (Lamx. ) Foslie 16284
Hypnea cervicornis J. Agardh 16279 Small entangled specimens.
Ochtodes crockeri Setch. & Card. 16281; 16282 These two collec-
tions are very different in size. The latter consists of plants only 2 cm.
tall which show a great similarity to Cuban specimens of O. secun-
diramea ( Mont. ) Howe. There is a tendency, however, to flattening
and a fairly-well-marked development of the branching in one plane
to an extent not observed in the Caribbean plants. In well-developed
O. crockeri the large size and coarseness become readily distinctive.
Ceramium serpens Setch. & Gard. ? 16283b Sterile.
Ceramium templetoni Setch. & Gard. 16279a Fragments.
Ceramium howellii Setch. & Gard. 16278a. A small amount creep-
ing on Padina. This is from near the type locality on the southeastern
shore of Narborough Island.
2. Clipperton Island
Previous reports of marine reef algae from Clipperton Island consist
of only four species: Caulerpa racemosa (Forsk. ) J. Ag., Jania capil-
lacea Harv.; Dictyopteris delicatula Lamx.; Zonaria variegata Lamx.
The new collection by Limbaugh from the reef flat contains two of
these and thirteen other species not heretofore reported from the sea-
ward reefs. It consists largely of a mass of Jania mixed with Chnoospora
and various smaller species as listed below.
Entophysalis conferta ( Kiitz. ) Drouet & Daily
Jlydrocoleum comoides (Harv.) seq. Gomont
Hydrocoleum glutinosum (Ag. ) seq. Gomont
Lyngbya infixa Fremy
Lyngbya guaymensis Drouet
Oscillatoria subuliformis Kiitz. seq. Gomont
Ulva lobata (Kiitz.) Setch. & Gard. ? 16310 Very young material.
Colpomenia sinuosa (Roth) Derbes & Sober 16311 Fragmentary.
Dictyopteris repens ( Okamura ) Rorgesen 16308 This is probably
the plant identified by Taylor as Dictyopteris delicatula, but to be
distinguished by the lack of a delicate rib along the thallus margins.
Focockiella variegata (Lamx.) Papenfuss 16305 This is Taylor’s
Zonaria variegata.
Chnoospora implexa Hering ex. J. Ag. 16304 Not previously
1957
Dawson : Marine Algae
5
known in the eastern Pacific.
Jania tenella Kiitz 16303
Hypnea sp. 16312 Sterile fragments.
Polysiphonia ferulacea Suhr 16306 Diminutive specimens only
1-2 cm. tall from the Jania turf, but cystocarpic and tetrasporic.
Herposiphonia secunda (Ag.) Ambronn 16307
Ceramium serpens Setch. & Gard. ? 16309 The material is tet-
rasporic, but is too scant to make a positive distinction from the close-
ly related C. camouii Dawson.
3. San Benedicto Island, Mexico
The first and only collections reported to date from this island were
obtained by the writer November 17-18, 1953. At that time a flora
was just beginning to appear on the fresh lava from the December
1952 flow. Only nine species were detected after rather careful search
of the area adjacent to the landing cove, and only seven of these were
sufficiently mature to identify specifically.
On April 17, 1955, with the help of John E. Fitch, leader of cruise
55-Y-3 of the M/V YELLOWFIN a brief landing was made at the same
locality as in 1953 and some samples of the algal cover on the new
lava hastily obtained. An examination of these has shown a consider-
able amplification of the flora during the intervening seventeen months,
but less than had been expected.
Of the nine species previously found, four were detected again,
namely, Herposiphonia tenella (Ag. ) Ambronn, Ectocarpus mitchellae
Harv., Grateloupia versicolor var. prostrata Dawson, and Enteromor-
pha sp., now identified as E. flexuosa (Wulfen) J. Ag. In addition, eight
other species were present: Cladophora insert a Dickie, forma (small
plants 1 cm. tall); Centroceras clavulatum (Ag. ) Mont.; Ceramium
sinicola Setch. & Gard., Lomentaria sp. (aff. L. hakodatensis or L.
haileyi); Lithophyllum decipiens (Foslie) Foslie; Peyssonelia sp;
Ralfsia sp.; Callithamnion marshallensis Dawson? (possible a lax form
of C. paschalis Borg, since the branching is quite regularly distichous. )
From a distance the Lithophyllum was the most conspicuous alga,
showing as a pinkish color against the black lava in many places within
tidal range. The remainder of the flora was not evident except at close
hand and consisted of discontinuous, lighter and heavier carpets of
very short plants, sometimes in pure stands, often mixed, but rarely
more than about 1 cm. tall. Enteromorpha, Centroceras , Ectocarpus,
Herposiphonia and Lomentaria occurred in quite extensive and dense
colonies. The Grateloupia was occasional, as were Peyssonelia and Ralf-
sia which were evidently just becoming established. A conspicuous
6
Contributions in Science
No. 8
epiphytic flora of diatoms occurred on much of the algal turf.
Collections from the undisturbed substrate at the north end of the
island could not be obtained on this occasion because of rough seas,
but in making the attempt, an area at the base of the western cliffs
was found where quantities of floating pumice indicated a recent land-
slide into the sea. There, with the pumice, dislodged specimens of
Asparagopsis taxiformis (Delile) Collins & Hervey were abundant,
together with some Dictyota divaricata Lamx. Neither of these speices
had been found among the earlier collections.
4. Alijos Rocks, Mexico
No previous records of marine algae exist for the Alijos Rocks, lying
at North Lat. 24° 50', 180 miles west of Magdalena Island, Baja Cali-
fornia, and consisting of three completely isolated, precipitous pin-
nacles arising from ocean depths of over 2000 fathoms. The nearest
oceanic island to the north is Guadalupe, and to the south, Socorro.
The rocks lie far beyond the influence of coastal upwelling along Baja
California and surface water temperatures apparently range largely
between 20 and 22° C. Surface temperatures on November 15, 1953
were about 21° C. in the vicinity of the rocks. Accordingly, upon the
writer’s visit in 1953 it was anticipated that a warm water flora, lacking
members of the Laminariales, would be found there. Upon that oc-
casion our ship was unable to approach closer than about 1500 yards
because of large ocean swells that produced a gigantic surf breaking
over the rocks and dashing spray almost to their tops. By using a skiff
to move in closer and across a foam line it was possible to collect sev-
eral species by dip net from those being torn loose by the pounding
sea. These included Macrocystis pyrifera (L. ) Ag. (12036), which
was apparently dominant around the base of the rocks; Egregia aus-
tralis Hollenberg ms. (12037); and the sea grass Phyllospadix torreyi S.
Wats (12038). In addition, a floating specimen of Cystoseira was ob-
served but not secured.
It was surprising to find these cool water elements, characteristic
of the temperate shores of California, so far outside of their known
geographical and temperature ranges. An explanation for this seems
to be found in the violent agitation around the rocks. This causes
exceptional aeration sufficient partly to compensate for the higher tem-
peratures by providing adequate available metabolic gases, notwith-
standing the lower solubilities in the warmer water. The marine flora
in the vicinity of the surface, thus, shows a distinctly northern facies.
The 1956 collections, hand picked by Conrad Limbaugh in depths
of 25 to 90 feet, stand in marked contrast to those from the the surface
1957
Dawson : Marine Algae
7
area mentioned above. Nine species of tropical character appear whose
Pacific Coast distributions are not known to extend north of warm
Guadalupe Island at North Lat. 29°, nor, except for local warm spots,
along the cool Pacific shores of Baja California. Their presence at mod-
erate depths in very clear water seems to indicate that below the sur-
face region, influenced strongly by the extreme aeration, the normal
effects of higher temperature are reflected by the presence of a promi-
nent complement of warm water species. In the annotated list below,
these warm water elements are marked with an asterisk.
Phyllospadix scouleri Hooker 16151 This was found unattached
and presumably drifted down from a colony in the surf zone. It may
be considered a fifth species known from the surface region.
Lyngbya gracilis Gomont 16157c
Codium setchellii Gardner 16161
*Pocockiella variegata (Lamx. ) Papenfuss 16168
Pterocladia pyramidale (Gardner) Dawson 16152 This plant was
most abundant in the samples and in very luxuriant condition.
* Asparagopsis taxiformis (Delile) Collins & Hervey 16160 Com-
mon in the samples.
*Liagora farinosa Lamx. near var. pinnatiramosa Yam a da 16170
Sterile.
Melobesia mediocris (Foslie) Setch. & Mason 16151a A few
crusts on the detached Phyllospadix scouleri.
*Jania tenella Kiitz. 16168a
* Amphiroa crosslandii Lemoine 16162
Plocamium pacificum Kylin 16159 Very small male plants only
2 cm. high, epiphytic on Pterocladia.
Binghamiella forkii (Dawson) Silva 16157 A rare species known
previously only from two collections, at La Jolla, California, and at
Punta Baja, Baja California.
Callophyllis violacea var. epiphytica Dawson 16156; 16169 These
small, delicate plants do not at first suggest the genus Callophyllis
although their structure identifies them here. Some are tetrasporic,
but only 2-3 cm. tall. (Fig. 4)
Botryocladia chaijeana (Meneghini) Kylin 16163 The several tet-
rasporic plants are in good agreement with the account of Genevieve
Feldmann (1945). The gland cells are in isolated groups of 3 or 4.
This is the first record of this species in the Pacific. (Fig. 3)
Antithamnion breviramosus Dawson 16153a These are like the
southern California type in overall size and habit, but have some-
what longer and more slender branches than the type.
*Crouania attenuata (C. Ag.) J. Ag. 16172 Small male plants, to
8
Contributions in Science
No. 8
2 cm. long, creeping on Liagora and on Pterocladia.
Ceramium zacae Setch. & Grad. 16154 Luxuriant tetrasporic and
cystocarpic plants on Pterocladia.
Ceramium sinicola Setch. & Gard. var. sinicola 16155 Tetrasporic
plants epiphytic on Pterocladia.
* Ceramium clarionense Setch. & Gard. 16165a Tetrasporic plants
on Codium.
Ceramium camouii Dawson 16171 Tetrasporic plants creeping on
Liagora. Note that all the involucres are not symmetrical.
Heterosiphonia erecta Gardner em. Setch & Gard. 16158; 16164
Tetrasporic plants on Pterocladia.
*Dasya pedicellata (C. Ag. ) C. Ag. 16165 Dwarf male plants only
2 cm. tall, epiphytic on Codium.
Branchioglossum woodii (J. Ag. ) Kylin 16166 Tetrasporic.
Cryptopleura corallinara (Nott) Gardner 16157 Tetrasporic.
Polysiphonia mollis Hooker & Harvey 16161a According to Cribb
( 1956 ) this name represents an earlier designation of plants known
in the central Pacific as P. tongatensis Harvey, and along the Pacific
Coast of North America as P. synderae Kylin.
*Chondria lancifolia Okamura 16157a This material, although
rather scant and small, agrees very well with this western Pacific
species, especially as illustrated by Tseng (1945) from Hong Kong.
It has not been reported previously from the American coasts.
Laurencia sp. aff. L. spendens Hollenberg 16157b Dwarfish.
Cribb, A. B. LITERATURE CITED
1956. Records of marine algae from southeastern Queensland -II. Polysiphonia
and Lophosiphonia. Univ. Queensland Papers, Dept, of Botany 3(16):
131-147, 5 pis.
Dawson, E. Y.
1954. The marine flora of Isla San Benedicto following the volcanic eruption of
1952-1953. A Hancock Found. Publ., Occ. Papers no. 16, 1-24, 5 pis.
Farlow, W. G.
1902. Thallophytes and Musci of the Galapagos. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci.,
Proc. 38(4): 82-99, 102-104.
F eldm ann , Genevieve
1945. Revision du genre Botryocladia Kylin ( Rhodophycees-Rhodymeniacees).
Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de l’Afrique du Nord, Bull. 35( 1944) : 49-6i, 5 text figs.
Piccone, A.
1886. Alghe del viaggio di circumnavigazione della Vettor Pisani. 97 pp., 2
pis. Genova.
Taylor, W. R.
1939. Algae collected on the presidential cruise of 1938. Smithson. Miscel.
Coll. 98(9): 1-18, 2 pis.
1945. Pacific marine algae of the Allan Hancock Expeditions to the Galapagos
Islands. A Hancock Pac. Exped. 12: i-iv; 1-528, 100 pis., 3 text figs.
Tseng, C. K.
1945. New and unrecorded marine algae of Hong Kong. Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts
and Letters, Papers 30(1944): 157-171, 2 pis.
mber 9
June 28, 1957;
(e ^
A NEW SPECIES OF PASSERINE BIRD
FROM THE
MIOCENE OF CALIFORNIA
By Hildegarde Howard
Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellane-
ous technical papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and
Anthropology, published at irregular intervals by the Los An-
geles County Museum. Issues are numbered separately and
numbers run consecutively regardless of subject matter. Num-
ber 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available to
scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Copies
may also be purchased at a nominal price.
Hildegarde Howard
Chief Curator of Science
Editor
»
A NEW SPECIES OF PASSERINE BIRD FROM THE
MIOCENE OF CALIFORNIA
By Hildegarde Howard*
INTRODUCTION
In 1955, the Los Angeles County Museum acquired two rock slabs
containing obverse and reverse impressions (with some bone still
present ) of the nearly complete skeleton of a Miocene fossil bird. The
slabs were originally purchased as flagstones by Mr. Edward H. Met-
calf of Pasadena, who realized their significance and presented them
to Dr. Dale Arvey of Long Beach State College. Dr. Arvey recognized
that the bird represented on the slabs would require considerable study.
As the Los Angeles County Museum has long specialized in research
in fossil birds, he contacted the museum and an exchange was effected
to the mutual advantage of the two institutions.
By contacting the vendor of the flagstones, the quarry from which
they came was located approximately ten miles east of the town of
Santa Maria, in the San Rafael mountains, Santa Barbara County,
California. It is operated by G. Antolini and Sons. According to Dr.
Raymond Barber, late Curator of Mineralogy and Petrology of the Los
Angeles County Museum, the rock in which the fossil lies is a siliceous
limestone. The matrix was analyzed for possible microfossils by Mr.
Harry Turver of the Standard Oil Company. He established the deposit
as of the Monterey Formation, middle Miocene (Mohnian) in age,
but found no evidence of either foraminifera or diatoms. Other fossil
specimens from the area have been collected by the Santa Barbara
Museum of Natural Plistory and include fish, porpoise, palm and two
species of marine birds: a shearwater ( Paffinus , sp. ) and a new species,
Osteodontornis orri Howard ( 1957 ) , assigned to an extinct order,
Odontopterygiformes.
I should like to take this opportunity to express my appreciation of
the understanding generosity and cooperation of Mr. Metcalf and Dr.
Arvey. I wish also gratefully to acknowledge the assistance of Dr. Jean
Delacour, Director of the Los Angeles County Museum, in taxonomic
problems involving living birds. My thanks are extended to Dr. Her-
bert Friedmann of the United States National Museum, Dr. Dean
Amadon of the American Museum of Natural History, and Dr. Alden
H. Miller of the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology for the loan
of modern skeletal material for comparison.
*Chief Curator, Division of Science, Los Angeles County Museum.
JUI 9 1957
4
Contributions in Science
No. 9
DESCRIPTION
The larger of the two flagstones ( slab no. 1 ) measures 19 x 12 inches
and is 7/2 inches thick. The smaller (slab no. 2) is of uneven surface
dimensions; the greatest length and breadth are approximately 14/2 and
7/2 inches respectively, and the thickness 1 U inches.
The major part of the skeleton of the fossil bird is represented by
impression and some actual bone on slab no. 1. The skull and body
parts, disarranged but not completely disassociated, extend approxi-
mately 61 inches along the surface of the slab. A number of tracheal
rings are scattered in the matrix below the skull. The leg bones and
pelvis lie about two inches posterior to the other body parts. Slab no.
2 has been broken just at the tip of the furcula, and the portion bearing
the sternum and legs is not present. By faint impression and discolora-
tion, the outline and partial feather venation of one wing are apparent
on this small slab. Areas of faint discoloration around the body and
individual bones indicate chemical reaction from the flesh in the process
of disintegration. Detailed characters of the articular ends of the in-
dividual skeletal elements are indistinct on both slabs.
A good endocranial cast of the right side of the head and a fragment
of the bony cranium are exposed on slab no. 2, a poor impression of
endocranium on no. 1. The upper and lower mandibles are better
delineated on the latter, the upper by impression, the lower by bone
exposed in the matrix. The outline of the external naris of the right
side is preserved. The sternum is represented by the clear impression
of the left side of the carina and manubrium; the actual bone of the left
posterior lateral process and the portion of the xiphisternum bordering
the sternal notch have been exposed by preparation. The outline of the
furcula is impressed on both slabs, and the internal surface of the bone
is exposed at the upper end of the right clavicle on no. 2. The upper
half of the anterior face of the right coracoid, and the dorsal surface
of the right scapula have been exposed by preparation on this slab.
Parts of broken bone lie in the impression of the left coracoid. The
left scapula is poorly indicated on either slab.
Both right and left humeri are present. On slab no. 2 the right lies
with the anconal surface of the entepicondyle of the distal end exposed
by preparation, and the contours of the palmar side of the proximal end
impressed in the matrix; an impression of the anconal surface of the
proximal end appears on slab no. 1. The left humerus lies on the small
slab with the palmar surface of the external condyle of the distal end
exposed by preparation, and the contours of the anconal side of the
1957
Howard: Passerine Bird
5
proximal end impressed in the matrix; the impression of the palmar
side of the proximal end appears on the large slab. The position of
both bones is such that the ectepicondylar prominence is buried in the
matrix. The impression of the internal side of the left ulna is fairly
well marked on slab no. 2. A cast made from this impression reveals
quite clearly the impression of the brachialis anticus muscle near the
proximal end. The impression of the external side of the ulna is deeply
cut on slab no. 1, but a cast from this reveals no details. The right ulna
is imperfectly impressed on both slabs. The radius is represented by
impression of actual bone of both left and right sides on the small slab,
and by impression only, on the large. The right carpometacarpus lies
3 inches apart from the body, and above the skull; it is represented in
slab no. 2 by the actual bone of the external side of the distal tip and
part of the shaft of metacarpal 3, together wtih the impression of the
internal side of metacarpal 2 and the head; the impression is somewhat
altered by the presence of fragments of bone within it; on slab no. 1,
the bone of the process of metacarpal 2 is still adhering to the impres-
sion of the external side of this metacarpal. The left carpometacarpus
is poorly impressed on the small slab, but on no. 1 the bone of the
external side of the distal end of metacarpal 3 is preserved, as well as
the impression of the internal side of the remainder of the element, with
fragments of bone adhering. The phalanx of alar digit 3 and both
phalanges of digit 2 are represented; there is no evidence of digit 1.
As stated above, the pelvis and leg bones are represented only on the
large slab. The pelvis appears as an imperfect impression of the dorsal
surface. The anterior end is incomplete, obliterated by the right femur
which lies across it. The right leg is represented by the external impres-
sion of the femur, tibiotarsus and trasometatarsus, with digits 1, 3 and
4 in place ( the ungual of digit 3 is missing ) . The left leg is represented
by the external impression of the femur and anterior impression of
tibiotarsus with fibula, approximately in place; the left tarsometatarsus,
however, is separated and lies below the right tarsometatarsus with its
internal side impressed; metatarsal 1 and digits 1, 2, and 3 are present
and approximately normally placed (the unguals for digits 1 and 3
are missing).
As the deposit in which this fossil was found is marine, it would be
natural to suppose that the bird here entombed was a small sea bird,
such as a petrel, or even one of the smaller shorebirds. Careful scrutiny
of the specimen, however, indicates that relationship lies rather with
the perching birds, Order Passeriformes, and with the suborder Os-
cines (Passeres).
6
Contributions in Science
No. 9
The fossil was compared with available skeletons of all living and
fossil passerines that seemed possibly to bear any resemblance. These
represented 59 species, 53 genera and over 20 families. The Miocene
bird was found to be distinct, both generically and specifically, from
all forms compared. It is accordingly here described as new to science.
The relationships of this extinct bird can be better discussed following
its description.
Palaeoscinis turdirostris* new genus and species
Figures 1 and 2
Type. — L. A. County Mus. no. 2604; nearly complete skeleton and
outlines of a portion of the feathering of one wing, represented by
impression and parts of actual bone on two flagstone slabs.
Locality and age. — L. A. County Mus. Vert. Paleon. loc. no. 1127;
Tepusquet Peak Quadrangle, 1942 ed.; T 10 N, R 31 W, NEM of
NW/4, Sect. 15; west side Tepusquet Creek S 25° E of Los Coches
mountain, N 45° W of Tepusquet Peak. Middle Miocene (Mohnian).
Diagnosis. — Upper mandible long and slender with large, oval
external nares; sternum with long, slender, upcurved manubrium, and
short sternal notch bordered by broad posterior lateral process; blade
of scapula broad; humerus lacking deep undercut below head; skeleton
of leg ( excluding toes ) 90 per cent of length of wing skeleton, includ-
ing phalanges 1 and 2 of alar digit 2; tarsometatarsus shorter than
humerus or femur, and femur approximately % the length of tibiotarsus;
ungual of first pedal digit very long; middle toe longest of pedal digits,
first and fourth approximately identical in length, second digit shortest.
Detailed description. — Skull and Mandible: Brain well developed;
upper mandible 49 per cent of total skull length; external nares occupy-
ing 40 per cent of total rostral length; lower mandible slender, symphy-
sis approximately 25 per cent of total mandibular length and marked
centrally for about half its length with a distinct groove; rami only
moderately angled (slightly forward of midpoint, anteroposteriorly ) .
Bill similar to that of Ixoreus naevius in proportions, position of nares,
angle of lower mandible and groove in symphysis.
Sternum: Height of carina approximately 37 per cent of length of
sternum; manubrium long, slender and upcurved; anterior border of
carina nearly straight; sternal notch 34 per cent of length of sternum
(from xiphisternum to base of manubrium dorsally), and bordered by
broad posterior lateral process.
*The scientific name indicates that the fossil is an ancient oscine bird with a
thrushlike beak.
Fig. 1. Palaeoscinis turdirostris, new species. Type slab no. 1. Approximately
natural size.
8
Contributions in Science
No. 9
Furcula: Relatively long and narrow with slender symphysis;
furcular process long and slender, but details of shape not discernible.
Coracoid: General shape and slenderness similar to condition found
in Oscines; no other diagnostic characters noted.
Scapula: Blade broad and flat near articular end, equalling or even
exceeding depth of shaft of ulna; blade becoming broadly depressed as
it continues distally.
Humerus: Pectoral crest extending distally well below level of bi-
cipital crest and (as viewed anconally) depressed in middle, flaring
slightly proximally and distally; head bent anconally and towards in-
ternal crest so that proximal end of pectoral crest is high with respect
to head; apex of shaft angular near proximal end ( anconally ) ; anconal
surface of proximal end depressed internally adjacent to median crest
but not deeply undercut beneath head; diagnostic characters of distal
end not visible, except entepicondyle prominently developed as in the
Passeriformes.
Ulna: Size and proportions similar to those of Ixoreus naevius and
Microscelis leucocephalus ; bone shorter, stouter and with more cir-
cumscribed impression of brachialis anticus muscle than in Tyrannus
verticalis; no diagnostic characters of value within the suborder Os-
cines notable.
Radius: Undiagnostic.
Carpometacarpus: Distal end of metacarpal 3 extending well distal
to metacarpal 2 with essentially straight contours, as in the Oscines.
Phalanx 1, Alar Digit 2: Slender and straight in contours, in con-
trast to condition found in the Tyranni, where bone is flared.
Wing Feathers: Length of feather impressions 4% - 4% inches; im-
possible to ascertain whether or not impressions represent full length
of wing; if they do, wing is short for size of skeleton.
Pelvis: Ilia separate anteriorly as well as posteriorly and their bor-
ders appearing to converge anteriorly (may be illusion owing to im-
perfect impression); posterior ilia protruding distally, forming marked
points at their external margins; sacrum broad, greatest breadth equal
to more than half of greatest breadth of pelvis across posterior ilia;
central raised area of sacrum bulbous and broad anteriorly, tapering
and flattened posteriorly. Great breadth of sacrum most closely paral-
leled in Turdidae and Pycnonotidae; characters of central raised area
suggestive of Cinclus and Aphelocoma.
Fig. 2. Palaeoscinis turdirostris, new species. Type slab no. 2. Natural size.
10
Contributions in Science
No. 9
3 at
C
—I O
CO CM
Tp CM
CO 00
CM CM
^ l"
U oo 0
i — i CM i- 1
O
0
&
m
G
as
'>
c3
8.2
J.2 N CO N 1C
o o CD CM OC rH
Tf CM CM H
^ O
CO CM
CM CM
O CO b CM
CM 00 Tf CM
CM CO
CD 05 O O ID
N 1C 00 N N
r — 1 i— I CM i— I
TF rH 05 00 b
05 d h 1C
CM CO
X
0
"05
G
as
wo
a
"05
0
•I
0
Co
O
<0
ft*
M 3
= s
00
CM
b
O
O
CO
O
rH
CO
TJH
CD
rH
TJH
05
CM
CO
b
CM
06
rH
O
O
£ x
(J V
CM
CM
CM
CM
H
CM
CO
E 3
S'E CM C5 O »— I CO b CM CM
5o idcd^qocm’ocdcm
IC CM CM CO CO
Q. A
< w
O 05 i— I CD CO
b b CM CM 00
i— I CO 1C CO
W
G
h4
C/3
= E
PQ
<
£
in
{3
b
CM
CM
CO
CO
0
8.9
1.7
CD
05
CM
H
00
1— i
b
cd
7.9
CD
00
00
b
ID
ID
H
0
£■0
a <U
CO
1— H
CM
r— 1
CM
rH
tH
CM
rH
"05
0
s
0
5-4
&»
IS)
5—i
ctf
a
G
G
m
oS
0
'■5 5
rH
b
ID
00
cO
b
cO
CO
b
XT
TfH
CO
CD
c
s
0 «
b
id
rH
CM
CD
cd
CM
id
00
CM
rH
05
O
0
u 0
•- u
XfH
CM
CM
rH
CM
CO
r— 1
CM
CO
rH
S2
sf
m 3
a. *■
CO
b
ID
b
O
1— l
CO
0
O
1C
00
cd
id
00
cm
b
cd
CM
b
05
rH
CM
CM
rG
CM
CO
rH
CM
0
CM
O
G
4->
‘5b
73
G
3
£4
"3
j-t
a
rH
0
0
as
__
as
g
G
G
H
m
U
.O
*C
in
H
O
0
in
G
0
s
ct
^G
73
Hh
O
H
in
G
£4
5-4
oS
G
73
rG
H
G
c
G
0
0
0
"05
G
G
0)
0
£4
G
C1^
O O
. ID CO
CM CO CM
H
a
4->
o
■lo
G
0
-4
H
O
M-4
O
0 (
rU
H
O
H
O
rG
4-»
tJO
rG
to
rG^
-H
bO
rG
"d
OS
0
rG
to
rG
to
G
G
G
G
G
0
0
0
j— 1
0
0
-1
H-l
J
CQ
H-l
H-l
■4— ' <n
} in
a
rG 1
in "■ —
_T rG
_D -t->
£4 D
0 <d
Q ^
■M £ MO
0 ^ <_L_,
g OJ O
s S> g?
^00
h4 h4
O O
*5 *5
tJC OJD
C G
0 0
J h-4
TABLE II
1957
Howard: Passerine Bird
11
rH
: oi
o
O
t"
r-H
ID
: oo
CD
1>
05
lO
00
CO CO CO t}h t-
O b1 CD N 05 © 00
00 O H oo O CM
^ ^ 00 05 CD H
CO 05 CO
i— I CD r— I
hCDCDHOlOCM^W
^C00OO5LOC0^NH
t-CO^^^HCOOCOt-
^C000OCD(M(MN(M
OCOHTrhOCOlCOO
^^C©O5COt^001D00
OlCOO^rHOCOCNlr— I
lO^OOOOht-OOCDOO
05^-— lOOIOCOlOO
TfC00OO5|>00O5CDO5
O
o
G
13
G
a C
G <D
G g
O £
G ^
2 O
Q3 co ffi
.o
3
G g
g -2
<5 -q
C/3 C/3
G G
c3 os
4-< -t-*
03 03
O o3
fe H
bJD
G
u bJO
03 CD
H hJ
Extinct
12
Contributions in Science
No. 9
Leg and Foot Bones: Digits 2, 3 and 4 articulated forward on tar-
sometatarsus in a straight line, as typical for the Passeriformes; digit 1
articulated backward from well developed metatarsal 1, also as in
Passeriformes; length of digits 1 and 4 approximately equal, digit 2
shorter, digit 3 longer; ungual of digit 1, 70 per cent of length of phalanx
1, digit 1; unguals for digits 2 and 4 short; tarsometatarsus 93 per cent
of length of femur, 85 per cent of length of humerus; femur 90 per cent
of length of humerus. No diagnostic contours of individual bones
evident.
Measurements and proportions. — See Tables I and II.
DISCUSSION
Of all the elements described in the foregoing section, the sternum,
scapula, and humerus seem to present characters of greatest phylo-
genetic significance at a possible family level. In the sternum, the
combination of long, slender manubrium with short posterior notch
bordered by broad lateral process does not occur in any of the living
species examined. The short notch and strong lateral process occur
in members of the Cinclidae and Corvidae, but in these families the
manubrium is short and heavy. On the other hand, in the Pycnono-
tidae, Turdidae, Mimidae and others that have a long, slender manu-
brium, the posterior notch is deep and the lateral process slender.
In the Bombycillidae the notch is long, but the bordering processes
are strong; the manubrium in members of this family is fairly heavy
although less so than in the Corvidae. The broad, flat blade of the
scapula most closely resembles the condition found in Microscelis
( Pycnonotidae ) and Aphelocoma (Corvidae); the depressed area of
the blade posteriorly is most closely approximated in the first-named
family. The humerus shows closest resemblance to that of Microscelis ,
particularly in the shape, position and length of the pectoral crest,
anconal thrust of the head, and absence of undercut below the head.
Bombycilla is somewhat similar, but the pectoral crest is short. Most of
the passeriform species examined show a marked depression below the
head. Representatives of the Alaudidae, Pycnonotidae, Bombycillidae
and Corvidae lack this deep undercutting and resemble the fossil in
this respect.
The thrushlike bill and the relatively short legs, while notable char-
acteristics of Palaeoscinis turdirostris, are considered to be of no more
than generic or specific value. Of the living oscine species examined
in which the leg is found to be shorter than the wing, the following
resemble Palaeoscinis in having the tarsometatarsus shorter than the
1957
Howard: Passerine Bird
13
femur: Bomby cilia cedrorum (Bombycillidae), Saroglossa madagas-
cariensis (Sturnidae), Bias musicus (Muscicapidae), and the three
available species of Microscelis (Pycnonotidae), M. amaurotis, M. leu-
cocephalus and M. madagascariensis. None of the present authorities on
passerine taxonomy suggest close relationship between all four of the
families represented.
In my opinion, Palaeoscinis does not fit clearly into any one family of
living oscine birds as now defined. Closest similarities in the signifi-
cant characters above mentioned are found in the Pycnonotidae,
Bombycillidae, Corvidae and Cinclidae.
Among the fossil passerines of North America, all but one are as-
signable to living families. The excepted species, Paleospiza bella
Allen, is the single representative of the extinct family Paleospizidae,
placed taxonomically near the Alaudidae. Paleospiza came from the
Florissant shales of Colorado, of Oligocene age. It, like Palaeoscinis, is
preserved in two rock slabs, with nearly the entire skeleton represented.
The bill, however, is missing. Careful comparison of Palaeoscinis has
been made with the description and illustrations of Paleospiza offered
by Wetmore (1925, pp. 185-191 and plates 1-4). See Table III. Un-
fortunately none of the characters of the sternum, scapula or humerus
that are considered of probable family significance in Palaeoscinis have
been described in detail for Paleospiza. In fact it is doubtful that these
significant areas are discernible in the Colorado specimen. However,
other characters, such as the short, broad furcula, the heavily built
wing bones, and possibly the very long distal phalanx of alar digit 2,
seem to be equally as distinctive as family characters of the Paleospizi-
TABLE III
Comparison of Palaeoscinis turdirostris and Paleospiza bella
Palaeoscinis turdirostris
Bones of wing long and slender
Humerus shorter than ulna
Pectoral crest of humerus ex-
tending distally below level of
bicipital crest
Phalanx 2 of alar digit 2 less than
H the length of the carpometa-
carpus
Furcula long, with slender sym-
physis
Pedal digit 2 shortest
Paleospiza bella
Bones of wing strong and heavy
Humerus slightly longer than
ulna
Pectoral crest of humerus not
extending distally below level of
bicipital crest
Phalanx 2 of alar digit 2 nearly
/2 the length of carpometacarpus
Furcula short and broad
Pedal digit 1 shortest
14
Contributions in Science
No. 9
dae. In no way, except for the relatively short legs, do Palaeoscinis
and Paleospiza bear any resemblance to each other. Assignment of
Palaeoscinis to the family Paleospizidae is therefore not justified.
Among the European fossil passerines, only three Tertiary species
suggest similarity to Palaeoscinis. All of these are assigned to the
genus Laurillardia and come from the Upper Eocene of France. Their
preservation is similar to that of Palaeoscinis so that comparisons are
facilitated. Laurillardia longirostris Milne-Edwards (1869-1871, p.
374 ) was originally placed with the Oscines with not attempt at family
allocation. Laurillardia parisiensis and L. munieri were described by
Flot (1891). Flot reviewed all three species of Laurillardia and con-
cluded that the closest similarity was to be found with the Turdidae
except for the fact that the legs of the fossil birds were much shorter
than those of the thrushes. In Saroglossa madagascariensis (Family
Sturnidae) he found a combination of characters similar to those of
Laurillardia. According to Flot, Saroglossa appears to combine the
habits of the Sturnidae with the characters of the Turdidae, differing
from either, however, in its short legs.
Comparison of Palaeoscinis has been made with the three species of
Laurillardia on the basis of descriptions and illustrations offered by
Milne-Edwards (1869-1871, pp. 374-377 and pi. 161) and Flot (1891).
This comparison demonstrates that Laurillardia bears a general simi-
larity to Palaeoscinis in the length of the beak and in the relatively
short legs, but differs in having a deeper (higher) upper mandible
with greater dorsal curvature, and shorter femur and tarsometatarsus.
These differences, together with the great discrepancy in age between
the French and American birds, justify the recognition of the two dis-
tinct genera. As with Paleospiza, the detailed characters of the sternum,
scapula and humerus that are considered of importance in Palaeoscinis
are not discussed for Laurillardia.
The family allocation of Laurillardia has not been precisely defined
although both the Turdidae and the Sturnidae were mentioned (Flot,
1891). The comparison with Saroglossa madagascariensis referred
mainly to the similar proportions of short legs and long wings, propor-
tions that, as mentioned above, are of questionable phylogenetic value.
Assignment of Palaeoscinis to either the Turdidae or the Sturnidae is
contra-indicated.
Inasmuch as Palaeoscinis cannot be assigned to any established
family of birds either living or extinct, the family Palaeoscinidae is
hereby proposed to contain it.
1957
Howard: Passerine Bird
15
Family Palaeoscinidae
T ype. — Palaeoscinis turdirostris Howard.
Diagnosis. — Sternum with long, slender manubrium, and short
sternal notch bordered by broad posterior lateral process; scapula
with broad blade near the articulation; humerus lacking undercut
below head, head bent anconally and pectoral crest high proximally
with respect to head, pectoral crest flaring proximally and distally and
depressed in middle. Other characters as for the type species so long
as it remains the sole representative of the family.
Relationships. — Determination of the taxonomic position of this
family within the suborder Oscines is rendered difficult in the light of
the uncertainties that exist concerning relationships of living passerine
families. It has been stated above that closest similarities of the fossil
lie with members of the families Pycnonotidae, Bombycillidae, Corvi-
dae and Cinclidae. Within the last six years, at least three publications
of importance have provided studies of the taxonomy of the Passeri-
formes. Wetmore (1951, p. 12) states that his arrangement “is in part
necessarily arbitrary, through the easily perceptible and often remarked
fact that we are under necessity of listing groups in linear order . . .
when actually they stand in three-dimensional relationship to one
another.” Of the four families with which Palaeoscinis may be most
closely compared, he (op. cit. p. 121) lists the Corvidae 6th among
oscine families, the Pycnonotidae 18th, the Cinclidae 19th and the
Bombycillidae 29th. Mayr and Greenway ( 1956, pp. 8-9 ) present the
sequence of oscine families as approved by a committee appointed by
the XI International Ornithological Congress. In this listing the Pyc-
nonotidae appear 5th in the sequence, the Bombycillidae 10th, Cin-
clidae 11th and Corvidae last (40th). Beecher (1953) bases his con-
clusions regarding relationships of the passerines on anatomical studies
and presents a chart showing a radiating arrangement. He places the
four groups above-mentioned in the same superfamily and suggests
(op. cit. p. 286) that the Bombycillidae and Corvidae “appear traceable
to the bulbuls, here regarded as a specialized branch ( Pycnonotinae )
of the Sylviidae.” It would be beyond the scope of the present paper
to discuss the relative merits of the passerine sequences presented in
these three publications. The characters of Palaeoscinis turdirostris ,
however, do appear to provide some substantiating evidence of an an-
cestral relationship between the bulbuls, waxwings and corvids, and
possibly the dippers as well. In a linear arrangement, the placement of
16
Contributions in Science
No. 9
the Palaeoscinidae near the Pycnonotidae or the Bombycillidae must
suffice until the relationships of the living forms have been more fully
determined.
SUMMARY
A new species of passerine bird, Palaeoscinis turdirostris, is described
from the Miocene of Tepusquet Creek, Santa Barbara County, Cali-
fornia. Beak and body proportions resemble some of the thrushes, but
the legs are relatively much shorter, and a number of skeletal details
distinguish the fossil from all existing families of birds. The species is
placed in the suborder Oscines, and the family Palaeoscinidae is estab-
lished to contain it. Closest affinities of the Palaeoscinidae lie with the
Pycnonotidae, Bombycillidae, Corvidae and Cinclidae.
LITERATURE CITED
Beecher, William J.
1953. Phylogeny of the Oscines. Auk 70:270-333.
Flot, M.
1891. Description de deux oiseaux du Gypse Parisien. Mem. Soc. Geol. France,
Paleon. no. 7, 1-10, 1 pi., 3 text figs.
Howard, Hildegarde
1957. A gigantic “toothed” marine bird from the Miocene of California. Santa
Barbara Mus. Nat. Hist., Dept. Geol., Bull. 1, 1-23, 8 text figs.
Mayr, E. and J. C. Greenway, Jr.
1956. Sequence of passerine families (Aves). Breviora Mus. Comp. Zool. no.
58, 1-11.
Milne-Edwards, Alphonse
1869-1871. Recherches Anatomiques et Paleontologiques pour servir a l’Histoire
des Oiseaux Fossiles de la France. G. Masson, Paris. Vol. 2, 632 p., pis.
97-200.
Wetmore, Alexander
1925. The systematic position of Paleospiza bella Allen, with observations on
other fossil birds. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 67(2) : 183-193, 4 pis., 4 text
figs.
1951. A revised classification for the birds of the world. Smithsonian Misc.
Coll. 117(4): 1-22.
BOTANY: A New Columnar Cactus from Goias
By E. Yale Daavson1
Columnar forms of cacti are well represented in Brazil as a whole
from which some sixty species are described, but nearly all of these
are known only from a small part of the country east and northeast
of the Rio Sao Francisco. Those of the interior are virtually unknown,
and Cephalocereus cuyabensis (Backeberg) comb, nov.* 2 is the only
species reported from the vast central region south of the Amazon
River. Accordingly, it was of greatest interest to discover, in several
localized habitats in the vicinity of the headwaters of the Rio Tocan-
tins in Goias3, colonies of what appear to be at least three different
species of Cephalocereus. Cuttings of one of these flowered recently
in cultivation both in Berkeley and in Santa Monica, California, and
has proved to be of a species unlike any previously known. It is de-
scribed below.
Cephalocereus machrisii sp. nov.
Pis. 1-3
Plantis ad 3.5 m. altis, ad basim ramificatis, ramis simplicibus,
7-8 cm. diametro, circa 11-13 costas habentibus, glaucis; areolis dense
positis, 3-4(5) mm. distantibus, pulvino capillorum rectorum 3-4
mm. longorum, caespite lanato eroceo vel fusco, canescente, ad
ultimum deciduo; spinis 15-17 flavis, fuscescentibus straminescenti-
busve, haud distinctis ad situs radicales vel centrales, aliis 12-13
Expedition Botanist.
2 Pilocereus cuyabensis Backeberg, Blatter filr Kakteenforschung, 1935-1, genus
98, species 4. 1935. This and other new combinations are made in Cephalocereus
due to the illegitimate status of Pilocereus.
3For localities and the general account of the botany of the Expedition see
No. 2 of this series (Jan. 1957).
2
Contributions in Science
No. 10
PLATE 1
Cephalocereus machrisii Dawson, from a plant of the type collection, University of Cal-
ifornia Botanical Garden 56.879-1. Fig. 1. Stem, buds, open flower and closing flower,
x 1; Fig. 2. Stigma, x 3.5; Fig. 3. Flower in apical view, x 1; Fig. 4. Edge of inner tepal,
x 7.5; Fig 5 Longitudinal section of flower showing stamen insertion, x 1; Fig. 6. Funicles,
x 27; Fig. 7. Stem cross section (in somewhat shrunken condition) x 0.5; Fig. 8. Nectary
chamber, x 3. Drawing by Mrs. M. Bios.
1957
Dawson: Brazil, New Cactus
3
radialioribus 5-8 cm. longis, aliis 2-4 centralioribus semierectis et
10- 15 (20) cm. longis; floribus abundantibus, radialiter sustentis a
totis lateribus partis superioris 10-15 cm. ramorum maturorum,
orientibus e areolis densis fusci-lanatis, gemmis porphyreis, haud
glaucis, se aperientibus ad 4-5 cm. longis, corolla reflexa, 30-35 mm.
transversa, intra alba, nuda, haud squamata; segmentis periantheis
minute denticulatis ad brevifimbriatis secundum margines exteriores;
stigmatibus antherisque flavis; ovulis in funiculis ramificatis e 9
placentis sustentis; fructu haud viso.
Plants to 3.5 m. tall, with 8 or more branches from the base;
branches closely erect, simple, 7-8 cm. in diam. when well filled
out (5.5-6.0 cm. in somewhat shrunken cultivated cuttings); ribs
11- 13, 1.0-1. 5 cm. high; upper parts of stems appearing yellow-brown
from a distance because of the brown wool and yellow spines; epider-
mis grey-green to bluish-pruinose on upper parts, but not powdery;
areoles closely set, mostly separated only 3-4 (5) mm., consisting of
a cushion of short, straight hairs 3-4 mm. long and a tuft of yellow-
brown wool which becomes grey with age (developing white in
cultivation) and is ultimately lost; wool tufts prominent and in-
dividually distinct on mature flowering heads; spines mostly 15-17,
yellow at first, becoming brown or straw-colored, not distinct as to
radial and central positions, the 12-13 more or less radial ones 5-8
mm. long, the 2-4 central ones semi-erect and longer, 10-15 mm.
and occasionally to 20 mm. long; flower buds dull red, abundant,
8 or more borne radially and equally from all sides of the upper
10-15 cm. of the mature branches, arising from densely brown wooly
areoles from which part of the wool is lost during development;
flowers reaching 4. 0-4.5 cm. in length when open, the corolla 30-35
mm. across the spread limb, dull reddish without, not glaucous, grad-
ing into pale green at the receptacle, naked, scaleless but somewhat
fluted in the lower third; perianth reflexed, white within except the
tips of the outermost segments; stamens with white filaments and
yellow anthers; stigma yellow, with 9 non-spreading lobes; perianth
segments all irregularly, minutely denticulate to short-fimbriate along
their outer margins; anthesis occurring in early May about 11-12
days after appearance of buds which develop in close succession,
the flowers opening about an hour after sunset and closing about 4
hours after sunrise, turning black, if unfertilized, and falling off the
second day; ovules 275-325 /a long, their integument cells prominent,
16-21 /x in diameter, appearing to suggest that the mature seed coat
is pebbled rather than smooth, borne on twice, or thrice-branched
PLATE 2
Dawson. Above. A mature plant at the type locality, May 1956;
A cutting in flower at Santa Monica, May 1957.
PLATE 3
Cephalocereus machrisii Dawson. Apical portion of the plant shown in Plate 2 (upper), fig. 1.
6
Contributions in Science
No. 10
funicles; placentae 9, the roof of the ovary clearly showing 9 radiat-
ing locular ribs; fruits not seen; attempted crosses with Cephalo-
cereus arrabidae and C. nobilis negative for all three plants.
Holotype: Dawson 15110, from a sandstone outcrop on the east
side of the Ceres road 3 km. south of Urua^u, Goias, Brazil, May
26, 1956, deposited in the Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro. A dupli-
cate type, representing the other half of the same cutting, is in the
Los Angeles County Museum Herbarium.
The species is named in honor of Mr. Maurice A. Machris, cospon-
sor with his wife of the 1956 Brazilian Expedition.
This new plant appears to be most closely related to Cephalocereus
cuyabensis (Backbg. ) Dawson from Cuyaba, Matto Grosso, but that
species has more slender branches and its flowers are described as
“much powdered and creamy white/' In C. machrisii the flowers
cannot be interpreted as “powdered” at all, and the tepals are pure
white within and reddish without.
Four other Brazilian species are somewhat similar, but still mark-
edly distinct. Cephalocereus piauhyensis (Giirke) Britton & Rose
differs in being treelike rather than basally branched, in having
unilateral instead of radial flowering areoles, and white rather than
yellow-brown hairs and wool. Cephalocereus minensis (Werder-
mann) comb, nov.4 differs in being smaller, in having more slender
branches with more ribs, and in having scales on the ovary with
some hairs in their axils. Cephalocereus bradei (Backeberg & Voll)
comb, nov.5 differs in its unilateral flower zone, its grey felted areoles,
chocolate brown rather than yellow spines, and greenish white flow-
ers. Cephalocereus hapalacanthus (Werdermann) comb, nov.6 dif-
fers by its grey wool and white hairs, by its shorter spines and longer,
curved rather than straight flowers with a green midrib on the tepals.
The colony at the type locality consisted of about a dozen mature
plants scattered in open places on the north end of the sandstone
outcrop and occupying an area of about 150 by 50 meters. The as-
sociated vegetation was moderately heavy and, with the exception
of an occasional bromeliad, did not contain other succulent plants.
Although a number of similar sandstone outcrops were visited in
the Serra Dourada and along the road to Peixe over 300 km. to the
4 Cereus minensis Werdermann, Brasilien und siene Saulenkakteen, 93, 1933.
5Pilocereus bradei Backeberg & Voll, in Backeberg, Cactaceae, Jahrbucher
der Deutschen Kakteen-Gesellschaft, 78, June 1942.
6Pilocereus hapalacanthus Werdermann, Brasilien und seine Saulenkakteen,
110, 1933.
PLATE 4
Above and lower left. Cephalocereus sp. growing on a sandstone outcrop 40 km. south
of Uruacu, Goias; Lower right. Cephalocereus sp. growing on a sandstone outcrop 15 km.
northwest of Veadeiros, Goias.
8
Contributions in Science
’ No. 10
north, no other terrestrial cacti were encountered. To the south,
however, about 40 km. below Uruagu on the Ceres road, another
colony of C ephalocereus was found (pi. 4). These plants have the
same habit as C. machrisii but lack the bluish pruinose character and
have a somewhat heavier and longer armament. The specimens now
under cultivation may prove upon flowering to be a distinct but
closely related species.
The only other columnar cacti found in the nearly three months
of botanizing in Goias in 1956 were collected in three localities in
the Chapada dos Veadeiros at 15 km. northwest of Veadeiros on the
Cavalcante road, and at 7 and 14 km. south of Veadeiros on the Sao
Joao da Alianga road. All were on sandstone outcrops and appeared
in the field to be variants of a single species of C ephalocereus, but
none were found in flower or mature fruit. These plants, unlike C.
machrisii, were characterized by a unilateral wooly flowering zone
on the north side of mature stems ( pi. 4 ) . Cultivated cuttings of this
species have not yet flowered.
Los Angeles County Museum •
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
iber 11
August 20, 1957
X l £ b % '
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Chlorophyta; Euglenophyta
Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellane-
ous technical papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and
Anthropology, published at irregular intervals by the Los An-
geles County Museum. Issues are numbered separately and
numbers run consecutively regardless of subject matter. Num-
ber 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available to
scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis.
Copies may also be purchased at a nominal price.
Hildegarde Howard
Editor
E. Yale Dawson
Associate Editor
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Chlorophyta; Euglenophyta
By G. W. Prescott1
The collections upon which the following list of algae is based
were taken on an expedition sponsored by Mr. and Mrs. Maurice
A. Machris and under the direction of the Los Angeles County Mu-
seum2. The 26 samples were collected by Dr. E, Yale Dawson, Expe-
dition Botanist, from May 16 through June 6, 1956. All of them came
from the vicinity of the Rio Santa Teresa, a tributary of the upper
Rio Tocantins between the Serra Dourada and Peixe in central
Goias, Brazil. After tripartite division of each sample, the collec-
tions will be deposited in the Museu Nacional do Brasil at Rio de
Janeiro, in the Los Angeles County Museum, and in the personal
herbarium of the author.
Most of the samples were taken from shallow, rapidly flowing
streams and rivulets. This offers one explanation for the paucity of
algal species, inasmuch as such habitats are usually not supporters
of luxuriant growths. Only nine collections were made in pools and
puddles. One of these, No. 15212, from a small stagnant pool, yield-
ed the largest number of species (25). We are not able to state what
bearing seasonal conditions and water-chemistry factors may have
on the algal flora, but it is obvious that the following list represents
a flora which might very well be decidedly different at another time
of year.
The fairly large number of acidophilic species in the samples sug-
gests that the waters from which the collections came were not rich
in calcium; possibly relatively soft. Two few samples are at hand
to provide much generalization, yet it may be worth pointing out
that among the desmids (which far exceed other groups in number
of species) there is a conspicuous Closterietum-Cosmarietum com-
position. This is an association which ordinarily is indicative of a
reaction approaching neutrality (pH 6.8-7.4). There are few Staur-
astrum, Euastrum and Micrasterias; no Arthrodesmus, Xanthidium ,
Triploceras or Tetmemorus. The region from which the collections
came is tropical, but there appear few of the species previously re-
ported from tropical and subtropical Brazil; rather, they are species
mostly of world-wide distribution. This is in contrast to algal col-
1 Professor of Botany, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan.
2 See: The Machris Brazilian Expedition, Botany: General, by E. Yale Daw-
son. Los Angeles County Museum Contributions in Science (2): 1-20. 1957.
4
Contributions in Science
No. 11
lections gathered in other parts of Brazil, most of which have been
very rich. (See: Bohlin, 1897; Borge, 1892, 1895, 1899, 1903, 1918,
1925; Borgesen, 1890; Gronblad, 1945; Krieger, 1950; Moebius, 1899,
1890; Nordstedt, 1870, 1878, 1889; Schmidle, 1901; Tiffany, 1937;
Wilie, 1884, for important contributions to our knowledge of Brazil-
ian freshwater algae. )
The following list summarizes the field data corresponding to Daw-
son’s field collection numbers which appear with the determinations
of species below.
14844. Along a small stream flowing over rocks and through cer-
rado, 20 km. east of Formoso, May 16, 1956.
15136. In a drying road puddle , 2/2 km. southwest of Peixe, June
1.
15146. In a road puddle (green water), 18 km. southwest of
Peixe, June 2.
15148; 15149. In a slowly flowing small stream in the sun, 25
km. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15156. In a flowing rivulet, 30 km. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15157. In a flowing rivulet, 32 km. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15161. In a flowing rivulet, 35 km. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15165. In a slowly moving stream, 41 km. southwest of Peixe,
June 2.
15166. In a flowing stream, 43 km. southwest of Peixe, June 2.
15178. In a slowly moving rivulet, 124 km. south-southwest of
Peixe, June 3.
15187. In a road puddle, 137 km. south-southwest of Peixe, June
3.
15190. In a drying rivulet in the forest, 140 km. south-southwest
of Peixe, June 3.
15200. In a small stream flowing over rocks, 20 km. east of For-
moso, June 4.
15203. Seepage among rocks along a small stream, 20 km. east
of Formoso, June 4.
15204. On an aquatic plant in a pool below a small waterfall on
a rivulet, 20 km. east of Formoso, June 4.
15205. On rocks at the edge of a swiftly flowing small stream, 20
km. east of Formoso, June 4.
15206. On rocks along a small stream, 20 km. east of Formoso,
June 4.
15212. In a stagnant pool among rocks near a small stream, 20
km. east of Formoso, June 4.
1957
Prescott: Brazil, Algae
5
15216. In a swiftly flowing part of a small stream flowing over
rocks, 20 km. east of Formoso, June 4.
15217. Along a small stream flowing over rocks, 20 km. east of
Formoso, June 4.
15226. In a sluggish stream in the forest, 18 km. east of Formoso,
June 4.
15227. In a forest puddle polluted by cattle, 15 km. east of For-
moso, June 4.
15228; 15230. In a small stream flowing over rocks, 21 km. east
of Formoso, June 6.
15232 In a palm culvert from a small stream, 21 km. east of
Formoso, June 6.
SYSTEMATIC LIST
CHLOROPHYTA
U LOTRICH ACE AE
Ulothrix tenerrima Kiitz. 15156 PI. 1, fig. 1
Filaments 9.8-10 /x in diameter, slightly constricted at the joints;
chloroplast a broad, incomplete, parietal band with one pyrenoid ( or
sometimes two); cells both shorter than, and a little longer than
wide, up to 10.5 /x long. Entangled with Spirogyra and Mougeotia.
Microsporaceae
Microspora willeana Lag. 15156 Pi. 1, fig. 2
Filaments slightly constricted at the cross walls; cells 13.5 /x in
diameter, 13.5-15 /x long; wall thin; chloroplast a close net- work of
pads and narrow strands, covering most of the wall. This occurred
as the dominant species in a tangle of filamentous algae.
Chaetophoraceae
Chaetophora elegans (Roth) Ag. 15157; 15166 PI. 1, fig. 4-7
Colonies soft and amorphous, up to 20 mm. in diameter; filaments
loosely spreading, but in general radiate; branching mostly confined
to the apical portion of the thallus, the branches both obtusely
rounded at the apices and tapering to colorless hairs; cells of the main
axis 4.9 /x in diameter, 8.1 n in diameter in the upper portions, 2-3
times as long as wide.
Chaetophora pisiformis (Roth) Ag. 15165 (det. by Francis Drouet)
Draparnaldia glomerata (Vauch. ) Ag. 15148 PI. 1, fig. 3
Filaments embedded in soft, watery mucilage; main axis slightly
constricted at the joints; cells 52.2 /x in diameter, 68 /x long; chloro-
plast a narrow median band with numerous pyrenoids; branches in
glomerate tufts, mostly alternate.
6
Contributions in Science
No. 11
Oedogoniaceae
Oedogonium crenulatocostatum Wittr. fa. (?) 15146 PI. 1, fig. 11-13
Plants macrandrous, dioecious; vegetative cells cylindric, 13 /x in
diameter, 42 /x long; oogonia ovoid, mostly solitary, 26 [x in diameter,
50 /i long, opening by a superior pore; suffultory cell 16 /x in diameter,
55^ long; oospore with median wall crenulate-costate, with about
6 costae visible; antheridial cells 12 /x in diameter, 5.5-6 /x long.
Oedogonium dawsonii sp. nov. PI. 1, fig. 14-16
Planta macrandra, dioecia; cellulae elongatae, non capitellatae;
(cellula basalis?); cellulae vegetativae 8.4-9.8 /x diam., 46-55 [x long.;
oogonia unum vel duo, ovata, 26 /x diam., 49-55 fx long., e poro super-
iore aperientia, cellula suffultoria paulum ampliata; oospora late
ovata, oogonium lateraliter, non, autem, longitudinaliter fere com-
plens; mesosporium scrobiculatum, cellulae antherideae duo anther-
ozoidea 8.5 /x diam., 6.5 fx long, habentes.
Plants macrandrous, dioecious; cells elongate, not capitellate;
(basal cell ?); vegetative cells 8. 4-9. 8 /x in diameter, 48-55^ long;
oogonia 1 or 2, ovoid, opening by a superior pore, 26 /x in diameter,
49-55 /jl long; suffultory cell very slightly enlarged; oospore broadly
oval, nearly filling the oogonium laterally but not in length; median
spore wall scrobiculate; antheridial cells with 2 antherozoids, 8.5
jx in diameter, 6.5 /x long.
Type collection: Dawson 15187, floating clots in a road puddle,
137 km. south-southwest of Peixe, Goias, June 3, 1956.
This species should be compared with Oe. tiffanyi Achley and with
Oe. wyliei Tiff., both of which are larger throughout. Also it should
be compared with Oe. discretum Tiff, which is somewhat larger
throughout and has globose rather than oval oospores.
Oedogonium hirnii Gutw. 15178 (det. by L. H. Tiffany)
SCENEDESMACEAE
Scenedesmus bijuga (Turp. ) Lag. 15212 PI. 1, fig. 17
Cells ovate, the poles broadly rounded, adjoined along three-
fourths of their lateral walls, 7.9 /x in diameter, 15-20 fx long.
Scenedesmus incrassatulus Bohlin 15212 PL 1, fig. 10
Cells ovate, the poles bluntly pointed and the cell walls thickened
at the apices, 4.6-5. 2 /x in diameter, 14-16 /x long.
Scenedesmus quadricauda var. quadrispina (Chodat) G. M. Smith
15212 PI. 1, fig. 9
Cells oval, 9.2 /x in diameter, 19.5 /x long, the poles broadly round-
ed; terminal cells with a fine, sharp spine at each pole.
1957
Prescott: Brazil, Algae
7
Characiaceae
Schroederia setigera Lemm. 15146 PI. 1, fig. 18
Cells sigmoid fusiform, the poles drawn into long, slender, spine-
like tips; chloroplast reticulate, parietal; cells 6.5 /x in diameter, 85
/x long, including spines.
OOCYSTACEAE
Oocystis eremosphaera G. M. Smith 15212 PI. 1, fig. 8
Cells solitary, broadly oval, 26.5 /x in diameter, 37 /x long, with
a nodular thickening of the wall at the poles; chloroplasts many,
plate-like, with irregular margins.
Zygnemataceae
Spirogyra fluviatilis Hilse 15203 PI. 3, fig. 1-3
Vegetative cells with plane end walls, 49-51 /x in diameter, chloro-
plasts three; spore ovoid, the median spore wall rugose-scrobiculate,
brown, 52.2 fx in diameter, 75 /x long; conjugation scalariform, the
fertile cells swollen medianly.
Spirogyra hyalina Cleve 15190 PL 3, fig. 4-5
Vegetative cells 52.2 /x in diam., 81.7 /x long; chloroplasts 3, making
one turn; spores elliptic, the membranes smooth, yellow, 42.5 /x in
diam., 78.4 /x long; conjugation scalariform, the fertile cells cylindric.
Spirogyra machrisiana sp. nov. PI. 3, fig. 14-16
Cellulae vegetativae dissepiementis planis, 24-28 /x in diam., 42-45
fx long.; chloroplastus unus, latus, conjugatio scalariformis, tubis e
gametangiis contribuentibus plerumque emissis; cellulae fructiferae
tumidae aut inflatae, 40.8 /x diam., 83 /x long.; sporae ellipticae, 32.7
/x diam., 55-62 /x long.; mesosporium crasse punctatum, flavum.
Vegetative cells with plane end walls, 24-28 [x in diameter, 42-45 [x
long; chloroplast one, broad; conjugation scalariform, the tubes
formed mostly by the contributing gametangium; fertile cells swol-
len or inflated, 40.8 /x in diameter, 83 /x long; spores elliptic, 32.7 /x in
diameter, 55-62 /x long; median spore wall coarsely punctuate, yel-
low.
Type collection: Dawson 15161 , in a flowing rivulet 35 km. south-
west of Peixe, Goias, June 2, 1956.
This species should be compared with Sp. taftiana Trans, which is
about the same size, but which has fusiform-inflated, not bullate-
swollen, fertile cells, and in which conjugating tubes are formed
from both gametangia.
Spirogyra neglecta ( Hass. ) Kiitz. 15203
Cells elongate-cylindric, with plane end walls; chloroplasts three,
8
Contributions in Science
No. 11
making four or five turns; conjugation scalariform, the tubes formed
from both gametangia; fertile cells slightly swollen medianly; spores
elliptic or elliptic-ovoid, 55.5 /x in diameter, 81.7 /x long, or nearly
globose, 58 /x in diameter, 65 /x long, the walls smooth, colorless ( ? ) .
Spirogyra submarina ( Collins ) Trans. 15203 PI. 3, fig. 13
Cells long, with plane end walls, 22.9 /x in diameter, 98 /x long;
chloroplasts three, making one and one-half turns; conjugation scal-
ariform, with tubes formed from both gametangia; fertile cells swol-
len; spores variable, irregularly ovoid or nearly globose, their wall
layers smooth, brown, 29.0 /x in diameter, 32-52 ^ long.
Spirogyra subsalsa Kiitz. 15203 PI. 1. fig. 21-22
Cells with plane end walls, 23-26 fx in diameter; chloroplast one;
conjugation scalariform, the receptive cell enlarged to 33 /x in diam-
eter, 87 /x long; spores elliptic, 24 /x in diameter, 33.3-51.2 /x long, the
median spore wall dimpled or slightly rugose, with a longitudinal
suture.
Mougeotia rava Trans. (?) 15203 PI. 1, fig. 19-20, 24
Filaments of long, cylindrical cells 7.5 [x in diameter, 117 [x long;
reproduction by akinetes only (?), formed in the midregion of the
cell and mostly projecting from the cell or protruding, the cell
sharply bent or recurved, the spores occurring on alternate sides of
the filament so that it is zig-zag; spores 16-17 [x in diameter, with
smooth, gray walls.
Desmidiaceae
Cylindrocystis crassa De Bary 15232 PI. 2, fig. 3
Cells broadly oval, 22.9 /x in diameter, 35.9 /x long.
Netrium digitus var. naegelii ( Breb. ) Krieg. 15216 PI. 2, fig. 29
Cells elongate-fusiform, the poles narrowly rounded, 17 /x in diam-
eter, 89 /x long; chloroplast one in each semicell, with longitudinal
ridges.
Netrium digitus var. naegelii fa. minus fa. nov. PI. 1, fig. 25
Cellulae varietati typicae similes sed minores; chloroplasti duo
utraque in semicellula, omnibus pyrenoideo magno praeditis; cellu-
lae 13 /x diam., 62.4 /x long.
Cells similar in shape to the typical variety but smaller, 13 /x in
diameter, 62.4 /x long; chloroplasts two in each semicell, with a large
pyrenoid in each.
Type collection: Dawson 15146, in a road puddle 18 km. south-
west of Peixe, Goias, June 2, 1956.
The interrupted chloroplast in each semicell together with the
small size might be considered to be characters that warrant a species
1957
Prescott: Brazil, Algae
9
designation for this Brazilian plant. The form of the chloroplast is
a fundamental attribute.
Penium australe Racib. 15203 PI. 1, fig. 23
Cells broadly oval, 33 /x in diameter, 51 ^ long, the semicell dome-
shaped; median constriction a broad, shallow notch.
Penium phymatosporum Nordst. 15216 Pi. 2, fig. 1-2
Cells small, cylindrical, with broadly rounded apices, without a
median constriction, 9 ^ in diameter, 26 /x long.
Pleurotaenium cylindricum var. stuhlmanii ( Hier. ) K r i e g . 15204
PI. 3, fig. 6-7, 17, 19-20, 32
Cells elongate-cylindric, rectangular in outline, with a slight swell-
ing at the base of the semicell, the poles truncate and furnished with
an intra-marginal circle of granules, about 16 showing; chloroplasts
in the form of parietal ribbons, widened to inclose the pyrenoids
which are numerous; cells 46-53 /x in diameter at the base, 32-48 /x at
the poles, 285-690 /x long.
Pleurotaenium maximum (Reinsch) Lund. 15156 PI. 3, fig. 11-12
Cells stout, elongate-cylindric, with a prominent inflation at the
base of the semicell, and strongly invaginated just above the infla-
tion, the margins of the cell nearly parallel, the poles truncate, the
angles broadly rounded; walls coarsely punctate, the punctae
appearing prominently in the thickened wall at the poles; cells 35.9
/x in diameter at the base, 39 [x in diameter at the poles, 483 /x long.
Pleurotaenium trabecula ( Ehr. ) Nag.
15204; 15205; 15212 PI. 3, fig. 9-10, 18
Cells elongate-cylindric, with a slight basal inflation just above the
isthmus, the lateral margins subparallel (in ours slightly diverging
toward the apex which may be as much as 3 /x wider ) ; walls densely
punctate, prominently so in the apex; cells (in ours) frequently oc-
curring in chains because of adherence of mucilaginous sheath
(which may be firm and appear as a wall outside the cell wall) 34-
39 /x in diameter, up to 455 /x long.
This species occurs in many proportions (width/length). It may
be quite stout, the semicells relatively wide toward the apices, and
often with one semicell curved.
Pleurotaenium trabecula var. minutissimum var. nov. PI. 2, fig. 30-31
Varietas parva, plantae typicae forma atque proportionibus similis,
marginibus parallelis aut subparallelis, non attenuatis; membrana
levis (?); cellula 8.8 ju diam., 44 ju long.; isthmus 6.5 /x lat.
A small variety with cells 8.8 /x in diameter, 44 /x long, the isthmus
6.5 fx.y similar in shape and proportions to the typical, the margins
parallel or subparallel and not tapering; wall smooth ( ? ) .
10
Contributions in Science
No. 11
Type collection: Dawson 15227, in a forest puddle polluted by
cattle, about 25 km. east of Formoso, Goias, June 4, 1956.
This plant should be compared with Pi. minutum (Ralfs) Delp.
which is about the same size, but which has no swelling at the base
of the semicell.
Pleurotaenium trabecula var. rectissimum West & West 15230
Cells much elongated, with parallel margins, the poles truncate, 21-
26 fx in diameter, 496-628 /x long.
Our specimens are relatively more slender than described for typi-
cal P. trabecula . This varietal designation is probably not tenable
because of the tendency of this species to vary in proportions and
in shape in different situations as well as in the same habitat.
Pleurotaenium truncation (Breb.) Nag. 14844 PI. 3, fig. 8
Cells elongate-ovoid in general outline, the margins of the semi-
cells convex, broadest above the base, about one-third the distance
to the poles; semicells with a slight swelling just above the isthmus,
narrowed toward the poles which are truncate and furnished with
an intramarginal circle of six granules, four of them showing in face
view; cells 40 /x in diameter at the base, up to 85 ^ in diameter in
the broadest place, 350-560 /x long.
Closterium acerosum (Schrank) Ehr. 15227 PI. 4, fig. 2-3
Cells straight or nearly so, 52 ^ in diameter, 565 /x long, the dorsal
margin convex, the ventral margin straight or slightly convex in the
midregion; walls smooth, colorless; pyrenoids numerous, scattered.
Closterium cornu Ehr. 15216 PL 2, fig. 16-17
Cells slightly convex on the dorsal margin, straight on the ventral
margin, not tumid in the midregion, 6.8 ^ in diameter, 68.6-100 /x
long; walls smooth, colorless; apices bluntly rounded.
Closterium cynthia De Not. 15161 PI. 3, fig. 28
Cells short, stout, strongly curved, but the ventral margin straight
in the midregion, 14.7 /x in diameter, 88 /x long; walls smooth, colorless.
Closterium kuetzingii Breb. 15216 PI. 3, fig. 30
Cells slightly curved, tumid in the midregion, narrowed to the
poles which are produced, the lateral margins subparallel, 16.3 /x in
diameter, 226 /x long; poles truncately rounded and slightly enlarged
at the apices; walls smooth, tan colored; pyrenoids four or five in
each semicell.
Closterium kuetzingii var. laeve ( Racib. ) Krieg.
15226 PI. 3, fig. 29
Plants smaller than the typical, 16 /x in diameter, 280 /x long.
Closterium leibleinii Kiitz. 14844: 15200 PL 4, fig. 1
Cells with both margins about equally curved, the ventral margin
1957
Prescott: Brazil, Algae
11
slightly tumid in the midregion, 18.5 /x in diameter, 105-150 /x long.
Closterium moniliferum var. concavum Klebs 15226 Pi. 3, fig. 31
Cells equally curved on both margins, the ventral margin not
tumid, 46 /x in diam., 270 > long; walls smooth, colorless.
Closterium parvulum Nag. 15212; 15216; 15156 PI. 3, fig. 25
Cells small, 10 [x in diameter, 75 /x between poles, both margins
equally curved; poles narrow but bluntly rounded; walls smooth,
colorless.
Closterium praelongum var. brevius Nordst. 15216 PL 3, fig. 21-22
Cells elongate, slightly curved, rather abruptly narrowed at the
poles which are slightly recurved, 16 fx in diameter, 220 /x long; walls
striated (or smooth?), yellow.
Closterium validum West & West 15156 PI. 3, fig. 23-24
Cells strongly curved, the poles bluntly rounded, 26 /x in diameter,
106 [x between apices; walls striated, brown.
Euastrum dubium Nag. 15216 PL 2, fig. 4
Cells 22.9 /x in diameter, 36 fx long.
Euastrum dubiwn var. tritum West & West 15216 PL 4, fig. 17-18
An unusual variety with smooth walls; cells 22.9 /x in diameter,
47.5 fx long; isthmus 8 /x.
This variety has been reported previously only from Burma.
Euastrum spinulosum Delp. 15204; 15212 PL 4, fig. 12-13
Cells 48 /x in diameter, 62 /x long; isthmus 14 /x.
Euastrum turneri West 15204 PL 4, fig. 15-16
Cells 34 ix in diameter, 50.5 /x long; isthmus 7.9 ix.
Micrasterias conferta var. hamata fa. spinosa Presc. & Scott
15156 PL 4, fig. 7
Cells 81.7 /x in diameter, 83.2 /x long; isthmus 16.3 [x .
Micrasterias depauperata var. kitchellii fa. minor fa. nov. PL 4, fig. 6
Forma parva; lobus apicalis productus; incisionibus subapicalibus
latis, introrsus late rotundatis; lobi laterales semicellularum bifurcati,
omni lobulo bifido; membrana punctata; cellula 58-62 ix lat. in basi,
44-48 fx lat. in apice, 74-76 fx long.
A small form with apical lobe produced; subapical incisions wide
and broadly rounded inwardly; lateral lobes of semicells bifurcate,
each lobule bifid; walls punctate; cells 58-62 /x in diameter at base,
44-48 fx wide at apex, 74-76 fx long.
Type collection: Dawson 15212 , in a stagnant pool among rocks
near a small stream 20 km. east of Formoso, Goias, June 4, 1956.
Micrasterias depauperata var. quadrum var. nov. Text fig. 1
Varietas differens lobis inferioribus semicellularum quadratis, et
invaginationibus marginis minoribus quam in planta typica; lobus
12
Contributions in Science
No. 11
apicalis subcuneiformis, lobuli spinis brevibus obtusis praediti; med-
ius sinus angustus, fere per longitudinem inapertus; cellulae 62 p
diam., 85 p long.
Fig. 1. Micrasterias depauperata var. quadrum var. nov.
A variety with the lower lobes of the semicell quadrate, the invag-
inations of the margin less than in the typical plant; apical lobe sub-
cuneiform, the lobules furnished with short, blunt spines; median
sinus narrow and closed for most of its length; cells 62 fx in diameter,
85 p long.
Type collection: Dawson 15216, in a swiftly flowing part of a small
stream 20 km. east of Formoso, Goias, June 4, 1956.
This variety approaches some forms of M. decemdentata ( Nag. )
Breb. and M. truncata (Corda) Breb.
Micrasterias integra Nordst. 15203; 15204; 15212 PI. 4, fig. 8-10
Cells 107-117 [x in diameter, 110-177 /x long; isthmus 32 p; lateral
angles either bifid (typical) or simple and with one short, stout spine.
Micrasterias laticsps var. sequilobata (Borge) Krieg.
15217 PI. 4, fig. 11
Semicells with equally wide lobes, 90 p in diameter at base, 85 p
wide at the poles, 100 fx long; walls coarsely punctate.
Micrasterias truncata (Corda) Breb. 15212 PI. 4, fig. 4
Cells 125 fx in diameter, 136 /x long; isthmus 25 p.
Micrasterias truncata var. pusilla G. S. West 15232 PI. 4, fig. 5
Cells smaller than the typical, 62 /a in diameter, 58.7 /a long; isthmus
14 /A.
Act inot senium cruciferum (De Bary) Teiling 15156 PI. 3, fig. 26
Cells small, 19.6 /a in diameter, 29 p long; isthmus 17.5 p; semicells
1957
Prescott: Brazil, Algae
13
dome-shaped.
Actinotaenium sub glob o sum (Nordst. ) Teiling 15146 PI. 3, fig. 27
Cells 32.7 fi in diameter, 42.4 /x long; walls finely punctate.
Cosmarium arthrodesmiforme Borge 15156 PI. 4, fig. 14
Cells 49 n in diameter, 32.7 /x long; isthmus 11.5 /x.
Cosmarium boeckii Wille 15212; 15228 PI. 2, fig. 38
Cells 27-31 fi in diameter, 32-35 /x long; isthmus 9.5-9. 8 /x.
This species shows considerable variation in the arrangement of
granules on the face of the semicell. The semicells are somewhat
more nearly trapeziform than in C. quinarium Lund, with which it
should be compared.
Cosmarium conspersum var. capense Hodgetts 15206 PI. 2, fig. 37
Semicells quadrate-rotund; walls evenly granular, thick; cells 43 /x
in diameter, 62 /x long; isthmus 16 /x.
This is an anomalous form which approaches several species in
shape of semicell and in its pattern of granulation, but does not
conform precisely to any. It should be compared with such species
as C. subbroomei Schm. and C. margaritatum Lund. C. consper-
sum var. subrotundatum is larger than our form, but has the same
rotund semicell.
Cosmarium hammeri Reinsch fa. 15205 Pi. 2, fig. 23
Cells 26.5 /x in diameter, 39 /x long; isthmus 6.9 /x.
This species should be compared with C. sexangulare Grun. and
with C. subcucumis Schm. Our plants are very similar to a form
illustrated by Fritsch and Rich from South Africa.
Cosmarium hammeri var. javanicum Bern. 15204 PL 2, fig. 19
Cells 24 fi in diameter, 38.7 jx long; isthmus 6.9 /x.
Cosmarium hammeri var. protuberans West & West
15230 PI. 2, fig. 12
Cells 21.2 ix in diameter, 26 /x long; isthmus 5.9 /x.
Cosmarium logiense Biss. fa. 15204; 15212 PI. 2, fig. 34-36
Semicells hemispherical or rotund; cells 30-33.5 fx in diameter,
43.5-46 /x long; isthmus 11.5 /x.
This material apparently represents a small form of the species.
It should be compared with C. gayanum De Toni.
Cosmarium margaritatum ( Lund. ) Roy & Biss.
15204; 15206; 15230 PL 4, fig. 24
Cells 50-59 /x in diameter, 64-80 /x long; isthmus 16-18 /x.
Cosmarium notabile var. minor Wille 15156 PL 2, fig. 5-6
Cells quadrate, the lateral margins of semicell with four undula-
tions, 14.7 /x in diameter, 22.9 /x long; isthmus 12 /x.
Cosmarium polymorphum Nordst. 15156 PL 2, fig. 32
14
Contributions in Science
No. 11
Semicells trapeziform in outline; granules on face of semicell hol-
low; cells 26.2 /x in diameter, 26.2 /x long.
Cosmarium ( Act inot senium?) pseudoconnatum Breb.
15204 PI. 4, fig. 23
Sinus a broad, shallow notch; semicells dome-shaped; end view
round; walls finely punctate; cells 35 /x in diameter, 52 /x long; isthmus
33.5 [i .
Cosmarium pseudopyramidatum var. peixei var. nov. PL 2, fig. 7-8
Cellulae forma speciei typicae similes sed admodum minores; semi-
cellulae semipyramidatae; membrana punctata; cellulae 19.8 /x diam.,
35 /x long.; isthmus 6.6-6.9 /x lat.
Cells similar in shape to those of the typical variety, but distinctly
smaller, 19.8 n in diameter, 35 /x long; isthmus 6. 6-6.9 /x; semicells
semipyramidate; walls punctate.
Type collection: Dawson 15156 , in a flowing rivulet 30 km. south-
west of Peixe, Goias, June 2, 1956. Additional material: Dawson
15205, on rocks at the edge of a swiftly flowing small stream 20 km.
east of Formoso, June 4, 1956.
This simple plant is difficult of assignment. Because of its semi-
pyramidate semicells it seems best to place it in the C. pseudopyra-
midatum group in which there is considerable variation in size and
shape.
Cosmarium punctulatum var. pindanum Skuja 15156 PI. 2, fig. 13
Margin of cells crenate; poles slightly produced and flattened;
granules in midregion more regularly arranged in rows and more
prominent than in the marginal region; cells 26 /x in diameter, 26 p
long; isthmus 9.8 /x.
This form is questionably assigned here. It has some characteristics
of C. punctulatum Breb., of C. bipunctatum Borg., and of C. furca-
tospermum West & West.
Cosmarium quadrifariwn Lund. 15232 PI. 4, fig. 19-20
Cells 39.2 fx in diameter, 52 /x long; isthmus 14 /x.
Cosmarium quadrum var. depressum var. nov. PI. 2, fig. 33
Forma minor; semicellulae transverse ovato-quadratae; membrana
granulis aequaliter dispositis praedita; cellulae 51 fx diam., 33 ix long.;
isthmus 11.5 fx lat.
A small form; semicells transversely ovoid-quadrate; wall with
evenly disposed granules; cells 51 /x in diameter, 44 /x long; isthmus
11.5 /x.
Type collection: Dawson 15212, in a stagnant pool among rocks
near a small stream 20 km. east of Formoso, Goias, June 4, 1956.
This form should be compared with C. subbroomei Schm. which
1957
Prescott: Brazil, Algae
15
has round-quadrate semicells, but is larger, and is not so compressed
vertically.
Cosmarium quinarium var. granulosum var. nov. PI. 2, fig. 9-11
Semicellulae transverse ovatse ad semicirculares, angulis inferiori-
bus basalibus par granulorum coniformium prominetium habentibus;
superficies semicellulae ordinatione centrali granulorum magnorum
praedita; semicellulae a vertice visae ovatae, poli par granulorum coni-
formium atque ordines duos granulorum media in linea, granulis ad
centrum magnitudine decrescentibus, praebentes; semicellulae a la-
tere visae fere circulares, ordinibus duobus granulorum media in
linea atque zona granulosa utroque in latere praeditae; cellulae 30 /x
diam., 31 [x long.; isthmus 9.2 /x diam.
Semicells transversely oval to semicircular; lower basal angles with
a pair of prominent cone-shaped granules; face of semicell with a
central pattern of large granules; end view oval, the poles with a pair
of cone-shaped granules and with a double row of granules in the
median line, the granules decreasing in size toward the center; lateral
view of semicell nearly circular, with a double row of granules in
the median line and a granular zone on either side; cells 30 /x in
diameter, 31 /x long; isthmus 9.2 /x.
Type collection: Dawson 15205, on rocks at the edge of a swiftly
flowing small stream 20 km. east of Formoso, Goias, June 4, 1956.
Cosmarium r ect angular e var. hexagonum Borge
15156 PI. 2, fig. 20
Cells 26-29 /x in diameter, 32-33 fx long; isthmus 9.8 /x.
Cosmarium subcucumis var. parvum var. nov. PI. 2, fig. 14-15
Semicellulae quadrato-semiciculares, constrictione profunda, sinu
angosto; a vertice visae ovatae, a latere visae ellipticae; membrana
levis; cellulae 16 /x diam., 26.5 ix long.; isthmus 3.4 /x lat.
Semicells quadrate-semicircular, the constriction deep, the sinus
narrow, oval in end view, elliptic in side view; walls smooth; cells
16 /x in diameter, 26 /x long; isthmus 3.4 /x.
Type collection: Dawson 15200, on rocks along a small stream 20
km. east of Formoso, Goias, June 4, 1956.
Cosmarium ungerianum (Nag.) De Bary 15156 PI. 2, fig. 18
Cells 29 /x in diameter, 32.7 /x long; isthmus 9.8 /x.
Staurastrum alternans Breb. 15149 PL 2, fig. 21-22
Cells 22.9 fi in diameter, 39 /x long; isthmus 9.8 ix.
Staurastrum crenulatum (Delp.) Nag. 15212 PI. 2, fig. 24
Cells slightly campanulate but with the upper angles produced to
form arms, in end view three-five radiate, 30-32 /x in diameter, 25.5
/x long; isthmus 8 /x.
16
Contributions in Science
No. 11
Staurastrum pseudolagerheimii var. minor var. nov. PL 4, fig. 21-22
Varietas minor quam specie typica; membrana spinis verrucis
praedita; semicellulae campanulatae, inflatione bigranulosa ad-
modnm super isthmum; semicellula a vertice visa triangularis, duas
verrucas perspicuas bispinatas medio in margine atque verrucam
minorem utroque in latere paris, atque 3-4 spinas breves secundum
margines angulorum paululum productorum habens; apices angu-
lorum 4 spinis muniti; semicellula a vertice visa etiam seriem intra-
marginalem spinarum ac verrucarum praebens, regione media,
autem, levi; cellulae 34-36 /x diam., 40.8-42 /jl long.; isthmus 11.4 /x lat.
A variety smaller than the typical; walls furnished with spines and
verrucae; semicells campanulate, with a bigranular swelling just
above the isthmus, in end view triangular, with two prominent bis-
pinate verrucae in the midregion of the margin, with a smaller ver-
ruca on either side of the pair and with three or four short spines
along the margins of the slightly produced angles; apices of the
angles tipped with four spines; an intramarginal series of spines and
verrucae present; midregion of the semicell smooth when seen in
end view; cells 34-36 /x in diameter, 40.8-42 /x long; isthmus 11.4 /jl.
Type collection: Dawson 15216 , in a swiftly flowing part of a small
stream 20 km. east of Formoso, Goias, June 4, 1956.
This variety approaches and includes characteristics of several
species of Staurastrum , but its combination of features, together
with its smaller size renders it difficult to make a precise assignment.
It should be compared with St. submanfeldtii West & West (ap-
proaching var. elegans West & West), with St. manfeldtii Delp., St.
proboscideum (Breb.) Arch., St. cerastes Lund., and St. sebaldii
var. brasiliense Borg. It has some features of Turner’s questionable
St. opimum and also of St. javanicum ( Nordst. ) Turner. Thomas-
son’s description of St. pseudolagerheimii does no include the verti-
cal view, nor does he illustrate other than the front view. Our plant
seems to agree with this northern species, however, except for the
much smaller size, being only about half as large as the typical
variety.
Staurastrum spongiosum Breb. fa. 15216 PI. 5, fig. 17
Semicells in outline broadly oval to nearly spherical, the lateral
angles scarcely discernible as such, bearing stout, spinate verrucae;
median incision relatively slight, the isthmus broad; semicells in face
view with a transverse median series of granular verrucae; cells 45.7
/x in diameter, 55.5 /x long; isthmus 24.6 /i.
This species should be compared with Carlson’s questionable St.
skottsbergii and with St. subscabrum Nordst., the latter having a
1957
Prescott: Brazil, Algae
17
much deeper incision and a narrow sinus.
Desmidium cylindricum Grev. 15149; 15166
Cells 55.5 fx in diameter, 32.7 /x long.
Bamhusina borreri (Ralfs) Cleve 15156
Cells 15 ix in diameter, 29.4 long.
Hyalotheca dissiliens ( Smith ) Breb. 15232
Cells 24.6 ix in diameter, 13.6 fx long.
Hyalotheca mucosa (Dillw. ) Ehr. 15166; 15217
Cells 27.7 ix in diameter, 19 /x long.
Hyalotheca indica Turner 15212
Cells 13.5 fx in diameter, 15-16 /x long.
PI. 5, fig. 3-4
PL 5, fig. 6-7
PI. 5, fig. 1
PI. 5, fig. 2
PI. 5, fig. 5
EUGLENOPHYTA
Euglena caudata Hiibner 15136 PI. 5, fig. 20-22
Cells 14-17 /x in diameter, 65 /x long; chloroplasts showing as ir-
regular plates surrounded by paramylum rings.
Euglena ignobilis Johnson (?) 15216 PI. 5, fig. 13
Cells 6.5 /x in diameter, 58 /x long.
This form is questionably assigned here because preserved mater-
ial does not disclose all taxonomic features. It might be compared
with E. intermedia (Klebs) Schmidt which is a much larger species
and has much larger paramylum grains. The prominent rings char-
acteristic of E. ignobilis do not show, however, in our specimens, but
only smaller rings and rods.
Euglena spirogyra Ehr. 15216 PI. 5, fig. 14-15
Cells 11.5 ix in diameter, 80 /x long.
Trachelomonas cylindrica var. decollata Playf. 15226 PI. 5, fig. 16
Lorica 11.5 /x in diameter, 20.5 /x long.
Trachelomonas hispida var. coronata Lemm. 15226 PI. 5, fig. 8-9
Lorica 23 /x in diameter, 33 /x long; wall brown; spines showing as
mucilaginous plugs.
Trachelomonas hispida var. duplex Defl.
15212; 15226 PI. 5, fig. 10-11
Lorica 27-28 /x in diameter, 42-44 /x long; color golden brown.
Trachelomonas oblonga Lemm. fa. 15226 PI. 2, fig. 27-28
Lorica 10.5 /x in diameter, 11.5-12.5 /x long, golden brown, smooth;
flagellum aperture with a slight marginal thickening which also pro-
jects inwardly.
Trachelomonas oblonga var. truncata Lemm. 15226 PI. 2, fig. 25-26
Lorica 14 /x in diameter, 18.5 /x long, ( often flattened at the anter-
ior end).
Phacus brachykentron Poch. 15226 PI. 5, fig. 18
Cells 18.5 fx in diameter, 30 /x long, ending posteriorly in a short.
18
Contributions in Science
No. 11
straight spine.
Phacus curvicauda Swir. 15226 PL 5, fig. 12
Cells 18.5 fi in diameter, 24 /x long, ending posteriorly in a short,
curved tail piece.
Phacus osciUans Klebs ( ? ) 15226 PL 5, fig. 19
Cells ovate-pyriform, 11.5 /x in diameter, 38 y, long, ending pos-
teriorly in a blunt, spine-like tail piece.
LITERATURE CITED
Bohlin, K.
1897. Die Algen der ersten Regnell’schen Expedition. Bih. t. k. Sv. Vet.-
Akad. Hand!, 23, Afd.3(7): 1-47.
Borge, O.
1899. Ueber tropische und subtropische Siisswasser-Chlorophyceen. Ibid.,
24: 3-33.
1903. Die Algen der ersten Regnellschen Expedition. II. Desmidiaceae.
Arkiv f. Bot., 1: 71-138.
1918. Die von Dr. A. Lofgren in Sao Paulo gessammelten Siisswasseralgen.
Ibid., 15(13): 1-108.
1925. Die von Dr. F. C. Hoehne wahrend der Expedition Roosevelt-Ron-
don gessamelten Siisswasseralgen. Ibid., 19(17): 1-56.
Borgesen, F.
1890. Desmidieae. In: E. Warming, Symbolae ad floram Brasiliae centralis
cognoscendam. Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kjob., 1890: 929-958.
Gronblad, R.
1945. De algis Brasiliensibus, praecipue Desmidiacesis, in regione inferiore
fluminis Amazonas a professore August Ginsberger (Wein) anno
MCMXXVII collectis. Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn., n.s., B, 2(6): 1-43.
Krigger, W.
1950. Desmidiaceen aus der montanen Region Brasiliens. Ber. d. Deutsch.
Bot. Ges., 63(2): 35-42.
Moebius. M.
1889. Bearbeitung der von H. Schenck in Brasilien gessammelten Algen.
Hedwigia, 28: 309-347.
1890. Algen Brasilienses a cl. Dr. Glaziou collectae. Notarisia, 5: 1065-
1090.
1892.
1895.
Nordstedt,
1870.
1878.
1889.
Ueber einige brasilianische Algen. Ber. d. Deutsch. Bot. Ges.,
10: 17-26.
Ueber einige brazilianische Algen. Hedwigia, 34: 173-176.
O.
Fam. Desmidiaceae. In: J. E. Warming, Symbolae ad floram Bra-
siliae centralis cognoscendam. Particula quinta. Vid Medd. Naturh.
Foren. Kjob., 1869: 195-234.
Nonnullae algae aquae dulcis brasilienses. Oef. K. Vet.-Akad.
ForhandL, 1877(3): 15-28.
De Algis et Characeis. 3. De duabus novis speciebus Desmidiearum
e Brasilia. Lunds Univ. Arssk., 25: 1-2 (reprint).
Schmidle, W.
1901. Algen aus Brasilien. Hedwigia, 40: 45-54.
Tiffany, L. H.
1937. Brazilian Oedogoniales. Rev. Sudamer. Bot., 4: 5-14.
Wille, N.
1884. Bidrag til Svdamerikas Algflora I. Bih. t. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.,
8(18): 1-26.
1957
Prescott: Brazil, Algae
19
PLATES
20
Contributions in Science
No. IS
PLATE 1
Fig. 1. Ulothrix tenerrima Kiitz.
Fig. 2. Microspora willeana Lag.
Fig. 3. Draparnaldia glomerata (Vauch. ) C. A. Ag.
Fig. 4-7. Chaetophora elegans (Rotli) C. A. Ag. (4: habit of thallus on
substrate; 5: habit of branch apex)
Fig. 8. Oocystis eremosphaera G. M. Smith
Fig. 9. Scenedesmus quadricauda var. quadrispina (Chod. ) G. M.
Smith
Fig. 10. Scenedesmus incrassatulus Bohlin
Fig. 11-13. Oedogonium crenulatocostatum Wille fa. (12: antheridial
cells )
Fig. 14-16. Oedogonium dawsonii sp. nov. (14: antheridial cells)
Fig. 17. Scenedesmus bijuga (Turp.) Lag.
Fig. 18. Schroederia setigera Lemm.
Fig. 19-20. Mougeotia rava Trans.
Fig. 21-22. Spirogyra subsalsa Kiitz.
Fig. 23. Penium australe Racib.
Fig. 24. Mougeotia rava Trans., aplanospore
Fig. 25. Netrium digitus var. naegeli fa. minus fa. nov.
1957
Prescott: Brazil, Algae
Plate 1
22
Contributions in Science
No. 11
Fig.
1-2.
Fig.
3.
Fig.
4.
Fig.
5-6.
Fig.
7-8.
Fig.
9-11.
Fig.
12.
Fig.
13.
Fig.
14-15.
Fig.
16-17.
Fig.
18.
Fig.
19.
Fig.
20.
Fig.
21-22.
Fig.
23.
Fig.
24.
Fig.
25-26.
Fig.
27-28.
Fig.
29.
Fig.
30-31.
Fig.
32.
Fig.
33.
Fig.
34-36.
Fig.
37.
Fig.
38.
PLATE 2
Penium phymatosporum Nordst.
Cylindrocystis crassa De Bary
Euastrum dubium Nag.
Cosmarium notabile fa. minor Wille
Cosmarium pseudopyramidatum var peixei var. nov.
Cosmarium quinarium var. granulosum var. nov.
Cosmarium hammeri var. protuberans West & West
Cosmarium punctulatum var. pindanum Skuja
Cosmarium subcucumis var. parvum var. nov.
Closterium cornu Ehr.
Cosmarium ungerianum (Nag.) De Bary
Cosmarium hammeri var. javanicum Bern.
Cosmarium rectangulare var. hexagonum Borge
Staurastrum alternans Breb.
Cosmarium hammeri Reinsch fa.
Staurastrum crenulatum (Delp.) Nag.
Trachelomonas oblonga var. truncata Lemm.
T rachelomonas oblonga Lemm. fa.
Netrium digitus var. naegelii ( Breb. ) Krieg.
Pleurotaenium trabecula var. minutissimum var. nov.
Cosmarium polymorphum Nordst. fa.
Cosmarium quadrum var. depressum var. nov.
Cosmarium logiense Biss. fa.
Cosmarium conspersum var. capense Hodgetts
Cosmarium boeckii Wille
1957
Prescott: Brazil, Algae
Plate 2
24
Contributions in Science
No. 11
Fig.
1-3.
Fig.
4-5.
Fig.
6-7.
Fig.
8.
Fig.
9-10.
Fig.
11-12..
Fig.
13.
Fig.
14-16.
Fig.
17.
Fig.
18.
Fig.
19-20.
Fig.
21-22.
Fig.
23-24.
Fig.
25.
Fig.
26.
Fig.
27.
Fig.
28.
Fig.
29.
Fig.
30.
Fig.
31.
Fig.
32.
PLATE 3
Spirogyra fluviatilis Hilse
Spirogyra hyalina Cleve
i leurotaenium cylindricum var. stuhlmannii ( Hier. ) Krieg.
Pleurotaenium truncatum (Ehr. ) Nag.
Pleurotaenium trabecula (Ehr.) Nag.
Pleurotaenium maximum ( Reinsch ) Lund.
Spirogyra submarina ( Collins ) Trans.
Spirogyra machrisiana sp. nov.
Pleurotaenium cylindricum var. stuhlmannii ( Hier. ) Krieg.
Pleurotaenium trabecula (Ehr.) Nag.
Pleurotaenium cylindricum var. stuhlmannii ( Hier. ) Krieg.
Closterium praelongum var. brevius Nordst.
Closterium validum West & West
Closterium parvulum Nag.
Actinotaenium cruciferum (De Bary) Teiling
Actinotaenium subglobosum (Nordst.) Teiling
Closterium cynthia De Not.
Closterium kuetzingii var. laeve (Racib. ) Krieg.
Closterium kuetzingii Breb.
Closterium moniliferum var. concavum Klebs
Pleurotaenium cylindricum var. stuhlmannii (Hier.) Krieg.
1957
Prescott: Brazil, Algae
Plate 3
26
Contributions in Science
No. 11
Fig.
1.
Fig.
2-3.
Fig.
4.
Fig.
5.
Fig.
6.
Fig.
7.
Fig.
8-10.
Fig.
11.
Fig.
12-13.
Fig.
14.
Fig.
15-16.
Fig.
17-18.
Fig.
19-20.
Fig.
21-22.
Fig.
23.
Fig.
24.
PLATE 4
Closterium leibleinii Kiitz.
Closterium acerosum (Schrank) Ehr. fa.
Micrasterias truncata (Corda) Breb.
Micrasterias truncata var. pusilla G. S. West
Micrasterias depauperata var. kitchellii fa. minor fa. nov.
Micrasterias conferta var. hamata fa. spinosa Presc. & Scott
Micrasterias integra Nordst
Micrasterias laticeps var. aequilobata (Borge) Krieg.
Euastrum spinulosum Delp.
Cosmarium arthrodesmiforme Borge
Euastrum turneri West fa.
Euastrum dubium var. tritum West & West
Cosmarium quadrifarium Lund.
Staurastrum pseudolagerheimii var. minor var. nov.
Cosmarium pseudoconnatum Breb.
Cosmarium margaritatum (Lund.) Roy & Biss.
1957
Prescott: Brazil, Algae
Plate 4
28
Contributions in Science
No. 11
Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3-4.
Fig. 5.
Fig. 6-7.
Fig. 8-9.
Fig. 10-11.
Fig. 12.
Fig. 13.
Fig. 14-15.
Fig. 16.
Fig. 17.
Fig. 18.
Fig. 19.
Fig. 20-22.
PLATE 5
Hyalotheca dissiliens (Smith) Breb.
Hyalotheca mucosa (Dillw.) Ehr.
Desmidium cylindricum Grev.
Hyalotheca indica Turn.
Bamhusina borreri ( Ralfs ) Cleve ( 7 : showing cell division )
Trachelomonas hispida var. coronata Lemm.
T rachelomonas hispida var. duplex Defl.
Phacus curvicauda Swir.
Euglena ignobilis Johns. (?)
Euglena spirogyra Ehr.
Trachelomonas cylindrica var. decollata Playf.
Staurastrum spongiosum Breb. fa.
Phacus brachykentron Poch.
Phacus oscillans Klebs ( ? )
Euglena caudata Hiibn.
1957
Prescott: Brazil, Algae
Plate 5
LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS
IN SCIENCE
No. 1. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. General Account, by
Jean Delacour. 11 pp., 4 figures. January 23, 1957.
No. 2. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General, by
E. Yale Dawson. 20 pp., 5 figures, 2 maps. January 24, 1957.
No. 3. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Dodder
from Goias, Cuscuta burrellii, by T. G. Yuncker. 2 pp., 1
figure. January 25, 1957.
No. 4. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: The Lichens,
by Carroll W. Dodge. 2 pp. February 18, 1957.
No. 5. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Cyanophyta,
by Francis Drouet. 2 pp. February 19, 1957.
No. 6. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Mint
from Goias, Hyptis machrisae , by Carl Epling. 4 pp., 2 fig-
ures. February 20, 1957.
No. 7. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae,
various smaller families, edited by E. Yale Dawson. 18 pp.,
7 figures. March 7, 1957.
No. 8. Notes on Eastern Pacific Insular Marine Algae, by E. Yale
Dawson. 8 pp., 4 figures. June 27, 1957.
No. 9. A New Species of Passerine Bird from the Miocene of
California, by Hildegarde Howard. 16 pp., 2 figures. June
28, 1957.
No. 10. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Col-
umnar Cactus from Goias, by E. Yale Dawson. 8 pp., 4
plates. July 15, 1957.
No. 11. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Chlorophyta;
Euglenophyta, by G. W. Prescott. 29 pp., 5 plates, 1 text
figure. August 20, 1957.
August 21, 1957
per 12
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
ENTOMOLOGY: General:
Systematics of Notonectidae (Hemiptera)
Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellane-
ous technical papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and
Anthropology, published at irregular intervals by the Los An-
geles County Museum. Issues are numbered separately and
numbers run consecutively regardless of subject matter. Num-
ber 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available to
scientists and scientific institutions an an exchange basis.
Copies may also be purchased at a nominal price.
Hildegarde Howard
Editor
E. Yale Dawson
Associate Editor
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
ENTOMOLOGY: General;
Systematics of the Notonectidae (Hemiptera)
By Fred S. Truxal1
INTRODUCTION
The Machris Brazilian Expedition of 1956 was sponsored for the
Los Angeles County Museum by Mr. and Mrs. Maurice A. Machris
and Mrs. Maybeil Machris Low. Cooperating in the work of the
Expedition, also, was the Museu Nacional do Brasil. A general ac-
count of the Expedition has been presented in this series by Jean
Delacour2, and the plant associations throughout the area traversed
have been discussed by E. Yale Dawson8. These general features,
therefore, will be given only brief attention in the present account,
which is concerned with the entomological aspects of the Ex-
pedition.
The writer wishes to acknowledge herewith his indebtedness to
those who have aided him in his work. First, to Mr. and Mrs. Maurice
A. Machris of Los Angeles, California, under whose sponsorship
these studies were conducted, he feels the deepest obligation and
gratitude for the incentive and opportunity to investigate a much
neglected area of Brazil. Without the enthusiasm and spirit of these
two, the intent of the Expedition could never have been completely
fulfilled. He is also indebted to Mrs. Maybeil Machris Low for
her generosity in contributing to the Expedition’s general financial
needs.
Special thanks are due Dr. Jose Candido M. Carvalho of the
Museu Nacional do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, and Dr. Paulo E. Vanzo-
lini of the Departmento de Zoologia da Secretaria da Agricultura
de Sao Paulo, Brazil, for their help and cooperation in making avail-
able the insect collections and records of their respective institu-
tions.
To members of the Expedition, all of whom contributed materially
to the entomological work, I wish to express my gratitude.
The illustrations were prepared, in part, by the Los Angeles
County Museum’s photographer, Lewis Athon, and the museum’s
artist, Dwight Phillip.
1 Curator of Entomology. Los Angeles County Museum.
2 Delacour, Jean. 1957. Contributions in Science, (1): 1-12.
3 Dawson, E. Yale. 1957. Contributions in Science, (2): 1-20.
AOS 2 9 its?
4
Contributions in Science
No. 12
Miha da Banana! JS
S&UTA ISABIifj
AMARO LEiTg . ^ $2o JOAO »A AUA*$*/
aruama# / Formosa I
Cgosa^ia /
I %«B£RiAM0iA /
| %Alg£?RAO PRIlW
1 Wan pinas J
SSB s^° mui0\^Rio m jAmmmt
) SANTOS
Fig. 1. Map showing route of the Expedition in Brazil (dotted lines) and
area studied (rectangle).
1957
Truxal: Brazil, Entomology
5
Fig. 2. Map showing detail of the area studied.
6
Contributions in Science
No. 12
GENERAL ACCOUNT
The area selected for the Expedition lies in the state of Goias,
Brazil, along the headwaters of the Rio Tocantins, tributary to the
Amazon (Fig. 1). Entomologically, the selection of this region
was important for two reasons. First, this particular area of Goias
was entomologically unexplored and second, civilization had not
as yet encroached this far inland. It was later discovered, how-
ever, that the impact of man on the biota was far from negligible.
A survey of the literature reveals a multitude of words concern-
ing the insect fauna of Brazil. (Particularly significant is the work
of A. da Costa Lima4. ) In spite of this great body of information,
there are to be found no references for the area here involved. It
is hoped, therefore, that the present series of contributions which
is intended to provide a survey of a seasonal insect fauna of the
Chapada dos Veadeiros and of the Serra Dourada, will find a
useful and unoccupied place in Brazilian entomology.
The Expedition was in the field from March 31 to June 17, 1956.
This period of time is the dry season of Goias and was primarily
chosen to facilitate overland travel. The dry season in the central
highlands of Brazil, however, cannot be considered as the most
favorable time of the year for general insect collecting.
The route of the Expedition covered the area from Sao Paulo
northward 1046 kilometers to Anapolis, and thence northeastward
into the Chapada dos Veadeiros for the first Base Camp. Here the
party remained from April 12 to May 6. In May the Expedition
returned to Anapolis and thence traveled almost directly northward
to establish Base Camp II in the Serra Dourada. This camp was
occupied until June 17, 1956. See figure 2.
In traveling northeastward from Anapolis one enters the rolling
hills of the Planalto Central of Brazil and crosses the east-west divide
between the Amazon Basin and the Parana Basin. This highland
region of Goias is bounded by the Rio Sao Francisco on the east,
the Rio Grande tributary of the Parana on the south and the Araguaia
tributary of the Tocantins on the west. Elevations range from 600
meters at Planaltina, the site of the future Brazilian capital, to 1300
meters at a point midway between Veadeiros and Cavalcante on
the Chapada dos Veadeiros.
Ecology. The Planalto Central consists of a considerable geo-
graphical area over which the environmental complex produced by
climate, topography, and soil is sufficiently uniform to permit the
development of characteristic types of ecologic associations. The
4 Lima, A. da Costa. 1939-1953. Insetos do Brasil, 8 vols.
1957
Truxal: Brazil, Entomology
7
ecology of central Goias has been very well described by Dr. E.
Yale Dawson in No. 2 of this series and much of the information to
follow is cited from this publication.
The highland region of Goias is essentially a post-Cretaceous pene-
plain. The high permeability of the soil, which for the most part
is sandy and poor, is a distinctive feature of the region and has a
striking effect on the biota of the area.
The climate of central Goias is characterized by fluctuations
in daily temperature and in seasonal precipitation. Heavy rainfall is
generally confined to the months of October through April (Fig. 3).
Goias, GOIAS
Jan. — 11.9 inches
Feb. - 11.7
Mar. - 11.4
Apr.- 5.0
May — .4
June — .5
July - .1
Aug. — .4
Sept. — 1.8
Oct. — 4.8
Nov.- 8.7
Dec. — 10.2
Formosa, GOIAS
12.0 inches
8.0
6.0
5.0
.5
4
4
.5
2.0
5.0
8.0
12.0
Fig. 3. Average annual rainfall for two cities of the Planalto Central of
Goias, Brazil. After Delacour.
At present, almost the entire state of Goias is occupied by a scrub
forest and grass vegetation known as “cerrado” (Fig. 4). Cerrado
consists of low, twisted trees, 3 to 8 m. in height, with irregular
crowns, thick corky bark, and large leathery leaves which for the
most part remain through the dry season. The ground cover con-
sists of tall grass and scattered low shrubs. This vegetation type
is due primarily to two factors. First, as previously stated, the cer-
rado is subject to a prolonged dry season, and secondly, the stature
of the vegetation has been reduced by frequent and severe burning.
Occasionally one finds small areas that have been protected from
firing, and here the vegetation has become tall and close. These
areas approximate a second class forest characterized by trees 12
to 20 m. in height which become 30 per cent leafless during the dry
season. The second class forest is the next most prominent vegeta-
tion type in the Goias highlands. These forests are for the most
part confined to the banks of streams and rivers.
A third vegetation type existing in the Planalto is the three-layered
8
Contributions in Science
No. 12
Fig. 4. Cerrado as seen in the vicinity of Sao Joao da Alianca, typical of
the predominant vegetation of Goias.
first class forest (Fig. 5). Here one finds a canopy of deciduous
trees 20 to 30 m. in height, a second layer of more or less evergreen
trees 5 to 15 m. in height and a forest floor layer of evergreen herbs
and shrubs. The environmental conditions responsible for these fine
forests are exceptionally favorable soil fertility, ample water and
long freedom from fire. A considerable area of this vegetation type
occurs in the Serra Dourada.
The well-developed cerrado and poor gallery forests, as well as
the forest edges, supported a plentiful insect fauna. Very few insects
were taken in the first or second class forests.
Collecting Sites. For the most part, entomological collections
were made in the vicinities of the two base camps, both located on
the headwaters of the Rio Tocantins.
The first base camp was established 20 kilometers north of Sao
Joao da Alianga at approximately 1000 meters elevation. Vegetation
consisted primarily of scrub forest and grassland dissected by num-
erous small streams whose margins supported forests of moderate
height and density. Numerous termite mounds throughout the grass-
lands, however, indicated the former presence of a more dense
woody vegetation (Fig. 6). Immediately east of camp was a shallow
1957
Truxal: Brazil, Entomology
9
Fig. 5. First class forest, illustrative of the luxuriant vegetation that exists
in the Serra Dourada area of Goias.
pond and marsh, as well as numerous small ox-bows left by the
meandering stream known on the south bank as Jatoba and on the
north bank as Pedras de Amolar. A characteristic of the Planalto in
general is the occurrence of abundant shallow lakes, marshes and
springs on the surface of the water-filled soil. This situation pro-
vides for a luxuriant aquatic insect fauna. Approximately 35 to 60
kilometers to the north of Base Camp I, in the vicinity of Veadeiros,
10
Contributions in Science
No. 12
a markedly different insect fauna was encountered. This was to be
expected as the flora likewise differed greatly, due in part to exten-
sive sandstone outcrops in a broken terrain of rocky hills and buttes
(Fig. 7). The comparatively sparse vegetation, containing many
Fig. 6. Numerous termite mounds on the Chapada dos Veadeiros indicate
the former presence of a more dense woody vegetation.
Fig. 7. A sandstone outcrop near Veadeiros supports a rich and varied
insect fauna.
1957
Truxal: Brazil, Entomology
11
succulent terrestrial xerophytes, suggested, somewhat, a Sonoran
desert aspect.
Temperatures ranged from a maximum of 84° F. to a minimum of
54° F. during the period of collecting at Base Camp I.
The second base camp was located in the southern Serra Dourada,
20 kilometers southeast of Formoso (Amaro Leite County) at an
elevation of 800-1000 meters. The vegetation about camp consisted
chiefly of well-developed cerrado on the hill slopes and crests with
extensive second and first class forests along the streams and low-
lands. Small streams and rivulets dissect this low mountainous region
and in turn flow into the larger tributaries of the Rio Tocantins
(Fig. 8).
During the first week in June, collections were made along the
trailway between Amaro Leite and Peixe. Here, cerrado dominated
the vegetation, with poor gallery forests following the stream beds.
Temperatures ranged from a maximum of 94 °F. to a minimum
of 46°F. during the period of collecting at Base Camp II.
Fig. 8. A small stream near Formoso, typical of the numerous small rivulets
and streams that dissect the low mountainous region of the Serra Dourada.
12
Contributions in Science
No. 12
Results. With the exception of Protura, Zoraptera, Anoplura and
Strepsiptera, all insect orders are represented in the approximately
10,000 specimens taken on the Machris Brazilian Expedition. The
work of identifying this material is now being accomplished with
the help of a number of specialists in North and South America. As
work progresses, the results will be published in subsequent issues
of this serial. The following is the first of these systematic accounts.
SYSTEMATICS
NOTONECTIDAE (HEMIPTERA)
Family Characteristics. The family Notonectidae is composed
of aquatic forms differing from all other such insects, except Pleidae
and Helotrephidae, in the habit of swimming on their backs. They
are deep-bodied, flat ventrally, and convex dorsally. The abdomen
possesses a prominent longitudinal mid-ventral keel, having hairs at
least along its lateral margins. These, together with the hairs along
the sides of the venter, cover the two longitudinal troughs to form
air chambers.
Geographical Distribution. The family Notonectidae embraces
eight genera with representatives in both the Old and New World.
Two genera, Notonecta and Enithares, are found in both the Eastern
and the Western Hemisphere; Neonychia and Paranisops are con-
fined to the Eastern Hemisphere. Nychia belongs to the Eastern
Hemisphere and has its counterpart Martarega in the Western Hem-
isphere; likewise, Anisops is found throughout the Eastern Hemis-
phere and is replaced by the widely distributed Buenoa in the West-
ern Hemisphere.
Of the four genera representing the Western Hemisphere, all are
to be found in Brazil and three, namely Notonecta, Martarega, and
Buenoa, were taken by the Machris Brazilian Expedition. Fourteen
species are represented. An annotated list of these, including descrip-
tions of three new species, follows. All records are new for Goias,
Brazil.
Key to the Genera of Notonectid^:5
A. Hemelytral commissure without definite hair-lined pit at anterior
end ___ (Subfamily Notonectinae )
B. Intermediate femur with anteapical pointed protuberance and
antennas 4-segmented (Tribe Notonectini)
5Truxal, F. S. 1953. University of Kansas Science Bulletin, vol. 35, p. 1366.
Modified from Hungerford.
1957
Truxal: Brazil, Entomology
13
C. Anterolateral margins of prothorax not foveate Notonecta
CC. Anterolateral margins of prothorax foveate. Enithares
BB. Intermediate femur without anteapical pointed protuberance
and antennae 3- or 4-segmented (Tribe Nychini)
C. Sides of prothorax not foveate, the lateral ledge straight.
Infracoxal plates bare but margined with hair. Intermedi-
ate tarsus with two well-defined segments and a very
small basal one in both sexes Neonychia
CC. Sides of prothorax foveate, the lateral ledge curving
downward to embrace the fovea. Infracoxal plates cov-
ered with hair. Intermediate tarsus with one well-defined
segment, except in males of Nychia.
D. Antennas 3-segmented Nychia
DD. Antennas 4-segmented Martarega
AA. Hemelytral commissure with definite hair-lined pit at anterior
end ( Subfamily Anisopinae )
B. Ventral abdominal keel not extending onto last abdominal
segment. Male genital capsule cleft behind. Males without
stridular protuberance on front tibia. Females with short
gonapophyses . Paranisops
BB. Ventral abdominal keel extending onto last abdominal seg-
ment. Male genital capsule closed behind. Males with strid-
ular protuberance on front tibia. Females with long sub-
spatulate gonapophyses.
C. Male with anterior tarsus 2-segmented Buenoa
CC. Male with anterior tarsus 1-segmented Anisops
Genus NOTONECTA Linnaeus
Notonecta Linnaeus, 1758, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., p. 439.
Several species of this cosmopolitan genus inhabit Brazil, but
only one is represented in the present Goias collections.
Notonecta disturbata Hungerford
Notonecta disturbata Hungerford, 1926, Psyche, vol. XXXIII,
p. 13.
Goias: Anapolis, April 8, 1956 (Truxal); 48 km. south of Peixe,
June 1, 1956 (Truxal).
Genus MARTAREGA White
Martarega White, 1879, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 271.
This is primarily a neotropical genus. Eight of the eleven de-
scribed species have been recorded from Brazil. Two species are
represented in the collections of the Machris Brazilian Expedition.
14
Contributions in Science
No. 12
Martarega membranacea White
Martarega membranacea White, 1879, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
p. 272.
Goids: 48 km. south of Peixe, June 1, 1956 (Truxal).
Martarega uruguayensis (Berg)
Signoretiella uruguayensis Berg, 1883, An. Soc. Cient. Argentina,
vol XVI, p. 122.
Martarega uruguayensis , Jaczewski, 1928, Ann. Musei Zool. Pol-
onici, vol. VII, p. 131.
Heretofore the macropterous form of this species was unknown.
Among the numerous specimens of M. uruguayensis taken from
central Goias, a single male macropterous form was found. As in
other species, it differs markedly from the brachypterous form. The
hemelytron of the macropterous specimen is distinctly divided into
corium, clavus, and membrane. The color of the hemelytron is black,
whereas that of the brachypterous form is testaceous. The pronotum
and scutellum are more feebly developed in brachypterous forms,
the pronotum being less widened posteriorly and shorter, the scutel-
lum smaller.
Minas Gerais: Uberlandia, April 5, 1956 (Truxal). Goids: 20 km.
north of Sao Joao da Alian9a, April 23, 1956 (Truxal); 24 km. east
of Formoso, May 18-22, 1956, and June 13, 1956 (Truxal); 124 km.
south of Peixe, June 2, 1956 (Truxal).
Genus BUENOA Kirkaldy
Buenoa Kirkaldy, 1904, Wiener Ent. Zeit., vol. XXIII, p. 120.
This genus is widespread in the New World. Fourteen of the
forty species heretofore described have been recorded from Brazil.
In the collections of the Machris Brazilian Expedition, a total of
eleven species are here recorded. These include one species not
previously reported from Brazil and three species heretofore un-
described.
Buenoa pallens (Champion)
Anisops pallens Champion, 1901, Biol. Cent. Amer., Heteroptera,
vol. II, p. 374.
Buenoa pallens, Kirkaldy, 1904, Wiener Ent. Zeit., vol. XXIII,
p. 121.
Goids: 34 km. south of Amaro Leite, May 30, 1956 (Truxal).
Buenoa paranensis Jaczewski
Buenoa paranensis Jaczewski, 1928, Ann. Musei Zool. Polonici,
vol. VII, p. 126.
1957
Truxal: Brazil, Entomology
15
This species, previously recorded only from the state of Parana,
was quite common in the central Goias collections.
Goids: 20 km. north of Sao Joao da Alian£a, April 23, 1956 (Trux-
al); 24 km. east of Formoso, May 29, 1956 (Truxal); 34 km. south
of Amaro Leite, May 30, 1956 (Truxal); 48 km. south of Peixe, June
1, 1956 (Truxal); 124 km. south of Peixe, June 2, 1956 (Truxal).
Buenoa triangularis n. sp.
(PI. I, fig. 2)
Size: Male, length 6.30—6.75 mm., greatest body width 1.33—1.95
mm.; female, length 6.66—6.96 mm., greatest body width 1.96—2.00
mm.
Color: General facies testaceous to nigro-violaceous. Head, pro-
notum, thoracic venter testaceous to brown. Scutellum nigro-
violaceous with apex testaceous; methoracic dorsum black. Abdo-
men black, except ventral keel and portions of connexivum testa-
ceous. Some specimens entirely yellowish white to pale testaceous,
except most of abdomen black. This species variable in color.
Male Structural Characteristics: As viewed from above, outline
of head laterally rounded, anteriorly truncate with vertex indented
at its lateral margins; greatest width of head approximately six
times the anterior width of vertex and less than humeral width of
pronotum; synthlipsis one third the anterior width of vertex; along
median longitudinal axis, head approximately half the length of
pronotum; notocephalon sulcate dorsally; tylus slightly inflated;
labrum with basal width distinctly less than twice its median length
and apex bluntly rounded; rostral prong (PI. I, fig. 2b) longer than
third rostral segment, with base originating laterally near proximal
end of third rostral segment, and with apex sharply rounded. Pro-
notum with its median length less than half its humeral width; disk
only faintly impressed, not carinate; lateral margins divergent; pos-
terior margin convex, medianly concave. Scutellum large, with med-
ian length greater than that of pronotum. Fore femur (PI. I, fig. 2a)
neither wide not thickened at apex; triangular stridulatory area con-
sisting of five to seven sclerotized ridges. Fore tibia with stridulatory
comb (PI. I, fig. 2c) consisting of eighteen to twenty-two teeth; all
teeth approximately same size and thickness. Chaetotaxy of male
front leg as shown on Plate I. Male genital claspers normal. Spine
from caudo-sinistral margin of seventh abdominal tergite tapering
gradually from base to strongly acuminate apex.
Female Structural Characteristics: As viewed from above, outline
of head laterally rounded, anteriorly truncate with vertex indented
16
Contributions in Science
No. 12
at its lateral margins; greatest width of head approximately six times
the anterior width of vertex and less than humeral width of pro-
notum; synthlipsis wide, approximately half the anterior width of
vertex; along median longitudinal axis, head approximately half the
length of pronotum; notocephalon sulcate dorsally; tylus slightly
inflated. Pronotum with its median length less than half its humeral
width; disk only faintly impressed, not carinate; lateral margins di-
vergent; posterior margin convex, medianly concave. Scutellum
large, with its median length distinctly greater than that of pronotum.
Female ovipositor of normal shape with teeth arranged in two longi-
tudinal rows, one short row of approximately twelve large teeth
and one long outer row of small teeth; approximately eight small,
lateral, toothlike setae near apex.
Comparative Notes: Superficially this species resembles B. pollens
(Champion). Examination of the male, however, shows distinct
differences as follows: lateral margins of the frons parallel rather
than convergent toward the tylus, eyes distinctly longer, only five
to seven sclerotized ridges in the femoral stridulatory area, and only
eighteen to twenty-two teeth in the tibial comb.
Location of Types: Holotype male and allotype female, Veadeiros,
Goias, Brazil, April 30, 1956, F. S. Truxal, in the Museu Nacional do
Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Paratypes as follows: In the Los An-
geles County Museum, four males, ten females, Veadeiros, Goias,
Brazil, April 22 and 30, 1956, Truxal; in the Francis Huntington
Snow Entomological Collections, University of Kansas, Lawrence,
Kansas, one male, one female, same locality, April 22, 1956, Truxal.
Data on Distribution: Recorded from Brazil and known only from
type series.
Buenoa platycnemis (Fieber)
Anisops platycnemis Fieber, 1851, Abhandl. Kongl. Bohmischen
Gesells. Wiss., vol. VII, ser. 5, p. 485.
Buenoa platycnemis , Kirkaldy, 1904, Wiener Ent. Zeit., vol.
XXIII, p. 134.
One finds in the literature and collections, many species masquer-
ading under the name Buenoa platycnemis. This species is, for the
most part, neotropical.
Goias: 24 km. east of Formoso, May 18-29, and June 9-18, 1956
(Truxal); 48 km. south of Peixe, June 1-2, 1956 (Truxal).
Buenoa mutabilis Truxal
Buenoa mutabilis Truxal, 1953, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., vol. XXV,
Pt. II, p. 1432.
1957
Truxal: Brazil, Entomology
17
The specimens recorded below are the first to be reported from
Brazil. Heretofore, this species was known only from Haiti, Vene-
zuela, British Guiana, Peru and Paraguay.
Minas Gerais: Uberlandia, April 5, 1956 (Truxal). Goids: 20 km.
north of Sao Joao da Alianga, April 23, 1956 (Truxal).
Buenoa amnigenus (White)
Anisops amnigenus White, 1879, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 271.
Buenoa amnigenus, Kirkaldy, 1904, Wiener Ent. Zeit., vol. XXIII,
p. 120.
This species is widespread in Brazil. Among the numerous speci-
mens taken from Goias, one finds considerable variation in the de-
velopment of flight wings with consequent changes in the thorax
and hemelytra.
Goids: 24 km. east of Formoso, May 22-26, 1956 (Truxal); 124
km. south of Peixe, June 2, 1956 (Truxal).
Buenoa incompta Truxal
Buenoa incompta Truxal, 1953, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., vol. XXV,
Pt. II, p. 1466.
Goids: 20 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianga, April 23, 1956
(Truxal).
Buenoa salutis Kirkaldy
Buenoa salutis Kirkaldy, 1904, Wiener Ent. Zeit., vol. XXIII, p.
124.
This species is widespread throughout the north and central
regions of South America. Macropterous forms are seldom found
and only seven are recorded from the present Goias collections.
These specimens differ from the common braehypterous forms in
having the head distinctly narrower than the humeral width of the
pronotum; pronotum with the lateral margins more divergent; scutel-
lum larger; hemelytra with claval sutures present and large mem-
branes; flight wings fully developed.
Goids: 48 km. south of Peixe, June 1, 1956 (Truxal); 124 km.
south of Peixe, June 2, 1956 (Truxal).
Buenoa unguis Truxal
Buenoa unguis Truxal, 1953, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., vol. XXV,
Pt. II, p. 1476.
This species is particularly widespread in northeastern Brazil.
Goids: 48 km. south of Peixe, June 1, 1956 (Truxal); 124 km.
south of Peixe, June 2, 1956 (Truxal).
18
Contributions in Science
No. 12
Buenoa machrisi n. sp.
(pi. i, fig. i)
Size: Male, length 8.80—8.95 mm., greatest body width 2.45—2.60
mm.; female, length 8.30—8.90 mm., greatest body width 2.50—2.65
mm.
Color: General facies yellowish white to black. Head, pronotum,
thoracic venter, and limbs yellowish white to pale testaceous; scutel-
lum pale testaceous to black; metathoracic dorsum light brown to
black. Abdomen black, except ventral keel and portions of the con-
nexivum and dorsum pale testaceous. Hemelytra black with basal
half of corium and most of membrane yellowish white. Some speci-
mens entirely yellowish white to pale testaceous, except most of ab-
domen black. This species variable in color.
Male Structural Characteristics: As viewed from above, outline
of head laterally rounded, anteriorly truncate with vertex indented
at its lateral margins; greatest width of head six and one half times
the anterior width of vertex and less than humeral width of pro-
notum; synthlipsis wide, approximately half the anterior width of
vertex; along median longitudinal axis, head approximately half the
length of pronotum; notocephalon wide, sulcate dorsally; tylus dis-
tinctly inflated; labrum with basal width not quite twice its median
length and apex bluntly rounded; rostral prong (PI. I, fig. lb) short,
shorter than third rostral segment, with base originating laterally
near proximal end of third rostral segment, and with apex bluntly
rounded. Pronotum with its median length less than half its humeral
width; disk unimpressed, not carinate; lateral margins divergent;
posterior margin convex, medianly concave. Scutellum large, with
median length distinctly greater than that of pronotum. Fore femur
(PI. I, fig. la) neither wide nor greatly thickened at apex; lacking
stridulatory area. Fore tibia slightly emarginate near distal end and
with stridulatory comb (PI. I, fig. lc) consisting of fourteen to six-
teen thick teeth; apical teeth wider and thicker than basal; a swol-
len area on inner surface of tibia at apex, densely covered with fine
setae. Tarsal claws of fore leg slightly dissimilar. Metatrochanter
with oval stridulatory area on inner surface (PI. I, fig. Id) consist-
ing of approximately seventeen sclerotized ridges. Chaetotaxy of
male front leg as shown on Plate I. Male genital claspers normal.
Spine from caudo-sinistral margin of seventh abdominal tergite with
apical half very narrow and apex strongly acuminate.
Female Structural Characteristics: As viewed from above, outline
of head laterally rounded, anteriorly truncate with vertex indented at
its lateral margins; greatest width of head six times the anterior width
1957
Truxal: Brazil, Entomology
19
of vertex and distinctly less than humeral width of pronotum; synth-
lipsis wide, approximately half the anterior width of vertex; along
median longitudinal axis, head approximately half the length of
pronotum; notocephalon wide, sulcate dorsally; tylus distinctly in-
flated. Pronotum with its median length approximately two fifths its
humeral width; disk unimpressed, not carinate; lateral margins diver-
gent; posterior margin convex, medianly concave. Scutellum large,
with median length distinctly greater than that of pronotum. Meta-
trochanter with oval stridulatory area on inner surface. Female ovi-
positor of normal shape with teeth arranged in two longitudinal rows,
one short row of approximately ten large teeth and one long outer
row of small teeth; approximately eight small, lateral, toothlike setae
near apex.
Variation Within Species: Occasionally specimens are found with
flight wings not fully developed. These specimens are pale in color
with pronotum narrower and lateral margins less divergent, scutel-
lum smaller, and hemelytral membranes smaller than the form with
fully developed flight wings. Claval sutures are absent in the he-
melytra of brachypterous specimens.
Comparative Notes: Superficially this species resembles B.
distincta Truxal. Examination of the male, however, shows distinct
differences as follows: fore tibia emarginate at the distal end, and
the spine from the caudo-sinistral margin of the seventh abdominal
tergite not sword-shaped. The male genital capsules differ greatly.
Location of Types: Holotype male and allotype female, Veadeiros,
Goias, Brazil, May 1, 1956, F. S. Truxal, in the Museu Nacional do
Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Paratypes as follows: In the Los An-
geles County Museum, twenty males, twenty-three females, Vea-
deiros, Goias, Brazil, May 1, 1956, Truxal; in the Francis Huntington
Snow Entomological Collections, University of Kansas, Lawrence,
Kansas, three males, one female, same locality, April 22, 1956, Truxal.
Data on Distribution: Recorded from Brazil and known only from
type series.
The specific name honors Mr. Maurice A. Machris, co-sponsor of
the 1956 Expedition to Goias, Brazil.
Buenoa tibialis n. sp.
(PI. I, fig. 3)
Size: Male, length 5.00—5.45 mm., greatest body width 1.66—1.75
mm.; female 4.90—5.65 mm., greatest body width 1.70—1.85 mm.
Color: General facies sordid white to nigro-violaceous. Head,
anterior portion of pronotum, thoracic venter, and limbs sordid
white to testaceous. Posterior portion of pronotum and meta-
20
Contributions in Science
No. 12
thoracic dorsum black; scutellum black with apex testaceous.
Abdomen black, except portions of connexivum and terminal seg-
ments testaceous. Hemelytra hyalin with posterior third and
anterolateral areas nigro-violaceous. Some specimens entirely sordid
white, except most of abdomen and posterior third of hemelytra
black. This species variable in color.
Male Structural Characteristics: As viewed from above, outline
of head laterally rounded, anteriorly truncate with vertex slightly
indented; greatest width of head seven and one half to eight times
the anterior width of vertex and less than humeral width of pro-
notum; synthlipsis narrow, less than half the anterior width of
vertex; along median longitudinal axis, head slightly more than
half the length of pronotum; notocephalon narrow, sulcate dorsally;
tylus slightly inflated; labrum with basal width approximately twice
its median length and apex bluntly rounded; rostral prong (PI. I,
fig. 3b) short, shorter than third rostral segment, with base origin-
ating laterally near proximal end of third rostral segment, and with
apex bluntly rounded. Pronotum with its median length less than
half its humeral width; disk only faintly impressed, not carinate;
lateral margins divergent; posterior margin convex, medianly con-
cave. Scutellum large, with median length distinctly greater than
that of pronotum. Fore femur (PI. I, fig. 3a) neither wide nor greatly
thickened at apex; lacking stridulatory area. Fore tibia with stridu-
latory comb (PL I, fig. 3c) consisting of twenty-one to twenty-five
teeth; apical teeth wider and thicker than basal. Tarsal claws of
fore leg slightly dissimilar. Tibia of intermediate leg dilated me-
dianly on outer margin. Metatrochanter with sclerotized ridges of
stridulatory area indistinct. Hind femur with longitudinal row of
short, stout setae on ventral surface. Chaetotaxy of male front leg
as shown on Plate I. Male genital claspers normal. Spine from
caudo-sinistral margin of seventh abdominal tergite with apical half
very narrow and apex strongly acuminate.
Female Structural Characteristics: As viewed from above, outline
of head laterally rounded, anteriorly truncate with vertex slightly
indented; greatest width of head six to six and one half times the
anterior width of vertex and less than humeral width of pronotum;
synthlipsis narrow, approximately half the anterior width of vertex;
along median longitudinal axis, head slightly more than half the
length of pronotum; notocephalon narrow, sulcate dorsally; tylus
slightly inflated. Pronotum with its median length approximately one
third its humeral width; disk only faintly impressed, not carinate;
lateral margins divergent; posterior margin convex, medianly con-
1957
Truxal: Brazil, Entomology
21
cave. Scutellum large, with median length distinctly greater than
that of pronotum. Tibia of intermediate leg slightly dilated medianly
on outer margin. Metatrochanter with stridulatory area indistinct.
Female ovipositor of normal shape with teeth arranged in two
longitudinal rows, one short row of approximately twelve large teeth
and one long outer row of small teeth; approximately fourteen small,
lateral, toothlike setae near apex.
Variation Within Species: Occasionally specimens are found with
flight wings not fully developed. These specimens are pale in color
with pronotum distinctly narrower than that of the form with fully
developed flight wings. Claval sutures and membranes are more
feebly developed in the hemelvtra of brachypterous specimens.
Comparative Notes: Superficially this species somewhat resembles
B. arida Truxal. Examination of the male, however, shows distinct
differences as follows: head distinctly wider in relation to the pro-
notum, notocephalon much narrower, and fore femur less robust
and without stridulatory area.
Location of Types: Holotype male and allotype female, 24 km. east
of Formoso, Goias, Brazil, May 25, 1956, F. S. Truxal, in the Museu
Nacional do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Paratypes as follows: In
the Los Angeles County Museum, thirty-four males, twenty-three
females, 24 km. east of Formoso, Goias, Brazil, May 23 and 25, 1956,
Truxal, and two males, six females, same locality, June 9 and 18,
1956, Truxal; in the Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Collec-
tions, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas, two males, two
females, same locality, May 25, 1956, F. S. Truxal.
Data on Distribution: Recorded from Brazil and known only from
type series.
22
Contributions in Science
No. 12
PLATE I
Fig. 1. Buenoa machrisi n. sp.
la. Inner surface view of male left fore leg.
lb. Left lateral view of male rostrum and tylus.
lc. Enlarged view of left tibial stridulatory comb.
ld. Inner surface view of metatrochanter.
Fig. 2. Buenoa triangularis n. sp.
2a. Inner surface view of male left fore leg.
2b. Left lateral view of male rostrum and tylus.
2c. Enlarged view of left tibial stridulatory comb.
Fig. 3. Buenoa tibialis n. sp.
3a. Inner surface view of male left fore leg.
3b. Left lateral view of male rostrum and tylus.
3c. Enlarged view of left tibial stridulatory comb.
1957
Truxal: Brazil, Entomology
Plate 1
LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS
IN SCIENCE
No. 1. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. General Account, by
Jean Deiacour. 11 pp., 4 figures. January 23, 1957.
No. 2. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General, by
E. Yale Dawson. 20 pp., 5 figures, 2 maps. January 24, 1957.
No. 3. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Dodder
from Goias, Cuscuta burrellii , by T. G. Yuncker. 2 pp., 1
figure. January 25, 1957.
No. 4. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: The Lichens,
by Carroll W. Dodge. 2 pp. February 18, 1957.
No. 5. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Cyanophyta,
by Francis Drouet. 2 pp. February 19, 1957.
No. 6. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Mint
from Goias, Hyptis machrisae, by Carl Epling. 4 pp., 2 fig-
ures. February 20, 1957.
No. 7. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae,
various smaller families, edited by E. Yale Dawson. 18 pp.,
7 figures. March 7, 1957.
No. 8. Notes on Eastern Pacific Insular Marine Algae, by E. Yale
Dawson. 8 pp., 4 figures. June 27, 1957.
No. 9. A New Species of Passerine Bird from the Miocene of
California, by Hildegarde Howard. 16 pp., 2 figures. June
28, 1957.
No. 10. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Col-
umnar Cactus from Goias, by E. Yale Dawson. 8 pp., 4
plates. July 15, 1957.
No. 11. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Chlorophyta;
Euglenophyta, by G. W. Prescott. 29 pp., 5 plates, 1 text
figure. August 16, 1957.
No. 12. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Entomology: General;
Systematics of the Notonectidae (Hemiptera), by Fred S.
Truxal. 23 pp., 1 plate, 8 text figures. August 21, 1957.
Uber 13 October 23, 1957
V If w
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Phanerogam^ Leguminosae
By Richard S. Cowan
Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellane-
ous technical papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and
Anthropology, published at irregular intervals by the Los An-
geles County Museum. Issues are numbered separately and
numbers run consecutively regardless of subject matter. Num-
ber 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available to
scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Copies
may also be purchased at a nominal price.
The MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION from the Los
Angeles County Museum was sponsored by Mr. and Mrs.
Maurice A. Machris and Mrs. Maybell Machris Low. It was
conducted under the auspices of the Museu Nacional do
Brasil. Botanical and zoological collections were made from
April through June, 1956, in the region of the headwaters of
the Rio Tocantins in the state of Goias. General accounts and
itineraries are given in papers 1 and 2 of this series. Technical
type specimens of new entities are deposited in the Museu
Nacional in Rio de Janeiro.
Hildegarde Howard
Editor
E. Yale Dawson
Associate Editor
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY : Phanerogamae, Leguminosae
By Richard S. Cowan1
The plant collections reported upon below were obtained by E.
Yale Dawson, Expedition botanist, and are cited by his field collec-
tion numbers. Detailed locality data for these may be found in his
general account of the botany of the Expedition2. Briefly, however,
specimens bearing numbers from 14133 to 14815 came from the
Chapada dos Veadeiros, between Sao Joao da Alianga and Veadeiros,
April 13-May 3, 1956. Those bearing numbers from 14816 to 15236
came from the region between Amaro Leite and Peixe, especially in
the southern Serra Dourada, May 15-June 10, 1956.
The first set of specimens is deposited in the Los Angeles County
Museum. This includes isotypes of the six new species and one new
variety.
The three subfamilies are arranged systematically and the genera
and species are arranged alphabetically. The geographical notes are
based on the available literature and the herbaria of the United States
National Museum and the New York Botanical Garden.
MIMOSOIDEAE
Calliandra dysantha Benth. 14556; 14736
Calliandra macrocephala Benth. 14539 A plant best-known in
Minas Gerais but extending to the states of Parana, Matto Grosso,
and Goias.
Mimosa lasiocarpa Benth. 14253; 14369 A poorly known species
of southeastern Brazil, principally Minas Gerais.
Mimosa cf. nervosa Bong. 14544 This collection appears to be a
recognizable form of this species but material is not sufficiently abun-
dant to make an exact identification possible.
Mimosa polycarpa Kunth 15074 Not infrequent shrub in north-
western South America, south through southern Brazil, becoming
more frequent in Argentina and Paraguay.
Mimosa pteridifolia Benth. 14691 A species of southeastern Brazil,
known from the states of Matto Grosso, Bahia, and Goias. One collec-
lAssociate Curator, Division of Phanerogams, U.S. National Herbarium, Wash-
ington, D.C.
2Dawson, E. Yale. 1957. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General.
Los Angeles Co. Mus. Cont. Sci. (2): 1-20.
4
Contributions in Science
No. 13
tion, Gardner 4123, was known previously from the latter state.
Mimosa trijuga Benth. 14673 A southeastern Brazilian species
related to M. somnians H. & B. ex Willd. It is very poorly known; only
a single previous collection, Macedo 3495, is in the United States
National Herbarium, and it also is from Goias.
Mimosa spp. 14156; 14365; 14441; 14545; 14552; 14694; 14780;
15035 Most of these almost certainly represent known species, but some
of them may possibly be undescribed. I do not feel qualified to describe
any of them, since dozens of species from southeastern Brazil are
known in The New York Botanical Garden Herbarium and United
States National Herbarium only by photos.
CAESALPINIOIDEAE
Bauhinia candelabriformis sp. nov. Fig. 1
Arbuscula rigida, dense ramosa, 1.5 m. alta, ramulis pilis numerosis
brevibus glanduloso-malpighiaceis; stipulae caducae; folia coriacea,
profunde cordata, 1/4-1/3 bilobata, 7-nervia, petiolo 12-14 mm. longo,
numerosis pilis glanduloso-malpighiaceis praeditis, foliorum lobis ob-
tusis, plus minusve oblongis, 3.5-5 cm. longis, 3-3.5 cm. latis, supra
glabris, infra venis primariis tomentellis, locis inter venas primarias
pilis glanduloso-malpighiaceis ferentibus, supra venis primariis planis,
infra salientibus; inflorescentiae terminales axillaresque, ca. 5-6 cm.
longae, candelabriformas, dense rufo-strigulosae et pilis glanduloso-
malpighiaceis praeditis, pedicellis 10-12 mm. longis; calycis lobi 4
cm. longi, lineares, intus glabri, externe dense strigulosi et pilis
numerosis glanduloso-malpighiaceis; petala oblanceolato-linearia, ca.
20 mm. longa, 1 mm. lata, glabra; stamina 5-5.5 cm. longa, basali-
ter villosa intus; pistillum parce glanduloso-strigulosum, pilis mal-
pighiaceis, stylo ca. 40 mm. longo; ovarium ca. 10 mm. longum,
gynophoro 25 mm. longo; fructus ignotus.
A rigid, densely branched shrub, the youngest branchlets with
numerous small, glandular-malpighian hairs; leaves coriaceous, 7-
nerved, deeply cordate at the base and bilobed apically about 1/4
to 1/3 of the length, the lobes obtuse and oblong, 3.5-5 cm. long,
3-3.5 cm. wide, the petioles 12-14 mm. long with numerous glandular-
malpighian hairs, the upper surfaces of the leaf blades glabrous, (ex-
cept for glandular-malpighian hairs at the point of the attachment
of the petiole), tomentellous below on the principal veins, glandular-
malpighian hairs frequent in the inter-vein areas, the veins plane
above, strongly salient below; inflorescences terminal and in the upper
Fig. 1. Holotype of Bauhinia candelabriformis Cowan. »»->
1957
Cowan: Brazil, Leguminosae
5
6
Contributions in Science
No. 13
leaf axils, candelabriform, densely strigulose and with numerous
glandular-malpighian hairs, the pedicels 10-12 mm. long; calyx lobes
4 cm. long, linear, glabrous within, externally strigulose and with
glandular-malpighian hairs; hypanthium ca. 1.5 cm. long, slightly
striate longitudinally, the petals glabrous, oblanceolate-linear, about
1 mm. wide near the acute apex, 20 mm. long; style 40 mm. long,
the ovary 10 mm. long, strigulose with sparingly scattered glandular-
malpighian hairs, the gynophore 25 mm. long, glabrous.
Type: Dawson 14581 (holotype R), “Sandstone outcrop 7 km. south
of Veadeiros, region of the Chapada dos Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil,
April 24, 1956.”
This is closely related to B. malacotrichoides described below,
especially in the type and distribution of pubescence; for a descrip-
tion of the malpighian hairs, see the discussion following that species.
The name B. candelabriformis is given in allusion to the form of the
inflorescence in this species; it differs from its near relative in having
smaller leaves which are bilobed (instead of 2-parted), with fewer
veins, shorter inflorescences and shorter flowers.
Bauhinia cupulata Spreng. 15036 Described from the state of
Piauhy (Gardner 2529) but recently collected along the Rio Orinoco
in Venezuela (Wurdack & Monachino 39861).
Bauhinia elongipes sp. nov. Fig. 2
Arbuscula 2-2.5 m. alta, ramulis minute strigulosis; folia tenuiter
coriacea, biloba 2/3-4/5, lobis obtusis ad apicem, base rotundis, 3-
nerviis, oblongiusculis, 3-3.5 cm. longis, 1.5-2 cm. latis, supra glabris,
infra ( venis primariis tomentellis exceptis ) minutissime strigulosis
et glanduloso-strigulosis (pilis malpighiaceis ) ; pedicelli 25-30 mm.
longi, minute strigulosi et glanduloso-strigulosi (pilis malpighiaceis);
hypanthium 11-14 mm. longum, calycis lobis 7 cm. longis, externe
minute strigulosis et glanduloso-strigulosis, intus glabris; petala lin-
earia, ca. 20 mm. longa; stigma magnum, conicum; stylus ca. 30 mm.
longus, glanduloso-strigulosus; ovarium ca. 15 mm. longum, glanduloso-
strigulosum, gynophoro ca. 40 mm. longo, glabro; fructus ignotus.
A shrub 2-2.5 m. tall, the young branchlets very minutely strigulose
and with numerous glandular-malpighian hairs; petioles 9-15 mm.
long, the leaf blades thin-coriaceous, bilobed to within 1/5 to 1/3 of
the base, the lobes obtuse apically, rotund at the base, oblongish,
3-nerved, 3-3.5 cm. long, 1.5-2 cm. wide, glabrous and plane on the
upper surface, the primary veins salient and tomentellous beneath,
the areoles very minutely strigulose and with numerous glandular-
malpighian hairs, the secondary veins prominulous; inflorescence ter-
1957
Cowan: Brazil, Leguminosae
7
Fig. 2. Holotype of Bauhinia elongipes Cowan.
8
Contributions in Science
No. 13
minal, the flowers borne in pairs 3-4 mm. above the subtending
foliaceous bracts, the axis minutely strigulose and with many glandular-
malpighian hairs; pedicels 25-30 mm. long, minutely strigulose, the
flower buds about 8 cm. long, pubescent as the inflorescence axis;
hypanthium 11-14 mm. long, the calyx lobes 7 cm. long, glabrous
within, the petals linear, glabrous, 20 mm. long; filaments 5-7 cm.
long, villose basally on the inner surfaces, the anthers 10 mm. long,
linear; stigma large, conical, the style slender, about 30 mm. long,
glandular-strigulose (malpighian hairs), the ovary linear, 15 mm.
long, strigulose with glandular-malpighian hairs, the gynophore about
40 mm. long, glabrous.
Type: Dawson 15051 (holotype R), “forest and forest margin along
road 22-33 km. east of Formoso, region of the southern Serra Dourada,
Goias, Brazil, May 22, 1956.”
B. elongipes is closely related to B. curvula and B. pulchella but it
differs from both of these in having long, slender pedicels (hence the
specific epithet) and larger flowers. The leaves of the new species
are much more like those of B. curvula, and the obvious curvature in
the flower buds also seems to link them.
Bauhinia malacotrichoides sp. nov. Fig. 3
Arbuscula ca. 1 m. alta, ramulis juvenilibus dense puberulis, stipulis
caducis; folia bifoliolata, rigido-coriacea, venosa, petiolis 8-10 mm.
longis, densissime puberulis; laminae 4-5-nerviae, 7-8 cm. longae, 4.5-
5.5 cm. latae, ovales, obtusae, supra glabrae, infra delapso-puberulae
et pilis numerosis viscido-glandularibus malpighiaceis, supra 4-5 venis
primariis planis, infra valde salientibus; inflorescentia terminalis, ca.
30 cm. longa, axe dense rufo-puberulo et glanduloso-puberulo, pedi-
cellis 7-8 mm. longis, rufo-puberulis; flores 5 cm. longi, calycis lobis
4 cm. longis (hypanthio 1 cm. longo), externe dense appresso-puberulis
et glanduloso-malpighiaceo-puberulis, intus glabris; filamenta 3-3.5
cm. longa, glabra, antheris ca. 8 mm. longis; pistillum glanduloso-
malpighiaceo-puberulis, stylo 12 mm. longo; ovarium 11 mm. longum,
lineare, gynophoro glabro, ca. 15 mm. longo; fructus ignotus.
A shrub about 1 m. tall with densely puberulent young branch-
lets; leaves coriaceous, bifoliolate, venose, the petioles 8-10 mm. long,
densely rufo-puberulous and with a few small, glandular, malpighian
hairs; leaflets with 4-5 veins each, 7-8 cm. long, 4.5-5.5 cm. wide,
oval, obtuse, glabrous above (except densely pubescent at juncture
with the petiole ) , puberulous below ( the hairs more or less collapsed )
and with numerous, small, glandular-malpighian hairs, the primary
veins plane above, strongly salient beneath; inflorescence about 30
1957
Cowan: Brazil, Lecuminosae
9
Fig. 3. Holotype of Bauhinia malacotrichoides Cowan.
10
Contributions in Science
No. 13
cm. long, the axis densely puberulous with simple hairs and with
small, glandular-malpighian hairs; flowers about 5 cm. long, the calyx
lobes 4 cm. long, linear, glabrous within and puberulous on the outer
surface, the hairs simple and glandular-malpighian; ovary and style
glandular-puberulous, the hairs malpighian, the style 12 mm. long,
the gynophore about 15 mm. long; fruit unknown.
Type: Dawson 14293 (holotype R), “open grassy hilltop about
2/2 km. northeast of the road, 21 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianga,
region of the Chapada dos Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, April 16, 1956.”
In a genus noted for extreme variation of leaf form, this species
is quite striking. The leaflets are separate and so attached to the
petiole as to remind one strongly of a butterfly in flight. The complete
separation of the two parts of the leaf, the differences in kind and
quantity of pubescence on the leaves, and the longer flowers serve
to distinguish it from B. malacotricha. The pubescence is of two
sorts: one type appears to be ordinary hairs which more or less col-
lapse on the leaf surface ( in drying? ) and the other sort is a glandular-
malpighian hair with very short arms. These occur in shallow de-
pressions and give the lower surfaces of the leaflets a punctulate ap-
pearance. This type of hairs is not uncommon in the genus (at least
in the Sect. Pauletia). Metcalf and Chalk in their work on the anatomy
of the dicots mention “boatshaped” and glandular hairs as characteris-
tic of many species of Bauhinia, but the feature seems not to be well-
known.
Bauhinia recurva sp. nov. Fig. 4
Arbuscula 2-2.5 m. alta, ramis plus minusve quadrangularibus, in
quisque faciebus unisulcatis, leviter pilosulis; folia coriacea, valde
venosa, 9-nervia, 10.5 cm. longa, 6-7.5 cm. lata, biloba super medio,
lobis acutis, base rotundo-truncata, supra glabra (pilosula costa ex-
cepta), infra in venis venulisque crispato-pilosula, areolis ultimis
glabris, supra venis planis, infra venis venulisque salientibus; in-
fiorescentia terminalis, pedicellis ca. 3.5 cm. longis, maturitate valde
recurvis, longo-persistentibus; flores ca. 8.5 cm. longi, minute strigulosi;
hypanthio 2.5 cm. longo, leviter striato; petala linearia, 1-2 mm.
lata; pistillum velutinum, stylo 30-35 mm. longo; ovarium lineare,
ca. 20 mm. longum, gynophoro 45 mm. longo; fructus ignotus.
An erect, loosely branched shrub 2-2.5 m. tall, the branchlets
sparingly pilosulose, quadrangular, each face unisulcate; petioles terete,
densely crispate-pilosulose, 14 mm. long, the leaf blades coriaceous,
strongly venose, 9-nerved, 10.5 cm. long, 6-7.5 cm. wide, bilobed
apically less than 1/3 of the length, the lobes acute, the base rounded-
1957
Cowan: Brazil, Leguminosae
11
Fig. 4. Holotype of Bauhinia recurva Cowan.
12
Contributions in Science
No. 13
truncate, the upper surface of the blades glabrous except for crispate-
pilosulose midrib, lower surface crispate-pilosulose on the strongly
salient veins and veinlets, the ultimate areoles glabrous, the veins
plane above; inflorescence terminal, 25 cm. long, pilosulose and with
numerous glandular-malpighian hairs, the pedicels about 3.5 cm. long,
strongly recurved at anthesis, persistent; hypanthium 2.5 cm. long, slight-
ly striate, minutely strigulose and with numerous glandular-malpighian
hairs, the lobes of the calyx 6 cm. long, linear, glabrous within,
pubescent as the hypanthium externally; petals linear, long-acuminate,
about 40 mm. long, 1-2 mm. wide; stamens glabrous, the filaments 6 cm.
long, the anthers 6 mm. long, oblong; pistil velutinous, the stigma
massive, acute, the style 30-35 mm. long, the ovary linear, about 20
mm. long, the gynophore 45 mm. long; fruit unknown.
Type: Dawson 14387 (holotype R), "gallery forest area along road
19-19.5 km. north of Sao Joao de Alianga, region of the Chapado dos
Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, April 19, 1956.”
The nearest relative of B. recurva apparently is B. longifolia from
which it may be distinguished by its more rigid, venose leaves, larger
flowers, and longer, recurved pedicels.
Cassia conferta Benth. 14161 A very distinctive shrub in Minas
Gerais and less commonly in Goias; there is an earlier collection
from the latter state (Macedo 3240).
Cassia hispidula Vahl var. fagonioides (Vog.) Benth. 14284 This
species, at least the typical form, is exceedingly widespread, occurring
from Mexico and the West Indies south through Central America
to Venezuela, Guianas, and Brazil. In Brazil it was known previously
from Para, Ceara, Pernambuco, Parahyba, Maranhao, and Bahia.
Cassia machrisiana sp. nov. Fig. 5
Arbuscula glabra, sparse ramosa, 0.5 m. alta, stipulis deciduis,
foliis eglandularibus; foliola bijugata, oblanceolata vel oblongo-ob-
lanceolata, rotundata et retusa, plerumque marginibus glanduloso-
ciliolatis prope foliolorum basem, pilis rigidis, nitidis, nigris; in-
florescentiae terminales, pedicellis 18-22 mm. longis; flores ca. 18
mm. longi, glabri; fructus compressus, glaber, ca. 35 mm. longus,
6-7 mm. latus, oblongus, 6-7-spermus, seminibus obliquis.
A glabrous, sparsely branched shrub 0.5 m. tall with slender branch-
lets, the stipules deciduous, about 1 mm. long, subulate; leaves with
two pairs of subcoriaceous leaflets, the petioles 7-10 mm. long, the
rachis 9-10 mm. long, terminated by a mucro about 1.5 mm. long,
the lower pair of leaflets 20-25 mm. long, 8-13 mm. wide, the upper
Fig. 5. Holotype of Cassia machrisiana Cowan:^— >-
1957
Cowan: Brazil, Leguminosae
13
I :: m
14
Contributions in Science
No. 13
pair 30-35 mm. long, 13-16 mm. wide, narrowed toward the base,
obtuse, the apex rotund, retuse and mucronulate, the margin near
the base with numerous stiff, shiny-black, glandular hairs, the vena-
tion prominulous on both sides; inflorescence terminal, corymbiform,
about 6 cm. long, glabrous, the pedicels 18-22 mm. long, slender;
perianth glabrous, the calyx yellowish, membranous, the sepals 12
mm. long, 4.5-5.5 mm. wide, elliptic, slightly concave, the blades of
the petals 13-15 mm. long, 12-13 mm. wide, oval to orbicular, the
claw 4-5 mm. long; stamens 10, equal, the filaments glabrous, 1-1.5 mm.
long, the anthers pilosulose, oblong, 4.5-5 mm. long; pistil glabrous,
the style about 10 mm. long, sigmoid, the ovary about 5 mm. long;
fruits compressed laterally, oblong, glabrous, 35 mm. long, 6-7 mm.
wide, the 6-7 seeds borne obliquely in the fruit.
Type: Dawson 14598 (holotype R), “sandstone outcrop 7 km. south
of Chapada dos Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, April 24, 1956.”
It is always difficult to be certain that a new species is really new
in a genus such as Cassia, but careful checking of the literature since
Bentham’s treatment of the genus in Flora Brasiliensis convinces me
that Cassia machrisiana is heretofore undescribed. It is distinctly re-
lated to C. conferta, C. ochnacea, and C. punctulifera in section Absus;
with only the original description to judge by, it appears that the new
species is most nearly related to C. punctulifera Harms, from which
it differs by the lack of glandular punctations on most parts, glabrous
perianth, obtuse sepals, and shorter petioles and rachis. C. mach-
risiana differs from its other near relatives by its glabrous inflorescence
and thinner, retuse leaflets; its flowers are larger and the inflorescence
more diffuse than those of C. conferta.
The species is named in honor of Mrs. Maybell Machris Low who
contributed generously to the support of the botanical work of the Ex-
pedition.
Cassia mollifolia Harms 14819 A rare species which was de-
scribed originally from Goias. This collection has been identified by
the description only.
Cassia multijuga Rich. 14999 Small to medium-sized tree occurring
frequently through the warm zones of tropical South America as
far south as Santa Catarina in Brazil.
Cassia occidentalis L. 14757 Wide-spread tropical weed.
Cassia pachyclada Harms 14721 This species is still known only
from the state of Goias and it is very rare there, if the number of
collections is any indication.
1957
Cowan: Brazil, Leguminosae
15
Cassia dawsonii sp. nov. Fig. 6
Arbuscula sparse ramosa 2 m. alta, ramis ramulisque glanduloso-
pilosulis et dense puberulis; stipulae deciduae, subulatae, 5-6 mm.
longae, glanduloso-pilosulae et puberulae; folia linearia, deorsum
curvata, petiolo 25-35 mm. longo, eglandulari, glanduloso-pilosulo et
puberulo, rachibus 12-16.5 cm. longis, glanduloso-pilosulis puberulis-
que, facie superiore bialatis, aliis erectis; foliola 23-50-jugata, sessilia,
imbricata, coriacea, apice rotundata vel obtusa, base rotundata et
inaequalia, orbicularia ad late ovata, foliolis juvenilibus 3.5-5 mm.
longis, 3-5.5 mm. latis, margine glandularis et ciliolatis, foliolis maturis
9-15 mm. longis, 7-10 mm. latis, margine glanduloso-dentatis, venis
venulisque prominulis; inflorescentia racemosa, terminalis, 15 cm.
longa, axe glanduloso-hispidulo et puberulo, bracteis persistentibus,
2.5 mm. longis, 0.5 mm. latis, lanceolatis, acutis, externe puberulis,
intus glabris, pedicello 32-40 mm. longo, glanduloso-hispidulo et
puberulo, bracteolis 2, subulatis, 1-1.5 mm. longis; sepala herbacea, ob-
longo-elliptica, acuta, 15-17 mm. longa, 5.5 mm. lata, externe glandu-
loso-hispidula, intus glabris; petala obcuneato-obovata, apice rotun-
data, 20-25 mm. longa, 15-18 mm. lata, glabra, unguiculo ca. 3 mm.
longo; stamina 9, aequalia vel subaequalia, glabra, filamentis 1.5-2
mm. longis, antheris 6-8 mm. longis, glabris, duobus incisuris fis-
sentibus; stigma simplex, stylo glabro, crasso, 14 mm. longo; ovarium
3.5 mm. longum, aureo-pilosum; fructus ignotus.
A sparsely branched shrub 2 m. tall with the branches and branch-
lets glandular-pilosulose and densely puberulous; stipules deciduous,
subulate, 5-6 mm. long, glandular-pilose and puberulous; leaves
elongate-linear, recurved, the petioles 25-35 mm. long, eglandular,
glandular-pilose and puberulous, the rachis 12-16.5 cm. long, pubescent
as the petiole, bialate on the upper surface with the wings erect; leaf-
lets 23-50-jugate, sessile, imbricate, coriaceous, rotund or merely ob-
tuse at the apex, rotund and inequilateral at the base, orbicular to
broadly ovate, the young leaves 3.5-5 mm. long, 3-5.5 mm. broad,
margin glandular and ciliolate, the axis glandular-hispidulous and
puberulous, the bracts persistent, 2.5 mm. long, 0.5 mm. wide, lanceo-
late, acute, puberulous on the outer surface, glabrous within, the
pedicels 32-40 mm. long, glandular-hispid and puberulous, the bracteo-
les 2, subulate, 1-1.5 mm. long; sepals herbaceous, oblong-elliptic,
acute, 15-17 mm. long, 5.5 mm. wide, glandular-hispid externally,
glabrous within; petals obcuneate-obovate, rotund apically, 20-25 mm.
long, 15-18 mm. wide, glabrous, the claw about 3 mm. long; stamens
9, equal or subequal, glabrous, the filaments 1.5-2 mm. long, the
16
Contributions in Science
No. 13
anthers 6-8 mm. long, opening by two longitudinal slits; stigma simple,
the style glabrous, thick, 14 mm. long, the ovary 3.5 mm. long, golden-
pilose; fruit unknown.
Type: Dawson 14559 (holotype R), “roadside campo sujo 21 km.
north of Sao Joao da Alianga, region of the Chapada dos Veadeiros,
Goias, Brazil, April 28, 1956/’
This species was first collected by Glaziou in this same locality, but
only in sterile condition. He gave it a name but supplied no descrip-
Fig. 6. Holotype of Cassia daivsonii Cowan.
1957
Cowan: Brazil, Leguminosae
17
tion; Harms (Fedde Rep. Spec. Nov. 20: 130. 1924.) published the
name in an incidental note but contributed nothing that would enable
one to identify the plant. A photograph of the Glaziou collection
has been studied and it exactly matches this fertile material of Daw-
son’s.
There are several other species with which this one is to be as-
sociated: C. nummulariifolia, C. filicifolia, C. sincorana, C. pycno-
phylla, and C. ciliolata. The species described here differs from all
these in one or more respects involving size, shape, and/or number
of leaflets, size of flowers, pubescence, etc.
Cassia rugosa Don 14157; 14264 Another poorly known species
of southeastern Brasil and Paraguay. It appears to be more frequent
in Minas Gerais than in Goi&s.
Cassia setosa Vogel 14543 Very frequent in parts of Minas
Gerais but apparently less common in Sao Paulo, Goias, and Rio de
Janeiro.
Cassia tagera L. 14535 Frequent mat-forming plant on dry sands
or over rocks in the savannas and llanos of Venezuela and Colombia.
It is also known from Brazil and Bolivia. R. E. Schultes has called
attention to its possible utility in tropical areas for erosion control.
Cassia tetraphylla Desv. 14160; 14613 An exceedingly variable
species within which Amshoff has defined several subspecific taxa,
and there are probably others which also deserve recognition. It is
native and rather common in the savannas and llanos of Venezuela,
the Guianas, Colombia, and northern Brazil; it does not appear to
be so frequent in south Brazil.
Cassia tora L. 14392 A tropical weed.
Cassia trichopoda Benth. 14912 An uncommon species from south-
ern Brazil to Bolivia, Colombia, and Venezuela.
Copaifera oblongifolia Mart, ex Hayne, var. dawsonii var. nov. Fig. 7
A C. oblongifolia var. comosa plus foliolis (6-7-jugatis), sepalis
glabris externe differt; a C. oblongifolia var. oblongifolia ramulis
foliolisque pilosis, sepalis glabris externe differt.
Tree 3-4 m. tall; vegetative parts pilose; stipules caducous; leaves
oblong in outline, the petiole 3 mm. long, the rachis 4.5-6.5 cm.
long, the leaflets in 6-7 pairs, punctate, the petiolules 0.5-1 mm. long,
the blades 11-22 mm. long, 5-8 mm. wide, oblong, obtuse at the base
and at the apex, the latter usually slightly retuse and mucronulate;
venation reticulate, the veins not obvious, the pubescence dense be-
low, sparingly and somewhat glabrescent on the upper surface; in-
florescences terminal on short lateral branchlets, sessile or subsessile.
18
Contributions in Science
No. 13
the axis pilose, 4-6.5 cm. long; flowers sessile, the calyx 3.4-4 mm. long,
glabrous on the outer surface, densely suberect-villose within;
stamens glabrous, 5 mm. long; margins of the ovary and the gynophore
densely villose; fruit unknown.
Type: Dawson 14491 (holotype R), “tree 3-4 meters tall, gallery
forest margin along the stream 18 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianga,
region of the Chapada dos Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, April 20, 1956.”
The degree of relationship between this variety and the typical
one is much closer than that which exists between the latter and the
var. comosa. The glabrous outer surfaces of the sepals and the pilose
leaflets serve to distinguish the new variety from the other two. There
is even some similarity to C. langsdorfii , but it is not any of the
described varieties of that species and in respect to the leaflets, at
least, it is more like the type of C. oblongifolia.
Copaifera sp. 14445 I could not satisfactorily place this in Dwyer’s
monograph but I doubt that it is a new taxon.
LOTOIDEAE
Aeschynomene paniculata Willd. ex Vogel 14200
Aeschynomene paucifolia Vogel ( Det. V. E. Rudd ) 14822
Bowdichia virgilioides H. R. K. 14490 Very common, wide-
ranging trees in or at the edge of savannas or scrub savannas in
Venezuela, and Colombia, south through Rrazil to Paraguay — de-
creasingly frequent southward.
Calopogonium caeruleum (Benth. ) Sauv. 14982 Frequent twining
herb in Central America, West Indies, and the tropical parts of South
America.
Calopogonium velutinum (Benth.) Amsh. 15029 This very dis-
tinctive species was described on material from Bahia, but it is
known as far north as Surinam, according to Amshoff. Four collec-
tions from British Guiana (de la Cruz 2592, 2937, 3620, 4406) should
also be referred to this species, thereby extending its range even
more.
Camptosema coriaceum (Nees & Mart.) Benth. 14450; 14681 An
uncommon shrub known previously only from Minas Gerais. This
is apparently the first report from Goias.
Canavalia picta Mart, ex Benth. 15030 Very similar to C. grandi-
folia Benth. but with slightly smaller flowers and puberulous vegeta-
tive parts.
Centrosema bifidum Benth. 14919; 15045 A rare vine of south-
eastern Brazil; this is one of the first collections since the species
was described.
1957
Cowan: Brazil, Leguminosae
19
Fig. 7. Ilolotype of Copaifera oblongifolia Mart, ex Hayne, var. dawsonii
Cowan.
20
Contributions in Science
No. 13
Centrosema fasciculatum Benth. (ex descr. & photo) 15126 Rare
vine described from Matto Grosso; this may well be the first record
from Goias.
Centrosema platycarpum Benth. 15089 Woody vine occurring
rarely in southern Brazil but also known by a Spruce collection from
eastern Amazonian Peru.
Centrosema pubescens Benth. 14502 Frequent vine in tropical
America and introduced in Malaysia.
Centrosema sagittatum (H. &. B.) Brandg. ex Riley 14361 Fre-
quent vine found in tropical America as far south as Patagonia and
southern Brazil.
Collea crassifolia Benth. 14470. This material matches the pho-
tograph of the type quite well but it is unlike later collections cited by
Bentham3 as this species. The original material showed well-developed
peduncles as does the present collection; some of the later collections
cited by Bentham have short, much congested inflorescences.
Collaea martii Benth. 14582; 14658a Apparently restricted to
southeastern Brazil; uncommon or rare.
Crotalaria acutiflora Benth. 14399; 14844; 15081 Originally des-
cribed from Goias but very poorly known. These collections were
identified by type photo and description solely.
Crotalaria nitens H. B. K. 14500 A variable, wide-spread species.
Crotalaria pohliana Benth. 14751c Although this species was
described from southern Brazil it is better known from collections
made in eastern Bolivia.
Crotalaria stipularis Desv. 14921 A low plant in savannas or
grasslands from Colombia, Venezuela, and the Guianas, south to
Argentina.
Crotalaria unifoliolata Benth. 14150 A very distinctive species
in most of the southern states of Brazil, but everywhere uncommon.
Crotalaria vespertilio Benth. 14733 Rarely collected species des-
cribed from Goias but known also by one collection from Minas
Gerais.
Crotalaria sp.? 14549a This may represent a new species, related
to C. sagittalis L., from which this collection differs primarily in
leaflet shape.
Crotalaria sp.? 14372 Possibly an undescribed species; certainly
not very closely related to any well-known species.
Desmodium asperum Desv. 15049 A coarse subshrub which is
found frequently throughout tropical America.
3 Flora Brasiliensis 15 ( 1 ) :151.1859.
1957
Cowan: Brazil, Leguminosae
21
Desmodium discolor Vog. 14366; 14435 A frequent subshrub in
southern Brazil, particularly in Minas Gerais.
Desmodium leiocarpum (Spreng. ) G. Don 15094 Frequent in
Minas Gerais but not elsewhere. This may be the first record of the
species in Goias.
Desmodium platycarpum Benth. 14414 A poorly-known species
of southern Brazil, apparently rare.
Desmodium tortuosum (Sw. ) DC. 14485; 15128 Weedy herb
from subtropical Florida through tropical northern South America. This
collection represents a considerable southern extension of the range
of the species.
Dioclea argentea Desv. 14976; 15079.
Dioclea sp. 14378; 14828; 15001
This genus so seriously needs revisionary study that many collec-
tions must presently go unnamed. Occasionally new species come to
light which are sufficiently distinct to describe; some of these col-
lections may represent undescribed species but a strong element of
doubt exists in each instance.
Eriosema erythropilum Harms 14751a This determination was
made solely on the basis of a type photograph and the original
description, both of which seem to fit this collection very well.
Eriosema longifolium Benth. 14815 An uncommon species des-
cribed from Minas Gerais but known also from Parana and now Goias.
Galactia glaucescens H. B. K. 15011 A wide-spread species, from
Colombia and Venezuela to Ecuador and Bolivia south to southern
Brazil and Paraguay.
Harpalyce brasiliana Benth. 14998; 15064 Frequent in Minas
Gerais but apparently uncommon in Ceara, Piauhy, and Goias.
Indigofera lespedezioides H. B. K. 14370 Common in Colombia
and Venezuela but less frequent in Bolivia and Brazil. It occurs also
in southern Mexico and the West Indies.
Machaerium aculeatum (DC.) Raddi 14471 Some forms of this
species have been referred to as M. angustifolium Vogel, but this is
treated as a synonym by several authorities. The species is known
from Central America to Paraguay, east to the Guianas.
Periandra coccinea Benth. 14561; 14967 A rare species of south-
eastern Brazil.
Periandra densiflora Benth. 14816; 14920 An infrequent vine of
Minas Gerais; these are among the very few collections from Goias.
Periandra mediterranea (Veil. ) Taub. 14448 Burkart has pointed
out the necessity of adopting this name over the better-known P. dulcis.
22
Contributions in Science
No. 13
It is primarily south Brazilian in distribution, known in Minas Gerais,
Ceara, Parana, Para, Goias, Bahia, and Sao Paulo.
Phaseolus appendiculatus Benth. 14904; 15018 A variable, wide-
spread vine, occurring from Central America to Paraguay.
Phaseolus clitorioides Mart. 14430
Phaseolus peduncularis H. B. K. 14800 Weedy vine found from
Central America and West Indies south to Parana.
Poiretia coriifolia Vogel 14279; 14693
Pterodon polygalaeflorus Benth. 14223 This genus is very simi-
lar to Dipteryx (inch Taralea ), but there may be justification for
keeping it separate, for it has a strikingly different aspect. The species
referred to here is one of southeastern Brasil - Minas Gerais, Goias,
Maranhao, Matto Grosso, Piauhy.
Stylosanthes capitata Vogel 14190 Known from Venezuela to
Minas Gerais in Brazil but nowhere very well-known.
Stylosanthes guianensis ( Aubl. ) Sw. 14405; 14437; 14880 Avery
wide-spread weedy plant from Central America through tropical South
America to Paraguay.
Stylosanthes guianensis (Aubl.) Sw. var. gracilis (H.B.K. ) Vogel
14813; 14862 This has been considered a distinct species by some
authors but it is usually assigned varietal rank. It occurs sporadically
in the same range as the typical variety.
Tephrosia leptostachys DC. 15057 Infrequent species best-
known in Colombia and Venezuela but known from southern Brazil
by a few collections. This is the first report from Goias.
Zornia diphylla (L. ) Pers. 14183 A weed of the tropics and sub-
tropics around the world.
Zornia virgata Moric. 14564 A frequent plant in Minas Gerais
but known also in Sao Paulo and now Goias, less frequently.
LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS
IN SCIENCE
No. 1.
No. 2.
No. 3.
No. 4.
No. 5.
No. 6.
No. 7.
No. 8.
No. 9.
No. 10.
No. 11.
No. 12.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. General Account, by
Jean Delacour. 11 pp., 4 figures. January 23, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General, by
E. Yale Dawson. 20 pp., 5 figures, 2 maps. January 24, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Dodder
from Goias, Cuscuta burrellii, by T. G. Yuncker. 2 pp., 1
figure. January 25, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: The Lichens,
by Carroll W. Dodge. 2 pp. February 18, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Cyanophyta,
by Francis Drouet. 2 pp. February 19, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Mint
from Goias, Hyptis machrisae, by Carl Epling. 4 pp., 2 fig-
ures. February 20, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae,
various smaller families, edited by E. Yale Dawson. 18 pp.,
7 figures. March 7, 1957.
Notes on Eastern Pacific Insular Marine Algae, by E. Yale
Dawson. 8 pp., 4 figures. June 27, 1957.
A New Species of Passerine Bird from the Miocene of
California, by Hildegarde Howard. 16 pp., 2 figures. June
28, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Col-
umnar Cactus from Goias, by E. Yale Dawson. 8 pp., 4
plates. July 15, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Chlorophyta;
Euglenophyta, by G. W. Prescott. 29 pp., 5 plates, 1 text
figure. August 20, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Entomology: General;
Systematics of the Notonectidae (Hemiptera), by Fred S.
Truxal, 23 pp., 1 plate, 8 text figures. August 21, 1957.
iber 14
October 31, 1957
•Oll'i
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
ENTOMOLOGY: Gelastocoridae (Hemiptera) from Central Goias
The Gelastocoridae discussed in the following account were taken
on an expedition sponsored by Mr. and Mrs. Maurice A. Machris and
Mrs. Maybell Machris Low during the months of April through June,
expedition totaled 73 specimens. Five species are represented. The
collection is deposited in the Los Angeles County Museum.
Galgulus nebulosus Guerin-Meneville, Iconographie du Regne Animal de B. Cuvier,
pt. 7, 1844, p. 351.
Seventy per cent of the specimens (51) were of this common, widely-
distributed, South American species. Specimens were from the fol-
lowing localities: 67 km. N. Porangatu, June 6, 1956, A. Carvalho, 3
males; 48 km. S. Peixe, June 1, 1956, F. S. Truxal, 1 male and 6 females;
20 km. N. Sao Joao da Alianga, April 13-16, 1956, F. S. Truxal, 5 males,
8 females and 1 nymph; 24 km. E. Formoso, May 16-25, 1956, F. S.
Truxal, M. and P. Machris, 9 males, 17 females and 1 nymph.
2 See: THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN ‘ ;y: General;
lystematics of the Notonectidae (Hemi Los Angeles
bounty Museum Contributions in Science
By E. L. Todd1
1956. The field work was conducted under the direction of the Los
Angeles County Museum and through the auspices of the Museu
Nacional do Brasil.2
Gelastocorid material collected in central Goias by members of the
Gelastocoris nebulosus (Guerin-Meneville)
Falls Church, Virginia.
WV i 5 f9S7 ‘
2
Contributions in Science
No. 14
Gelastoeoris angulatus (Melin)
Montandonius angulatus Melin, Zoologiska Bidrag Fran Uppsala, Band 12, 1930
(prepublished 1929), p. 169, figs. 32, 33.
Six specimens collected from the following localities: 24 km. E.
Formoso, May 19-26, F. S. Truxal, 1 male and 2 females; 34 km. S.
Amaro Leite, May 30, 1956, F. S. Truxal, 1 female; 20 km. N. Sao
Joao da Alianga, April 21, 1956, F. S. Truxal, 2 females.
Mononyx terrestris Kevan, Annals and Magazine Natural History, 11th series, vol.
14, No. 119, 1948, p. 813.
One male and one female were collected among the roots of orchids,
24 km. E. Formoso. The male was taken May 19, 1956 by F. S. Truxal
and the female May 17, 1956 by A. Carvalho.
Mononyx raninus Herricli-Schaffer, Die Wanzenartigen Insecten, vol. 9, 1853, p. 28,
fig. 896.
Specimens collected in two localities as follows: 24 km. E. Formoso,
May 25, 1956, F. S. Truxal, 5 males, 1 female and 3 nymphs; 20 km.
N. Sao Joao da Alianga, April 16, 1956, F. S. Truxal, 1 female.
The two females are slightly aberrant in that the groove which
extends from the emargination of the last visible abdominal sternite
is not as long as in most females of this species.
University of Kansas Science Bulletin, vol. 37, pt. 1, No. 11, 1955, p. 365, fig. 82.
This species is the smallest of the known species of the family.
Four specimens, 2 males and 2 females, were collected by sifting
leaf mold, May 19, 1956, 24 km. E. Formoso by F. S. Truxal and A.
Carvalho. Except for the type (a female), these are the only specimens
of the species in collections. This fact necessitates further descriptive
comment about the species.
As these two females are slightly larger than the type and as the
males were previously unknown, a restatement of size is indicated.
Nerthra terrestris (Kevan)
Nerthra ranina (Herrich-Schaffer)
Nerthra buenoi Todd
(Fig. 1 A-B)
Type
Female
4.2 mm.
Referred Specimens
Length
Width of Pronotum 2.6
Width of Abdomen 2.7
2 Females
4.6 mm.
3.0
3.0
4.1 mm.
2.7
2.7
2 Males
4.2 mm.
2.8
2.8
1957
Todd: Brazil, Celastocoridae
3
The abdominal sternites of the male are asymmetrical; the ninth
sternite small, oval, wider than long, slightly longer than eighth sternite.
Clasper (right paramere) of male small, simple, tapering to a point at
apex, aedeagal furrow on median surface, not visible from a ventral
view.
In addition to the characters mentioned in the original description,
the sharply-pointed anterior dilation of the front femur, the absence
of lateral tumescences on the last visible abdominal sternite of the
female, and the smaller size, this species also differs from N. raptoria
(Fabricius) by the absence of a short notch at the anterior end of the
emargination of the last visible abdominal sternite of the female and
by the absence of the aedeagal furrow on the ventral surface of the
clasper of the male.
The illustrations of the male are based on the smaller of the two
specimens. This specimen is designated a plesiotype and is so in-
dicated in the Los Angeles County Museum collections.
Fig. 1 Nerthra buenoi Todd. Plesiotype.
A. Clasper of male.
B. Terminal abdominal sternites of male.
Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles, Calif.
iber 15
October 31, 1957
MARINE ALGAE FROM THE PACIFIC COSTA RICAN GULFS
By E. Yale Dawson'
The marine flora of Pacific Costa Rica was virtually unknown until
W. R. Taylor (1945) reported 47 species from collections made by
the Allan Hancock expeditions of 1934 and 1939 to the Galapagos
Islands. Apart from this report, only three other species are recorded
from Costa Rica from among several other papers, namely, Grunow
(1915-16), Setchell (1937), Dawson (1944, 1949 and 1953), Post
( 1955 ) and Drouet and Daily ( 1956 ) . Most of the known collections
came from three localities: Puerto Parker, Puerto Culebra and outer
Golfo Dulce. Those from the latter area, and one from Golfo de Nicoya,
are listed again in the systematic part of this paper. The other reported
collections, from north to south, are:
Enteromorpha lingulata J. Ag.
Ulva lactuca L.
Colpomenia ramosa Taylor
Puerto Parker and vicinity
Enteromorpha flexuosa (Wulfen) J. Ag.
Enteromorpha lingulata J. Ag.
Colpomenia sinuosa ( Roth ) Derbes & Solier ( drift )
Colpomenia ramosa Taylor
Sargassum liebmannii J. Ag.
Bangia fuscopurpurea ( Dillw. ) Lyngb.
Acrochaetium penetrale (Drew) Taylor, prox.
Hildenbrandia prototypus Nardo
Gracilaria crockeri Dawson ( dredged )
Bahia Salinas
1 Research Associate.
2
Contributions in Science
No. 15
Gracilaria costaricensis Dawson ( dredged )
Ceramium personatum Setch. & Gard., prox.
Entophysalis deusta Drouet & Daily
Lyngbya semiplena Gomont
Bahia Playa Blanca
Polysiphonia bifurcata Hollenberg ( dredged )
Vicinity of Puerto Culebra
Enteromorpha lingulata J. Ag.
Rhizoclonium lubricum Setch. & Gard.
Dictyota flabellata ( Collins ) Setch. & Gard. ( dredged )
Dictyota crenulata J. Ag.
Scinaia complanata ( Collins ) Cotton ( dredged )
Scinaia johnstoniae Setchell ( dredged )
Lithothamnium validum F oslie ( dredged )
Sarcodiotheca ecuadoreana Taylor ( dredged )
Gracilaria crocked Dawson ( dredged )
Gracilariopsis costaricensis Dawson ( dredged )
Gracilariopsis panamensis (Taylor ) Dawson ( dredged )
H ypoglossum abyssicolum T aylor ( dredged )
Chondria calif ornica (Collins) Kylin (dredged)
Chondria platyclada Taylor ( dredged )
Bahia Brasilito
Entophysalis deusta Drouet & Daily
Bahia Piedra de Blanca
Jania tenella var. zacae Dawson
Although these fifty species would seem to constitute a fair indica-
tion of the general nature of the marine flora, especially as contrasted
to the almost total lack of marine algal information for all the other
Central American republics as well as Pacific Colombia, the writer
believed that an appreciable increase in our knowledge of the marine
vegetation of the region could be obtained even during a single visit
to the country. Accordingly, he accepted enthusiastically an invitation
from Mr. Maurice A. Machris to go there during June of 1957 to conduct
an initial survey in the Golfo de Nicoya and the Golfo Dulce. The
present paper records the results of that brief exploratory trip.
In addition to the generous support provided by Mr. Machris, the
writer wishes to thank several others who contributed to the success of
the work by providing personal assistance or in furnishing information,
namely, Mr. John McNabb, Senor Guido Contreras, Sehor Hernan
Sobrado, Dr. Milner B. Schaefer, Dr. Gerald V. Howard, and the
staff of the United Fruit Company’s office at Golfito.
1957
Dawson : Costa Rican Algae
3
COLLECTION STATIONS
Station 1: Pimtarenas Peninsula, Golfo de Nicoya, June 6, 1957. Nos.
16690-16693. Except for scant Enteromorpha on a log buried in sand,
and a bit of Sargassum in the beach flotsam, this shore was desolate
of algae. The stones of an artificial rock dike on the polluted estuary
on the north side of the peninsula yielded depauperate Spyridia and
colonial pennate diatoms at about /2 m. above mean low tide level.
Station 2: Just inside Bahia Ballena from Punta Piedra Amarilla on
the outer Peninsula de Nicoya, Golfo de Nicoya, June 7. Nos. 16694-
16729, from about low water level to minus 2 m.; Nos. 16730-16751, at
1/2 to 2/2 m. above mean low water. This station was reached by walking
around the southwest side of the bay from Tambor. The tidal amplitude
is great, but rainfall is heavy and insolation intense so that almost noth-
ing occurs at high levels except where protected by overhanging trees.
Several species were obtained in such situations, but on rocks exposed
to the sun Cyanophyta, (mainly Isactis plana) and some Hildenbrandia
began to appear only at levels of less than two meters above low
water. At the end of Punta Piedra Amarilla everything was subject to
spray and surf mist at lower intertidal levels and the rocks were covered
by a slippery brown cyanophyte layer. Except for a very scant growth
in shallow pools and a fringe of crustose lithothamnioid in the surge
zone around most of the rocks, erect algae were essentially absent from
all areas above mean low water level. At depths of I2 to 2 meters a
heavy Sargassum and Padina flora, with some Dictyota and oc-
casionally well developed Digenia and Galaxaura, dominated a loose
turf of various small species on the submerged rocks. The water was
dirty from leaves and humus discharged into the bay from heavy
recent rain wash.
Station 3: Rocky shore nearest Tambor on the south side of Bahia
Ballena, Golfo de Nicoya, June 8. Nos. 16752-16762b. Collections were
made from depths of I2 to 1 meter below mean low water. The flora
was poor and the rocks covered chiefly by hydroids and bryozoans.
The water was extremely opaque from plankton and debris.
Station 4: North side of Bahia Ballena, Golfo de Nicoya, within 500
meters east of Pochote, June 8. The first material (Nos. 16763-16765)
came from under trees, some of them mangroves, just outside the
estuary where the shade permitted growth that is otherwise restricted
by the intense insolation. From there a small point extends out a short
distance and Nos. 16766-16777 were collected in high seepages in the
sand and in drainage pools. The principal collections (Nos. 16778-
w 1 5 1957
4
Contributions in Science
No. 15
16803a) were from a lagoon just beyond and sheltered by a natural
rock breakwater formed by the next rocky point in the sequence. This
lagoon is shallow, apparently not much exceeding 2 meters in depth at
low water, and is bottomed by dead coral fragments. The beach sand
is white from this coral material, unlike the blacker sand on the op-
posite side of the bay. The circulation is counter clockwise in Bahia
Ballena, for the water in this lagoon was comparatively clear, and
free of river debris unlike the situation on the other side where the
river just above Tambor carries a great amount of silt and organic
detritus into the bay and piles up driftwood in front of Tambor. The
algae of this lagoon were dominated by Padina in scattered clumps to
about 25 cm. high. All the other growth was small. An occasional
clump of Amphiroa , a little Liagora, and a cover of very small species
appeared on the dead coral. At the end of the natural breakwater a
considerable surge occurs, as well as a small amount of surf. Under
the influence of these, Sargassum occurs just as it did on the other side
of the bay, in clumps about 25 cm. high. Quite considerable masses of
Spyridia were on the bottom here, but other species were inconspicuous.
The extreme proverty of Siphonocladales was striking. The only
Caulerpa seen was markedly dwarfed. On such an apparently favorable
bottom many other things were expected to occur, and would have been
found in other parts of the tropical Pacific, but for reasons not yet
fully understood were absent here.
Station 5: On a submerged rock about 50 meters off shore near
Punta Voladera, Golfo Dulce, about 1 km. outside of Golfito Harbor
entrance, June 13. Nos. 16804-16814. This rock is exposed somewhat
less than 1 meter at low water. Except for a peculiar plant-like
ctenophore bryozoan which resembles a Laurencia in habit and color,
this rock was covered largely by a thin J ania-Gelidium turf of diminu-
tive species.
Station 6: Inside and near the southeast end of Golfito Harbor, Golfo
Dulce, June 13, (on rocks and mangrove, Nos. 16815-16821; on a sunken
steel ship, Nos. 16822-16825). The water here was mucky, and plants
were extremely scant. Tube worms and ctenophore bryozoans were
dominant. Pollution was evident.
Station 7 : On the mud flats at the civil town of Golfito, Golfo Dulce,
June 14. Nos. 16826-16827; 16834-16835. Spyridia was in fairly good
development on shell fragments.
Station 8: On rocks and fallen trees in the middle intertidal zone
near El Atrocho, south of Golfito, Golfo Dulce, June 13. Nos. 16828-
16832.
1957
Dawson : Costa Rican Algae
5
Station 9: On the legs of the light tower at the entrance to Golfito
Harbor, Golfo Dulce, June 14. No. 16833. A heavy growth of a plant-
like ctenophore bryozoan covered the steel legs. Several minute red
algal epizoans occurred on it.
Station 10: On mud flats opposite the hospital at the Bananera
Company town, inner harbor of Golfito, Golfo Dulce, June 16. Nos.
16836-16847.
Station 11: On the rocky shore of a rapid drop-off just northwest of
Punta Galardo, Golfo Dulce, in 1 meter of water at low tide, June 14.
Nos. 16848-16853. Although there was some surge and surf, and the
bottom appeared to be favorable for abundant algal growth, almost
nothing was visible except a few depauperate specimens of Padina.
Station 12: Bahia de los Guabos, innermost Golfo Dulce, June 15.
Nos. 16854-16871. The collections were made from rocks and dead
coral in 1-3 meters at low water. Visibility was about 3 meters in the
calm, very warm water. The flora consisted of a continuous short turf
1-3 cm. thick. The largest plants were Galaxaura and Caulerpa, but
none of these exceeded eight centimeters in height. All else was short,
covered with fine silt, and of monotonously brown color. Very few
living corals were visible although much of the substrate was of dead
coral masses and fragments.
Station 13: On a solitary rock 200 meters off the end of Punta
Galardo, Golfo Dulce, June 14. Nos. 16872-16887. This rock is subject
to complete submergence at high water and to drying on top at low
water. The area exposed is about 10 square meters. No growth of
larger algae was observed, although considerable clumps of Clado-
phoropsis and Amphiroa occurred. Except for these and the conspic-
uous ubiquitous ctenophore bryozoan mentioned above, the rock sur-
face was covered by a short turf mostly 1 cm. tall or less and by some
thin patches of crustose algae. Articulated corallines were conspicuous
but very small in size.
ECOLOGY
It may be seen from these notes and the systematic account to follow
that the marine algal flora of the Costa Rican gulfs is a poor one, both
in number of species and in the stature of the plants. Indeed, in the
writer’s experience in the tropical Pacific he has never found an area of
such varied exposures and of such diversified and favorable substrates
for algal attachment in which the algal population is so poorly de-
6
Contributions in Science
No. 15
veloped. A full explanation of the reasons for this is not yet possible,
but the observations to date clearly reveal several factors which are
limiting. Most conspicuous among these are the exceptionally and
consistently high water temperatures throughout the Golfo de Nicoya
and Golfo Dulce. These high values, which for Puntarenas, Golfo de
Nicoya, are outlined in Table 1, p. 26, together with the low circulation
and limited to negligible surf agitation in these protected gulfs, greatly
limits the availability of respiratory oxygen for the plants and probably
are in large part responsible for the impoverished character of the sub-
littoral flora. It was notable at Bahia Ballena how the size and density
of the Sargassum and Padina growths were favored by the increased
exposure to agitation near Punta Piedra Amarilla.
Another restricting factor is the consistently heavy rainfall ( some 280
inches annually in the Golfo Dulce ) which causes reduced salinity from
runoff and seepage in many inshore areas and introduces unfavorable
quantities of sedimentary debris into the shore waters. This heavy and
regular rainfall probably accounts for the dirth of intertidal species
which, because of the tidal amplitude ( to about 3 meters ) and frequent
exposure to drenchings with rainwater, are unable to survive above the
level of mean low water. Species which might tolerate these salinity
changes are further restricted by the excessive dryness, light and heat
during daytime periods of exposure to intense insolation.
It remains to be seen from further explorations along the exposed,
open shores of Costa Bica how rich and diversified a flora may yet be
found. The abundance of rocks, islets and magnificent reefs suggest
from the air that for the most part only the lesser species have been
found and that a thorough survey of the outer coasts by skin diving may
reveal a flora more in accord with those of other tropical Pacific areas.
SYSTEMATIC LIST
In citing specimens, the prefix “D.” is given to designate the writer’s
field collection numbers. A complete set of these cited specimens is
deposited in the herbarium of the Los Angeles County Museum. Col-
lections by others are indicated by the full name. Those of W. R.
Taylor are located in the Herbarium of the Allan Hancock Foundation
and at the University of Michigan.
The literature citations are incomplete and somewhat arbitrary, but
in general represent those found to be pertinent in making the de-
terminations of these collections.
The Latin diagnoseis of new species were prepared by Dr. Hannah
Croasdale.
1957
Dawson : Costa Rican Algae
7
Chlorophyta
Monostroma sp. cf. M. ecuadoreanum Taylor 1945:40 Fig. 1.
D. 168S9 agrees in size, thickness of blade, etc., with Taylor’s Ecua-
dorean type, but does not show particularly rectangular cells in tran-
section. The material is scant and only 1 cm. tall, so cannot be identified
with certainty. Taylor’s type has not previously been illustrated.
Enteromorpha lingulata J. Agardh
D. 16690. This material is apparently like that reported by Taylor
(1945:39) from three Costa Rican localities outside the gulfs.
Enteromorpha compressa (L. ) Grev. forma. Dawson 1956:27, fig. 1.
D. 16846 is small and not well developed. It is referred to this
widespread species in sens. lat.
Cladophoropsis sundanensis Reinbold; Dawson 1956:30, figs. 8 a-b.
D. 16767.
Cladophoropsis gracillima Dawson 1950a: 149, figs. 12-13.
D. 16793; D. 16834. These are essentially identical with the Mexican
type except that the filaments tend to be slightly larger (80-120 /x, or
up to 130 ix in diameter).
Fig. 1. Monostroma ecuadoreanum Taylor. The type specimen, x 2.
8
Contributions in Science
No. 15
D. 16876 is near this species, but is too large in diameter in many
parts to fit well within its presently recognized circumscription. It has
no fibulae, although the branching above in some parts, is struvioid.
It is possibly a distinct species, but the material does not seem to war-
rant description at this time. It differs from C. gracillima not only in
its greater diameter of some parts, but in the opposite branching of
outermost vegetative parts.
Boodlea siamensis Reinbold; Borgesen 1913:49, fig. 34.
D. 16819 is in good agreement with Borgesen’s figures of West Indian
specimens. D. 16825 may be this same, but the upper branching seems
too regularly opposite for satisfactory comparison. The plant forms a
well developed mat.
Struvea anastomosans (Harvey) Piccone & Grunow, ex Piccone; Egerod
1952:: 359, pi. 31, fig. 4 a-h.
D. 16799 and D. 16813 are small and rather ill developed from turf
mixtures, but their better parts seem to place them here without much
question.
Willeella mexicana Dawson 1950: 151, fig. 11.
D. 16871 is represented by a single plant 2/2 cm. tall, somewhat ill
developed, but seemingly identical with the type which came from near
Guaymas in the Gulf of California.
Cladophora prolifera (Roth) Kiitzing; Vickers 1908: 18, pi. 12; Taylor
1945:57.
D. 16700, D. 16751 are small plants to 2 cm. tall. D. 16758a is more
slender and lax than 16700 , but structurally similar. Taylor 39-108
(part) in tufts of Galaxaura, Golfo Dulce, 3/26/39.
Cladophora rudolphiana (Agardh) Kiitzing
D. 16740. Branches remote; main axes 84 /i in diameter; ultimate
branches 20-30 ^ in diameter; cells 5-7 diameters long.
Cladophora socialis Kiitzing; Dawson 1954a: 387, fig. 7e (as Cla-
dophora patentiramea f. longiarticulata) .
D. 16765 is a form with very long cells, often 10-15 (or 20-25)
diameters long. Borgesen (1946: 28) has discussed this species in
connection with Cladophora patentiramea var. longiarticulata Rein-
bold, and var. hawaiiana Brand, and pointed out that both are prob-
ably long-celled forms of C. socialis Kiitz.
1957
Dawson : Costa Rican Algae
9
Bryopsis pennata Lamouroux; Egerod 1952: 370, fig. 7.
D. 16751a; D. 16758. These specimens are present in small amount
but seem clearly to represent a form of this widespread tropical
species.
Caulerpa racemosa var. peltata (Lamouroux) Eubank 1946: 421,
fig. 2 r-s.
This species is well represented in the collections, but in no in-
stance were specimens of really characteristic development seen. D.
16809 and D. 16856 are both small, scrubby plants; D. 16792 is de-
pauperate; D. 16798 is a small, highly stoloniferous form.
C odium sp.
D. 16644, around the base of Sargassum.
Chlorodesmis hildebrandtii A. Gepp and Ethel Gepp 1911: 16, 137,
fig. 74-75.
D. 16703; D. 16805.
Halimeda discoidea Decaisne; Egerod 1952: 398, pi. 38, fig. 19 b-d;
Taylor 1945: 73.
D. 16707 ; D. 16801; D. 16754. These represent a small form with
utricles only 35-45 ^ in diameter. The plants are all short and were
nowhere seen in luxuriant development. Taylor 39-96, in rock crevices
and lower tide pools, Golfo Dulce, 3/26/39.
Phaeophyta
Sphacelaria novae-hollandiae G. Sonder; Dawson 1954a; 400, fig. 14g.
D. 16865 has only a few propagulae, but these are identical with
those in the writer’s Viet Nam collections cited above. The species
has been reported on the Pacific Coast only from Xsla Guadalupe,
Mexico.
Sphacelaria furcigera Kiitzing; Dawson 1954a: 400, fig. 14h.
D. 16697b, D. 16699, D. 16720, D. 16786. Some of these are richly
developed with abundant propagulae. They seem to be in best condi-
tion on older stipe parts of Sargassum.
Dictyota divaricata Lamouroux; Taylor 1928: pi. 16, fig. 6-9.
D. 16857 seems to be a form of this widespread tropical species
known from several localities in southern Mexico.
10
Contributions in Science
No. 15
Dictyota sp. cf. D. friabilis Setchell 1926;91, pi. 13, fig. 4-7, pi. 20, fig. 1;
Dawson 1954a: 401, fig. 16a-b.
D. 16701 is a prostrate to spreading small plant from a central at-
tachment. Its many rhizoids on the undersides and very short segments
Fig. 2. Padina crispata Thivy. The three small specimens are from the type
collection. The larger example is from the writer’s collection at Bahia Ballena,
Golfo de Nicoya. Reduced x 0.7.
1957
Dawson : Costa Rican Algae
11
are noteable. It has a greenish irridescence in life. Study of many
collections of small dictyotae from diverse parts of the tropical Pacific
is needed to establish the specific limits of D. friabilis and related
species. .Two other collections of a different small Dictyota are pres-
ent from the Gulf of Nicoya, D. 16724 and D. 16788 , representing a
pinnate-proliferous small plant of unknown identity.
Dictyopteris repens (Okamura) Borgesen 1924:265, fig. 13.
D. 16697 d; D. 16787a. Not previously reported from the Pacific
Coast.
Pocockiella variegata (Lamouroux) Papenfuss 1943: 467, fig. 1-14.
D. 16702 and D. 16868 are small but characteristic specimens. The
former is fertile.
Padina durvillaei Bory; Setchell & Gardner 1925: pi. 93; Taylor 1945:
101.
D. 16704. The material is depauperate compared to the luxuriant
specimens from Pacific Mexico. It shows a very light calcification in
concentric lines on the lower surfaces. Taylor 39-101 , infrequent in
rock crevices near entrance to Golfo Dulce, 3/26/39.
Padina crispata Thivy, in Taylor 1945: 100. Fig. 2.
D. 16783; D. 16723; D. 16848 are all apparently identical with the
type which, however, is not, because of its ill developed nature,
characteristic of the species. It came from rocks near the entrance
of Golfo Dulce, Taylor 39-100 , 3/26/39, and was probably collected
at a relatively high level where the plants are of scrubby development.
The figures show the extent of development of plants in luxuriant
condition at a depth of 1-2 meters below mean low water in the Gulf
of Nicoya. At Bahia Ballena this species seemed to dominate con-
siderable areas at this depth and, except for Sargassum liehmannii,
is the species present in largest quantity of any in the Costa Rican
gulfs. The dark, non-calcified upper surfaces, the chalky, rather heavily
calcified lower surfaces and rather small segments are distinctive.
Padina caulescens Thivy, in Taylor 1945:99. Fig, 3.
D. 16723a has a well developed, branched, stupose stipe and thin,
lightly calcified blades like this species described from Isla Maria
Magdalena, Las Tres Marias, Mexico. The type has never been illus-
trated.
Chnoospora implexa Hering, ex J. Agardh; Dawson 1954a: 404, fig.
20a-b.
12
Contributions in Science
No. 15
Fig. 3. Padina caulescens Thivy, from the type colleetion, approximately natural
size.
1957
Dawson : Costa Rican Algae
13
D. 16727 is a rather poor, depauperate example of this distinctive
species hitherto unreported for the Pacific Coast of North America.
Sargassum liebmannii J. Agardh; Setchell 1937:130, pi. 28, fig. 1-3;
Taylor 1945:119, pi. 29.
D. 16705 ; D. 16691; D. 16785. All of these are characteristic ex-
amples of this species which would seem to be the only one present
in the Costa Rican gulfs. Taylor (1945) does not record it from
Costa Rica, but his specimen 39-102 from Golfo Dulce cited under
Sargassum brandegeei is this plant rather than the Gulf of California
species. Setchell (1937) reports S. liebmannii from the Gulf of Nicoya
as well as from two other localities to the north. Grunow (1915:398)
describes S. liebmannii var. nicoyana from the Gulf of Nicoya, of
which Setchell says: This “is probably an antheridial plant of quiet
waters with thinner, more punctate leaves and less spinulose recep-
tacles.”
Rhodophyta
Goniotrichum elegans (Chauvin) Zanardini. Tanaka 1952:5, fig. 2-3,
(as Goniotrichum alsidii).
D. 16838b.
Erythrotrichia carnea (Dillwyn) J. Agardh; Tanaka 1952:14, fig. 7A-E.
D. 16808a; D. 16833a.
Liagora valida Harvey; Taylor 1945:135.
Taylor 39-94 , scarce in tide pools near the entrance to Golfo Dulce,
3/26/39. Not again collected.
Liagora ceranoides Lamouroux
D. 16782. These small, sterile plants only 2 cm. tall are best referred
to the Liagora ceranoides complex, although with some doubt.
Galaxaura filamentosa Chou, in Taylor 1945:139; Chou 1945:39, pi. 1,
fig. 1-6, pi. 6, fig. 1.
D. 16854 occurred in abundance as short, rather corymbose, spongy
tufts, mostly in shaded places under cliffs in quiet water. Taylor 39-93 ,
frequent on intertidal rocks on the western side of Golfo Dulce near
near the entrance, 3/26/39. Also reported from Puerto Culebra.
Galaxaura ramulosa Kjellmann; Chou 1945: 44, pi. 2, fig. 3-5, pi. 7, fig. 1.
D. 16855 is represented by a single rather poor plant, but it is much
like Taylor’s specimen 34-505 cited and illustrated by Chou from
nearby Jicarita Island, Panama.
14
Contributions in Science
No. 15
Galaxaura stupocaula; Chou 1945: 49, pi. 5, fig. 10-12, pi. 11, fig. 1;
Svedelius 1953 : 72, fig. 61-64; Taylor 1945 : 141.
D. 16698; D. 16794a, both intermixed with Galaxaura veprecula.
Taylor 39-90 A; Taylor 39-91 A; Taylor 39-92 A, from tide pools near
the entrance of Golfo Dulce, 3/26/39.
Galaxaura veprecula; Chou 1947; 16, pi. 6, fig. 1-8, pi. 12. fig. 1; Taylor
1945:143.
D. 16696; D. 16794. The plants of both these collections were
abundant and intermixed with G. stupicaula just as were Taylor 39-
90B, Taylor 39-91B, and Taylor 39-92B, from tide pools near the en-
trance to Golfo Dulce, 3/26/39.
Gelidium sclerophyllum . laylor 1945:156, pi. 5, fig. 13, pi. 13, fig. 2.
Taylor 39-99, stunted, on under sides of rocks near entrance to Golfo
Dulce, 3/26/39. Not again collected.
Gelidium pusillum (Stackhouse) Lejolis; Taylor 1945:152; Dawson
1944:258, pi. 42, fig. 1-6.
D. 16853; D. 16717; D. 16810. The latter two collections are of a
form approaching G. pusillum var. pacificum Taylor. D. 16821 is an
extremely small form, yet with clearly evident rhizines. Taylor 39-
111 is a somewhat narrow form, abundant on rock much mixed with
sand, Golfo Dulce, 3/26/39. /. T. Howell 783, J. T. Howell 779a and
Carroll W. Dodge n.n. in the Herbarium of the University of Cali-
fornia, Berkeley, are from the vicinity of Golfo de Nicoya.
Pterocladia mcnahbiana sp. nov. Fig. 4C-D.
Thalli pumili, tegetes in saxis conchisque formantes, ad 2 cm. al-
titudine e stolonibus ramosis subcylindricis c. 100 ft diametro con-
stantes; stolonibus ad substratum crebro affixis, ramos erectos aut
decumbentes, simplices aut parce pinnatos efficientibus, ramis partim
subcylindricis ac stoloniferis, partim complanatis, c. 60-80 ft crass.,
ligulatis atque 0.35-0.65 mm. latis, extrema in parte, autem, in ex-
tensions longas flagellatas subcylindricas productis. Cortex externus
e strato uno cellularum minorum 3-6 ft diam., cortex internus e strato
uno vel partim duobus 8-12 ft diam. constans; medulla angusta, 22-25
ft lat., rhizinas sparsas 8 vel plures per 100 ft includens; regio sub-
corticalis admodum sine rhizinis; tetrasporangia in ramis stichideis
pl&nis, ellipticis extrema in parte expansis producta; cystocarpi an-
theridiaque non visa.
Thalli dwarf, mat-forming on rocks or shells, reaching 2 cm. tall,
consisting of ramified, subcylindrical stolon parts about 100 ft in diam-
1957
Dawson : Costa Rican Algae
15
eter attached at frequent intervals to the substrate and giving rise to
erector decumbent, simple or sparingly pinnate branches, these branches
in part subcylindrical, stoloniferous, and in part flattened, about 60-
80 fi thick, ligulate and 0.85-0.65 mm. wide, but produced terminally
into long, flagellate, subcylindrical extensions; outer cortex of 1 layer
of small cells 3-6 ft in diameter; inner cortex of 1 or partially 2 layers
of cells 8-. 12 ft in diameter; medulla narrow, 22-25 ,u wide with rhizines
scattered through it, sometimes as few as 8 per 100 ft, sometimes
more abundant; subcortical area essentially without rhizines; tetra-
sporangia borne in terminally expanded, flat, elliptical, stichidial bran-
ches; cystocarps and antheridia not seen.
TYPE: Dawson 16822 , forming small mats on the iron hull of a sunken
ship, inner Golfito Bay, southwest of the civil town, Golfo Dulce,
June 13, 1957.
Additional Material: D. 16859a, D. 16861.
All of these collections came from extremely warm, sheltered areas
of inner Golfo Dulce. They show considerable variability, but are
especially marked by the dimorphism of the branches which are in
part strongly flattened, and in part cylindrical and filamentous. In
these respects it is reminiscent of other Pterocladia species such as P.
pyramidale of Pacific Mexico and the United States. It is similar in
size to both P. parva Dawson and P. musciformis Taylor, but in these
the erect parts are consistently flat and lack the flagellate terminal
extensions so prominent in P. mcnahhiana. It shows some resemblance
to the stoloniferous form of P. nana Okamura of Japan and Formosa,
but is smaller and lacks the prominent, close pinnate branching of
that species. The fertile fragments of a small Pterocladia recognized
by the writer from stomach contents of Palmyra Island fishes (Daw-
son, Aleem & Halstead 1955, p. 16) may be related here.
Inasmuch as cystocarps are not yet known, the position in Ptero-
cladia rather than Gelidium must be provisional despite the evidence
from vegetative parts.
The species is named for Mr. John McNabb of Los Angeles, Cali-
fornia.
Pterocladia musciformis Taylor 1945:159. Fig. 4A.
Taylor 39-106 (TYPE), abundant on rocks much admixed with sand,
associated with Centroceras clavulatum and Gelidium pusillum near
the entrance of Golfo Dulce, 3/26/39. A specimen from the original
16
Contributions in Science
No. 15
collection has not heretofore been illustrated, and no new material
has been found.
Gelidiopsis tenuis Setchell & Gardner 1924:749, pi. 22, fig. 2.
D. 16762 ; D. 16858.
Wurdemannia miniata (Lmk. & DC.) Feldmann & Hamel 1934:544,
fig. 9-11.
D. 16741 ; D. 16749c; D. 16857a. This species is generally mixed in
Fig. 4. A. Pterocladia musciformis Taylor, from the type collection, x 6.5.
B. Gelidiella mcichrisiana Dawson, from the type collection, X 5. C-D. Pterocladia
mcnabbiana Dawson, from the type collection, X 6.5.
1957
Dawson : Costa Rican Alc ae
17
turf with other small species. Taylor 39-107, below overhanging rocks
near the entrance to Golfo Dulce, 3/26/39.
Gelidiella tenuissima Feldmann & Hamel
D. 16760; D. 16873?. The latter collection, growing on a chiton,
seems to be almost intermediate between G. tenuissima and G. myrio-
clada Borgesen, but may best be referred to the former. It has
tetrasporangial stichidia formed on short-stipitate branehlets. No
terminal stichidia were observed.
Gelidiella machrisiana sp. nov. Fig. 4B.
Thalli penicillatim crebro fruticulosi, c. 1 cm. altitudine, e partibus
repentibus cylindricis, ramos erectos efficientibus, constantes; rami
erecti percurrentes compressi ad complanatos, primum simplices, de-
inde dimidiis in superioribus parce alterni pinnatim subdistiche
breviter ramosi; ramis erectis 150-160 /x lat., 75-90 /x crass., ramis
secondariis plerumque minoribus quam 1 mm. long., ad bases quasi
contracts; apices subacuti, cellula apicali manifesta; transsectio struc-
turam solidam uniformem cellularum parvarum satis isodiametricarum,
cellulis extrorsus 5.5-6 jx diam., introrsus 7-8 fx diam., praebens; re-
productio non visa.
Thalli densely tufted, about 1 cm. tall, consisting of subcylindrical,
creeping parts giving rise to erect, compressed to flattened percurrent
branches which are at first simple, then sparingly alternately, pinnately,
subdistichously short-branched in their upper halves; erect branches
150-160 fi wide, 75-90 fx thick, the secondary branehlets mostly less
than 1 mm. long, somewhat contracted at their bases; apices subacute,
the apical cell prominent; transection showing a solid, uniform struc-
ture of small, more or less isodiametrical cells 5.5-6.0 /x in diameter
toward the outside, 7-8 /x in diameter toward the center; reproduction
not seen.
TYPE: Dawson 16745, on a shell fragment in a rock crevice about
1.5 m. above mean low water level, rocky shore on the southwest
side of Bahia Ballena, Golfo de Nicoya, June 7, 1957.
The compressed to flattened percurrent, erect branches with their
fairly regular alternate, distichous pinnae in the distal half are dis-
tinctive of this plant which seems amply different, despite the ab-
sence of reproductive material, from other species of Gelidiella here-
tofore described.
Caulacanthus sp. aff. C. indicus Weber van Bosse.
D. 16812 is sterile and poorly developed in a Jania turf so that it
18
Contributions in Science
No. 15
can be referred here only in doubt. The branches vary from 50 to
120 fi in diameter and, thus, tend to be somewhat larger than those
of C. indicus, although the form and the presence of attachment discs
correspond.
Hildenbrandia prototypus Nardo; Dawson 1953:95, pi. 7, fig. 4.
D. 16731; D. 16766; D. 16815; D. 16828.
Cruoriella fissurata Dawson 1953: 109, pi. 7, fig. 6, p. 24, fig. 1.
D. 16849 seems to be identical with the type from Cabeza Ballena,
Baja California, Mexico. The species has been reported from as far
south as Acapulco, Mexico.
Cruoriopsis mexicana Dawson 1953:99, pi. 10, fig. 11-14.
D. 16883. This material, in a mixture scraped from a rock, is tetra-
sporangial and is identical with the type described from Islas Los
Coronados off north westernmost Mexico. This represents the second
collection of this species and a significant extension of range.
Peyssonelia conchicola Piccone & Grunow; Dawson 1953:105, pi. 11,
fig. 12-13.
D. 16850 agrees with a specimen of this plant collected by the
writer from Cape San Lucas, Baja California, Mexico and cited above.
Lithothamniwn sp. cf. L. heteromorphum (Foslie) Foslie; Foslie 1929:
42, pi. 12, fig. 20.
D. 16695; D. 16778.
Lithophyllum sp. cf. L. decipiens (Foslie) Foslie; Mason 1953:338,
pi. 40.
D. 16780.
Dermatolithon canescens (Foslie) Foslie; Dawson 1955:274.
D. 16754a; D. 16870. These are in good agreement with this species.
The tetrasporangial conceptacles are 240-300 (325) /x in diameter;
the hypothallus cells are 40-50 /x long. It has not previously been
reported from the eastern Pacific.
Amphiroa beauvoisii Lamouroux; Hamel & Lemoine 1953: 42, pi.
5, fig. 1, 7, text fig. 7.
D. 16708 and D. 16814 have four tiers of cells in the genicula. Their
intergenicular medullas have in part exactly the pattern shown by
Hamel and Lemoine, and in part 2-3 long cell-tiers alternating with
1 short. D. 16867 has four tiers of cells in the genicula, but in the in-
1957
Dawson : Costa Rican Algae
19
tergenicular medulla 4-5 tiers of long cells alternate with 1 short.
D. 16781 is more divergent in genicular structure with 6-7 tiers of
cells, all of about the same length, but, despite this, it seems to agree
with the other specimens, all of which best fall under this species.
Amphiroa taylorii Dawson 1953:138, pi. 26, fig. 1.
D. 16874 agrees well with the type from Isla Socorro, Mexico. D.
16790 is also typical of the species in size, irregular diameter, genicula,
size of conceptacles, branching habit, etc., but the presence of fre-
quent discoid attachments between branches in the clumps were
not previously noted in this species. The constrictions at the genicula
are not as prominent either as in the type, and the density of the
clumps is greater. Nevertheless, there are not sufficient apparent dif-
ferences from A. taylorii to merit a separate taxonomic designation at
this time. D. 16709 seems to be a slender, lax form of this species. The
genicula in the liquid preserved specimens are more prominent than
in D. 16790, perhaps because of some decalcifying action of the for-
malin.
Amphiroa dimorpha Lemoine 1929:76, pi. 3, fig. 3-4, p. 4, fig. 6,
text fig. 33. Taylor 1945:192, pi. 54 (as Amphiroa polymorpha).
Taylor S9-116B, mixed with Amphiroa annulata from tide pools
near the entrance of Golfo Dulce, 3/26/39, has shown upon reexamina-
tion to be unlike the type of A. polymorpha and to be referable in-
stead to A. dimorpha. The segments in part reach 2.5 mm. in width,
but the material is not luxuriantly developed.
Amphiroa minutissima Taylor 1945:186, pi. 46, fig. 1.
Taylor S9-116C (TYPE), rare, littoral, Golfo Dulce, 3/26/39. Not
again collected.
Amphiroa annulata Lemoine 1929:78, fig. 34, pi. 4, fig. 1; Taylor 1945:
188.
Taylor 39-1 16 A, stunted, in tide pools near the entrance to Golfer
Dulce, 3/26/39.
Amphiroa sp. cf. A. annulata var. pinnata Dawson 1953:137.
D. 16885. The unizonal genicula, size and habit are of A. annulata,
but the suppression of dichotomous branching, the inconspicuous an-
nulations, and short segments represent minor differences from the
type of this species from the Galapagos Archipelago and seem to relate
this collection more with the Mexican var. pinnata.
20
Contributions in Science
No. 15
Jania tenella var. tenella Kiitzing; Dawson 1953:120, pi. 9, fig. 3.
D. 16802; D. 16787, close to this form; D. 16875, a slender form
with ungulate tips.
Jania tenella var. zacae Dawson 1953:121, pi. 8, fig. 3, pi. 31, fig. 1.
D. 16718, growing on Sargassum, agrees well with the type from
Bahia Piedra de Blanca, Costa Rica.
Jania capillacea Harvey; Dawson 1953:116, pi. 9, fig. 1.
D. 16748; D. 16757; D. 16808; D. 16852; D. 16859. These plants
are common in the short turfs covering many sublittoral rocks. They
are decussately branched and have segments 60-110 in diameter.
Jania longiarthra Dawson 1953:119, pi. 9, fig. 4, pi. 27, fig. 4.
D. 16755 compares favorably with this species known on the Pacific
American coast from southern Baja California and from Sonora, Mexico.
Hypnea pannosa J. Agardh; Taylor 1945:227, pi. 71, fig. 2.
D. 16715; D. 16803.
Hypnea esperi Bory; Dawson 1954a: 436, fig. 46h-j.
D. 16762a, small amount in mixture; D. 16787c, tetrasporangial;
D. 16795, tetrasporangial.
Hypnea sp.
D. 16864 is mostly of small diameter corresponding with H. esperi,
but some main branches approach the size of H. cervicornis J. Ag. The
habit suggests H. cervicornis as found by the writer in Viet Nam on
similar gravel and shell fragments.
Gracilaria crispata Setchell & Gardner 1924:753, pi. 22, fig. 7-10, pi. 44a;
Dawson 1949b:26, pi. 8, fig. 4, pi. 9, fig. 4-10, pi. 10, fig. 5-7.
D. 16710 is a small fragment only, but is characteristic of this species
and identical with material collected by Taylor, March 26, 1939, under
number 39-105 from tide pools and friable rocks on the western side of
the bay near the entrance of Golfo Dulce. The specimen was labeled
“PRhodymenia calif ornica Kylin,” but was not cited in publication.
PGracilariopsis costaricensis Dawson 1949b :46, pi. 18, fig. 7-8, pi. 19,
fig. 1,2, 8.
D. 16844 is scant and sterile, so the determination is doubtful. The
type of this species was dredged in Bahia Santa Elena.
Champia parvula (C. Agardh) Harvey; Dawson 1954a:443, fig. 52c.
D. 16703a, fragments only.
1957
Dawson : Costa Rican Algae
21
Antithamnion breviramosus Dawson var. breviramosus, Dawson 1949a:
14, fig. 28, 57.
D. 16806a.
Spyridia filamentosa (Wulfen) Harvey; Dawson 1954a: 444, fig. 54i.
D. 16692 (small and poorly developed); D. 16750; D. 16789;
D. 16824; D. 16826; D. 16885.
Pleonosporium globuliferum Levring 1941:647, fig. 19A-D.
D. 16729. This shows good agreement in size, morphology, and in the
often incurved tips, but the decending rhizoids were not seen, and the
plant seems to be out of its proper temperature range here. Neverthe-
less, the correspondence is so close that it seems best to refer this collec-
tion to the Juan Fernandez Island species.
Ceramium equisetoides Dawson 1944:320, pi. 51, fig. 1; Dawson 1950b:
128.
D. 16716b contains tetrasporangial and antheridial specimens.
Ceramium gracillimum var. byssoideum (Harvey) G. Mazoyer; Daw-
son 1954a: 448, fig. 55e, f.
D. 16804c ; D. 16866; D. 16756. The latter material, growing on a
hydroid, contains antheridial, cystoearpic, and tetrasporangial plants.
The tetrasporangia tend to be solitary and adaxial, but some range to-
ward a whorled condition. These agree essentially with the plants
treated by Dawson (1950b) as C. masonii Dawson and subsequently
reduced. No gland cells are conspicuously evident. D. 16759 has a
stronger tendency to whorled tetrasporangia than does D. 16756.
Ceramium nakamurai Dawson 1954b: 6. Ceramium equisetoides Naka-
mura 1950:157, fig. 1-2, non Dawson.
D. 16746 is tetrasporic and in excellent agreement with the Formosa
type. The only apparent difference is the somewhat shorter nodal
bands. D. 16749b is probably the same.
Ceramium marshallense Dawson 1957a: 120, fig. 27a-b.
D. 16716a. The material is sterile but vegetatively seems to match
well.
Ceramium mazatlanense Dawson 1950b: 130, pi. 2, fig. 14-15.
D. 16841, tetrasporangial and cystoearpic; D. 16848, excellent tetra-
sporangial material in good agreement with this species.
Ceramium taylorii Dawson 1950b: 127, pi. 2, fig. 13, pi. 4, fig. 31-33.
22
Contributions in Science
No. 15
D. 16796 is sterile, but easily recognized as this species by its vege-
tative characters.
Ceramium vagabunde Dawson 1957a: 121, fig. 27e; Dawson 1954b:6,
pi. 4, fig. 2 (as Ceramium sp.).
D. 16808b, tetrasporangial plants creeping through Jania clumps.
Centroceras clavulatum (Agardh) Montagne; Smith 1944:328, pi. 84,
fig. 5-6.
D. 16762b. This species is also mentioned by Taylor (1945:159) as
occurring near the entrance of Golfo Dulce.
Cryptopleura sp.?
D. 16711 is too scant for identification, but seems to be this genus.
When more material is available it should be compared with Hymenena
decumbens Levring ( 1941 ).
Caloglossa leprieurii (Montagne) J. Agardh; Post 1943:127, fig. 3a-d.
D. 16838 seems to correspond well with C. leprieurii var. hookeri as
illustrated by Post (1943: fig. 3a-d).
Dosya sp.
D. 16706a; D. 16728. These small, sterile plants, mostly under 1 cm.
tall, do not seem to belong to any species previously recorded from the
Pacific Coast, but are not adequate for description at this time. Their
relatively coarse, corticated axes and short, spirally arranged pseud-
olaterals seem to relate them to Dasya calif ornica Gardner, but the non-
ascending character of these, their acute tips and shorter cells are dif-
ferent.
Heterosiphonia wurdemannii var. laxa Borgesen 1915-20:326, fig. 327;
Dawson 1956:57, fig. 60.
D. 16697a; 16712; 16760a.
Polysiphonia mollis Hooker & Harvey; Cribb 1956:131, pi. 4, fig. 1-4,
pi. 5, fig. 1-5.
D. 16716; D. 16725; D. 16749; D. 16800. This species is known in the
literature as P. snyderae Kylin and as P. tongatensis Harvey.
Polysiphonia subtilissima Montagne; Tseng 1944b :70, pi. 1.
D. 16716c; D. 16721a; D. 16749a; D. 16797; D. 16869.
Digenia simplex (Wulfen) Agardh; Taylor 1945:297.
D. 16722 is luxuriantly developed; D. 16862 is dwarfed. Taylor 39-95 ,
common in tide pools near the entrance of Golfo Dulce, 3/26/39.
1957
Dawson: Costa Rican Algae
23
Lophosiphonia scopulorum (Harvey) Womersley; Cribb 1956:141.
Dawson 1956:59, fig. 64; Taylor 1945:304 (as Lophosiphonia villum).
D. 16879 , tetrasporangial. Taylor 89-115, forming mats attached to
rocks in the deeper tide pools near the entrance to Golfo Dulce, 3/26/39.
Lophosiphonia reptabunda (Suhr) Cribb 1956:140, pi. 4, fig. 6-8.
D. 16788; D. 16739 , tetrasporangial; D. 16747 ; D. 16832. These are
apparently in satisfactory agreement with this species which is widely
known in the literature as Lophosiphonia obscura.
Bostrychia simpliciuscula Harvey, ex J. Agardh; Tseng 1943:173, pi. 2,
fig. 6-7.
D. 16764 is morphologically in good agreement with this species and
from a characteristic habitat.
Bostrychia radicans (Montagne) Montague.
D. 16817; D. 16818, D. 16831, tetrasporangial. These are like the
photographs by Post (1955:353, pi. 15, fig. 1-2) of Nayarit, Mexico and
El Salvador specimens identified as B. radicans f. moniliforme.
Bostrychia binderi Harvey; Tseng 1943:177, pi. 1, fig. 7-8; Post 1955:
359-361.
Taylor 39-98, from high cliff faces, but within reach of splash of
waves, near the entrance to Golfo Dulce, 3/26/39. This was identified
by Tseng in Taylor (1945:306) as Bostrychia tenella, but Post (1955)
jhas reexamined the collection and called it B. binderi.
H erposiphonia secunda (Agardh) Ambronn; Bbrgesen 1930:111, fig. 45.
D. 16697c; D. 16706; D. 16721; D. 16791; D. 16803a ; D. 16807;
D. 16811.
H erposiphonia tenella (Agardh) Ambronn; Dawson 1954:452, fig. 59a.
D. 16726; D. 16761, both on Padina.
H erposiphonia subdisticha Okamura 1915, leones 111:199, pi. 146, fig.
11-18; Dawson 1944:334, pi. 49, fig. 2.
D. 16714.
PChondria lancifolia Okamura 1934, leones VII: 43, pi. 323, fig. 1-10;
Tseng 1945:166, pi. 2, fig. 5-7; Dawson 1957b: 8.
D. 16710 ; D. 16713. These plants are very small, but seem well de-
veloped and very much like the Alijos Rocks, Mexico, material cited
above. They are in good agreement with the species as illustrated by
Tseng as a small form of C. lancifolia, but the size difference of both
24
Contributions in Science
No. 15
his and ours from the larger Japanese specimens is great. It is now con-
sidered probable that two different species may be involved, but more
ample comparative collections are needed. The relationship of the
structurally similar, but much larger sublittoral C. platyclada Taylor
also needs clarification by additional Costa Rican collections.
Chondria repens Borgesen 1924:300, fig. 40; Dawson 1954:460, fig.
62d-e.
D. 16878 is a well developed specimen with erect, sterile parts to 1
cm. long and about 250 p. in diameter. Some tetrasporangia are present.
It is somewhat more lax in sterile parts than is Borgesen’s Easter Island
type, but is otherwise in good agreement.
Cyanophyta2
Entophysalis conferta ( Kutzing ) Drouet & Daily
D. 16763; D. 16768 , both with Lyngbya aestuarii.
Calothrix Crustacea Thuret
D. 16735 (with some Hydrocoleum lyngbyaceum) ; D. 16743
Calothrix pilosa Harvey
D. 16737
Isactis plana (Harvey) Thuret
D. 16730; D. 16733; D. 16734; D. 16872 (with Lyngbya confervoides)
Plectonema norvegicum Gomont
D. 16829
Symploca hydnoides Kutzing
D. 16744
Hydrocoleum lyngbyaceum Kutzing
D. 16735
Hydrocoleum glutinosum (Agardh) Gomont
D. 16827 (?;trichomes out of sheath); D. 16830
Amphithrix violacea ( Kutzing ) Bornet & Flahault
D. 16732
Lyngbya gracilis (Meneghini) Rabenhorst
D. 16742, with Lyngbya sordida
2 Determinations by Francis Drouet, and a set of specimens deposited at the
Chicago Natural History Museum.
1957
Dawson: Costa Rican Algae
25
Lyngbya aestuarii ( Mertens ) Liebman
D. 1G76S; D. 16768 (both with Entophysalis conferta ); D. 16769
(with Lyngbya semiplena ); D. 16886; D. 16887.
Lyngbya sordida (Zanardini) Gomont
D. 16742, with Lyngbya gracilis
Lyngbya semiplena (Agardh) J. Agardh
D. 16769 , with Lyngbya aestuarii
Lyngbya confervoides Agardh
D. 16872, with Isactis plana
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
The collections here enumerated represent 108 species of which 14
are Cyanophyta, 16 Chlorophyta, 11 Phaeophyta, and 67 Rhodophyta.
Apart from the Cyanophyta 51 species are of wide tropical or cosmopoli-
tan distribution, while only six are, to this writing, known only from
Costa Rica. Nineteen species, most of them of otherwise wide tropical
distribution, are reported here for the first time from the Pacific Coast of
North America, and 14 species previously known elsewhere along
Pacific North America only from one or two collections are here given
significant range extensions on this coast. Of particular significance are
the following characteristics of the marine flora of the Costa Rican gulfs.
1. A generally poor diversity of species.
2. The presence of only a few species more than 2-3 cm. tall.
3. An apparent absence of marine phanerogams.
4. An extreme paucity of calcareous green algae and other members
of the Siphonocladales.
5. The virtual absence of an intertidal algal flora except for Cyan-
ophyta and members of the bostrychietum.
6. An extreme paucity of coral and of the vegetation usually associ-
ated with coral in the tropical Pacific.
26
Contributions in Science
No. 15
TABLE 1
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
Apr.
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1956
mean
83.2
82.4
83.6
84.2
82.5
82.9
82.8
82.1
81.8
79.3
80.9
1957
mean
81.5
81.3
82.3
83.8
85.4
85.4
85.2
1956
max.
84.2
84.3
85.4
85.4
84.0
83.3
83.5
83.9
83.7
81.5
82.4
1957
max.
82.6
83.3
85.2
86.2
86.5
86.4
86.2
1956
min.
82.4
79.3
81.2
82.8
81.2
80.7
81.7
80.3
79.6
77.8
79.5
1957
min.
80.2
78.2
78.8
80.2
84.2
84.1
84.4
Surface water temperatures in Fahrenheit, Puntarenas Pier, Golfo de
Nicoya. Monthly maxima and minima are taken from daily averages
of eight readings from a recording thermograph at 3-hour intervals.
Means are obtained by averaging these daily figures. Inasmuch as the
bulb was located at a point 2 meters below mean low water, these values
do not represent maxima for the immediate surface waters, especially
in shoal areas such as those of Stations 6 and 12 in the Golfo Dulce
where surface temperatures may commonly reach 95 °F.
LITERATURE CITED
Borgesen, F.
1915-20. The marine algae of the Danish West Indies. Pt. 3. Rhodophyceae.
Dansk Bot. Arkiv 3( 1 ): 1-504, 435 figs.
1924. Marine algae from Easter Island. In, C. Skottsberg, The natural history
of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island 2( 9 ) :247-309. Almqvist & Wik-
sells, Uppsala.
1930. Marine algae from the Canary Islands . . . III. Rhodophyceae, Pt. Ill,
Ceramiales. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Biol. Meddel. 9( 1 ): 1-159, 59 figs.
1946. Some marine algae from Mauritius. An additional list of species to
Parti. Chlorophyceae. Ibid. 20 ( 6) :l-64, 27 figs.
Chou, Ruth
1945. Pacific species of Galaxaura. I. Asexual types. Michigan Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, Papers 30 ( 1944) : 35-55, 11 pis.
1947. Pacific species of Galaxaura . II. Sexual types. Ibid. 31 ( 1945) : 3-24,
13 pis.
Cribb, A. B.
1956. Records of marine algae from southeastern Queensland -II. Poly-
siphonia and Lophosiphonia. Univ. Queensland Papers, Dept. Bot.
3( 16) : 131-147, 5 pis.
Dawson, E. Y.
1944. The marine algae of the Gulf of California. Allan Hancock Pacific
Exped. 3 (10): 189-454, 47 pis.
1949a. Contributions toward a marine flora of the southern California Channel
Islands, I-III. Allan Hancock Found. Publ, Occ. Papers (8): 1-57,
15 pis.
1949b. Studies of northeast Pacific Gracilariaceae. Ibid. (9): 1-105, 25 pis.
1950a. Notes on Pacific Coast Marine algae IV. Amer. Jour. Bot. 37(2):
149-158, fig. 1-29.
1950b. A review of C eramium along the Pacific Coast of North America . . .
F arlowia 4( 1 ) : 113-138, 4 pis.
1957
Dawson: Costa Rican Algae
27
1953. Marine red algae of Pacific Mexico. Part I. Bangiales to Coral-
linaceae subf. Corailinoideae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. 17(1):
1-239, 33 pis.
1954a. Marine plants in the vicinity of the Institut Oceanographique de Nha-
trang, Viet Nam. Pacific Sci. 8(4) : 373-469, 1 map, 63 figs.
1954b. The marine flora of Isla San Benedicto following the volcanic eruption
of 1952-1953. Allan Hancock Found. PubL, Occ. Paper ( 16) : 1-13,
5 pis.
1955. A preliminary working key to the living species of Dermatolithon.
pp. 271-277, in Essays in the natural sciences in honor of Captain Allan
Hancock . . . Univ. Southern Calif. Press, Los Angeles.
1956. Some marine algae of the southern Marshall Islands. Pacific Sci.
10(1) : 25-66, 66 figs.
1957a. An annotated list of marine algae from Eniwetok Atoll, Marshall Is-
lands. Ibid. 11 ( 1 ) : 92-132, 33 figs.
1957b. Notes on eastern Pacific insular marine algae. Los Angeles Co. Mus.
Contr. Sci. ( 8 ) : 1-8, 4 figs.
Dawson, E. Y., A, A. Aleem & B. W. Halstead
1955. Marine algae from Palmyra Island with special reference to the feeding
habits and toxicology of reef fishes. Allan Hancock Found. Publ., Occ.
Paper 17:1-39.
Egerod, Lois
1952. An analysis of the siphonous Chlorophycophyta . . . Calif. Univ., Pubs.,
Bot. 25:325-454, 14 pis.
Eubank, Lois
1946. Hawaiian representatives of the genus Caulerpa. Calif. Univ., Pubs.,
Bot. 18:409-432, 1 pi.
Feldmann, J. & G. Hamel
1934. Observations sur quelques Gelidiacees. Rev. Gen. de Bot. 46(1934):
528-550, 11 figs.
Foslie, M. H.
1929. Contributions to a monograph of the Lithothamnia. 60 pp., 75 pis.
Aktietrykkeriet, Trondhjem.
Gepp, A. & Ethel Gepp
1911. Codiaceae of the Siboga Expedition. Siboga Expeditie, Monogr. 62.
150 pps., 22 pis. E. J. Brill, Leiden.
Grunow, A.
1915-16. Additamenta ad cognitionem Sargassorum. K. K. Zoolog. -Bot.
Gesell, Verhandl. Wien 65:329-448; 6^: 1-48, 136-185.
Hamel, G. & Mme. P. Lemoine
1953. Corallinacees de France et d’Afrique du Nord. Mus. Natl. d’Hist. Nat.
Paris, Arch, vii, 1:17-136, frontespiece and 23 pis., 83 text figs.
Lemoine, Mme. P.
1929. Les Corallinacees de FArchipel des Galapagos* et du Golfe de Panama.
Mus. Natl. d’Hist. Nat., Paris, Arch, vi, 4:37-88, 4 pis., 35 text figs.
Levring, T.
1941. Die Meeresalgen der Juan Fernandez Inseln. In, C. Skottsberg, The
natural history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island 2( 22) :601-670,
5 pis. Almqvist & Wiksells, Uppsala.
28
Contributions in Science
No. 15
Nakamura, Y.
1950. New ceramiums and campylaephoras from Japan. Hokkaido Univ.,
Inst. Alg. Res., Sci. Papers 3(2) : 155-172, 7 figs.
Okamura, K.
1915. leones of Japanese algae 3:1-218, pis. 101-150. Tokyo.
1934. leones of Japanese algae 7:1-79, pis. 301-345. Tokyo.
Papenfuss, G. F.
1943. Notes on algal nomenclature II. Gymnosorus J. Agardh. Amer. Jour.
Bot. 30: 463-468, 15 figs.
Post, Erika
1943. Zur Morphologie und Okologie von Caloglossa. . . Archiv fur
Protistenkunde 96 ( 2 ): 123-220, 40 figs., 2 charts.
1955. Weitere Daten zur Verbreitung des Bostrychietum IV. Ibid., 100(3):
351-377, pis. 11-15.
Setchell, W. A.
1926. Tahitian algae . . . Calif. Univ. Publ., Bot. 12(5) :61-142, 16 pis.
1937. The Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of
Sciences, 1932. Number 34. Report on the Sargassums. Calif. Acad.
Sci., Proc. iv, 22(5) : 127-158, 7 pis.
Setchell, W. A. et N. L. Gardner
1924. The marine algae. Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences
to the Gulf of California in 1921. Calif. Acad. Sci., Proc. iv, 12:695-949,
77 pis.
1925. The marine algae of the Pacific Coast of North America. Part 3.
Melanophyceae. Calif. Univ., Pubs., Bot. 8:383-898, 74 pis.
Smith, G. M.
1944. Marine algae of the Monterey Peninsula, California. 622 pp., 98 pis.
Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, Calif.
Svedelius, N.
1953. Critical studies on some species of Galaxaura from Hawaii. K.
Vetensk.-Soc. i Upsala iv. 15(9) :l-92, 70 figs.
Tanaka, T.
1952. The systematic study of Japanese Protoflorideae. Kagoshima Univ.,
Faculty Fish., Mem. 2(2): 1-92, 23 pis.
Taylor, W. R.
1928. Marine algae of Florida with special reference to the Dry Tortugas.
Carnegie Inst. Wash., Pub. 25( pub. 379 ): 1-219, 37 pis.
1945. Pacific marine algae of the Allan Hancock Expeditions to the Galapagos
Islands. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. 12 :i-iv, 1-528, 3 figs., 100 pis.
Tseng, C. K.
1943. Marine algae of Hong Kong. III. The genus Bostrychia. Michigan
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, Papers 28:165-183, 3 pis.
1944. Marine algae of Hong Kong. VI. The genus Polysiphonia. Ibid.
29:67-82, 4 pis.
1945. New and unrecorded marine algae of Hong Kong. Ibid. 30:157-171,
2 pis.
Vickers, Anna & Mary Helen Shaw
1908. Phycologica Barbadensis ... 44 pp., 93 pis. Paul Klinksiek, Paris.
Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, C
ber 16 October 31, 1957
^ 1 ! 'A CLASSIFICATION OF THE OSCINES (AVES)
By Jean Delacour1 and Charles Vaurie2
The classification of birds presents many uncertainties, and this is
particularly true of the order Passeriformes, or Perching Birds, which
includes three-fifths of the species alive at present. Among the latter,
the greatest taxonomic problem is posed by the Oscines, or true Song-
birds, and opinions differ very widely. In fact, scarcely any two lists
recognize the same families or arrange them in the same sequence.
This lack of agreement reflects the fact that most Oscines are not well
differentiated morphologically from one another while many share
more or less similar general habits. Important anatomical differences
that could serve as clues are usually lacking and any that do exist are
interpreted differently by various authors (see Mayr (1955 and 1956)
whose conclusions conflict in part with those of Beecher (1953) and
Tordoff (1954) ). The problems inherent in a classification of the Os-
cines have been discussed by many authors and we need not amplify
them here. We may cite, however, the paper by Mayr and Amadou
(1951) which advocated one of the older arrangements but somewhat
modified.
Nevertheless, among the various classifications, the one proposed by
Wetmore (1934 and 1940, as well as earlier papers) has been widely
accepted with certain modifications. Minor revisions were made by
Wetmore in 1951. In Wetmore’s classification, the Corvidae and their
allies are placed near the beginning of the sequence, after the Larks,
the Swallows, and the Cuckoo-Shrikes (Campephagidae). A group of
families are associated with the Crows, such as the Drongos, the
Director, Los Angeles County Museum
Assistant Curator, Department of Birds, American
WOV? 3 i$§j
2
Contributions in Science
No. 16
Orioles, the Cracticidae, the Birds of Paradise and the Bower-birds,
forming the corvine assemblage, though it is not yet certain that these
families are all closely related. An intermediate group is composed of
the Wax wings and the Bulbuls (which in some anatomic features recall
the Crows), the Muscicapid Flycatchers, Babblers, Thrushes and their
allies, while a third group consists of the Sunbirds, Tanagers, Finches
and their allies, which, in our opinion, are the most highly evolved,
adapted chiefly to a diet of seeds and nectar.
Amadon, in a recent paper (1957), states that the present song birds
represent “three broad levels of evolution” and he accordingly divides
them into three groups in a general sequence which “from lower, to
higher” follows the general lines of Wetmore’s classification.
Mayr and Greenway (1956) reported on the decisions reached by
an international committee appointed at the Eleventh International
Ornithological Congress at Basel, to recommend “a standardized
sequence of the families of Passerine birds.” The decision of the
committee was to place the corvine assemblage at the top rather
than at the bottom of the classification. Mayr and Green way state
that in their capacity as editors of Peters’ Checklist, they will follow
the sequence recommended by the committee.
It is certainly to be hoped, if hardly expected, that all authors will
one day adopt a standardized sequence. Whether it is the right of a
committee to rule in matters of classification, is, however, open to
question, but we hope, at any rate, that the group appointed at Basel
will reconsider some of its decisions on the occasion of the next
Congress (Helsinki, June, 1958). A satisfactory general agreement
may eventually be reached, and we take this opportunity to express
our opinion.
In general we follow Wetmore’s composition and order of families,
but have a number of modifications to present. For instance, we
believe that the Campephagidae should be ranked higher than the
Crows, whereas the Wood-Swallows, Shrikes and Starlings should be
somewhat lower. However, in the light of our present knowledge,
Wetmore’s sequence, subject to some change, probably represents a
fairly natural order. Of course, any arrangement is more or less
arbitrary; no linear sequence can express an arrangement that is, in
fact, three dimensional, We realize its shortcomings, but we believe
also that no unequivocal reasons have been offered as yet to depart
from it widely.
In support of this arrangement it seems that the very much greater
adaptive radiation of the birds in the “third group” (which cannot be
1957
Delacour & Vaurie: Oscines
3
denied) is a sound argument for considering them to be the most
highly evolved. Furthermore, there is some anatomical evidence that
the Corvidae resemble groups which admittedly stand low on the
level of classification. Wetmore has shown (1957) that there is one
anatomical characteristic, namely the form of the head of the humerus,
that appears to be of phylogenetic significance, and in this character-
istic the Corvidae resemble some sub-Oscines, such as the Tyrannidae
and their allies, and even the Piciformes, Coraciiformes, and
Trogoniformes. A complicated form of the head of the humerus, similar
to that seen in the Finches, also appears among non-passerine birds
such as the Gulls. Dr. Hildegarde Howard has pointed out to us that
the fossil record suggests that in the Gulls this represents an evo-
lutionary advancement, for ancestral larids lacked this complicated
form of the humeral head. She also has called our attention to the
similarity of the manubrial area of the sternum in the Corvidae and
such sub-oscine birds as the Pittidae, Tyrannidae and Cotingidae.
The chief reason why the members of the corvine assemblage are
regarded by some authorities as the most highly evolved is their alleged
ability to learn, and the complex behavior of some of their species.
The elaborate courtship of the Birds of Paradise and Bower Birds is
also mentioned. However, as Wetmore remarks, a “belief in superior
mental reactions” in the Crows, may be “more an anthropomorphic
interpretation than one supported by scientific fact.” But, granting
that the Corvidae are capable of more complex behavior than the
smaller song birds, it must be admitted that the Parrots also are
capable of such “intelligent” behavior and that elaborate courtship
habits are shown by other non-passerine birds, (Humming-Birds,
Pheasants, Ducks, etc.) or sub-Oscines (Manakins). We question,
therefore, that these considerations should be given preeminent weight
in a classification of the song birds since they have appeared in various
groups as a result of parallel evolution.
We recognize the following families and subfamilies, placing them
in the three groups recommended by Amadon. We do not infer,
however, that other families should not be divided into subfamilies,
and we think particularly of the Laniidae and Prionopidae. In a
linear sequence there is some unavoidable juxtaposition of families
which have little relationship. We, therefore, call the reader’s atten-
tion to this fact by separating with a line the families, or group of
families, that are not closely allied to those immediately above and
below.
We express our appreciation to Drs. Dean Amadon, Hildegarde
4
Contributions in Science
No. 16
Howard, and Alexander Wetmore for discussing with us a number of
problems.
SYSTEMATIC LIST
GROUP 1
Alaudidae
Hirundinidae
Motacillidae (3)
Prionopidae
Vangidae
Artamidae
Cracticidae
Laniidae
Oriolidae
Dicruridae
Grallinidae
Callaeidae
Sturnidae
Corvidae
Paradisaeidae
Paradisaeinae
Ptilonorhynchinae
GROUP 2
Bombycillidae
Dulinae
Ptilogonatinae
Hvpocoliinae
Bombycillinae
Campephagidae
Pycnonotidae
Irenidae
Cinclidae
Troglodytidae
Mimidae
Prunellidae
(3) This family is placed next to the Larks in many lists. It is dubious, however,
that the Pipits and Wagtails are closely related to the Larks, and Amadon places
them as the first family in his group 3.
1957
Delacour & Vaurie: Oscines
5
Muscicapidae
Pachycephalinae
Sylviinae
Polioptilinae
Malurinae
Rhipidurinae
Monarchinae
Muscicapinae
Turdinae
Timaliinae (including Chamaea , Paradoxornis and their allies)
Aegithalidae
Paridae
Parinae
Sittinae
Tichodromainae
Certhiidae
Salpornidae
Salpornitinae
Neosittinae
Daphoenosittinae
Hyposittinae
GROUP 3
Remizidae
Dicaeidae
Nectariniidae
Zosteropidae
Meliphagidae
Ploceidae
Rubalornithinae
Ploceinae
Viduinae
Estrildinae
Fringillidae
Fringillinae
Carduelinae
Emberizidae 4
Emberizinae
Pyrrhuloxiinae
Thraupinae
Parulinae
Vireonidae
Drepaniidae
Icteridae
4 Tersina seems to belong in tins group and is treated sometimes as a subfamily
or a full family. C atamblyrhynchus belongs in this group also and is likewise treated
as a subfamily or a family. The so-called Coerebidae are believed to be a
polyphyletic group, see Beecher (1951), composed of species related either to
the Tanagers or to the Wood Warblers.
6
Contributions in Science
No. 16
LITERATURE CITED
Amadon, Dean
1957. Remarks on the classification of the perching birds, Order
Passeriformes. Calcutta, Zool. Soc., Proc., Mookerjee Me-
morial vol. : 259-268.
Beecher, William J.
1951. Convergence in the Coerebidae. Wilson Bull. 63:274-287.
1953. A phylogeny of the Oscines. Auk 70:270-287.
Mayr, Ernst
1955. Comments on some recent studies of song bird phylogeny.
Wilson Bull. 67:33-44.
1956. In, Ernst Mayr, R. J. Andrew, and R. A. Hinde, Die
systematische Stellung der Gattung Fringilla. Jour. Ornith.
97:258-263.
Mayr, Ernst, and Dean Amadon
1951. A classification of recent birds. Amer. Mus. Novitates
(1496): 1-42.
Mayr, Ernst, and J. C. Greenway, Jr.
1956. Sequence of Passerine families (Aves). Breviora (58): 1-11.
Tor doff, Harrison B.
1954. A systematic study of the avian family Fringillidae based
on the structure of the skull. Michigan Univ. Mus. Zook,
Misc. Publ. (81): 1-42, fig. 1-77.
Wetmore, Alexander
1934. A systematic classification for the birds of the world,
revised and amended. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 89(13): 1-11.
1940. A systematic classification for the birds of the world.
Ibid., 99(7) : 1-11.
1951. A revised classification for the birds of the world. Ibid.,
117(4) :l-22.
1957. The classification of the Oscines Passeriformes. Condor
59:207-209, fig. 1.
No. 1.
No. 2.
No. 3.
No. 4.
No. 5.
No. 6.
No. 7.
No. 8.
No. 9.
No. 10.
No. 11.
No. 12.
No. 13.
No. 14.
No. 15.
No. 16.
LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS
IN SCIENCE
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. General Account, by Jean Delacour.
11 pp., 4 figures. January 23, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General, by E. Yale Dawson.
20 pp., 5 figures, 2 maps. January 24, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Dodder from Goias,
Cuscuta burrellii, by T. G. Yuncker. 2 pp., 1 figure. January 25, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: The Lichens, by Carroll W.
Dodge. 2 pp. February 18, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Cyanophyta, by Francis
Drouet. 2 pp. February 19, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Mint from Goias,
Hijptis machrisae, by Carl Epling. 4 pp., 2 figures. February 20, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, various
smaller families, edited by E. Yale Dawson. 18 pp., 7 figures. March 7,
1957.
Notes on Eastern Pacific Insular Marine Algae, by E. Yale Dawson. 8 pp.,
4 figures. June 27, 1957.
A New Species of Passerine Bird from the Miocene of California, by
Hildegarde Howard. 16 pp., 2 figures. June 28, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Columnar Cactus
from Goias, by E. Yale Dawson. 8 pp., 4 plates. July 15, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Chlorophyta; Euglenophyta,
by G. W. Prescott. 29 pp., 5 plates, 1 text figure. August 20, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Entomology: General; Systematics of
the Notonectidae (Hemiptera), by Fred S. Truxal. 23 pp., 1 plate, 8 text
figures. August 21, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, Leguminosae,
by Richard S. Cowan 24 pp., 7 figures. October 23, 1957.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Entomology: Gelastocoridae (Hemip-
tera), by E. L. Todd. 4 pp., 1 figure. October 31, 1957.
Marine Algae of the Pacific Costa Rican Gulfs, by E. Yale Dawson. 28
pp., 4 figures. October 31, 1957.
A Classification of the Oscines (Aves), by Jean Delacour and Charles
Vaurie. 6 pp. October 31, 1957.
Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
ber 17
December 23, 1957
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Phanerogamae, Bromeliaceae and other smaller families
By Lyman B. Smith1 2
The plant collections reported upon below were obtained by E. Yale
Dawson, Expedition botanist, and are cited by his field collection num-
bers. Detailed locality data for these may be found in his general
account of the botany of the Expedition". Briefly, however, specimens
bearing numbers from 14133 to 14815 came from the Chapada dos
Veadeiros, between Sao Joao da Alian^a and Veadeiros, April 13— May
3, 1956. Those bearing numbers from 14816 to 15236 came from the
region between Amaro Leite and Peixe, especially in the southern Serra
Dourada, May 15— June 10, 1956.
The first set of specimens is deposited in the Los Angeles County
Museum, except holotypes of the two new species which are in the
Museu Nacional do Brasil in Rio de Janeiro.
Inasmuch as the author is a specialist h^-erily^n^Qf the families
treated, namely the Bromeliaceae, ref^^J^ii&QAf^^feKthe works
used in making determinations in the
BROMELIA*
Bromelia karatas L. 14994
Bromelia villosa Mez 15109 Fig. 1.
Heretofore this highly ornamental species has been known by frag-
mentary dried material alone. It is hoped that the accompanying figure
will arouse interest in its cultivation. The type of this species was col-
lected by Glaziou between “Sitio de Bacarao” and “Areias,” neither
1 Curator, Division of Phanerogams, U. S. National Museum, Smithsonian Institu-
tion, Washington, D. C.
2 Dawson, E. Yale. 1957, The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General.
Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contr. Sci. (2):l-20.
2
Contributions in Science
No. 17
Fig. 1. Bromelia villosa Mez. A flowering specimen collected near Uruacu, Goias,
May 25, 1956. Photo by M. A. Machris.
locality being identifiable, but in all probability situated in southern
Goias in the same region as that covered by the Machris Expedition.
Dyckia dawsonii L. B. Smith, sp. nov. Fig. 2-4.
A D. niederleinii Mez, cui affinis, laminis foliorum angustissimis quam
longitudine spinarum angustioribus, petalis minoribus ecarinatis differt.
Fruiting plant about 7 dm high; leaves to 22 cm long, the sheaths
suborbicular, over 2 cm in diameter, glabrous, stramineous, lustrous,
the blades linear, 7 mm wide at base, covered on both sides with
cinereous appressed scales, laxly serrate with slender curved mostly
subopposite spines 5-7 mm long; scape 4 mm in diameter, glabrous;
scape-bracts broadly ovate with a linear blade, thin, entire, all but
the lowest much shorter than the internodes; inflorescence simple, lax,
25-30 cm long, glabrous; floral bracts suborbicular, apiculate, 4 mm
1957
Smith: Bromeliace^:, etc.
3
long, thin, erose; pedicels stoutly obconic, 3 mm long; sepals broadly
elliptic, obtuse, 5-6 mm long, thin, ecarinate; petals 9 mm long, ecari-
nate, the blade broadly obovate, yellow; stamens exserted, the filaments
connate for 2 mm above the 1 mm tube with the petals; stigmas subses-
sile.
Fig. 2. Dyckia dawsonii sp. nov. Herbarium material prepared from a plant col-
lected at the type locality by A. L. Carvalho and flowered in Rio de Janeiro
in November 1956.
Fig. 3. Dyckia dawsonii sp. nov. A group of plants growing at the type locality
in the Serra Dourada, Goias, June 1, 1956. Photo by A. L. Carvalho.
Fig. 4. Dyckia dawsonii sp. nov. A plant from the type collection cultivated in
Santa Monica, California.
Type: Museu Nacional do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, collected on rocks
in an outcrop along a cerrado canyon 20 km east of Formoso, region of
the southern Serra Dourada at W. Long. 48° 50', S. Lat. 13° 45', Goias,
Brazil, June 10, 1956, by E. Yale Dawson (No. 15236). Isotypes in the
United States National Herbarium and in the Los Angeles County
Museum. The original collection was in very old fruit, but was culti-
vated by A. L. Carvalho and flowered in Rio de Janeiro in November
1956. The description is drawn from both collections.
6
Contributions in Science
No. 17
The technical floral characters of Dyckia dawsonii place it next to
D. niederleinii, to which it bears little resemblance otherwise. Its leaves
alone distinguish Dyckia dawsonii from all other species in the genus,
but are strikingly similar to those of Encholirium bradeanum L. B.
Fig. 5. Dyckia machrisiana sp. nov. The type specimen.
1957
Smith: Bromeliace^e, etc.
7
Smith. The latter, however, has a relatively long cylindrical pedicel
which quickly distinguishes it from Dyckia dawsonii even in fruit.
Dyckia machrisiana L. B. Smith, sp. nov. Fig. 5.
A D. tuberosa (Veil.) Mez, cui affinis, laminis foliorum utrinque
albido-lepidotis, laminis petalorum atris differt.
Flowering plant 8 dm high; leaves rosulate, 25 cm long, the sheaths
suborbicular, 3 cm in diameter, glabrous, the blades linear-triangular,
15 mm wide, covered on both sides with white subappressed scales,
laxly serrulate with acicular teeth 1 mm long; scape 4 mm in diameter,
sparsely pale-lepidote; scape-bracts broadly ovate, thin, abruptly con-
tracted into a linear-triangular apex, all but the lowest several times
shorter than the internodes; inflorescence simple, lax, sparsely pale-
lepidote; rhachis slender, flexuous; floral bracts broadly ovate, acumi-
nate, to 6 mm long; flowers spreading or divergent; pedicels cylindric,
stout, 2-4 mm long; sepals ovate, obtuse, 7 mm long, ecarinate, rather
fleshy; petals 10 mm long, the blades elliptic, ecarinate, dark blackish
orange externally ( ! Dawson ) ; stamens included, the filaments free
above the short common tube with the petals; stigmas subsessile.
Type: Museu Nacional do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, collected in open
grassland and marginal cerrado 20 km north of Sao Joao da Alianga,
region of the Chapada dos Veadeiros at W. Long. 47° 30', Lat. 14° 30',
Goias, Brazil, April 14, 1956, by E. Yale Dawson (No. 14153a). Photo
no. 4836 in U. S. National Herbarium.
Dyckia minarum Mez 14153; 14803
Dyckia racemosa Baker 14494
This collection from the vicinity of Sao Joao da Alianga is the first
since the type which was made by Gardner at Arraias in April 1840.
The two localities are not far apart.
Tillandsia streptocarpa Baker 14587
ALISMACEzE
Echinodorus paniculatus Micheli 15168
Sagittaria rhombifolia Cham. 15164
References: Echinodorus: N. C. Fassett, Rhodora 57: 133-156, 174-
188, 202-212. 1955. Sagittaria: C. Bogin, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 9:
179-233. 1955.
ARALIACE^E
Dendropanax cuneatum ( DC. ) Dene. & Planch. 14890
Didymopanax macrocarpum Seem. 14267
References: E. Marchal, FI. Brasiliensis 11, pt. 1: 229-258. 1878
8
Contributions in Science
No. 17
(as Hederaceae ). Dendropanax: Rehder & Merrill, Journ. Arnold Ar-
boretum 18: 228. 1937.
BORAGINACE.E
Cordia calocephala Cham. 14749
Cordia superba Cham. 14996
Heliotr opium indicum L. 14905
Heliotropium salicoides Cham. 14196
References: Cordia: I. M. Johnston, Contrib. Gray Herb. 92: 5-65.
1930. Heliotropium: I. M. Johnston, Contrib. Gray Herb. 81: 3-73.
1928.
BURMANNIACEH5
Burmannia capitata (Walt.) Mart. 14632
Burmannia flava Mart. 14886a
Reference: F. P. Jonker, Monograph of the Burmanniaceae 1-279.
1938.
COMBRETACEzE
C ombretum fruticosum (Loefl. ) Stuntz 15191
Reference: A. W. Exell, Journ. Linn. Soc. 55: 103-141. 1953.
LOGANIACEzE
Spigelia scabra Cham. & Schlecht. 15125
Reference: A. Progel, FI. Brasiliensis 6, pt. 1: 249-300. 1868.
PRIMULACEzE
Anagallis pumila Sw. 14793; 14885
Reference: F. Pax & R. Knuth, Pfianzenreich IV. Fam. 237: 1-386,
1905.
STYRACACEzE
Styrax ferrugineus Nees & Mart. var. grandifolius Perk. 15076;
15234.
Reference: J. Perkins, Pfianzenreich IV. Fam. 241: 1-111. 1907.
TILIACEzE
Luehea speciosa Willd. 15046
Triumfetta abutiloides St.-Hil. 14376; 14732
Triumfetta althseoides Lam . 15 129
References: Luehea: C. Schumann, FI. Brasiliensis 12, pt. 3: 117-200.
1886. Triumfetta: Ko Ko Lay, Ann Missouri Bot. Gard. 37 : 315-395.
1950.
Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7,
December 23, 1957
11:
ber 18
sro'iii 3
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Musci
By Howard Crum
Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif,
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellane-
ous technical papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and
Anthropology, published at irregular intervals by the Los An-
geles County Museum. Issues are numbered separately and
numbers run consecutively regardless of subject matter. Num-
ber 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available to
scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Copies
may also be purchased at a nominal price.
The MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION from the Los
Angeles County Museum was sponsored by Mr. and Mrs.
Maurice A. Machris and Mrs. Maybell Machris Low. It was
conducted under the auspices of the Museu Nacional do
Brasil. Botanical and zoological collections were made from
April through June, 1956, in the region of the headwaters of
the Rio Tocantins in the state of Goias. General accounts and
itineraries are given in papers 1 and 2 of this series. Technical
type specimens of new entities are deposited in the Museu
Nacional in Rio de Janeiro.
Hildegarde Howard
Editor
E. Yale Dawson
Associate Editor
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Musci
By Howard Crum1
In the spring of 1956 Dr. E. Yale Dawson collected 31 species of
mosses in the State of Goias, central Brazil, in three general localities,
as follows: 1. The region of the Chapada dos Veadeiros, in grassland
(with gallery forests along the streams) at an altitude of about 3500 ft.;
collections were made 19-20 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianya and also
14 km. south and 4 km. north of Veadeiros (April 13 to May 7). 2. The
southern Serra Dourada, a region of dense forest interspersed with open
scrub forest and scant grassland, 17-25 km. east of Formoso, at an ele-
vation of about 3000 ft. (May 12 to June 15). 3. A gallery forest along
a stream 143/2 km. south-southwest of Peixe, on the road to Porangatu.
Species are grouped together by localities in the following list. Infor-
mation on each numbered collection, as well as general ecological in-
formation, can be found in the second paper in the series on “The
Machris Brazilian Expedition.”
A full set of specimens, including a duplicate type of the one new spe-
cies, is deposited in the Los Angeles County Museum, with a represent-
ative set of duplicates in the National Museum of Canada.
1. Region of the Chapada dos Veadeiros
Sphagnum erythrocalyx Hampe. 14669
Fissidens garberi Lesq. & James. 14311; 14341a; 14346 p. p. (with
Sematophyllum caespitosum )
Ochrobryum gardnerianum (C. M.) Mitt. 14344 These plants
resemble a slender Leucobryum with leaves bearing propagula near
their tips. Dr. A. LeRoy Andrews recently sent me a very similar
specimen from Mexico, as a first record for that country and a northern
range extension for the genus. The apparently wide disjunction of the
species makes one wonder whether specimens from Guatemala, Costa
Rica and Colombia which have been referred in the literature to O.
obtusifolium (C. M.) Mitt, are specifically distinct from O. gardner-
ianum.
Octoblepharum albidum Hedw. 14308
Syrrhopodon incompletus Schwaegr. 14513
Syrrhopodon prolifer Schwaegr. 14315
1 National Museum of Canada, Ottawa.
4
Contributions in Science
No. 18
Calymperes richardii C. M. 14352 p. p. (with Erythrodontium
squarrosum)
Trichostomum weisioides C. M. (det. ex char.) 14349 p. p. (with
Mittenothamnium diminutivum ); 14416; 14421 ( All were found
to be dioicous. )
Funaria calvescens Schwaegr. 14324; 14461
Bryum truncorum Brid. 14409
Macromitrium punctatum (Hook. & Grev. ) Brid. 14743c
Macromitrium stellulatum ( Hook. & Grev. ) Brid. 14806
Schlotheimia rugifolia ( Hook. ) Schwaegr. 14408
Rhacopilum tomentosum (Hedw. ) Brid. 14326; 14459 p. p. (with
Helicodontium tenuirostre); 14462 p. p. (with H. tenuirostre)
Leucodontopsis geniculata ( Mitt. ) Crum & Steere. 14318
Jaegerina scariosa (Lor.) Arzeni. 14310; 14319; 14326 p. p. (with
Rhacopilum tomentosum); 14341 p. p. (with Sematophyllum caes-
pitosum) These plants have markedly squarrose leaves, with the
costa exceedingly variable even on the same stems, always slender,
frequently extending % - % the length of the leaf, but sometimes short
and double. The leaves may vary on a single stem from entire to very
finely serrulate nearly all around. The leaf cells are porose throughout,
and filiform propagula of the typical sort are frequent in leaf axils.
The meager specimen of Jaegerinopsis ulei (C. M.) Broth, (pre-
sumably part of the Brazilian type) at the New York Botanical Garden
is completely similar to these plants except that the leaves are erect-
spreading. A sizable series of specimens, mostly from Mitten’s her-
barium at New York, has proved to my satisfaction that the angle of
leaf divergence is highly variable and not a character of genetic sig-
nificance. Mitten’s concept of Pterohryum hrasiliense obviously in-
cluded jaegerinopsis ulei and Jaegerina scariosa. Although generally
credited as the basionyn for Jaegerinopsis hrasiliensis (Mitt.) Broth.,
Pterohryum hrasiliense was intended by Mitten only as a generic trans-
fer for Antitrichia hrasiliensis Hornsch. Brotherus (in Die naturlichen
Pflanzenfamilien) called Mitten’s concept of A. hrasiliensis into quesv
tion and pointed out that a specimen named by Hampe (Glaziou 6397)
is a Squamidium. I have confirmed Brotherus’ statement; I find Gla-
ziou’s specimen to be a species related to S. nigricans (Hook.) Broth.
There is, of course, no apparent reason to favor Hampe’s concept over
Mitten’s. The doubt should be resolved by study of Hornschuh’s orig-
inal specimen, which I have been unable to find; the original descrip-
tion is singularly uninformative.
Helicodontium tenuirostre Schwaegr. 14346 p. p. (with Semato-
1957
Crum: Brazil, Musci
5
phyllum caespitosum); 14347; 14459; 14461 p. p. (with Funaria
calvescens); 14462 The type collections of this species and also of
H. chlarazii (Duby) Par. were recently studied. The latter has been
characterized in the literature as having a smooth seta and, question-
ably, a monoicous inflorescence. I found the seta often somewhat rough-
ened and the inflorescence autoicous.
Isopterygium brachyneuron (C. M.) Mitt. 14327 These plants
(which are autoicous) compare reasonably well with the original col-
lections by Pabst and Gardiner.
Isopterygium lonchopelmatum (C. M.) Broth. (det. ex char.)
14745
Taxiphyllum machrisianum sp. nov. Fig. 1-4
Planta tenella, luteo-virens, nitida, depressa. Caulis repens, irreg-
6
Contributions in Science
No. 18
ulariter ramosus; rami prostrati, breves, inaequali, plus minus plani.
Folia ramulina erecto-patens, subcomplanata, 0.59-0.86 mm. longa, ovata
vel oblongo-ovata, acuta, marginibus erectis, serrulatis, nervis duobus,
inaequalis, cellulis flexuoso-linearibus, dorso papillis parvis sed dis-
tinctis prominentibus. Folia caulis similis sed major, 0.86-1.12 mm.
longa. Caetera ignota.
Plants slender, yellow-green, glossy, in low, flat, intricate mats. Stems
creeping, freely but irregularly branched; branches unequal, up to
6 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. wide (with leaves), spreading horizontally,
slightly flattened. Branch leaves erect-spreading, somewhat compla-
nate, 0.59-0.86 mm. long, moderately concave, ovate or oblong-ovate,
acute; margins erect, serrulate nearly to the base; costae two, one
somewhat the longer and extending 1/5 - 1/4 up the leaf; cells linear-
flexuose, in the upper third of the leaf mostly about 40 - 56 by 5 /a, their
distal ends projecting as a small but distinct papilla on the dorsal side,
a few apical cells shorter, alar cells scarcely differentiated. Stem leaves
very similar but somewhat larger, 0.86-1.12 mm. long.
TYPE: Dawson 14743a (holotype R), 14743b, along streambed 4
km. north of Veadeiros, Chapada dos Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, April
30, 1956.
This species is named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Maurice A. Machris,
co-sponsors of the Brazilian Expedition.
The gross aspect of the plants is reminiscent of a Taxithelium, but
the leaf shape and papillosity are even more strongly suggestive of
Mittenothamniwn. The nature of branching and the close conformity
of stem and branch leaves, as well as the nature of the papillae, seem
to indicate a relationship to Taxiphyllum. (It should be noted, how-
ever, that no paraphyllia were found on either stems or branches; the
presence of paraphyllia, at least a few of them, is characteristic of many
species of Taxiphyllum.) Although T. scalpellifolium (C. M.) Broth.,
with its differentiated stem leaves is probably not closely allied to this
species (and perhaps is misplaced in this genus), it bears some re-
semblance to T. machrisianwn. The latter differs, as follows: The
leaves are less concave and less crowded, and they are erect-spreading
at an angle of about 45° (rather than widely spreading) and only
slightly complanate. The cell ends project as distinct papillae at the
back of the leaves, rather than slightly or not at all.
Stereophyllum ohtusum Mitt. 14460 This specimen, determined
from descriptions in the literature, was submitted to Mr. Edwin B.
Bartram, who wrote: “This agrees well with material I have from
Brazil. In referring to this species Grout [in his revision in The
1957
Crum: Brazil, Musci
7
Bryologist 48: 60-70. 1945] mentions an occasional tooth on the apical
margins. Your material, and mine too, show the apical margins quite
strongly toothed.”
Erythrodontimn squarrosum (C. M.) Par. 14339a; 14346 p. p.
(with Sematophyllum caespitosum); 14352; 14805
Sematophyllum caespitosum (Hedw. ) Mitt. 14314; 14325 p. p.
(with Isopterygium sp. ); 14327 p. p. (with I. hr achy neuron);
14341; 14342; 14351; 14357; 14410.
Sematophyllum galipense (C. M.) Mitt. 14309; 14312
Potamium vulpinum ( Mont. ) Mitt. 14339
Mittenothamnium diminutivum (Hampe) Britt. 14316 p. p. (with
Trichostomum weisioides); 14421 p.p. (with T . weisioides); 14348;
14349; 14460 p. p. (with Stereophyllum obtusum); 14417; 14419
Mittenothamnium elegantidum (Hook.) Card. 14514 This spe-
cies has been greatly misunderstood by most bryologists working with
tropical American mosses. The material at the New York Botanical
Garden includes many specimens of M. diminutivum and its near rela-
tives, several species in the M. reptans complex and even a few mis-
named specimens of Ctenidium malacodes. I have not seen the type,
but Mitten’s concept of the species was almost surely correct, and his
concept can be clearly seen from the abundance of material in his
herbarium now kept at New York. Although they grow in low mats,
the plants are not so clearly flattened as in M. diminutivum, and the
branches are not at all or only slightly flattened. The leaves are ac-
cordingly not notably complanate; they are usually crowded and
loosely erect or somewhat widely spreading, or on the stems often
nearly squarrose; they are rather soft and ovate-acuminate. I have seen
many specimens from Brazil, one from Bolivia (Williams 2055 ) and one
from Mexico (Purpus 4274), and it is very likely that the species is wide-
ly distributed in other parts of tropical America.
2. Southern Serra Dourada
Syrrhopodon incompletus Schwaegr. 14965
Trichostomum weisioides C. M. (det. ex char.) 14852a
Hyophila tortula ( Schwaegr. ) Hampe. 15201
Funaria calvescens Schwaegr. 14969
Bryum truncorum Brid. 14855
Rhacopilum tomentosum ( Hedw. ) Brid. 14942
Pireella pohlii ( Schwaegr. ) Card. 14966
Sematophyllum galipense (C. M.) Mitt. 14851; 14854
8
Contributions in Science
No. 18
Isopterygium lonchopelmatum (C. M.) Broth. ( det . ex char.)
14888
3. On road to Porangatu, SSW. of Peixe
Syrrhopodon ligulatus Mont. 15194 p. p. (with Callicostella
apophysata)
Callicostella apophysata (Hampe) Jaeg. (det. ex char.) 15194
The plants are autoicous, and the setae are subscabrous.
er 19
January 29, 1958
73
r^
A NEW RACE OF THE POCKET GOPHER
Geonrajs bursarius FROM MISSOURI
By Charles A. McLaughlin1
During the preparation of a study of the taxonomy and zoogeography
of Geomys of the central United States, it has become increasingly
evident that the pocket gophers found in that part of eastern Missouri
lying south of the Missouri River do not fit into our current knowledge
of the races. Particular interest in this problem was kindled when
specimens listed by C. H. Merriam (North Amer. Fauna, No. 8, 1895)
from this area were examined and found to differ from the known
races of Geomys bursarius. Additional specimens were collected from
the state of Missouri south of the Missouri River. Critical examination
of these new specimens, plus those already available, indicates that
this area apparently supports a population of pocket gophers distinct
from any described race. For this new race the following name is
proposed:
Geomys bursarius missouriensis new subspecies
Type.— Female, adult, skin with skeleton, no. 9736, Museum of
Natural History, University of Illinois; from 2 mi. north of Manchester,
St. Louis County, Missouri, obtained April 10, 1955, by Charles A.
McLaughlin, orig. no. 675. Measurements of type: total length, 235
mm.; tail length, 61 mm.; hind foot length, 29 mm.; basilar length
of skull, 38.1 mm.; mastoidal breadth of skull, 23.2 mm.; zygomatic
breadth, 26.0 mm.; fronto-palatal depth of skull, 15.7 mm.
Range— Eastern Missouri south of the Missouri River and north
of the Meramek River above the flood level in the river bottoms in St.
Louis County. Formerly south into the Ozark Mountains in the vicinity
of Hunter, Carter County, and Williamsville, Wayne County.
2
Contributions in Science
No. 19
Diagnosis— Size medium; color of upper parts Cinnamon-Brown-
to Russet, darkening in mid-dorsal region to give the appearance of
a dark dorsal stripe; space between extensions of premaxillaries
posterior to nasals, narrow.
Description.— Color. Dorsal region between Cinnamon-Brown and
Russet, darkening in mid-dorsal region to between Bone Brown and
Clove Brown, admixed with darker hairs, giving the appearance of
a dark dorsal stripe as found in Geomys bursarius dutcheri, this stripe
absent or very faint in some individuals. Some individuals tending
toward melanism. Sides lightening to Tawny, continuing in most
specimens onto and across the ventral surface, in some lighter, to a
huffy white. Fore and hind feet white. Distal M to % of tail white. One
specimen out of 29 examined from St. Louis area melanistic, dorsal
region being considerably darker than Mummy Brown, approaching
black, with Cinnamon-Brown extending onto belly, and only distal
/3 of tail white.
Size medium. Average of 4 adult males and 20 adult females, respec-
tively: total length, 278.8 mm. and 244.4 mm.; tail length, 80.8 mm.
and 71.7 mm.; hind foot, 32 mm. and 29.8 mm.
Skull. Females: nasal bones somewhat constricted in the middle to
give them a slight, but conspicuous, hourglass shape; sagittal crest
absent; palatine canals open ventrally for their entire length, appearing
as continuous grooves; occiput nearly vertical when skull laid on its
dorsal surface; posterior extensions of premaxillaries with convex
medial borders, frequently touching each other at midline behind
nasals. Males similar to females but more robust and with low sagittal
crests developing with age. Size medium. Average measurements of
5 adult males and 17 adult females ( or fewer as indicated in parenthe-
ses), respectively: basilar length, 46.98 mm. (4) and 38.55 mm. (14);
mastoidal breadth, 28.28 mm. and 24.57 mm. (16); fronto-palatal
depth, 18.74 mm. and 16.35 mm.; zygomatic breadth, 32.55 mm. (4)
and 26.64 mm.; nasal length, 20.54 mm., and 16.02 mm. (14).
Comparisons— From Geomys bursarius majusculus , G. bursarius
missouriensis differs as follows: size smaller, total length averaging
279 mm. for males and 245 mm. for females rather than 287 mm. and
259 mm. as in G. b. majusculus from Douglas County, Kansas; dorsal
coloration darker; nasals with constriction in the center rather than
with straight or evenly curving sides; medial borders of premaxillaries
2 All capitalized names for colors are those found in R. Ridgway’s Color Standards
and Nomenclature, Washington, D. C., 1912.
1958
McLaughlin: Pocket Gopher
3
posterior to the nasals convex, frequently touching or considerably
constricting the intervening space.
From Geomys bursarius illinoensis , G. b. missouriensis differs as
follows: size smaller (G. b. illinoensis similar in size to G. b. majuscu-
lus ); coloration brown rather than dark gray or black; palatine canals
open rather than partially closed over ventrally; inner margins of
posterior extensions of premaxillaries convex rather than straight sided.
From Geomys bursarius dutcheri , G. b. missouriensis differs as
follows: size larger, total length averaging as above as compared with
235 mm. and 213 mm. for G. b. dutcheri; dorsal exposure of jugal
greater rather than less than breadth of rostrum ventral to openings
of infraorbital foramina; sides of zygomatic arches diverging anteriorly
rather than being roughly parallel; color more reddish and less yel-
lowish.
Remarks.— The pocket gophers in Missouri represent a zoogeograph-
ical enigma. Although large expanses of that state have soil texture
and vegetation which seem well suited for habitation by pocket
gophers, records have been very rare. The Ozark region, with some
of the most unlikely terrain in the state, has in the past supported a
sizeable population of these animals. C. H. Merriam (North Amer.
Fauna, No. 8, 1895, p. 123) reported 12 specimens taken from near
Hunter and Williamsville, Missouri. These specimens were collected by
Mr. Dutcher of the U. S. Biological Survey in 1894 and were accom-
panied by excellent field notes.
Dutcher was explicit in that he found all the animals “. . . within
50 yards of the tracks” of the Frisco Railroad which ran between
Hunter and Williamsville, but three separate attempts by the author
to locate pocket gophers in the precise area described proved fruitless.
In the middle 1930>s these tracks were removed and all that remains
is a dirt rut road running along the old right-of-way. The author
traveled this road through much of its distance without discovering
the slightest indication of pocket gophers. Local farmers, owning or
working farms along the right-of-way and in the adjoining river
bottoms, were questioned and none was found who even knew of
the animals. If any part of the original population remains it is quite
well hidden.
Various other localities throughout southeastern Missouri, where
pocket gophers were supposed to have occurred, were examined by
Dutcher, Preble and A. H. Howell of the U. S. Biological Survey, all
without success. The author personally traveled through many areas
which seemed excellent for supporting gophers in Franklin, Jefferson,
4
Contributions in Science
No. 19
St. Genevieve, Perry, Cape Girardeau and Washington counties with-
out sighting the slightest evidence of these rodents. A check of Lincoln,
Montgomery, St. Charles and Warren counties, north of the Missouri
River proved unsuccessful. The only pocket gophers noted were in
St. Louis County above the flood plains of the Missouri and Meramek
rivers. Here they are quite common in the rolling meadows of the
western and southern suburbs of St. Louis.
The population of G. b. missouriensis is separated geographically
from other populations of G. bursarius by a wide hiatus on the north,
west and south. Only on the east does it approach the radically dif-
ferent Geomys bursarius illinoensis, which occupies the opposite bank
of the Mississippi River in Madison and St. Clair counties, Illinois.
The Mississippi River is an absolute barrier to the distribution of
pocket gophers at this point, so there is no area of intergradation
between neighboring races.
Specimens examined— 41 specimens, all from Missouri: St. Louis
County : vicinity of St. Louis, 29 (22, Univ. Illinois; 4, U. S. Nat. Mus.;
1, Univ. Missouri). Wayne County : Williamsville, 8 (U. S. Nat. Mus.).
Carter County : Hunter, 4 (U. S. Nat. Mus.).
I
Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Cal
March 6, 1958
!|ber 20
73
FURTHER BIRD REMAINS
FROM THE
SAN DIEGO PLIOCENE
i!
By Loye Miller and Robert I. Bowman
Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellane-
ous technical papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and
Anthropology, published at irregular intervals by the Los An-
geles County Museum. Issues are numbered separately and
numbers run consecutively regardless of subject matter. Num-
ber 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available to
scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Copies
may also be purchased at a nominal price.
Hildegarde Howard
Editor
E. Yale Dawson
Associate Editor
FURTHER BIRD REMAINS FROM THE
SAN DIEGO PLIOCENE
By Loye Miller1 and Robert I. Bowman2
The final presswork on a paper by the senior author ( 1956 ) concern-
ing San Diego Pliocene birds had not been accomplished before a fur-
ther assemblage of material from the same formation came to hand.
Part of this material (14 specimens) came from Mr. loseph Arndt and
was deposited in the University of California Museum of Palaeontology,
referred to below as U.C.M.P. A larger number of specimens was sent
from the Los Angeles County Museum by its Chief Curator of Science,
Dr. Hildegarde Howard, with the request to include them in our study.
This loaned material will be referred to as L.A.M. Our thanks are
extended to Dr. Howard and Mr. Arndt for their much appreciated
courtesies. We are further indebted to Dr. Howard for helpful sug-
gestions during the course of our labors.
Specimens assigned to the genus Mancalla are not included in this
study because no significant additions to our knowledge of that genus
have developed since it was reported upon by Miller and Howard
(1949). Most of the other specimens are assignable to species recorded
by Howard (1949), Brodkorb (1953), or Miller (1956), but it has ap-
peared advisable to describe three species as new to science. The
new material relating to previously known species is discussed here
because of the additional light it throws upon the forms that were
but sparsely represented heretofore.
There is, of course, no anatomical association of skeletal elements in
the matrix. Hence the assignment of a bone to a species based upon
a type that represents a different element has to be supported by one
or more of three factors: first, their occurrence in a fairly restricted
geologic formation; second, their relative size as compared with the
nearest previously known form; and third, the degree of morphologic
divergence from that form. It is freely confessed that there are weak-
nesses in such procedure and that a large element of personal judg-
ment is involved, but we have endeavored to be conservative in such
assignments.
For a discussion of age, matrix, and the ecologic picture of the
San Diego Pliocene the reader is referred to the papers by Miller and
Howard (1949), Howard (1949), and Miller (1956).
1 Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University of California
2 Dept, of Biological Sciences, San Francisco State College
4
Contributions in Science
No. 20
GAVIIFORMES
Gaviidae. Loons.
Gavia howardae Brodkorb. Specimens of loon from the San Diego
beds were tentatively referred by Howard (1949:186-188) to
Wetmore’s Pliocene species, Gavia concinna from Monterey County,
California. A later study of all the known Pliocene loons by Brodkorb
( 1953 ) led to his establishment of the species Gavia howardae for part
of the San Diego material ( 3 humeri ) , and the definite assignment of
the remainder (upper and lower mandibles, cranium, and additional
humeri) to Gavia concinna. Since then Miller (1956:617) has assigned
an incomplete tibiotarsus to G. howardae and an incomplete humerus
to G. concinna.
On the basis of the humerus, Brodkorb states that Gavia howardae
is slightly smaller than Gavia arctica pacifica or G. stcllata, whereas
Gavia concinna exceeds in size these two Recent species. We now
have at hand a well-preserved specimen of the distal condyles of the
tibiotarsus of a loon (L.A.M. no. 2314) which, on the basis of small
size, we assign to the species G. howardae. The fossil differs from
G. a. pacifica as follows: the condyles, though only slightly worn, are
each thinner in the transverse diameter, giving the impression that
they must have articulated with smaller tarsal cotylae that were sep-
arated by a relatively broad intercotylar tuberosity; the supratendinal
bridge is more nearly at right angles to the shaft, is more nearly uniform
in width, and the proximal opening of the tendinal canal is almost
perfectly circular; the distal orifice of this canal is more slit-like
(Fig. 1).
No further material representing the loons has come to light.
COLYMBIFORMES
CoLYMBIDAE. GREBES.
Colymhus parvus Shufeldt. A total of 45 bones (38 L.A.M. and 7
U.C.M.P. ) representing nine skeletal elements, forms the basis of this
review. These include the following: femur 4, tibiotarsus 9, tarsometa-
tarsus 15, humerus 7, radius 2, ulna 3, carpometacarpus 3, scapula 1,
and coracoid 1. Three of these elements, namely the femur (L.A.M.
nos. 2189, 2203, 2569; U.C.M.P. no. 45881), radius (L.A.M. no. 2563;
U.C.M.P. no. 45893), and scapula (L.A.M. no. 2523) heretofore have
been unknown for Colymhus parvus. These bones are not lacking in
diagnostic features that unquestionably ally them with Colymhus.
Nevertheless, they are smaller than C. grisigena, yet larger than C.
auritus, thus bearing the same size relationship to these species as do the
other known elements of C. parvus.
1958
Miller & Bowman: Pliocene Birds
5
The excellent preservation of several of the bones permits the taking
of certain measurements (see Table I).
TABLE I
Measurements of bones of Colymbus parvus, in millimeters
FEMUR
( All dimensions are maximum, except as indicated )
Length Breadth Breadth Breadth Depth Minimum
proximal distal across external diameter
end end fibular & condyle of shaft
external
condyles
L.A.M. 2189 42.15 12.00 12.60 5.57 9.10 4.70
L.A.M. 2203 5 57
L.A.M. 2569 . 11 45
U.C.M.P. 45881 12.Q0
RADIUS
Minimum diameter Maximum diameter
of shaft of shaft
U.C.M.P. 45893 2.00 4.20
SCAPULA
Length of head from anterior tip of
furcular articulation to posterior
edge of glenoid facet
L.A.M. 2523 8.35
Maximum
length on
lateral
edge
U.C.M.P. 45873 40.70
CORACOID
Maximum
length on
medial
edge
38.40
Breadth of
base from
sternocora-
coidal pro-
cess to int.
distal angle
12.70
Maximum
antero-
posterior
diameter
brachial
tuberosity
6.70
Mimimum
diameter of
shaft
3.35
Colymbus parvus has been carried back in time from Pleistocene
(Shufeldt, 1913), through upper Pliocene (Wetmore, 1937), to lower
middle Pliocene (Howard, 1949). Its known geographic distribution is
from southern Oregon to southern California. Only in San Diego do
we find it in deposits of salt water origin. Furthermore, in comparison
with numbers of associated bird species, it reaches maximum abun-
dance in the San Diego formation. It is perhaps significant that among
2500 bird bones from the Pleistocene of Oregon, there are only 11 bones
of this grebe, whereas among 500-600 bones from the San Diego
Pliocene, there have now been determined no less than 58 of this
species. The species is unrecorded from the Pleistocene of California.
6
Contributions in Science
No. 20
The presence of a small grebe in the Pliocene formation of San Diego
was first reported by Howard (1949:185) who described, but left un-
named, the femur (L.A.M. no. 2118) and the tibiotarsus (L.A.M. no.
2129) “of a grebe smaller than Colymbus parvus .” Also, the senior
author (Miller, 1956:617) noted “some imperfect bones of a small
grebe” from the same formation although the particular elements were
not designated. Additional material is now available, and it is evident
that a new species of grebe should be named. It is, therefore, described
as follows:
Colymbus subparvus, new species. Fig. 5
Type. — L.A.M. no. 2568, a right femur lacjcing proximal end and
small areas of distal end. L.A.M. loc. 1080, Washington Blvd. freeway,
south of University Ave., San Diego; Pliocene. Collected by T. Downs,
1952.
Diagnosis. — Distal end approximately the same size as in Podilym-
bus podiceps (Mus. Vert. Zool. no. 118985) and from 8 to 13 per cent
narrower than in Colymbus parvus (see Table II). Profile of rotular
grove (frontal aspect) with much more steeply inclined lateral wall
than in C. parvus. Remainder of description as in Howard (1949:185)
for specimen L.A.M. no. 2118: “fibular condyle deeper, and junction
of its proximal border with the external intermuscular line more an-
terior in position; . . . less constriction of shaft internally, above internal
condyle.” See Fig. 5.
Paratype. — L.A.M. no. 2118, left femur, lacking proximal end and
adjacent shaft, with condyles heavily eroded. L.A.M. loc. no. 1071,
Curlew St. near Ostego Drive, San Diego; Pliocene. Collected by G.
P. Kanakoff, 1947.
Referred material. — L.A.M. no. 2129, proximal head of left tibio-
tarsus with approximately 15 mm. of adjacent shaft; lacking all of in-
ternal and most of external cnemial crest, with edges heavily eroded.
L.A.M. loc. no. 1080; collected by G. P. Kanakoff, 1947. L.A.M. no.
2354, left coracoid, complete except for minor areas which are eroded.
L.A.M. loc. no. 1079, canyon east of Balboa Park, San Diego. Collected
by Clifford Kennell, 1950.
The tibiotarsus is closest to Colymbus in degree of distal extension
of the external cnemial crest along the anterior surface of the shaft.
Its size is approximately as in Podilymbus podiceps. It also resembles
this species in the “flare of the external crest” (Howard, loc. cit. ), but
otherwise shows a distinctive configuration. Although the coracoid
gives a superficial appearance of immaturity, due to heavy erosion, de-
tails of muscle scars are so clearly defined that we may assume the
1958
Miller & Bowman: Pliocene Birds
7
hone came from an adult or nearly adult bird. It is referred to Colym-
bus on the basis of general configuration and to C. subparvus on the
basis of size.
Grebe, species undetermined. A well preserved distal half of a
very small, grebe femur (L.A.M. no. 2605) resembles that of C. sub-
parvus in the steeply inclined lateral wall of the rotular groove seen in
frontal aspect. In distal breadth, however, it measures only 8.0 mm.
(28 per cent smaller than the type of C. subparvus) . Compared with
Recent grebes, the bone is remarkably similar in size to a specimen of
C. occidentalis (M.V.Z. no. 125154) from Peru, hence smaller than in
C. auritus. Other characters, however, are in general similar to those
displayed by specimens of Recent Eared Grebes.
Although femur L.A.M. no. 2605 appears to be distinct from speci-
mens of this element known for other fossil or Recent grebes, we prefer
to refrain from establishing a new species on the basis of this single
bone.
TABLE II
Measurements of bones of Coly mbits subparvus, in millimeters
( Per cent smaller than C. parvus shown in parentheses )
L.A.M. 2568
L.A.M. 2118
L.A.M. 2129
FEMUR*
Maximum Breadth across Maximum Minimum
breadth fibular and depth diameter
distal end external external of shaft
condyles condyle
11.0 (8-13) 4.9 (12) 7.7 (15) 4.2 (11)
5.0 (10) 4.1 (13)
TIBIOTARSUS
Minimum diameter of shaft
approx. 15 mm. from base of
proximal head
3.4 (23 +)**
L.A.M. 2354
Maximum
length on
lateral edge
37.70 (7)
CORACOID*
Maximum Minimum
anteroposterior diameter of shaft
diameter of
brachial tuberosity
5.90(12) 3.15(6)
*For comparable measurements of C. parvus , see Table 1.
**This percentage may be inaccurate (too small) as the comparable measurement
on C. parvus (tibiotarsus U.C.M.P. no. 45876) of 4.4 mm. may be influenced by
erosion of the bone.
8
Contributions in Science
No. 20
PRGCELLARIIFORMES
Procellariidae. Shearwaters.
Puffinus kanakoffi Howard. This species was described (Howard,
1949:187) as a “small shearwater similar in size to Puffinus opistho-
melas” but with certain osteologic characters that distinguish it from
that species. The tarsometatarsus, humerus, and femur, were discussed.
Miller (1956:617) added a few items concerning the humerus, stating
that a specimen in the U.C.M.P. collection was shorter but actually
heavier in shaft and condyles than in Recent P. opisthomelas.
We now have before us parts of nine fossil humeri (7 L.A.M. and 2
U.C.M.P.), three tarsometatarsi (1 L.A.M., 2 U.C.M.P.) and a vertebra
(U.C.M.P. ) that we consider to be of the one species, P. kanakoffi. The
lengths are not accurately measurable on all of tho specimens of humeri
and tarsometatarsi but they appear not to vary too greatly for inclusion
in one species. There is an appreciable variation in width of shaft in
the humeri that we would ascribe to age of the individual, since one
specimen strongly suggests an immature bird. The following measure-
ments were taken on complete or nearly complete specimens: humerus,
L.A.M. no. 2516, length 85.0 mm.; U.C.M.P. no. 45896, length 91.2
mm., greatest breadth across distal condyles, 11.4 mm.; tarsometatarsus,
L.A.M. no. 2572, length 45.5 mm., breadth of distal end 6.3 mm.
While we may not be able to add appreciably to the osteologic
picture of P. kanakoffi, we may perhaps sharpen the focus on the
ecologic picture. Miller and Howard (1949) visualized the San Diego
accumulation as that of a tidal flat with small islets fairly nearby, thus
furnishing for Mancalla a loafing and sunning ground with insular
breeding sites close at hand. The fairly abundant remains of the Kana-
koff Shearwater (a total of 27 specimens now recorded), would tend
to accentuate this impression. Though shearwaters today do not con-
gregate on sand bars to rest, they are highly gregarious birds both
during the nesting season and the remainder of the year. Epidemics
or other adverse factors often cause great mortality, and on occasion
their bodies are cast up on the sands in great numbers. The islets that
afforded nesting grounds for Mancalla might likewise have accom-
modated the shearwaters or even the aberrant barn owl, Lechusa stir-
toni, if rocky cliffs were exposed in places.
PELECANIFORMES
Sulidae. Boobies.
The only sulid previously reported from the Pliocene of the west
1958
Miller & Bowman: Pliocene Birds
9
coast is Miosula recentior Howard (1949:190) from the San Diego de-
posits. A large tibiotarsus and a small ulna were assigned as type and
cotype respectively and a fragment of a small humerus tentatively re-
ferred. The three specimens were not associated in the matrix. The
assignment was rationalized on the basis that Miosula (Miller, 1925:
115) was described as a form with stout legs and weakened wings, thus
suggesting a modification toward the cormorants, with greater swim-
ming power than is possessed by Sula.
We now find in the San Diego formation the distal third of a sulid
humerus and a femur which is complete except for the inner condyle.
The humerus is larger than in Sula sula websteri or S. leucogaster
brewsteri, though smaller than in Moms bassanus. It is distinguished
from the genus Miosula , as represented by Miosula media Miller from
the Lompoc Miocene, by lesser curvature of the shaft. In general
characters it resembles the humerus as found in the genus Sula. The
femur is smaller than that of Sula dactylatra, but exceeds that of Sida
sula in about the same proportion as does the humerus. It is far too
small, however, to have articulated with the gigantic tibiotarsus of
Miosula recentior , described by Howard (1949:190) as “larger than in
any living member of the family.” The humerus and femur, therefore,
are believed to represent a species new to science.
Sula humeralis, new species. Fig. 2
Type. — U.C.M.P. no. 45889, distal third of right humerus, practically
unworn and apparently representing a fully mature bird. San Diego;
Pliocene. Collected by Joseph Arndt.
Diagnosis. — Shaft heavy and less curved than in Miostda ; ectepi-
eondyle and entepicondyle less prolonged up the shaft than in living
sulids but both epicondyles broadened; ulnar condyle relatively large;
internal tricipital groove relatively shallow as compared with Sula
leucogaster. See Fig. 2.
Detailed description. — The type humerus is larger than available
specimens of either Sula sula websteri or S. leucogaster hrewsteri, but
markedly smaller than Moms bassanus, and with characters more
closely related to Sula. Characters of the palmar aspect ally it with S.
leucogaster rather than with S. dactylatra or S. sula ; the impression of
brachialis anticus is defined distally by a transverse ridge as in S. leuco-
gaster (this ridge is lacking or only faintly indicated in S. dactylatra,
S. sula, and Moms bassanus); distal to this ridge, the brachial depres-
sion is almost triangular in outline with (1) its broad base lying trans-
versely under the overhang of the internal (ulnar) condvle, (2) its
external side defined by a ridge extending obliquely inward from the
10
Contributions in Science
No. 20
external condyle, and ( 3 ) its internal side defined by the entepicondy-
lar prominence. This triangle is not as nearly perfect in any living
species of sulid examined but is approached in S. leucogaster and is re-
mote from S. dactylatra. The area is more depressed than in Moms
bassanus. The interior border of the brachialis depression forms a pro-
nounced ridge broadening distally into a fairly heavy mass of bone;
this broadened area is less in S. leucogaster and S. sula and least in S.
nebouxi. The entepicondylar area is less pronounced than in any avail-
able living sulid; the area is most prominent in S. sula and is intermed-
iate in S. nebouxi and S. leucogaster. The ligamental attachments at the
entepicondyle and ectepicondyle are shorter and broader than in living
sulids, except S. dactylatra.
When the bone is viewed from the distal end in line with the axis
of the shaft, the ulnar condyle is relatively larger in comparison to the
radial condyle than in S. sula , S. nebouxi, or S. leucogaster, but the
mesial ridge defining the tricipital groove is less developed; the ex-
ternal tricipital groove, therefore, appears to lie more toward the sagit-
tal line and less toward the lateral border; the outer ridge of the tri-
cipital groove is well developed. The shaft is heavy, its diameter rela-
tive to the expanded articular end is greater than in specimens of living
species at hand, approaching S. nebouxi most nearly. The curvature
of the shaft is similar to living species of Sula and is straighter than in
Miosula.
Measurements of type. — Maximum width across distal end, 19.8
mm.; minimum diameter of shaft, 8.0 mm.; ratio of shaft to distal end,
.40.
Referred material. — L.A.M. no. 2522, femur complete except for
inner condyle. L.A.M. loc. 1128, Washington St. between 1400 block
and Highway 395, San Diego; Pliocene; collected by Clifford Kennell,
1954. An eroded fragment of sulid coracoid, L.A.M. no. 2521, may pos-
sibly represent this species; locality, collector and date as for the
femur.
In the femur, the fracture that deprived us of the inner condyle in-
volved also the contour between the condyles and the popliteal area.
So far as preserved, its characters are as follows: it is longer than in
Sula sula websteri, but the shaft is more slender and the contours are
more rugged. The effect is of a strongly activated bone despite its
slenderness. Recent sulids examined give the impression of weakness
in the femur. Measurements: length along external side, 58.2 mm.;
minimum breadth of shaft, 5.5 mm.; breadth of proximal end, 13.2 mm.
Discussion, — Sula humeralis is distinguishable from fossil sulids of
1958
Miller & Bowman: Pliocene Birds
11
other California localities as follows: from Mortis vagabundus Wet-
more, Moms lompocana Miller, and Morns reyana Howard, it is dis-
tinguished by the fact that its characters are distinctly those of Sula
rather than Morus. From Sula stocktoni Miller it is distinguished by
smaller size, and from Sula willetti by markedly larger size. Compared
with S. willetti, also, the femur of Sula humeralis is not only longer, but
its distal end is more expanded.
With the establishing of this second sulid species from the San Diego
formation, the femur of which is markedly smaller and more slender
than could be expected for articulation with the tibiotarsus that forms
the type of Miosula recentior, it seems proper to raise the question of
the allocation of the ulna that forms the cotype of the latter species.
Fig. 1. Gavia howardae. Tibiotarsal condyles, L.A.M. no. 2314. Natural size.
Fig. 2. Sula humeralis, new species. Type specimen. Distal end of humerus,
U.C.M.P. no. 45889. Natural size. Fig. 3. Phalacrocorax kennelli. Head of tibio-
tarsus, L.A.M. no. 2566. Natural size. Fig. 4. Ptychoramphus tenuis, new species.
Type specimen. Tarsometatarsus, U.C.M.P. no. 45662. a. Anterior face, x 2. h.
Proximal end. x 2. Fig. 5. Colymbus subparvus, new species. Type specimen.
Femur, L.A.M. no. 2568. a. Anterior face. Natural size. b. Distal end. Natural
size. All drawings by Gene M. Christman,
12
Contributions in Science
No. 20
Unfortunately there is no anatomical association in the specimens from
the San Diego Pliocene. The sulid species from the Lompoc and Lomita
Miocene deposits of California are based on articulated skeletons that
show the size ratios of various segments in the skeleton. Although this
is not the case for the San Diego fossils, the relative size of the sulid
humerus, ulna, and femur, as compared with living species, sup-
ports the conclusion that they could all represent one form. The large
tibiotarsus of Miosula recentior appears to stand apart. After weighing
the problem carefully, therefore, we recommend that the ulna (L.A.M.
no. 2112) be reclassified as Sula humeralis.
Phalacrocoracidae. Cormorants.
Phalacrocorax kennelli Howard. For the present study we have addi-
tional cormorant material representing the tibiotarsus (L.A.M. no.
2566), femur (L.A.M. no. 2528), ulna (L.A.M. no. 2529), and coracoid
(L.A.M. no. 2282) all of which harmonize fairly well with Howard’s
(1949:188) concept of the species, namely, a small cormorant inter-
mediate in size between Phalacrocorax auritus and P. pelagicus.
L.A.M. no. 2566 is a complete right tibiotarsus in almost as perfect
condition as a well-preserved Recent bone. Only the varied dark
coloring makes it slightly less easy to study. The total length ( 100 mm.
to the proximal articular surface ) is just equal to that of a specimen of
a male P. pelagicus from Alaska; the fossil is, however, definitely stouter
and more curved towards the median plane. The curvature is perhaps
correlated with the fact that the outer condyle is less extended distally,
i.e. it is raised above the level of the inner condyle. The notch between
the condyles is shallower and more open. When viewed from the side,
the contours of both the condyles form a more nearly circular arc and
are more evenly curved in outline. The fibular crest is less developed
along the area of contact proximally as well as at the distal point of
fusion of fibula, tibia, and proximal tarsals. When the bone is viewed
from the proximal end, the pattern is quite different from that seen in
P. pelagicus (Fig. 3). The outer cnemial crest is much less developed,
whereas the inner crest is powerful and is bent over towards the exter-
nal side leaving a narrower notch between crests. The condition is
somewhat similar to that seen in P. auritus, though different in detail.
The external articular surface is broader and rounder and less extended
to a point on the external contour. The notch between this contour
and the external crest is much more enclosed. We have not seen these
characters displayed in any other cormorant examined.
The femur is complete and almost perfect in preservation of details.
1958
Miller & Bowman: Pliocene Birds
13
In size it is slightly less than a male P. pelagicus, but the size difference
between Recent specimens of P. pelagicus and P. auritus is so slight
as to fall within the range of a single species. The fossil femur measures
55.5 mm. and is larger than a specimen of female P. auritus at hand.
Slight osteological differences that appear in comparing the fossil with
one Recent specimen fall to the ground when a series of Recent birds
is studied. In fact, we find no stable character in the femur that sets
the Pliocene bird apart from the Recent smaller cormorants of the
California coast.
The ulna measures 141.0 mm. in length and is markedly smaller than
available specimens of P. auritus , but larger than those of P. pelagicus.
The coracoid is represented only by a fragment of the upper end
which is devoid of diagnostic characters.
CHARADRIIFORMES
Alcidae. Murrelets and Auklets.
Brachyramphus pliocenus Howard. In the senior author s general
paper ( 1956:618) dealing with the San Diegan fauna, a tarsometatarsus
(U.C.M.P. no. 45662) was tentatively assigned to this species. The ques-
tion was raised, however, as to the generic assignment, as the tarso-
metatarsus seemed more closely to resemble Ptychoramphus. Neither
the type humerus nor the cotype ulna of B. pliocenus was available for
study. Another complete ulna (L.A.M. no. 2573) has now come to
hand. It is definitely different from Ptychoramphus aleuticus and ap-
pears to conform to the characters described for the cotype of Brachy-
ramphus pliocenus ( Howard, 1949:192) although there is a size dif-
ference amounting to more than 10 per cent in length. This discrepancy
is not greater, however, than is found to exist in a series of bones of
Pinguinis impennis from the mounds on Funk Island. We, therefore,
see no reason for doubt in assigning these two ulnae to the same species.
The tarsometatarsus in the U.C.M.P. collection is not separable on
osteologic characters from Ptychoramphus, though it is shorter and
more slender than in P. aleuticus. It is, however, longer than in
Brachyramphus marmoratus. Compared with P. aleuticus , Recent B.
marmoratus has considerably shorter leg bones, although the humeri
are longer and the ulnae of the two species are of about equal length.
B. marmoratus has, in fact, a surprisingly weak foot as compared with
P. aleuticus. The length of the tarsometatarsus in B. marmoratus is
approximately 45 per cent of that of the ulna, whereas in P. aleuticus, it
is approximately 65 per cent.
If we were to allocate the fossil tarsometatarsus with the humeri
14
Contributions in Science
No. 20
and ulnae now assigned to Brachyramphus pliocenus we would find the
species incongruous in either Brachyramphus or Ptychoramphus as
known today. The characters of the wing bones and their relative size
bespeak the genus Brachyramphus, whereas the characters of the
tarsometatarsus are those of Ptychoramphus. The ratio of the length
of the tarsus relative to length of either ulna now assigned to B.
jjliocenus would be slightly less than in Ptychoramphus but far greater
than in Brachyramphus. We prefer, therefore, to recognize the pres-
ence of two genera of small alcids in the San Diego formation, the one
represented by wing elements and the other by a single perfect tarso-
metatarsus. The latter specimen we assign to the genus Ptychoramphus
and erect for it a species category that is new ( see below ) . Hence, the
suggestion offered by the senior author (Miller, 1956:618) regarding
the generic reassignment of Brachyramphus pliocenus is no longer
valid.
Ptychoramphus tenuis, new species. Fig. 4
Type. — U.C.M.P. no. 45662, a perfect right tarsometatarsus; San
Diego; Pliocene. Collected by Joseph Arndt.
Diagnosis. — Tarsometatarsus similar to that of Ptychoramphus
aleuticus (Pallas), but shorter and more slender, and inner condyle
more distinct and set off more gradually from middle condyle. See Fig.
4.
Measurements of the type. — Length 21.7 mm.; breadth of proximal
end 4.4 mm.; breadth of distal end 4.— mm.; minimum mediolateral
diameter of shaft 1.9 mm.; minimum anteroposterior diameter of shaft
1.6 mm.; ratio of minimum mediolateral diameter of shaft to length of
tarsometatarsus 8.7 per cent.
Discussion. — The character of the inner condyle of the tarsometa-
tarsus is suggestive of that of Sterna, but the bone as a whole is clearly
that of an alcid. The shape of the head and excavation of the anterior
surface of the shaft closely resemble the contours of P. aleuticus. The
pattern of the hypotarsal ridges also is most nearly like that of Pty-
choramphus and is widely different from Brachyramphus. There are
four well-developed hypotarsal ridges of which the inner one is the
strongest. In the Recent P. aleuticus there is an enclosed channel or
tunnel between this inner ridge and the one next to it; unfortunately it
is not quite certain whether or not this channel was enclosed in the
fossil, although there is strong indication that it was. This enclosed
channel is present in both Synthliboramphus and Aethia, but the pat-
tern of the ridges is otherwise quite divergent.
1958
Miller & Bowman: Pliocene Birds
15
SUMMARY
Seventy-three determinable bird bones, and numerous fragments
from the San Diego Pliocene have been examined in this study, al-
though Mancalla, the most abundant San Diegan form, was not treated
further here. Ten species are discussed, of which three, namely, Sula
humeralis, Colymbus subparvus, and Ptychoramphus tenuis, are new to
science, and new light is thrown on the others. Colymbus parvus was
found to be second only to Mancalla in point of numbers.
LITERATURE CITED
Brodkorb, P.
1953. A review of the Pliocene loons. Condor, 55:211-214.
Howard, H.
1949. New avian records for the Pliocene of California. Carnegie Institution
of Washington Publication 584, pp. 177-199, pis. 1-3.
Miller, L.
1925. Avian remains from the Miocene of Lompoc, California. Carnegie
Institution of Washington Publication 349, pp. 107-117, pis. 1-9.
1935. New bird horizons in California. Publ. Univ. Calif. Los Angeles in
Biol. Sci., 1:73-80.
1956. A collection of bird remains from the Pliocene of San Diego, Cali-
fornia. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., fourth series, 28:615-621.
Miller, L. and H. Howard
1949. The flightless Pliocene bird Mancalla. Carnegie Institution of Wash-
ington Publication 584, pp. 201-228, pis. 1-6, 1 text fig.
Shufeldt, R. W.
1913. A review of the fossil fauna of the desert region of Oregon, with a
description of additional material collected there. Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist, 32:123-178, pis. 9-43.
Wetmore, A.
1930. Fossil bird remains from the Temblor Formation near Bakersfield,
California. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., fourth series, 19:85-93.
1937. A record of the fossil grebe, Colymbus parvus, from the Pliocene of
California, with remarks on other American fossils of this family.
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., fourth series, 23:195-201.
LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS
IN SCIENCE
No. 1. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. General Account, by Jean Delacour.
11 pp., 4 figures. January 23, 1957.
No. 2. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General, by E. Yale Dawson.
20 pp., 5 figures, 2 maps. January 24, 1957.
No. 3. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Dodder from Goias,
Cuscuta burrellii, by T. G. Yuncker. 2 pp., 1 figure. January 25, 1957.
No. 4. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: The Lichens, by Carroll W.
Dodge. 2 pp. February 18, 1957.
No. 5. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Cyanophyta, by Francis
Drouet. 2 pp. February 19, 1957.
No. 6. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Mint from Goias,
Hyptis machrisae, by Carl Epling. 4 pp., 2 figures. February 20, 1957.
No. 7. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, various
smaller families, edited by E. Yale Dawson. 18 pp., 7 figures. March 7,
1957.
No. 8. Notes on Eastern Pacific Insular Marine Algae, by E. Yale Dawson. 8 pp.,
4 figures. June 27, 1957.
No. 9. A New Species of Passerine Bird from the Miocene of California, by
Hildegarde Howard. 16 pp., 2 figures. June 28, 1957.
No. 10. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Columnar Cactus
from Goias, by E. Yale Dawson. 8 pp., 4 plates. July 15, 1957.
No. 11. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Chlorophyta; Euglenophyta,
by G. W. Prescott. 29 pp., 5 plates, 1 text figure. August 20, 1957.
No. 12. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Entomology: General; Systematics of
the Notonectidae (Hemiptera), by Fred S. Truxal. 23 pp., 1 plate, 8 text
figures. August 21, 1957.
No. 13. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, Leguminosae,
by Richard S. Cowan. 24 pp., 7 figures. October 23, 1957.
No. 14. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Entomology: Gelastrocoridae ( Hemip-
tera), by E. L. Todd. 4 pp., 1 figure. October 31, 1957.
No. 15. Marine Algae of the Pacific Costa Rican Gulfs, by E. Yale Dawson. 28
pp., 4 figures. October 31, 1957.
No. 16. A Classification of the Oscines (Aves), by Jean Delacour and Charles
Vaurie. 6 pp. October 31, 1957.
No. 17. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, Bromeliaceae
and other smaller families, by Lyman B. Smith. 8 pp., 5 figures. Decem-
ber 23, 1957.
No. 18. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Musci, by Howard Crum.
8 pp., 4 figures. December 23, 1957.
No. 19. A new Race of the Pocket Gopher Geomys bursarius from Missouri, by
Charles A. McLaughlin. 4 pp. January 29, 1958.
No. 20. Further Bird Remains from the San Diego Pliocene, by Loye Miller and
Robert 1. Bowman. 15 pp., 5 figures. March 6, 1958.
*1,73
a l. rc,$-
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Phanerogamae,
Los Angeles County Museum • Exposition Park • Los Angeles 7, Calif.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellane-
ous technical papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and
Anthropology, published at irregular intervals by the Los An-
geles County Museum. Issues are numbered separately and
numbers run consecutively regardless of subject matter. Num-
ber 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available to
scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Copies
may also be purchased at a nominal price.
The MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION from the Los
Angeles County Museum was sponsored by Mr. and Mrs.
Maurice A. Machris and Mrs. Maybell Machris Low. It was
conducted under the auspices of the Museu Nacional do
Brasil. Botanical and zoological collections were made from
April through June, 1956, in the region of the headwaters of
the Rio Tocantins in the state of Goias. General accounts and
itineraries are given in papers 1 and 2 of this series. Technical
type specimens of new entities are deposited in the Museu
Nacional in Rio de Janeiro.
Hildegarde Howard
Editor
E. Yale Dawson
Associate Editor
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Phanerogamae,
Euphorbiaceae, Lentibulariaceae, Rubiaceae
By Julian A. Steyermark1
The following account continues the reporting of the plant collec-
tions obtained by Expedition botanist, E. Yale Dawson. The specimens
are cited by his field collection numbers for which detailed locality data
have been provided in the general account of the botany of the Expedi-
tion2. Briefly, however, specimens bearing numbers from 14133 to
14815 came from the Chapada dos Veadeiros, between Sao Joao da
Alianga and Veadeiros, April 13-May 3, 1956. Those bearing numbers
from 14816 to 15236 came from the region between Amaro Leite and
Peixe, especially in the southern Serra Dourada, May 15- June 10, 1956.
The first set of specimens, including isotypes of the seven new species
and one new form are deposited in the Los Angeles County Museum.
EUPHORBIACEAE
Caperonia stenophylla M. Arg. 15143 Previously known only
from Minas Gerais (Lagoa Santa, Warming 1545). The capsules were
unknown at the time of the original description. The following de-
scription is based upon the present collection: capsula tricocca, 3 mm.
alta 6-7 mm. lata tuberculata; seminibus subglobosis fuscis 2.5 mm.
diametro foveolato-punctatis.
Cnidoscolus cnicodendron Griseb. 15092 Jatropha vitifolia
Mill. var. genuina M. Arg.; Pax, (1910, p. 88). Pax divides /. vitifolia
into several varieties of presently doubtful status. As shown by Mc-
Vaugh (1944, p 471), the correct name for this taxon is Cnidoscolus
cnicodendron Griseb. The var. genuina (=var. cnicodendron) has
been known previously from Goias.
‘Curator of the Phanerogamic Herbarium, Chicago Natural History Museum,
Chicago 5, Illinois.
“Dawson, E. Yale. 1957. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General
Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contr. Sci. (2) :l-20.
SMITHSONIAN
institution Apr 2 4 fff§
4
Contributions in Science
No. 21
Croton angustifrons M. Arg. 14194 Previously known only
from Minas Gerais.
Croton douradensis sp. nov. Figs. 1, 2
Stipules subulate, 2-4 mm. long, moderately appressed-pubescent
with simple hairs; leaves petiolate, the petioles 6-25 mm. long, rather
densely stellate-pubescent; leaf blades undivided or deeply 2-3-lobate,
4-5 cm. long, 2-4.5 cm. wide, lateral lobes smaller and narrower than
the intermediate ones, 1-3 cm. long, 0.7-1. 7 cm. wide, crenate, mod-
erately appressed-pubescent above with simple hairs, gray green below
with short stellate pubescence; racemes terminal, slender, 12-17 cm.
long; rachis rather densely canescent; pistillate -flowers: calyx lobes 6,
unequal, one larger, the others elliptical-ovate, acute, 2.5-4 mm. long,
0.6-1. 5 mm. wide, hispidulous on both sides; petals 5, erect, lanceolate,
acute, 2 mm. long, 0.7-0. 8 mm. wide, sparsely or moderately pubescent
on both sides with ascending hairs; glands of the petals 20, minute,
suborbicular, 4 at the base of each petal; styles 3, flabellately 8-divided
from the middle; ovary pilose; staminate flowers: pedicels 5-7 mm.
long; staminate receptacle densely pilose; calyx deeply 5-parted, divi-
sions elliptical-oblong, obtusish, 2 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, pilose on
both sides; petals 5, obtuse, 2 mm. long, 1 mm. wide; stamens 12-15;
filaments glabrous.
Caules videntur saltern 0.5-metralis, superne herbacei; caulibus
teretibus pilis stellatis moderatim juvenalibus densiuscule vestitis;
stipulis subulato-linearibus 2-4 mm. longis pilis simplicibus moderatim
adpresso-pubescentibus; foliis petiolatis, petiolis 6-25 mm. longis pilis
stellatis plerumque densiuscule vestitis; laminis membranaceis indivisis
vel profunde 2-3-lobatis, si indivisis ovatis cuspidato-acuminatis 4-5
cm. longis 2-4.5 cir. latis, si divisis laciniis lateralibus intermedia minor-
ibus brevioribus angustioribusque, lobis lateralibus oblongo-lanceolatis
1-3 cm. longis 0.7-1. 7 cm. latis, lobo intermedio vel lobo majore
elliptico-ovato vel obovato 4.5-6 cm. longo 2.5-4 cm. lato, crenatis
supra pilis simplicibus ad 0.8 mm. longis moderatim adpresso-pube-
scentibus subtus cinereo-viridibus indumento brevi stellari molli ves-
titis; racemis terminalibus gracilibus elongatis 12-17 cm. longis micran-
this floribundis non comosis, i. e. bracteis flores masculos haud vel non
excedentibus, inferne mixto-bisexualibus; rhachi angulosa densiuscule
canescenti; bracteis triangulari-lanceolatis vel subulatis ad 2 mm. longis;
floribus foemineis: calycis foeminei laciniis 6 inaequalibus, uno majore,
elliptico-ovatis acutis 2.5-4 mm. longis 0.6-1. 5 mm. latis utrinque his-
pidulis; petalis 5 erectis lanceolatis acutis cucullatis 2 mm. longis
1958
Steyermabk : Brazil, Botany
5
.4-1?*
Fig. 1. Croton douradensis sp. nov. The holotype specimen, x 0.38
6
Contributions in Science
No. 21
0. 7-0.8 mm. latis, marginibus incurvatis, utrinque pilis adscendentibus
parce vel moderatim vestitis; petalorum glandulis 20 minutis sub-
orbicuiaribus, 4 basi intus cuiusque petali; stylis tribus e medio flabel-
latim 8-divisis, ramis 2.6-3 mm. longis 0.5 mm. diam. canescentibus,
cruribus tenuibus 2. 7-2. 8 mm. longis pilis adscendentibus hispidulis;
ovario piloso; floribus masculis; pedicellis 5-7 mm. longis basin versus
angustatis stellato-pubescentibus; receptaculo masculo dense piloso;
calyce profunde 5-partito, laciniis (sepalis) elliptico-oblongis obtusi-
usculis 2mm. longis 1mm. latis scariosis utrinque pilosis infeme remote
eiliatis; petalis 5 membranaceo-scariosis obtusis 2 mm. longis 1 mm.
latis; staminibus 12-15, filamentis glabris; capsulis ignotis.
Type: Dawson 14973 (holotype R, isotypes F, LAM), collected in
gallery forest along stream 17 km. east of Formoso, region of the
Fig. 2. Croton douradensis sp. nov. a. Pistillate flower, x 6.6; b. one of the style
arms with branches, x 8; c. staminate flower in bud, x 6.6; d. staminate
flower opened, showing receptacle, x 10. All drawn from holotype.
1958
Steyermark : Brazil, Botany
7
southern Serra Dourada at W. Long, 48° 40', S. Lat. 13° 40', Goias,
Brazil, May 19, 1956.
This species, at first, might appear to be related to such species of
section Astraea Baill. as C. gardneri M. Arg., but that section has glab-
rous staminate receptacles, and a 5 -parted pistillate calyx. It may
perhaps better be considered an anomalous member of section Decalo-
bium M. Arg,, which includes species having a pubescent staminate
receptacle and pistillate flowers sometimes with an unequally 6-10-
parted calyx. The present species is marked by the combination of
dimorphous leaves, some simple, others 2-3-lobed, pubescent staminate
receptacle, glabrous filaments, unequally 6-parted pistillate calyx with
one division larger than the other five, 5 pistillate petals with 4 glands
at the base of each petal, and 8-cleft divisions of each of the three
styles.
Croton gracilipes Baill. 15030a The present collection has
somewhat larger leaves than most collections examined, but agrees in
all other essential characters of the species. The species has hitherto
been known in Brazil from Minas Gerais and Matto Grosso, and from
Paraguay.
Croton inaequilohus sp. nov. Figs. 3, 4
Leaves petiolate, petioles 3-6 mm. long; leaf blades ovate or ovate-
oblong, obtuse, rounded at base, 1.5-3.5 cm. long, 1-2.5 cm. wide,
irregularly simply or doubly crenate, stellate-pubescent above, densely
stellate -tomentose below with whitish interrupted tomentum; racemes
densely-flowered; pistillate flowers: calyx unequally 5-parted, one seg-
ment inconspicuous, narrowly lanceolate, acutish, 2-3 mm. long, 0.7-0. 8
mm. wide, glabrous within, 3 lobes obovate-rounded, 4-4.5 mm. long,
3.5 mm. wide, entire, stellate-pubescent on both sides, a fifth segment
larger, obovate, 5 mm. long, 3.5 mm. wide, entire, stellate-pubescent
on both sides; styles 3, once divided, shortly dichotomously bifid; ovary
obpyriform; staminate flowers: pedicels 1.5 mm. long; calyx deeply
5-parted, segments ovate, obtuse, 1.5-2 mm. long, 1. 1-1.2 mm. wide,
glabrous within, densely stellate-pubescent without; petals 5, spatulate-
obovate, obtuse, 1.75 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, pilose on both sides;
receptacle pilose; stamens 11; filaments glabrous.
Fruticulus saltern 2.5-4 dm. altus, ramis teretibus inferne fuscis vel
nigrescentibus superne cum petiolis et inflorescentiis et pagina inferiore
foliomm tomento s tel lari velutino ex argillaceo albicante densissime
tectis; stipulis sub indumenta fere omnirio occultis; foliis petiolatis.
8
Contributions in Science
No. 21
petiolis 3-6 mm. longis; laminis subcoriaceis supra cano-viridibus sub-
tus argillaceo-albescentibus ovatis vel ovato-oblongis obtusis vel ob-
tusiusculis basi rotundatis 1.5-3.5 cm. longis, 1-2.5 cm. latis plus mi-
Fig. 3. Croton imequilobus sp. nov. The holot^pe specimen, x 0.4.
1958
Steyermark: Brazil, Botany
9
nusve irregulariter simpliciter vel duplicato-crenatis penninerviis vel
abbreviato-palmatinerviis, nervis lateralibus utroque 3-4 subtus paullo
prominulis supra pilis stellatis brevibus dense vestitis, subtus indumento
dense stellato-tomentoso magis albicante non interrupte obtectis; basi
eglandulosis vel 1 vel 2, glandulis disciformibus; racemis evolutis den-
sifloris 1.5-1. 7 cm. longis, bracteis setaceis acuminatis extus dense
stellato-tomentosis intus glabris 2. 5-3.5 mm. longis 0.5 mm. latis; flori-
bus foemineis: calyce inaequaliter 5-partito, una lacinia fere obsoleta
anguste lanceolata acutiuscula 2-3 mm. longa 0.7-0.8 mm. lata intus
glabra, tribus laciniis obovatis rotundatis 4-4.5 mm. longis 3.5 mm.
latis integris utrinque stellato-pubescentibus, una lacinia majore obo-
vata rotundata 5 mm. longa 3.5 mm. lata integra utrinque stellato-
pubescenti; stylis 3 semel breviter dichotome bifidis, ramis 0.5 mm.
longis cruribus 1.5 mm. longis stellato-pubescentibus praeter apices
papillosos; ovario obpyriformi 4-5 mm. longo 3.5-4 mm. lato dense
stellato-pubescenti; floribus masculis: pedicellis 1.5 mm. longis stellato-
Fig. 4. Croton inaequilobus sp. nov. a. Pistillate flower, x 9; b. papillate mar-
gins of style tips, x 26; c. style branches, x 26; d. stamen, x 22.5; e.
staminate flower in bud, x 11; f. staminate flower expanded, view from
below, x 11.
10
Contributions in Science
No. 21
pubescentibus; calyce profunde 5-partito, laciniis ovatis obtusis 1.5-2
mm. longis 1. 1-1.2 mm. latis extus dense stellato-pubescentibus intus
glabris; petalis 5 spatulato-obovatis obtusis 1.75 mm. longis 1 mm.
latis marginibus involutis utrinque pilosis; receptaculo piloso; stamini-
bus 11; antheris 0.9 mm. longis 0.8 mm. latis, filamentis glabris 2.5-2. 6
mm. longis; capsulis stellato-tomentosis immaturis.
Type: Dawson 14685 (holotype R, isotypes F, LAM), collected in
sandstone rocky area on west bank of stream and above, 14 km. south
of Veadeiros, region of the Chapada dos Veadeiros at W. Long, 47°
30', S. Lat. 14° 20', Goias, Brazil, April 25, 1956.
This is a very well-marked species, peculiarly characterized by the
pistillate flowers having unequal, broadly rounded, obovate, subfolia-
ceous calyx lobes, and by the leaf blades having either one or two very
small disk-shaped glands at their bases, or lacking glands entirely. It
seems most closely related to C. goyazensis M. Arg. and C. luzianus
M. Arg.
Croton urucurana Baill. 15093 A fairly widespread, some-
what variable species, distributed through much of Brazil, Paraguay,
Argentina, and Bolivia. The species varies in the degree of indument
on the lower surface of the leaf blades. The filaments in the present
collection and in others studied are glabrous, and not “pilosis” as de-
scribed and figured by Mueller Argoviensis (1873, p. Ill, pi. 22). The
stamens in the present collection are 13, instead of 17 as stated in Flora
Brasiliensis.
Dalechampia caperonioides Baill. 14231; 14560 A species
limited to southern Brazil, with several described varieties, whose rel-
ative merits are uncertain. Some of the leaves in Dawson 14231 meas-
ure up to 38 mm. broad, others only 18 mm. broad. The var. rhom-
boidalis M. Arg., to which most of the present collections may be rele-
gated, has been collected previously in Goias and Minas Gerais.
Euphorbia coecorum Mart. 14182; 14455; 14584 Previously
known from Goias, as well as from Bahia, Minas Gerais, Sao Paulo,
and Matto Grosso. Also known from Paraguay and Bolivia.
Euphorbia hirta L. 14395 A weedy and widely distributed
species, occurring from Florida and the West Indies to Mexico, Cen-
tral America, and South America.
Euphorbia hijssopifolia L. 14394 A widely distributed species,
occurring from the southern United States and the West Indies to
Mexico, Central America, and temperate South America.
1958
Steyermark: Brazil, Botany
11
Euphorbia machrisiae sp. nov. Figs. 5, 6
Stems erect or ascending, 12-14 cm. tall, pilose with spreading hairs
to 0.7 mm. long; leaves opposite, short-petiolate, petioles 1-1.5 mm.
long, pilose; lamina broadly ovate or suborbicular-oval, obtuse or
rounded at the apex, strongly obliquely inequilateral at base, entire
with thickened margins, 4-10 mm. long, 3-7 mm. wide, pubescent
throughout with hairs 0. 5-0.7 mm. long; stipules broadly deltoid, 0.6
mm. long, 0.6 mm. wide, lacerate in upper half with 3-5 lanceolate to
deltoid, acute to acuminate lobes, the apex with shcrt, erect, white,
crowded hairs; cyathia solitary, terminal or in the uppermost axils;
peduncles 1-1.5 mm. long, glabrous; involucre deeply campanulate,
0.5-0.7 mm. long, pubescent within, glabrous without; lobes lanceolate,
entire, acute or acuminate, 0.5 mm. long, 0.2 mm. wide, fimbriate,
densely pubescent within; glands 4, transversely oblong, 0.4-0.5 mm.
long, 0.3-0.4 mm. wide, glabrous, verruculose; staminate flowers 18-21;
ovary pilose; styles glabrous, 0.5 mm. long, bifid above; capsule pilose,
2.2-2.5 mm. long.
Radix annua; caulibus erectis vel adscendentibus 12-14 cm. altis
inferne simplicibus superne ramosis gracilibus 0.8-1 mm. diam. pilosis,
pilis crispis ad 0.7 mm. longis; internodiis inferioribus mediisque 8-17
mm. longis, nodis tumidis dense pubescentibus; foliis oppositis brevi-
petiolatis, petiolis vinaceis 1-1.5 mm. longis pilosis, laminis firme mem-
branaceis supra olivaceo-viridibus subtus pallido-griseo-viridibus late
ovatis vel suborbiculari-ovalibus apice obtusis vel rotundatis basi valde
oblique inaequilateralibus integris marginibus incrassatis 4-10 mm.
longis 3-7 mm. latis omnino pubescentibus pilis plerumque 0.5-0.7 mm.
longis, costa media subtus prominente, venulis subtus prominulis cre-
berrime irregulariter reticulatis; stipulis vinaceis late deltoideis ad
0.6 mm. longis basi ad 0.6 mm. latis, dimidia parte superiore lacerata
in lacinias 3-5 lanceolatas vel deltoideas acutas vel acuminatas fissa,
glabris praeter margines ciliatos pilos erectos albos rigidos instructos;
cyathiis solitariis terminalibus vel in axillas foliorum supremorum;
pedunculis vinaceis angulatis 1-1.5 mm. longis glabris; involucris pro-
funde campanulatis obtuse angulatis 0. 5-0.7 mm. altis 1.2 mm. diam.
intus pubescentibus extus glabris; lobis lanceolatis integris acutis vel
acuminatis 0.5 mm. longis 0.2 mm. latis fimbriatis intus dense pubes-
centibus glandulis excedentibus autem quam appendicibus brevioribus
glandulis 4 ochroleucis transverse rblongis 0.4-0.5 mm. longis 0. 3-0.4
mm. latis glabris verruculosis; floribus masculis 18-21; androphoris
glabris 0.7-1. 2 mm. longis; gynophoriis exsertis reflexis glabris; ovario
trilobato piloso; stylis glabris 0.5 mm. longis superne bifidis, cruribus
Contributions in Science No. 21
paullo dilatatis; capsulis pilosis 2.2-2.S mm. longis; seminibus (imma-
turis) vinaceis quadrangulari-oblongis 1.2 mm. longis 1 mm. latis,
latere convexo paullo 3-4-sulcato.
Type: Dawson 14594 (holotype R, isotypes F, LAM), collected on
sandstone outcrop 7 km. south of Veadeiros, region of the Chapada dos
Fig. 5. Euphorbia machrisiae sp. nov. The holotype specimen, x 1.0.
1958
Steyermark: Brazil, Botany
13
Veadeiros at W. Long. 47° 30', S. Lat. 14° 15', Goias, Brazil, April 24,
1956.
This species appears most closely related to E. peruviana Wheeler,
from which it differs in the shorter styles, glabrous outer surface of
involucre, long-pilose stems and leaf surfaces, more strongly inequila-
terally based leaf-blades, shorter petioles, and more conspicuous stip-
ules, which are deltoid instead of linear.
The species is named in honor of Mrs. Paquita Machris.
Mabea longifolia (Britton) Pax & K. Hoffm. 15041 This spe-
cies has been known in Brazil hitherto from Matto Grosso. It is also
found in Bolivia.
Mabea sp. 15104 In the absense of staminate flowers, the
identity of this specimen is uncertain.
Manihot violacea (Pohl emend.) M. Arg. 15083 This species
is known only from Goias and Minas Gerais. Pax (1910, pp. 29-30)
recognizes several varieties, which, however, at present, cannot be
readily distinguished.
Manihot sp. 14149 In the absence of pistillate flowers, the
identification of this collection must await future exploration.
Phyllaethus dawsonii sp. nov. Figs. 7, 8
Phyllanthus ericoides Glaziou, 1913, p. 613 (nomen); not P. ericoides
Torrey, 1858, p. 193.
Dwarf ligneous plant, 3-4 dm. tall; stems glabrous; stipules subulate,
0.5 mm. long; leaves sessile, erect, spirally arranged, linear-lanceolate,
acuminate, 5-7 mm. long, 1-1.25 mm. wide, glabrous; flowers mono-
ecious, mostly solitary; staminate flowers: petals 5, subequal, elliptical-
Fig. 6. Euphorbia machrisiae sp. nov. a. Styles and branches, x 30; b. pistillate
flower, x 18; c. seed, end view, x 18; d. seed, lateral view, x 18; e.
bracteole, x 36.
14
Contributions in Science
No. 21
1958
Steyerm ark : Brazil, Botany
15
oblong, rounded at apex, 2 mm. long, 1.3- 1.4 mm. wide; stamens 3,
anthers orbicular, adnate to the apex of the staminal column; filaments
monadelphous into a glabrous, erect column 0.8-1 mm. long; pistillate
flowers: calyx 6-parted, divisions oblong, obtuse, 3-3.2 mm. long, 1.5
mm. wide, connate 0.75 mm. at the base; styles 3, bilobed above;
stylar column 0.5-1 mm. long; seeds acutely trigonous, 2 mm. long,
1.5 mm. wide, prominently reticulate throughout.
Fruticulus 3-4 dm. altus; ramis ramulisque subteretibus 1-1.5 mm.
diam. glabris erectis elongatis; internodiis saltern superioribus me-
diisque 1-2 mm. longis; stipulis rubescentibus subulatis 0.5 mm. longis;
foliis pallido-viridibus sessilibus erectis rigidis subcoriaceis spiraliter
dispositis lineari-lanceolatis acuminatis acriter cuspidatis basi
obtusis 5-7 mm. longis 1-1.25 mm. latis glabris marginibus incrassatis
subin volutis, costa media tantum prominente nervis lateralibus nullis;
fioribus monoicis plerumque solitariis; pedicellis masculis anthesi 0.5
mm. longis; fioribus masculis: petalis 5 subaequalibus elliptico-oblongis
apice rotundatis 2 mm. longis 1.3- 1.4 mm. latis; staminibus 3, antheris
Fig. 8. Phyllanthus dawsonii sp. nov. a. Pistil, x 9; b styles and style branches,
x 27; c. pistillate flower, x 6; d. staminate flower, x 9; e. seed, x 21;
f. ' seed, x 21; g. stamens attached to column, lateral view, x 27; h.
stamens and column, from above, x 27, . f ■ .. .
16
Contributions in Science
No. 21
orbicularibus bilobatis transverse birimosis 0.5 mm. altis 0.5 mm. latis
ad apicem columnae adnatis; filamentis in column an monadelphis,
columna erecta glabra 0.8-1 mm. longa; glandulis florum masculorum
5 liberis orbicularibus cum petalis alternis; floribus foemineis: calyce
6-partito, laciniis inferne 0.75 mm. connatis oblongis obtusis 3-3.2 mm.
longis 1.5 mm. latis; stylis 3 semel dichotome divisis superne bilobatis,
columna stylari 0.5-1 mm. longa 0.2 mm. diam., cruribus recurvatis;
ovario 2.5 mm. alto 3 mm. diam.; seminibus fuscis acute trigonis 2 mm.
longis 1.5 mm. latis sub lente per omnes partes prominente reticulatis.
Type : Dawson 14776 (holotype R, isotypes F, LAM), collected in
wet spring area from among rocks on gentle slope 10 km. from Vea-
deiros on Cavalcante road, region of the Chapada dos Veadeiros at W.
Long. 47° 30', S. Lat. 14° 00', Goias, Brazil, May 1, 1956.
Paratypes: Dawson 14593a (F, LAM), sandstone outcrop 7 km.
south of Veadeiros, region of Chapada dos Veadeiros at W. Long.
47° 30', S. Lat. 14° 15', Goias, April 24, 1956; Glaziou 22095 (B, BR, F,
K, P), Serra da Baliza, dans le campo, Goyaz, Jan.-March.; Glaziou
22093, same locality (B, BR, K, P).
This very distinct species, with its ericoid spirally arranged foliage,
has never been described, Glaziou having only named it P. ericoides
with the brief comment “Frutescent, fl. blanchatres.” The collection
of Dawson 14776, in the most satisfactory state of preservation, I have
designated as holotype.
Phyllanthus lathyroides H.B.K. 14752; 15121 A polymorphic
taxon of broad distribution, occurring from Mexico to South America.
The present collection has three filaments, which are free and 0.5-1
mm. long, and staminate sepals 1.2-1. 5 mm. long.
Phyllanthus orhiculatus L. C. Rich. 14488 A widespread
South American species, distributed from the Guianas, Trinidad, Vene-
zuela, and Colombia, southward to Brazil, Paraguay, Bolivia, and
Peru. It has been collected previously from Goias.
Phyllanthus perpusillus Baill. 15140 This species has hitherto
been known only from Minas Gerais. Although Mueller Argoviensis
(Flora Brasiliensis 11 (2): 55-56. 1873) describes the leaves as “lanceo-
latis acutis” in the general description of the species, and as “lanceo-
lato-ellipticus, acutus vel subacutus” in the detailed section of the
specific description, they are to be characterized as more nearly nar-
rowly elliptic and obtuse or obtusish, instead of acute or acutish. This
is borne out by a comparison of Dawson’s collections with a photograph
and fragment of the Pohl 2677 specimen preserved in the herbarium
of the Chicago Natural History Museum.
1958
Steyermark: Brazil, Botany
17
Phyllanthus websterianus sp. nov. Figs. 9, 10
Lateral branches elongate, divaricately spreading, 7-10 cm. long,
11-15-phyllous; internodes 1-1.5 cm. long; stipules triangular-lanceolate,
subulate-acuminate, 0.8-1. 5 mm. loiig; leaves petiolate, petioles 1.5-2. 5
mm. long, glabrous: lamina glaucescent below, suborbicular or broadly
oval, rounded-obtuse at base and apex, 6-15 mm. long, 5-12 mm. wide;
flowers monoecious, mostly 3-4-fasciculate; staminate flowers: calyx
6-parted, divisions connate at base, 3 outer ones shorter, ovate, acute,
1-1.2 mm. long, 0.5-0.6 mm. wide, 3 inner ones ovate, obtuse, 1.5-1. 7
mm. long, 1-2 mm. wide; stamens 3, anthers oblong, coherent at the
apex, vertically dehiscent, somewhat inclined, 0.9 mm. long; filaments
monadelphous into a column 0.8-0. 9 mm. long; glands of the staminate
flowers connate, 6-angled, undulate, rugose above; pistillate flowers:
sepals 6, the outer ones ovate, obtuse or acute, 1.5 mm. long, 0.8-1 mm.
wide, the 3 inner ones lanceolate, obtusish, 1 mm. long, 0.2-0.3 mm.
wide; styles 3, dichotomously divided; seeds acutely trigonous, 1.2
mm. long, transversely striolate.
Fruticulus saltern 4 dm. altus; ramis ramulisque atrovinaceis sub-
teretibus glabris, ramis 1.5-2 mm. diam., ramulis lateralibus elongatis
divaricate patentibus tenuibus 7-10 cm. longis 0.5 mm. diam., 11-15-
phyllis; internodiis 1-1.5 cm. longis; stipulis vinaceis triangulari-lanceo-
latis apice nigrescentibus subulato-acuminatis basi subauriculatis 0.8-1.5
mm. longis, margine scariosis; foliis petiolatis, petiolis gracilibus 1. 5-2.5
mm. longis glabris; laminis firme membranaceis supra ut videtur
clivaceo-viridibus subtus glaucescentibus suborbicularibus vel late
ovalibus utrinque rotundato-obtusis apice minute mucronulatis 6-15
mm. longis 5-12 mm. latis, costis secundariis utrinque 5-6 omnino
glabris; floribus monoicis plerumque 3-4-fasciculatis mediocriter pedi-
cellatis; pedicellis masculis anthesi 3-3.8 mm. longis glabris; pedicellis
foemineis anthesi 3.5-4 mm. longis; floribus masculis: calyce 6-pariito,
laciniis inferne connatis, 3 exterioribus brevioribus ovatis acutis 1-1.2
mm. longis 0.5-0.6 mm. latis, 3 interioribus ovatis obtusis 1.5-1. 7 mm.
longis 1.2 mm. latis marginibus involutis; staminibus 3, antheris late
oblongis apicibus cohaerentibus verticaliter birimosis paullo inclinatis
0.9 mm. longis; filamentis in columnam monadelphis, columna 0.8-0.9
mm. longa; glandulis florum masculorum connatis 6-gonis undulatis
supra rugulosis; floribus foemineis: sepalis 6, juvenalibus adscendenti-
bus vel erectis vetustioribus patentibus vel descendentibus, 3 exteriori-
bus ovatis obtusis vel acutis 1.5 mm. longis 0.8-1 mm. latis, 3 interiori-
bus lanceolatis obtusiusculis 1 mm. longis 0.2-0.3 mm. latis; stylis 3
semel d'ichotome divisis inferne connatis, columna stylari 0.5-2.5 mm.
18
Contributions in Science
No. 21
H.OKA Of COJAS, BRA/Jl
Naviuai! <J» Brasil
MAOMUS UKAZ1UAN fcXW'DITK>N
g&ftkB and rm rglna of a staall stream running
through htUy oewaao 20 kra. oaat of ^orranao
Ration of fcho aoyfcharn Sorra Donrada at
w. hong. <S» 80'; s. Lat. 13° 4S1
t Y.Sc D^«sc<« N<> 14916 mf 17
Fig. 9. Phyllanthiis websterianus sp. nov. The holotype specimen, x 0.38.
1958
Steyermark: Brazil, Botany
19
longa G.2-0.5 mm. diam., cruribus 0.2-0.5 mm. longis emarginatis; disco
hypogyno urceolari integro 0.8 mm. alto; ovario 0.8 mm. longo; semini-
bus acute trigonis 1.2 mm. longis sub lente secus lineas longitrorsas
transverse striolatis.
Type: Dawson 14918 (holotype R, isotypes F, G, LAM), collected
on banks and margins of small stream running through hilly cerrado
20 km. east of Formoso, region of the southern Serra Dourado at W.
Long. 48° 40', S. Lat. 13° 40', Goias, Brazil, May 17, 1956.
Paratype : Glaziou 22090 (F, G), Paranaua, dans le campo, Goyaz,
March- April, 1898.
I am indebted to Dr. Grady L. Webster for his verification of my
conclusion that Dr. Dawson's collection no. 14918 represents an un-
described species. It is with great pleasure that I dedicate this very
distinct species to Dr. Webster, whose recent monographic studies on
the West Indian species of Phyllanthus show careful and precise work
in this difficult group of Euphorbiaceae.
Dawson’s collection is nonspecific with Glaziou 22090, identified as
P. amoenus M. Arg. While habitually similar, P. websterianus differs
Fig. 10. Phyllanthus websterianus sp. nov. a. Pistillate flower, x 14; b. staminate
flower, x 14; c. stamens in natural position, x 14.
20
Contributions in Science
No. 21
from P. amoenus in the connate filaments, vertically dehiscent anthers,
monoecious flowers and fewer leaves of the branchlets.
Sebastiania bidentata (Mart.) Pax 14540 This species is
limited to southern Brazil. Several varieties have been recognized by
Pax (1912, pp. 113-114). The present collection may be referred to S.
bidentata var. scoparia (Mart.) M. Arg., hitherto known from Goias,
Minas Gerais, and Matto Grosso.
Sebastiana hispida (Mart.) Pax 14842; 14907 This species is
an exceedingly polymorphic one, ranging from Brazil to Paraguay,
Bolivia, and Argentina. Dawson 14907 may be referred to S. hispida
var. laeta M. Arg., and Dawson 14842, a more narrow-leaved variation,
to var. occidentalis M. Arg., as treated by Pax ( 1912, pp. 105-113). How-
ever, the taxonomic status of the numerous varieties, which he places
under S. hispida , is quite uncertain at the present time.
Tragia pohlii M. Arg. 15122 This is a rare species, known only
from Goias, where it was collected by Pohl ( 1742, 350). At first, it was
believed that Dawson’s collection might .represent a distinct species,
as the racemes showed no glandular hairs intermixed with the hispid
pubescence. However, an examination of isotype material ( Pohl 1742 )
likewise reveals that most, if not all, of the racemes are without gland-
ularity. Accordingly, the original description should be emended as
follows: “racemi axillares vel terminales, ramis plerumque dense his-
pidulis, interdum glanduligeris (apud M. Arg., Pax et cetera).”
LENTIBULARIACEAE
Utricidaria cornuta Michx. 14792 This collection has the long
spurs characteristic of U. cornuta var. cornuta. This long-spurred vari-
ation is found in South America in the Guianas, Venezuela, and Brazil,
but has not previously been found in Goias.
Utricularia dawsonii sp. nov. Figs. 11, 12
Plant 9-15 cm. high; radical leaves few, entire, spatulate-ligulate,
rounded at the apex, short-petiolate, 3.5-4 mm. long; cauline scales few,
broadly ovate, 0.6-0. 8 mm. long, entire, basifixed; bracts 3-lobate, 1
mm. long, 1 mm. wide, median lobe ovate, acutish, lateral lobes ovate-
lanceolate, acutish; flowers 1-2, pedicels 7-8 mm. long; upper calyx lobe
oblong-ovate, rounded at apex, 2 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide, entire;
lower calyx lobe broadly oblong-ovate, rounded at apex, 1.8 mm. long,
1.5 mm. wide; corolla purple, 14-20 mm. long, upper lip broadly ovate,
obtuse, 6 mm. long, 5 mm. wide; lower lip deeply 3-lobed, median
lobe rhomboid-oblong, rounded at apex, 5 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide, lat-
eral lobes rhomboid-oblong, 5 mm. long, 3.5 mm. wide, obliquely
3.958
Steyefmatk: Brazil, Botany
21
rounded at apex; spur subhorizontal, cylindrical-conic, acutish, 11
mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide.
Herba 9-15 cm. alta; foliis radicalibus paucis integris spatulato-
lingulatis apice rotundatis brevipetiolatis 3.5-4 mm. longis; scapo
tenui squamoso glabro; squamis paucis distantibus late ovatis obtus-
iusculis apicem versus constrictis 0.6-0. 8 mm. longis integris basifixis;
bracteis trilobatis 1 mm. longis 1 mm. latis, lobo medio ovato acutius-
culo, lobis lateralibus ovato-lanceolatis acutiusculis; floribus 1-2,
pedicellis 7-8 mm. longis; calycis lobo superiore late oblongo-ovato
Fig. 11. Utricularia daivsonii sd. nov. Four plants from the type collection,
x 1.0. The two center specimens are deposited as holotype.
22
Contributions in Science
No. 21
apice rotundato 2 mm. longo 1.5 mm. lato integro valde naviculae-
formi, lobo inferiore late oblongo-ovato apice rotundato 1.8 mm. longo
1.5 mm. lato integro marginibus incurvatis; corolla ut videtur violacea
14-20 mm. longa, labio superiore lato ovato apice obtuso 6 mm. longo
5 mm. lato integro; labio inferiore profunde trilobato, lobo medio rhom-
boideo-oblongo apice rotundato 5 mm. longo 2.5 mm. lato supra
medium sensim angustato, lobis lateralibus rhomboideo-oblongis non-
nihil apice oblique rotundatis 5 mm. longis 3.5 mm. latis, a summo
palato minute papillato prominente; calcare subhorizontali subrecto
cylindrico-conico acutiusculo 11 mm. longo 1.5 mm. lato basi 3.5 mm.
lato.
Type: Dawson 14770 (holotype R, isotypes F, LAM), collected in
wet, spring area among some rocks on gentle slope 10 km. from
Veadeiros on Cavalcante road, region of the Chapada dos Veadeiros
at W. Long. 47° 30', S. Lat. 14° 00', Goias, Brazil, May 1, 1956.
This species is related to U. tridentata Sylven, U. bicolor St. Hil.,
and U . lindmanii Sylven. It differs from U. tridentata in the more
Fig. 12. Utricularia dawsonii sp. nov. a. Corolla, x 4.9; b. cauline scale, x 24.5;
c. upper calyx lobe, x 5.6; d. lower calyx lobe, x 5.6; e. bract, x 28.
1958
Steyermark : Brazil, Botany
23
deeply lobed lower corolla lip, the broader upper corolla lip, and the
narrower, smaller basal leaves. From U. bicolor it differs in the one-
or two-flowered, instead of three to many-flowered scapes, the non-
flexuous rachis, and the entire lower calyx lobe. From U. lindmanii
it differs chiefly in the entire, not erose lower calyx lobe and the longer
upper corolla lip.
Utricularia hydrocarpa Vahl 15142 This species has been
known hitherto in Brazil from Minas Gerais. Otherwise, it is known
from French Guiana, whence originated the type.
Utricularia laciniata St. Hil. 14784 This species has been
known previously only from its original station, “Serra do Ibitipoca”.
in Brazil, where it was collected by St. Hilaire. The present collection
agrees with the original description in having some of the cauline scales
“ciliato-multipartitae” (Saint Hilaire et Girard 1839, p. 157), mostly
1-flowered scapes, lower lobe of the calyx somewhat bifid, corolla
“dilute violacea, palato lutea”, spur somewhat shorter than the lower
corolla lip, which is obscurely 3-lobed. The original description refers
to the spur as “puberulum.” The spurs in the present collection are
papillate, perhaps thereby presenting a minutely puberulent aspect,
but are not truly puberulous or puberulent.
This species was validly published in 1839. Utricidaria laciniata
Martius, ex Benjamin (1847, p. 251), a later homonym, is synonymous
with U. longeciliata DC. For a discussion of the taxonomy of the latter
species, see Steyermark ( 1953, p. 540).
Utricularia subulata L. forma cleistogama (Gray) Fern. 14479
The small-flowered form occurs throughout the range of this species.
RUBIACEAE
Borreria angustifolia Cham. & Schl. 14276; 14537 Known
previously in Brazil from Sao Paulo and Minas Gerais. Also known from
Paraguay.
Borreria capitata (R. & P. ) DC. 14171; 14195 (in part) A
widely distributed species of South America.
Borreria centranthoides Cham. &. Schl. 14133 This species is
common in Argentina, Paraguay, and Uruguay, and extends north into
southeastern Brazil to Minas Gerais and Goias. A previous Goias
collection is Gardner 3785.
Borreria ocymoides (Burm.) DC. 14195 (in part) A species
widely distributed from Mexico into South America. Previously known
from Goias.
Borreria poaya DC. var. nervosa Schumann 14820 This va-
riety, in which the stems, leaves, and calyces are prominently pubes-
24
Contributions in Science
No. 21
cent, has been found previously in Goias. Borreria poaya var. poaya,
together with its other varieties, is known from Minas Gerais, Goias,
and Sao Paulo.
Many specimens labeled as Diodia gymnocephala ( DC. ) Schumann,
and also distributed under an unpublished specific epithet of Diodia
by Standley should be referred to Borreria poaya var. nervosa and other
varieties of B. poaya.
Borreria suaveolens Mey. 14832 A widely distributed and
variable species of tropical Mexico, Central and South America.
Coccocypselum aureum Cham. & Schl. 14473 This species has
been known previously from Bahia and Minas Gerais.
Declieuxia dasyphylla K. Schumann ex Glaziou, emend. Steyermark.
Declieuxia dasyphylla K. Schumann ex Glaziou, 1909, p. 359
( nomen ) .
Dwarf ligneous plant, 1-1.7 dm. tall; stems erect, simple, glabrous;
stipules decurrent, mostly hirtellous, 1-1.2 mm. long, subulate; leaves
crowded, erect to ascending, subcoriaceous, pale green below, sessile,
elliptic-oblong, obtuse at base and apex, 1.5-3 mm. long. 0.6- 1.7 cm.
wide, glabrous except minutely hispidulous-ciliolate toward the base,
the margins revolute, lateral nerves obscure, veins obsolete; inflores-
cence terminal, cymose-paniculate; peduncles glabrous; flowers many,
sessile; bracts conspicuous, foliaceous, exceeding the calyx, linear-
ligulate, obtuse, 3-4.5 mm. long, glabrous; hypanthium glabrous; sepals
minute, linear, obtuse, 0.7-0.8 mm. long, 0. 1-0.2 mm. wide; corolla 7.5
mm. long, tube 5 mm. long, glabrous without, pilose within, lobes ovate,
obtuse, 2.25 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide; anthers oblong; filaments free.
Fruticulus 1-1.7 dm. altus, caulibus e caudice lignoso pluribus erectis
vulgo vel plerumque simplicibus glabris striato-angulatis; internodiis
foliis brevioribus; stipulis e basi late dilatatis subulatis 1-1.2 mm. longis
rigidis erectis plerumque hirtellis decurrentibus; foliis creberrimis
erectis vel erecto-adscendentibus subcoriaceis subtus pallido-viridibus
sessilibus elliptico-oblongis utrinque obtusis 1.5-3 cm. longis 0. 6-1.7
cm. latis glabris praeter basin versus minutissime hispidulo-ciliolatos,
marginibus revolutis, penninerviis, nervis lateralibus obscuris utroque
3-4, venis obsoletis, costa media subtus prominente; inflorescentiis
terminalibus cymoso-paniculatis 1-3 cm. altis 2-4 cm. latis, pedunculis
glabris, floribus pluribus sessilibus plus minusve secundis, bracteis
conspicuis foliaceis calycem superantibus lineari-ligulatis obtusiusculis
3-4.5 mm. longis 0.5-0. 6 mm. latis glabris; hypanthio glabro latiore quam
longo in anthesi 1.25 mm. alto 1.6 mm. lato, sepalis minutis linearibus
obtusis 0.7-0.8 mm. longis 0. 1-0.2 mm. latis; corolla 7.5 mm. longa, tubo
1958
Steyermark: Brazil, Botany
25
5 mm. longo sursum paullo sensim dilatato basi ipsa 1.25 mm. lato
superne 2.5 mm. lato extus glabro intus piloso; lobis ovatis obtusis 2.25
mm. longis 1.5 mm. latis apice marginibus cucullalo-incrassatis glabris;
antheris oblongis 1 mm. longis 0. 3-0.4 mm. latis; filamentis 1.8-1. 9 mm.
longis liberis; stigmatibus anguste oblongis 1 mm. longis papillosis;
fructus coccis valde compressis 2.2 mm. longis 1.5 mm. latis.
Type: Glaziou 21502 (holotype F, isotypes B, BR, F, K, P) “entre
Rio Tocantins et Os Porcos, Goyaz, Brazil, Janvier-Fevrier.”
Paratype: Dawson 14163 (F, LAM), open grassland and cerrado
border 20 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianca, region of the Chapada
dos Veadeiros at W. Long. 47° 30', S. Lat. 14° 30', Goias, April 13,
1956 (as to specimen with glabrous bracts and peduncles).
The species indicated as new in Glaziou’s “Plantae Brasiliae centralis
a Glaziou lectae” published in various fascicles (Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr.
Mem. 3 a- 3 g: 1-661. 1905-1912) have been treated by a number of
botanists as a catalogue of names or nomina nuda (Harms, 1924, p.
123; Cowan, 1957, pp. 16-17). In the present instance (K. Schumann
ex Glaziou, 1909, p. 359), the only words, “Frutescent, fl. blanches”
used in the publication of Declieuxia dasyphylla are insufficient for
identification. Many botanists might construe such brevity as insuf-
ficiently detailed to constitute a description, and would therefore
consider it a nomen nudum. Other botanists, however, might be in-
clined to accept such names as valid, arguing that a description can
involve the mention of but a single word.
In order to assure the perpetuation of Schumann’s name and to
eliminate any future doubts as to its usage, I have provided the above
detailed description of this species. This has seemed prudent, because
1 ) the name is widely distributed in herbaria, and 2 ) by various bota-
nists might be construed as already validly published, although inade-
quately described.
Of the two sheets of Declieuxia dasyphylla preserved in the herb-
arium of Chicago Natural History Museum, one bears a leafy stem
with an inflorescence, originally part of a specimen sent from the
herbarium of the Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle at Paris. The
other sheet consists of a fragment and photograph of a specimen from
the herbarium of the Botanical Garden of the Botanisches Museum at
Berlin-Dahlem. I have indicated the latter sheet (fragment and photo
from the Berlin-Dahlem herbarium) as the actual holotype. Both
specimens have glabrous bracts and peduncles.
One of the specimens collected by Dawson has the bracts and
peduncles glabrous, as in the material examined of Glaziou 21502, and
26
Contributions in Science
No. 21
designated by me as holotypic and isotypic. The other Dawson
specimen has the bracts and peduncles minutely hispidulous-ciliolate.
As this character differs from typical D. dasyphylla as seen in the
holotype, isotype, and paratype at the Chicago Natural History
Museum herbarium, t am designating it as follows:
Declieuxia dasyphylla f. cilioiata f. nov.
Peduncles and bracts minutely hispidulous-ciliolate.
A f. dasyphylla pedunculis bracteisque minute hispidulo-ciliolatis
differt.
Type: Dawson 14163a (holotype R, isotypes F, LAM), open grass-
land and cerrado border 20 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianga, region
of the Chapada dos Veadeiros at W. Long. 47° 30', S. Lat. 14° 30',
Goias, Brazil, April 13, 1956 (as to specimen with hispidulous-ciliolate
bracts and peduncles).
Declieuxia fruticosa (Willd. ) Kuntze 14993 A widespread
species of Colombia, Venezuela, Brazil, and Paraguay.
Declieuxia fruticosa (Willd.) Kuntze- 14265 This collection
represents the extreme pubescent variation found in the species, which
is synonymous with D. chiococcoides H.B.K. Mueller Argoviensis
(1881, pp. 441-445) described a number of varieties of D. chiococ-
coides, varying in leaf shape, pubescence of stems and leaves, and
glabrity or pubescence of fruits. Until the variations of this group have
been carefully restudied, it is not possible at present to assign a given
varietal name to the present collection. Because of its lance-elliptical
leaves, acute at the base, and pubescent fruits, the present collection
would fall somewhere between D. chiococcoides var. puberula and
var. guyanensis ( = D. fruticosa var. guyanensis [M. Arg.] Standi.).
Declieuxia oenanthoides M. Arg. var. stenophylla M. Arg. 14725
The variety has been known previously from Goias, Minas Gerais, and
Sao Paulo. The species is a Brazilian one, limited to the few states
mentioned above.
Diodia angustata sp. nov. Figs. 13, 14
Stems ascending, cinereous-hispidulous with crowded subfasciculate
hairs up to 1.5 mm. long; middle internodes 3.5-5 cm. long; leaves sub-
coriaceous, narrowly lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, sessile, 2.5-6 cm.
long, 2-8 cm. wide, acuminate, margins entire, strongly revolute, mostly
glabrous except sometimes with a few, short, rigid hairs near the base,
lateral nerves 4-5 on each side, prominent below; stipular sheaths 3-4
mm. long, densely hirtellous with the larger setae 3-7 mm. long; in-
florescences mostly terminal, sometimes axillary, few-flowered; flowers
1958
Steyermark: Brazil, Botany
27
Fig-.- 13 Diodia angustata sp. nov. -T-ke -holotype specimen, x 1.0.
28
Contributions in Science
No. 21
3-5; bracts prominent, broadly lanceolate, 5-7 mm. long; calyx 4-fid,
8-9.5 mm. long, lobes equal, lanceolate, 4.5-6 mm. long, 0.8-1 mm. wide;
hypanthium turbinate, 4 mm. long, hispidulous without; corolla in-
fundibuliform, 9-9.5 mm. long, tube 4.5-5 mm. long, hirsute within at
the base, lobes 4, oblong-ovate, acute, 4.5 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide,
hirsute without, glabrous within; stamens 4, shorter than the corolla
lobes; filaments glabrous, 3 mm. long; stigma capitate-globose, sub-
bilobate.
Herbacea perennis basi lignescente caulibus adscendentibus supeme
parce ramosis saltern ad 2 dm. longis 1-2 mm. diam. cinereo-hispidulis
pilis subfasciculatis conferlis ad 1.5 mm. longis praeditis post delapsum
praesertim inf erne epidermidis cortice fusco obtectis; ramis alternis vel
oppositis inaequilongis; internodiis mediis 3.5-5 cm. longis; foliis sub-
coriaceis angustate lanceolatis vel lineari-lanceolatis sessilibus 2.5-6
cm. longis 2-8 mm. latis acuminatis mucronatis basin versus valde
angustatis marginibus valde revolutis integris utrinque plerumque
glabris interdum basin versus utroque pilis brevibus rigidis praeditis,
nervis lateralibus valde adscendentibus utroque 4-5 supra valde sulcatis
subtus prominentibus; vaginis stipularibus 3-4 mm. longis dense hir-
tellis, setis plurimis majoribus 3-7 mm. longis ciliatis instructis; in-
florescentiis plerumque terminalibus interdum axillaribus paucifloris,
fioribus 3-5; bracteis prominentibus late lanceolatis 5-7 mm. longis
setoso-mucronatis hispidulis; calyce 8-9.5 mm. longo 4-fido, lobis
aequilongis lanceolatis 4.5-6 mm. longis 0.8-1 mm. latis hypanthio
longioribus acuminatis apice setoso-mucronatis, setis 0.5 mm. longis,
extus intusque hispidulis; hypanthio turbinato 4 mm. longo apice 3.5
mm. lato extus hispidulo; corolla infundibuliformi 9-9.5 mm. longa,
tubo 4.5-5 mm. longo basi intus hirsuto, lobis 4 oblongo-ovatis acutis
4.5 mm. longis 2.5 mm. latis extus hirsutulis intus glabris; staminibus
4 lobis corollae brevioribus, antheris oblongis 2.5 mm. longis 0.8 mm.
latis; filamentis glabris 3 mm. longis 0.5 mm. latis; stylo glabro 8 mm.
longo; stigmate capitato-globoso subbilobato 0.5 mm. diam.; seminibus
ignotis.
Type: Dawson 14672 (holotype R, isotypes F, LAM, US), collected
on grassy hillsiope near canyon bottom in sandstone area 14 km. south
of Veadeiros, region of the Chapada dos Veadeiros at W. Long. 47° 30',
S. Lat. 14° 15', Goias, Brazil, April 24, 1956.
This species appears to be most closely related to D. radula Cham. &
Schh, from which it differs in the narrower and more nearly glabrous
leaves, mostly terminal inflorescences, prominent bracts, hairs on the
stem in close tufts or fascicles, and the longer calyx lobes.
I am indebted to Dr. Lyman B. Smith, Curator, Division of Phane-
1958
Steyermark: Brazil, Botany
29
rogams, United States National Museum, for his courtesy in comparing
this collection with critical material in the herbarium of that institution,
and for his discriminating comments.
Diodia teres Walt. 14193 A widespread species, extending
from tropical America northward to the United States.
Guettarda viburnoides Cham. & Schl. 14432 This species has
been collected previously from Goias, as well as from Minas Gerais,
Bahia, Sao Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Maranhao, Parana, Matto Grosso,
and Ceara, and in Paraguay.
Fig. 14. Diodia angustata sp. nov. a. calyx opened, showing interior of hypan-
thium and pistil, x 6. b. flower in position with calyx and corolla, x 5;
c. stigma and top of style, x 25; d., e. stamen, x 10; f. corolla opened
from within, x 5.
30
Contributions in Science
No. 21
Manettia cordifolia Mart. 15043; 15075 A widely distributed
species occurring from Peru to Argentina.
Mitracarpus recurvatus Standley 14583 Previously known
only from the holotype collection (Glaziou 21511 from “Goyaz (?)” in
Kew Herb.), the present collection is the first good flowering material
known. The original material, Standley noted (1931, p. 385), is in a
condition “so far past flowering that it is difficult to determine satisfac-
torily the characters of the inflorescence.” For this reason, the following
discrepancies may be stated as occurring between the measurements
given in the original description and those taken from the Dawson
collection: the sepals (calyx lobes) in Dawson 14583 are 2.5 mm.
instead of 1-1.5 mm. long; the corolla tube in Dawson 14583 measures
3-4 mm. instead of “fere” 2 mm. long; the corolla lobes of the Dawson
collection are 1.5 mm. instead of 0.7 mm. long and are elliptic-oblong.
These floral differences are, doubtless, based upon the more poorly
preserved state of the flowers in the holotype collection.
Palicourea rigida H. B. K. 15054 A widely distributed species
in South America, previously knowdrom Goias.
Psychotria barbiflora DC. 14569 A fairly widely distributed
species in Brazil. Also known from British Guiana, Venezuela, and
Colombia.
Psychotria formosa Cham. & Schl. 14753 A Brazilian species,
previously known from Goias. Also known from Para and Minas Gerais.
It is said to be economically important because of its toxicity to cattle.
Psychotria trichophora M. Arg. 14472 This species is known
only from Goias. The original collection (Pohl 2053 J was taken along
the Rio Maranhao.
Psychotria xanthophylla M. Arg. 14151 A Brazilian species
known from Goias, Minas Gerais, and Sao Paulo.
Psyllocarpus laricoides Mart. & Zucc. 14619 This species is
common in Minas Gerais. This is the first record from Goias. It has
also been collected in Brazil in Bahia and Rio de Janeiro.
Relbunium noxium ( St. Hil. ) K. Schum. 14249 The holotype
was collected in Minas Gerais. This is the first record from Goias. The
species is distributed from Peru and Bolivia to Brazil and Uruguay.
Tocoyena formosa Schumann 14191 A fairly widely distrib-
uted species in Brazil; also ranging north to British Guiana and Su-
rinam, and south and west to Paraguay and Bolivia.
Ucriana longifolia Spreng. 14843 A monotypic genus, pre-
viously known from Goias. It is confined to a sector of Brazil from
Maranhao south to Rio de Janeiro and west to Matto Grosso.
1958
Steyerm ark : Brazil, Botany
31
LITERATURE CITED
Benjamin, L.
1847. Utricularieae, in, Martius, Flora Brasiliensis 10:234-255, pis. 20-22.
Cowan, R. S.
1957. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, Legumin-
osae. Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contr. Sci. (16): 1-24, 7 figs.
Glaziou, A. F.
1905-12. Plantae Brasiliae centralis a Glaziou lectae. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr., Mem.
3a-g: 1-661.
Harms, H.
1924. Leguminosae Americanae novae VII. Fedde Repert. nov. spec. reg.
veg. 20:123-136.
McVaugh, R.
1944. The genus Cnidoscolus: generic limits and intrageneric groups. Bull.
Torrey Bot. Club 71(5) :457-474.
Mueller, J. ( Argoviensis )
1873. Euphorbiaceae, in, Martius, Flora Brasiliensis 11(2): 1-292, pis. 1-42.
1881. Rubiaceae, in, Martius, Flora Brasiliensis 6(5):l-470, pis. 1-66.
Pax, F.
1910. Euphorbiaceae— Jatrophae, in, Das Pflanzenreich IV. 147(2) : 1-148.
1912. Euphorbiaceae— Hippomaneae, in, Das Pflanzenreich IV. 147 ( 5 ): 1-319.
Saint Hilaire, A. et F. de Girard
1839. Monographic des Primulacees et des Lentibulariees des Bresil . . . Ann.
Sci. Nat. ii, 11:149-169.
Standley, P. C.
1931. Studies of American plants— V. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ., Bot. Ser.
8(5) : 293-398.
Steyermark, J. A.
1953. Contributions to the flora of Venezuela. Ericaceae through Compositae.
Fieldiana: Botany 28 ( 3 ) :449-678, figs. 95-144.
Torrey, J.
1858. Botany of the boundary, pp. 29-270, pis. 1-66, in, Emory, Report of the
U.S. and Mexican Boundary Survey, vol. 2. Washington.
LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS
IN SCIENCE
No. 1. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. General Account, by Jean Delacour.
11 pp., 4 figures. January 23, 1957.
No. 2. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General, by E. Yale Dawson.
20 pp., 5 figures, 2 maps. January 24, 1957.
No. 3. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Dodder from Goias,
Cuscuta burrellii, by T. G. Yuncker. 2 pp., 1 figure. January 25, 1957.
No. 4. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: The Lichens, by Carroll W.
Dodge. 2 pp. February 18, 1957.
No. 5. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Cyanophyta, by Francis
Drouet. 2 pp. February 19, 1957.
No. 6. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Mint from Goias,
Hyptis machrisae, by Carl Epling. 4 pp., 2 figures. February 20, 1957.
No. 7. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, various
smaller families, edited by E. Yale Dawson. 18 pp., 7 figures. March 7,
1957.
No. 8. Notes on Eastern Pacific Insular Marine Algae, by E. Yale Dawson. 8 pp.,
4 figures. June 27, 1957.
No. 9. A New Species of Passerine Bird from the Miocene of California, by
Hildegarde Howard. 16 pp., 2 figures. June 28, 1957.
No. 10. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Columnar Cactus
from Goias, by E. Yale Dawson. 8 pp., 4 plates. July 15, 1957.
No. 11. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Chlorophyta; Euglenophyta,
by G. W. Prescott. 29 pp., 5 plates, 1 text figure. August 20, 1957.
No. 12. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Entomology: General; Systematics of
the Notonectidae (Hemiptera), by Fred S. Truxal. 23 pp., 1 plate, 8 text
figures. August 21, 1957.
No. 13. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, Leguminosae,
by Richard S. Cowan. 24 pp., 7 figures. October 23, 1957.
No. 14. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Entomology: Gelastrocoridae ( Hemip-
tera), by E. L. Todd. 4 pp., 1 figure. October 31, 1957.
No. 15. Marine Algae of the Pacific Costa Rican Gulfs, by E. Yale Dawson. 28
pp., 4 figures. October 31, 1957.
No. 16. A Classification of the Oscines (Aves), by Jean Delacour and Charles
Vaurie. 6 pp. October 31, 1957.
No. 17. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, Bromeliaceae
and other smaller families, by Lyman B. Smith. 8 pp., 5 figures. Decem-
ber 23, 1957.
No. 18. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Musci, by Howard Crum.
8 pp., 4 figures. December 23, 1957.
No. 19. A new Race of the Pocket Gopher Geomys bursarius from Missouri, by
Charles A. McLaughlin. 4 pp. January 29, 1958.
No. 20. Further Bird Remains from the San Diego Pliocene, by Loye Miller and
Robert I. Bowman. 15 pp., 5 figures. March 6, 1958.
No. 21. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, Euphor-
biaceae, Lentibulariaceae, Rubiaceae, by Julian A. Steyermark, 31 pp.,
14 figures. April 21, 1958.
7.73
l ng'
1 HE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN^ EXPiLiJii^^i^r
BOTANY: Gkamineae
1
By Jason R. S wallen1
The present paper continues the reports of the plants collected by
E. Yale Dawson on the recent expedition to Goias, Brazil, sponsored
by Mr. and Mrs. Maurice A. Machris and Mrs. Maybell Machris Low.
Seventy-two collections of grasses were obtained, among which were
five new species. The rest of the collections represent, for the most
part, well known, rather wide-spread species. For convenience, the
arrangement is alphabetical rather than taxonomic.
Specimens bearing field numbers from 14133 to 14815 came from
the Chapada dos Veadeiros, between Sao Joao da Alianga and Vea-
deiros, April 13-May 3, 1956. Those bearing numbers from 14816 to
15236 came from the region between Amaro Leite and Peixe, espe-
cially in the southern Serra Dourada, May 15-June 10, 1956. For more
detailed locality data see Number 2 of this series.
The first set of specimens is in the Los Angeles County Museum. A
second set, nearly complete, is deposited in the U. S. National Herb-
arium. Holotypes will be deposited in the Museu Nacional, Rio de
Janeiro, with the exception of that of Ichnanthus goiasensis which was
collected at an earlier date by Agnes Chase and is part of the collec-
tions of the U. S. National Museum.
Andropogon acuminatus sp. nov. Fig, j
Perennis; culmi caespitosi, 1-1.3 m. alti, glabri, in parte superiore
ramosi; vaginae internodiis breviores, teretes, glabrae; ligula mem-
branacea, truncata, 0.5-1 mm. longa; laminae lineares, usque ad 26 cm.
longae, 3-4 mm. latae, glabrae, apice acuminatae; racemi 10-20, solitarii,
’Head Curator, Department of Botany, U. S. National Museum, Smithsonian
Institution.
SMITHSONIAN
institution
jti ON APR 2 4 1358
2
Contributions in Science
No. 22
stricti, 8-12 cm. longi, parte inferiore in vagina inclusa, pedunculo 1-2
cm. longo; rachis glabra, basi pilis longis praedita; pedicellus sterilis
margine uno longiciliatus; spicula sessilis 6 mm. longa, acuminata,
minute bifida, ecarinata, apice plana, marginibus pilis albis 3-4 mm.
longis praedita; gluma secunda compressa, carinata, acuminata, mar-
ginibus hyalinis, in parte inferiore minute ciliata; lemma fertile 4 mm.
longum, acuminatum, hyalinum, marginibus in parte inferiore minute
ciliatis; arista super basim M inserta, 2 cm. longa, geniculata, infra gen-
iculum tortilis; spicula pedicellata 4.5-5 mm. longa, acuminata, scabra,
arista recta, gracili, 5-7 mm. longa, scabra.
Perennial; culms tufted, erect, 1-1.3 m. tall, glabrous, branching in
the upper half; sheaths shorter than the internodes, rounded, glabrous;
ligule membranaceous, truncate, 0.5-1 mm. long; blades linear, as much
as 26 cm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, glabrous, the tip acuminate; racemes
10-20, solitary, strict, 8-12 cm. long, partly enclosed in the narrow
sheath, the peduncle 1-2 cm. long; rachis joints glabrous on the back
and margins, bearded at the base, gradually enlarged to the summit;
sterile pedicel similar to the rachis joint but conspicuously long-ciliate
on one side; sessile spikelet 6 mm. long, acuminate or minutely bifid,
the back rounded, flattened toward the narrow tip, the margins con-
spicuously covered with white hairs 3-4 mm. long; second glume lat-
erally compressed, keeled, acuminate, the hyaline margins minutely
ciliate in the lower half; fertile lemma 4 mm. long, acuminate, hyaline,
the margins finely ciliate in the lower half, bearing a geniculate awn
2 cm. long inserted % above the base, the lower segment tightly twisted,
brown, about 7 mm. long, the terminal segment slender, scabrous,
straight, loosely spiral or twisted; pedicellate spikelet 4.5-5 mm. long,
erect, acuminate, scabrous, with a slender, erect, loosely twisted scab-
rous awn 5-7 mm. long.
Type: Dawson 14604, collected on sandstone outcrop, 7 km. south
of Veadeiros, region of the Chapada dos Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil,
April 24, 1956.
Andropogon hirtiflorus (Nees) Kunth 14143; 14841
Andropogon microstachyus Desv. 14140
Andropogon tener (Nees) Kunth 14187a
Aristida capillacea Lam. 14478; 15196
Aristida circinalis Lindm. 14606
Aristida implexa Trin. 14145
Aristida recurvata H.B.K. 14137; 14147
Axonopus brasiliensis ( Spreng. ) Kuhlm. 14772
Axonopus chrysoblepharis ( Lag. ) Chase 14202
■Mf-i
1958
S wallen: Brazil, Botany
3
FLORA OF GOIA5. BRAZIL
■ Ffosco Naeionai &:•
MACS8US MAZ1UAN LXFFDlTiOK teletype
An&r0po§on Swal Ism, nov,
sandstone outcrop ? km, south of Vendei r<
region of the Sharad® doe Ye&deiros at
W. Long. >7° 3C» 5 S. Ut. -1^° 30* . .
April 2*f,
Fig. 1. Andropogon acuminatus sp. nov. The holotype specimen.
4
Contributions in Science
No. 22
Cenchrus brownii Roem. & Schult. 15123
Ctenium chapadense (Trin. ) Doell 14220
Ctenium cirrosum (Nees) Kunth 14139; 14216
Diectomis fastigiatus (Swartz) H.B.K. 14487; 15173
Digitaria horizontalis Willd. 15096
Echinolaena inflexa (Poir. ) Chase 14138
Eleusine indica (L. ) Gaertn. 15171
Eragrostis compacta Steud. 14178; 14186
Eragrostis rufescens Schrad. 15170
Eriochloa distachya H.B.K. 14256
Gymnopogon folio sus (Willd.) Nees 14628
Gymnopogon spicatus ( Spreng. ) Kuntze 14144; 14548
Hyparrhenia bracteata (Humb. & Bonpl. ) Stapf 14234
Hyparrlienia rufa (Nees) Stapf 14814; 15095; 15198
Ichnanthus amplifolius sp. nov. Fig. 2
Perennis ( ? ) ; culmi erecti plus minusve ramosi, plus quam 1 m. alti;
vaginae condensatae, glabrae vel summam versus plus minusve ciliatae;
ligula membranacea, 0.5 mm. longa; laminae usque ad 26 cm. longae,
4.5 cm. latae, acuminatae, basi subcordatae, scaberulae, marginibus sea-
brae, basi plus minusve ciliatae; paniculae usque ad 30 cm. longae, ramis
10-16 cm. longis, superioribus gradatim brevioribus, ramulis brevibus
adscendentibus vel patentibus; spiculae 3.6-4 mm. longae, brevipedicel-
latae, appressae, glabrae; gluma prima acuminata, 3-nervia, lemmate
sterili paulo longior vel brevior; gluma secunda plerumque lemmate
sterili longior, acuta vel subacuminata, 5-nervia; lemma sterile flosculo
paulo longior, eucullatum; palea lemma aequans; flosculus 3 mm.
longus, 0.7 mm. latus, acutus, pallidus, cicatricibus 0. 6-0.7 mm. longis.
Perennial (?); culms probably erect, more or less branching, more
than 1 m. tall; sheaths crowded (at least toward the summit of the
culm and the ends of the branches), glabrous or somewhat ciliate near
the summit; ligule membranaceous, not ciliate, 0.5 mm. long; blades
as much as 26 cm. long, 4.5 cm. wide, acuminate, narrowed toward
the rounded subcordate base, scaberulous, the margins finely scabrous,
more or less ciliate at the base; panicles as much as 30 cm. long, the
branches stiffly ascending, mostly 10-16 cm. long, gradually shorter
toward the summit, with short, stiffly ascending or spreading branch-
lets; spikelets 3.6-4 mm. long, short-pedicellate, appressed on the
branchlets, glabrous; first glume acuminate, 3-nerved, a little longer
or shorter than the sterile lemma, the tip awn-like; second glume
usually longer than the sterile lemma, acute or subacuminate, 5-nerved;
sterile lemma longer than the fruit, 5-nerved, cucullate, enclosing a
1958
S wallen: Brazil, Botany
5
mz&A ok corns,, mazsi
M\im> N»ciott»S StasiS
M'Acmi* Brazilian iixmsmoN Ho3
lehn&nthns 8S!pHfo-M«s Smlleo* st>» bw,
its the margins of g&13«?y forest about 1? te<
east of FoJteoso. regtoh of the southern
SerKs go«J%aa at toiM* jjO
>:. Vifc W.» Ho J4997 May 19 i?>6
Fig. 2. Ichnanthus amplifolius sp. nov. The holotype specimen.
6
Contributions in Science
No. 22
palea as long as the lemma, and a well developed staminate flower;
fertile floret 3 mm. long, 0.7 mm. wide, acute, straw-colored, the prom-
inent scars 0. 6-0.7 mm. long.
Type: Dawson 14977, collected in gallery forest along stream, 17
km. east of Formoso, region of the southern Serra Dourada, Goias,
Brazil, May 19, 1956.
Also collected on banks and margins of small stream running through
hilly cerrado, 20 km. east of Formoso, Dawson 14867; and forest along
road, 13 km. east of Formoso, Dawson 15133.
Ichnanthus demazianus Hack. 14591
Ichnanthus goiasensis sp. nov. Fig. 3
Perennis; culmi elongati, ramosi, pilosi vel villosi, internodiis num-
erosis brevibus; vaginae pilosae vel villosae, superiores eondensatae;
laminae lanceolatae vel ovato-lanceolatae, subcordatae, 3.5-8 cm.
longae, pubescentes vel pilosae, marginibus scabrae; panicula ca. 6 cm.
longa, ramis dense floriferis, adscendentibus vel patentibus, inferioribus
2-3 cm. longis, basi dense pilosis; spiculae 3.4-S.6 mm. longae, ap-
pressae; gluma prima lemma sterile plus minusve aequans. 3-nervia,
marginibus pilosa; gluma secunda lemmate sterili paulo longior, 5-ner-
via, subacuminata, apice scabra et interdum pilosa; lemma sterile
acutum, 5-nervium, glabrum; flosculus 2.4 mm. longus, anguste ellip-
ticus, acutus, pallidus, glaber, lucidus, cicatricibus 0.6-0.8 mm. longis.
Perennial; culms elongate, arching, rather freely branching, softly
pilose or villous, with numerous relatively short internodes; sheaths
pilose or villous, those of the main culm and lower part of the branches
much shorter than the internodes, becoming crowded toward the end
of the branches; blades lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, subcordate.
3.5-8 cm. long, pubescent or pilose on both surfaces, the margins very
scabrous; inflorescence about 6 cm. long, usually partly enclosed in the
sheath, the densely flowered branches ascending to spreading, the
lower ones 2-3 cm. long, densely pilose at the base; spikelets 3.4-3.6
mm. long, paired, unequally pedicellate, appressed on two sides of the
narrow rachis; first glume about as long as the sterile lemma including
the scabrous awn-like tip, 3-nerved, irregularly pilose on the margins;
second glume a little longer than the sterile lemma, 5-nerved, sub-
acuminate, the tip scabrous and sometimes sparsely pilose; sterile
lemma acute, 5-nerved, glabrous; fertile floret 2.4 mm. long, narrowly
elliptic, acute, pale, smooth and shining, the prominent scars 0.6-0.8
mm. long.
Type: Agnes Chase 11578, collected in wood border, Goiandira,
Goias, Brazil, 820-825 meters altitude, March 26-27, 1930.
1958
S wallen: Brazil, Botany
7
00.
I44$ri4
VHITSff STATES KATIOKM. MUSEUM
BSPOSITSP S? TJSiS B 8. »SFA8raS:£»T 0* *«.SUe»8.TBS®
Fig. 3. Ichnanthus goiasensis sp. nov. The holotvpe specimen.
8
Contributions in Science
No. 22
A second collection of this species was obtained along shaded dry
creek in hilly cerrado area, 23 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianca, region
of the Chapada dos Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, Dawson 14272.
Ichnanthus pallens (Swartz) Munro 14390
Lasiacis ligulata Hitchc. & Chase 15027a
Leptochloa virgata (L. ) Beauv. 15174
Melinis minutiflora Beauv. 14563; 15033
Olyra latifolia L, 14510
Oplismenus hirtellns ( L. ) Beauv. 14504
Panicum campestre Nees 14442
Panicum carannasense Mez 14667; 14789
Panicum cervicatum Chase 14554a
Panicum chapadense sp. nov. Fig. 4
Perenne adscendens; culmi 110 cm. alti, basi bulbosi; vaginae glabrae,
inferiores internodiis longiores, superiores elongatae internodiis brev-
iores; ligula ciliata, ca. 1 mm. longa; laminae inferiores usque ad 17
cm. longae, 2.4 cm. latae, sursum gradatim minores, subcordatae,
acuminatae, dense pubescentes vel subglabrae, marginibus basim versus
ciliatae; inflorescentia 10-19 cm. longa, 2.5-4 cm. lata, densa, ramis
numerosis adscendentibus vel patentibus usque ad 2.5 cm. longis;
rachis angusta, basi plerumque pubescens vel pilosa; spiculae 2. 2-2. 4
mm. longae, secundae, breviter pedicellatae; gluma spicula % brevior,
acuta, 3-nervia, scabra; gluma secunda et lemma sterile aequalia vel
subaequalia, acuta, 5-nervia, minute scabra, lemma marginibus
crinitum, gluma marginibus pilis paucis; flosculus stipitatus, 1.3-1. 4
mm. longus, anguste ellipticus, acutus, pallidus, glaber, lucidus.
Ascending perennial; culms 110 cm. long, the base bulbose; sheaths
glabrous, the lower ones longer than the internodes, the upper ones
much shorter than the somewhat elongate internodes; ligule ciliate,
about 1 mm. long; lower blades as much as 17 cm. long, 2.4 cm. wide,
progressively smaller upward, subcordate, acuminate, rather densely
pubescent on both surfaces or nearly glabrous, the margins ciliate
toward the base; inflorescence 10-19 cm. long, 2.5-4 cm. wide, dense,
with numerous ascending to spreading crowded racemes as much as
2.5 cm. long, these becoming shorter and more crowded upward;
rachis narrow, usually densely pubescent or pilose at the base; spikelets
2. 2-2.4 mm. long, secund on one side of the rachis, somewhat laterally
compressed, the pedicels less than one-half as long as the spikelets;
first glume a little more than half as long as the spikelet, acute, 3-
nerved, scabrous; second glume and sterile lemma equal or subequal,
acute, minutely scabrous, 5-nerved, or the glume sometimes 3-nerved,
1958
S wallen: Brazil, Botany
9
HjGRA OP GOIAS, BMM
Mvsseo Kadetsal Prmi
MACURiS BRAmiAN tMUXUON
fani essas chapadass® Swllen, sr>.* nm,
sands ton® owterofs ? to. south of ?©&de$yos
region of the Ch&p&da dos ¥@&4®iros at
W» tong. 30’ } S. Lat. 14® 3o»
1 1 " " ■ z ; ; 2 :
April
Fig. 4. Panicum chapadense sp. nov. The holotype specimen.
10
Contributions in Science
No. 22
the lemma conspicuously ciliate-fringed, with a well developed palea,
the glume sometimes with a few hairs on the margins; fruit stipitate,
1. 3-1.4 mm. long, narrowly elliptic, acute, pale, smooth and shining.
Type: Dawson 14602, collected on sandstone outcrop, 7 km. south
of Veadeiros, region of the Chapada dos veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, April
24, 1956.
This species belongs to the Caxa group of Panicum, but differs from
all other species in the conspicuously fringed sterile lemma and the
bulbose base of the culm.
Panicum machrisiana sp. nov. Fig. 5
Annuum; culmi gracillimi, erecti vel patentes, ramosissimi, 9-12 cm.
longi, glabri; vaginae plerumque internodiis multo breviores, superiores
glabrae vel sparse pilosae; ligula hyalina, ca. 1 mm. longa; laminae
8-16 mm. longae, 1-4 mm. latae, acutae, glabrae; paniculae 1.5-2. 5 cm.
longae, ramis filiformibus, reflexis, flexuosis, spiculis 1-3 longipedicel-
Fig. 5. Panicum machrisiana sp. nov. The holotype specimen, x 1.
1958
S wallen: Brazil, Botany
11
latis; spiculae 1. 4-1.5 mm. longae, acutissimae, sparse papilloso-pilosae;
gluma prima angusta, hyalina, enervia, spicula brevior; gluma se-
cunda et lemma sterile subaequalia, acutissima, 5-nervia; flosculus
1. 1-1.2 mm. longus, tenuis, albus, glaber, lucidus.
Annual; culms very slender, erect or spreading, freely branching,
9-12 cm. long, glabrous; sheaths usually much shorter than the inter-
nodes, the lower ascending pilose, the upper glabrous or with a few
hairs; ligule thin, about 1 mm. long; blades 8-16 mm. long, 1-4 mm.
wide, acute, glabrous; panicles 1. 5-2.5 cm. long, the filiform branches
reflexed, flexuous, bearing one to three long-pedicellate spikelets, the
pedicels filiform, reflexed; spikelets 1.4 mm. long, sharply pointed,
sparsely papillose-pilose; first glume very narrow, hyaline, nerveless,
a little less than half as long as the spikelet; second glume and sterile
lemma subequal, very acute, 5-nerved; fertile floret 1.5 mm. long,
relatively thin, white, smooth and shining.
Type: Dawson 14679, collected on sandstone rocky area, on west
bank of stream, 14 km. south of Veadeiros, region of the Chapada dos
Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, April 25, 1956.
This distinctive species is related to Panicnm pandum Swallen, hav-
ing the same habit and spikelet shape. The latter differs, however, in
having stiffer panicle branches, pilose foliage, the first glume 1-nerved,
and a larger, dark colored, minutely pubescent fruit.
Panicum macranthum Trin. 14554
Panicum parvifolium Lam. 14788
Panicum pilosum Swartz 14389
Panicum pseudisachne Mez 14629
Paspalum carinatum Humb. & Bonpl. 14154
Paspalum geminiflorum Steud. 14135
Paspalum scalar e Trin. 14678
Paspalum stellatum Humb. & Bonpl. 14142; 14215
Paspalum strigosum Doell 14388
Paspalum rectum Nees 14879
Paspalum trachycoleon Steud. 14863
Pennisetum setosum (L. ) Rich. 15172
Raddiella nana ( Doell ) Swallen 14956
Setaria tenacissima Schrad. 14916
Sorghastrum stipoides (H.B.K. ) Nash 14239
Thrasya petrosa (Trin. ) Chase 14141; 14185; 14840
Trachypogon mollis Nees 14136
Trichachne insularis (L. ) Nees 15100
Tristachya chrysothrix Nees 14605
BOTANY: Phanerogamae
Alstrqemeriaceae and other families
By Lyman B. Smith and Collaborators
Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellane-
ous technical papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and
Anthropology, published at irregular intervals by the Los An-
geles County Museum. Issues are numbered separately and
numbers run consecutively regardless of subject matter. Num-
ber 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available to
scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Copies
may also be purchased at a nominal price.
The MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION from the Los
Angeles County Museum was sponsored by Mr. and Mrs.
Maurice A. Machris and Mrs. Maybell Machris Low. It was
conducted under the auspices of the Museu Nacional do
Brasil. Botanical and zoological collections were made from
April through June, 1956, in the region of the headwaters of
the Rio Tocantins in the state of Goias. General accounts and
itineraries are given in papers 1 and 2 of this series. Technical
type specimens of new entities are deposited in the Museu
Nacional in Rio de Janeiro.
Hildegarde Howard
Editor
E. Yale Dawson
Associate Editor
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Phanerogamae, Alstroemeriaceae and other families
By Lyman B. Smith1 and collaborators
The plant collections reported upon below were obtained by E.
Yale Dawson, Expedition Botanist, and are cited by his field collection
numbers. Detailed locality data for these may be found in his general
account of the botany of the Expedition2. Briefly, however, specimens
bearing numbers from 14133 to 14815 came from the Chapada dos
Veadeiros, between Sao Joao da Alian^a and Veadeiros, April 13-May
3, 1956. Those bearing numbers from 14816 to 15236 came from the
region between Amaro Leite and Peixe, especially in the southern
Serra Dourada, May 15-June 10, 1956.
The families are arranged alphabetically. The treatments are by
L. B. Smith unless otherwise indicated.
The first set of specimens, including isotypes of the three new species,
is deposited in the Los Angeles County Museum.
ALSTROEMERIACEAE
( Amaryllidaceae — Tribe Alstroemerieae )
Alstroemeria brasiliensis Spreng. 14204; 14818 A species of
Minas Gerais and Goias. The present material shows great variation in
the bracts and rays of the umbel and casts grave doubt on their value
in making distinctions between species.
Reference: A. Schenk, FI. Brasiliensis 3, pt. 1: 171-180. 1855.
BOMBACACEAE
Bombax marginatum (St.-Hil. ) K. Schum. 14495; 15235 The
flowers of number 15235 attain 16 cm. in length but such large size is
probably not significant in this variable species.
Reference: K. Schumann, FI. Brasiliensis 12, pt. 3: 201-250. 1886.
CAMPANULACEAE ( Lobelioideae )
det. by Rogers McVaugh, University Herbarium
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan
Centropogon cornutus (L. ) Druce 14532 Central America and
the Lesser Antilles to Bolivia and Brazil.
Siphocampylus corymbiferus Poh] 14571 Bolivia, central Brazil.
’Curator, Division of Phanerogams, U.S. National Museum, Smithsonian Institu-
tion, Washington, D.C.
?Dawson, E. Yale. 1957. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General.
Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contr. Sci. (2): 1-20.
SMITHSONIAN
4
Contributions in Science
No. 23
COMMEL1NACEAE
Commelina virginica L. 14666 Common in tropical and sub-
tropical America.
Floscopa glabrata (Kunth) Hassk. 14959; 15132 Widely dis-
tributed in Brazil and Paraguay.
P Phaeosphaerion persicariifolium (DC.) C. B. Clarke 14972
The lack of fruit in the specimen makes determination uncertain. Veg-
etative characters vary greatly but seem to indicate this widespread
species of the American tropics. I am following Woodson (Ann.
Missouri Bot. Gard. 29: 150. 1942) in using Phaeosphaerion instead of
Athyrocarpus.
Reference: C. B. Clarke in DC. Monogr. Phan. 3: 113-324. 1881.
CONVOLVULACEAE
Evolvulus lagopodioides Meissn. 14797 A species of Minas
Gerais and Goias.
Ipomoea alba L. (Calonictyon album House) 15008 Pantrop-
ical.
Ipomoea hederifolia L. (Quamoclit coccinea hederifolia House)
14975 Tropical and subtropical America.
Ipomoea martii Meissn. 14978 Pernambuco, Minas Gerais and
Goias.
Ipomoea tubata Nees 14377 Venezuela, Brazil.
Merremia cissoides (Lam.) Hallier 14505 Tropical and sub-
tropical America.
Merremia foment osa (Choisy) Hallier (Batatas foment osa Choisy;
Ipomoea tomentosa Pohl ex Meissn.) 14155 Central and eastern
Brazil.
Note: Determinations were made in this family largely by com-
parison with material in the United States National Herbarium an-
notated by the late Dr. Carlos A. O’Donell, who had large revisions
under preparation at his untimely end.
References: C. F. Meissner, FI. Brasiliensis 7: 199-370. 1869.
Evolvulus : S. J. van Ooststroom, A Monograph of the Genus Evolvulus
1-267. 1934. Merremia : C. A. O’Donell, Lilloa 6: 467-554. 1941.
LILIACEAE
Herreria glaziovii H. Lecomte 14995 Heretofore this species
was known from the type, Glaziou 14354, and one other specimen,
both without locality data. We now find that it is native in southern
Goias, a region in which Glaziou collected extensively.
Reference: K. Krause, Nat. Pflanzenfamilien, ed. 2, 15a: 276. 1930.
1958
Smith: Brazil, Botany
5
MARANTACEAE
Monotagma plurispicatum (Koern. ) K. Schum. 14895 Tropical
South America especially the Amazon Basin.
Reference: K. Schumann, Pflanzenreich IV. Fam. 48: 1-184. 1902.
SCROPHULARIACEAE
Bacopa monierioides (Cham.) Robinson (B. ranaria (Benth.) Chodat
& Hassler). 15150 This species ranges from Amazonas to Minas
Gerais and Paraguay but judging from collections, is of rather infre-
quent occurrence.
Buchnera palustris (Aubl. ) Spreng. 14646; 14795 Tropical
South America.
Buchnera virgata H. B. K. 14609 Colombia, Venezuela, Guiana,
Brazil.
Esterhazya macrodonta Cham. & Schlecht. 14614 Minas Gerais,
Sao Paulo. Apparently a new record for Goias.
Esterhazya splendida Mikan 14217; 15060 No attempt is made
to assign a form name here, because the variation of the leaves
can be so great on a single plant. The species is widespread in central
Brazil from Bahia to Matto Grosso and Sao Paulo.
Lindernia barrosorum L. B. Smith, sp. nov. Figs. 1, 2
Ab omnibus speciebus brasiliensibus facie subaquatica, caulibus
tumidis, staminum anteriorum dimidia parte fertili differt.
Plant subaquatic, glabrous; stems simple or branched, at least 4 dm.
long, 4 mm. in diameter, tumid, prostrate and rooting at the nodes, the
internodes 5-25 mm. long; leaves sessile, entire, very variable, those
toward the base of the stem linear, acuminate, 18 mm. long, 2 mm.
wide, those near the apex elliptic with a broad base of attachment,
acute, 8 mm. long, 4 mm. wide; inflorescence laxly racemose; bracteal
leaves distinctly reduced; pedicels filiform, 15-25 mm. long, erect at
anthesis, deflexed in fruit; sepals free, unequal, the posterior linear,
2.5 mm. long, the anterior lanceolate, 3 mm. long; corolla 15 mm. long,
pale blue, the posterior lip short, bifid, the anterior lip of 3 large sub-
orbicular lobes with dark blue markings at base; posterior stamens
fertile, anterior stamens branched, the erect branch sterile and capi-
tate, the horizontal branch fertile; stigma 2-lobed; capsule ( immature )
slenderly ellipsoid, 7 mm. long; seeds deeply pitted.
Type: Museu Nacional do Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, collected in flowing
rivulet 35 km. southwest of Peixe on the Peixe-Porangatu road, Goias,
Brazil, June 2, 1956, by E. Yale Dawson (No. 15158). Isotypes in the
6
Contributions in Science
No. 23
Sill!
its TZt?vtW rlv&lzt fc«. a>"<Bth*«?st of tei>s
8. y»te 8m>m> Kt>. X? I m
D«t
,&!8« 2 W»>:
Fig. 1. Lindernia barrosorum sp. nov. The holotype specimen.
’WO $
1958
Smith: Brazil, Botany
7
United States National Herbarium, the Los Angeles County Museum,
and the Jardim Botanico do Rio de Janeiro,
The specific name is in honor of Dr. Liberate Joaquim Barroso and
Dra. Graziela Maciel Barroso whose scholarly treatment of the Bra-
zilian Scrophulariaceae greatly facilitated the identification of the
collections listed here.
Fig. 2. Lindernia barrosovum sp. nov. a. Flower x 2; b. dissected corolla
x 2; c. anterior stamens x 5.
Scoparia didcis L. 14438; 14988; 15155 A pantropical weed.
SOLANACEAE
det. by C. V. Morton, Division of Ferns, U. S. National Museum,
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
Solarium crinitum Lam. 14283 French Guiana, Brazil. Proba-
bly includes S. jubalum. Willd. and S. cyananthum Dunal.
Solarium nigrum L. var. americanum Miller 14391 General in
tropical America.
Solanum tenellum Bitter 14938 Brazil. This is probably no
more than a variety of S. nigrum.
STERCULIACEAE
Byttneria dawsonii L. B. Smith, sp. nov. Figs. 3, 4
A B. benensis Britton, cui affinis, pilis stellatis subappressis minutis-
simis, dentibus foliorum erectis hand patentibus, pedicel] is paulo supra
medium distincte articulatis differt.
Vine, unarmed; indument of younger parts minute, stellate, white,
subappressed; stems slightly flexuous, slender; stipules deciduous,
lanceolate, 1.5 mm. long, red-brown; petioles slender, to 45 mm. long;
leaves broadly ovate or elliptic-ovate, abruptly acuminate, deeply
8
Contributions in Science
No. 23
Fig. 3. Byttneria dawsonii sp. nov. An isotype specimen.
5' CM.
1S58
Smith: Brazil, Botany
9
cordate at base, 10.5 cm. long, 6 cm. wide, green, soon essentially
glabrous, the nerves prominent on both sides, the gland basal on the
midnerve beneath; inflorescence on short lateral branches, subumbel-
late, about 10-flowered, the peduncle 8 mm. long; bracts like the
stipules, deciduous; pedicels slender, 7 mm. long, articulate slightly
above the middle; calyx 6 mm. long, the lobes lanceolate, acuminate,
4.5 mm. long, 1-nerved, pale green; petals spatulate, cucullate, 2 mm.
long, whitish, the slenderly cylindric ligule 2.5 mm. long, pubescent
toward base; stamen tube 0.5 mm. long, staminodes bidentate; ovary
subglobose, coarsely echinate.
Type: Museu Nacional do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, collected by road-
side along openly vegetated stream 23 km. east of Formoso, region of
the southern Serra Dourada at W. Long. 48° 50'; S. Lat. 13° 45',
Goias, Brazil, May 21, 1956, by E. Yale Dawson (No. 15042). Isotypes
in the United States National Herbarium and the Los Angeles County
Museum.
Curiously enough Byttneria dciwsonii is widely different from all
Brazilian species and bears its closest resemblance to B. benensis of
Bolivia. The combination of prominent veins on both sides of the leaf
and leaves that are ovate and cordate make it quite impossible to relate
it to anything in the “Flora Brasiliensis.”
Fig. 4. Byttneria dawsonii sp. nov. a. Flower x 5; b. petal, ventral side
x 5; c. androecium x 5; d. ovary x 5.
Byttneria melastomifolia St.-Hil. 14817 Endemic in Goias.
Helicteres guazumifolia H. B. K. 15182 Tropical America.
Helicteres macropetala St.-Hil. 14997 Rio de Janeiro (?), Minas
Gerais, Goias.
10
Contributions in Science
No. 23
Helicteres sacarolha St.-Hil. 14214; 14914 Sao Paulo, Minas
Gerais, Goias.
Waltheria americana L. 14197 Tropical and subtropical.
Waltheria ferruginea St.-Hil. 14368; 15037 Piaui, Bahia, Minas
Gerais. Apparently the first record for Goias.
Waltheria machrisiana L. B. Smith, sp. nov. Figs. 5, 6
A W. viscosissima St.-Hil., cui affinis, inflorescentiae rainis graciliori-
bus, inferioribus folia multo superantibus, petiolis brevibus, glandulis
calycis stipitatis, alibi sessilibus minutissimis differt.
Fig. 6. Waltheria machrisiana sp. nov. a. Petal x 5; b. androecium x 5;
c. pistil x 5.
Shrub, except for the flowers vestite with a mixture of fine white non-
glandular hairs and minute sessile nearly colorless glands; stems
straight or slightly flexuous, very slender; stipules linear-lanceolate,
acuminate, subfalcate, 4 mm. long; petioles slender, those of the upper
leaves 3 mm. long; leaves ovate or lance-ovate, acuminate, broadly
rounded and shallowly cordate at base, to 9.5 cm. long and 5 cm. wide,
thin, crenate-serrate, green above, whitish green beneath; inflorescences
terminal with foliaceous bracts, very laxly paniculate with the flowers
in small dense clusters at the ends of the branches, the lowest branches
spreading, much longer than their foliaceous subtending bracts; pro-
phyllae unequal, linear, acuminate; flowers sessile; calyx 4 mm. long,
the lobes linear, acuminate; petals 8 mm. long, bright yellow when dry,
the claws linear, the blades broad, spreading; stamen tube about 1
mm. long in the presumably longistylous flower, anthers oblong, 1 mm.
long; pistil 7 mm. long, white-pilose.
1958
Smith: Brazil, Botany
11
Fig. 5. Waltheria machrisiana sp. nov. An isotype specimen.
S CM.
12
Contributions in Science
No. 23
Type: Museu Nacional do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, collected in gallery
forest along stream 17 km. east of Formoso, region of the southern Serra
Dourada at W. Long. 48° 50'.- S. Lat. 13° 45', Goias, Brazil, May 19,
1956, by E. Yale Dawson (No. 14974). Isotypes in the United States
National Museum and the Los Angeles County Museum.
Melochia
det. by Aaron Goldberg, Animal Parasite Laboratory
U. S. Department of Agriculture, Beltsville, Maryland.
Melochia pyramidata L. 15098 Pantropical weedy shrub.
Melochia villosa (Mill.) Fawcett & Rendle (M. hirsuta Cav.) 14247
Tropical America.
Reference: K. Schumann, FI. Brasiliensis 12, pt. 3: 1-114. 1886.
VITACEAE
Cissus erosa L. C. Rich. 15078 Tropical America.
CAssus scahricaulis (Baker) Planch. 14677 Minas Gerais, Goias.
References: J. G. Baker, FI. Brasiliensis 14, pt. 2: 197-220. 1871. J.
E. Planchon in DC. Monogr. Phan. 5: 305-637. 1887*.
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Fungi
By G. W. Martin
and Collaborators
Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellane-
ous technical papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and
Anthropology, published at irregular intervals by the Los An-
geles County Museum. Issues are numbered separately and
numbers run consecutively regardless of subject matter. Num-
ber 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available to
scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Copies
may also be purchased at a nominal price.
The MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION from the Los
Angeles County Museum was sponsored by Mr. and Mrs.
Maurice A. Machris and Mrs. Maybell Machris Low. It was
conducted under the auspices of the Museu Nacional do
Brasil. Botanical and zoological collections were made from
April through June, 1956, in the region of the headwaters of
the Rio Tocantins in the state of Goias. General accounts and
itineraries are given in papers 1 and 2 of this series. Technical
type specimens of new entities are deposited in the Museu
Nacional in Rio de Janeiro.
Hildegarde Howard
Editor
E. Yale Dawson
Associate Editor
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Fungi
By G. W. Martin1 and Collaborators
This report continues the accounting of specimens obtained during
1956 in the Serra Dourada and on the Chapada dos Veadeiros of
Goias, Brazil, by Expedition botanist E. Yale Dawson. Detailed locality
data are given in the second paper of this series.2 Of the 43 specimens
of fungi received, all but two or three were in condition for at least
tentative determination. In addition, cultures were made from the
debris accompanying a number of the collections. As might be expect-
ed, numerous colonies of Aspergillus and Penicillium appeared in such
plates, but no attempt was made to determine them, particularly since
there was no assurance that they might not have been introduced in
handling the specimens during and after shipment. Also, as is usual
in material of this sort, Trichoderma viride appeared in a large number
of plates. A few species, however, seemed clearly to be derived from
the collections, with little chance that they represented contaminants.
These are included below.
Specimens representing particular groups were sent for determination
to various specialists whose names are indicated below wherever the
material was not determined by the writer. Others advised on certain
difficult species, and Dr. William Bridge Cooke has described the single
Phlebia included as new. To all these persons grateful acknowledg-
ment is extended.
PHYCOMYCETES
Mucorales
? Mucor hiemalis Wehmer
The mold referred to this species appeared on a number of plates
sprinkled with debris from different collections. Two such isolates
were sent to Dr. C. W. Hesseltine who identified them as belonging to
the Micor hiemalis group.
Professor of Botany, Emeritus, State University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa.
2Dawson, E. Yale. 1957. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General.
Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contr. Sci. (2): 1-20.
SMITHSONIAN
JUL 9
4
Contributions in Science
No. 24
ASCOMYCETES
Pyrenomycetes
Acrospermum compression Tode ex Fr. 15106
Determined by Dr. J. H. Miller, who noted that this species usually
occurs on dead plant parts. In the present collections the fungus was
conspicuously abundant on the leaves of a living plant in a roadside
cerrado area 20 km. east of Formoso in the southern Serra Dourada.
Cordyceps denterigena Berk. & Br. 14945 On a fly. Deter-
mined by Dr. E. B. Mains.
Cordyceps nnilateralis (Tul.) Sacc. 14946 On an ant. Deter-
mined by Dr. E. B. Mains.
? Daldinia eschscholzii (Ehrenb. ) Rehm. 14990 Determined by
Dr. J. H. Miller. “Too badly damaged to be determinable with
certainty.”
Gelasinospora cerealis Dowding Isolated from 15106. Deter-
mined by Dr. R. F. Cain (GWM 8911).
BASIDIOMYCETES
Auriculariaceae
Auricularia fusco-succinea (Mont.) Farl. 15134
Auricularia polytricha (Mont.) Sacc. 15097
T HELEPHOR ACE AE
All determined by Dr. Paul L. Lentz.
Hymenochaete sallei Berk. & Curt. 14517
Stereum ostrya ( Blume & Nees ex Fr. ) Fr. 14567
Stereum papyrinum Mont. 14536
Clavariaceae
Clavicorona pyxidata (Fr. ) Doty 14463 Commonly referred to
as Clavaria pyxidata Fr.
Meruliaceae
Phlebia faviformis W. B. Cooke sp. nov. Fig. 1
Dimidiata, supra pallida, tomentosa, zonata; hymenio rubro-fusco,
subgelatinoso, merulioidi, interne hymenochaetoidi; trichodermato
amplo; hyphis septatis, non nodoso-septatis; sporis non visis.
Pileus dimidiate, with small portion appressed to the substratum;
surface whitish-grey, hymenium dark red-brown in older portions, fad-
ing to white at margin; dimidiate portion up to 1.5 cm wide and 4 cm
long, with a well-developed trichoderm arranged in concentric zones,
up to 0.2 mm thick, tough; tissues arranged much as in Stereum; older
portions of pileus formed of densely interwoven yellowish hyphae
1958
Martin: Brazil, Fungi
5
more or less loosely interwoven toward the surface producing the
trichoderm hyphae; hyphae pale yellowish, 3.5-5.5/a in diameter, the
tissue, when compacted, appearing brown, yellow to nearly white when
loosely arranged; brown amorphous granules present in context near
older portions of surface layers of hyphae; toward the hymenium,
hyphae less densely interwoven, giving rise to the compact subhymen-
ium formed of dendroid branching hyphae 2.5-3/a in diameter; clamps
not seen, but in the subhymenium these, if present, are obscured by
the tightly compact irregular branching; all hyphae branching, septate,
without clamps; subhymenial hyphae becoming arranged in parallel
position perpendicular to the context and giving rise to the compact
hymenium; hymenium appearing as a palisade of hypha-like cells
which may be septate; terminal cell of each hypha-like member of the
palisade appearing to be a basidial initial, hyaline, less thick-walled,
appearing to become elongated at maturity, at first 25-36 x 3-4/a,
swelling slightly in expanding and becoming 4-4.5/a in diameter, reach-
ing beyond the hymenium and occasionally producing four protru-
sions which appear to be sterigmatic initials; in cross section, hymenial
tissues appearing like the honey-comb type characteristic of the Hymen-
ochaetaceae; no mature basidia nor spores seen; no sterile organs pres-
ent in hymenium or subhymenium; hymenium covering phlebioid folds
radiating out from central attachment positions and subsidiary centers.
Fig. 1. Phlebia faviformis W. B. Cooke. Four specimens from the type
collection, x 1. The upper row shows the superior surfaces, and the lower row
the under surfaces.
6
Contributions in Science
No. 24
The specimen is unusual in that the basidia are honey-comb-like in
the sense of Cunningham; the tissues are like those of Stereum, and the
hymenium covers folds such as are found in the genus to which it is
assigned. The context and hymenial tissues exclude it from the genus
Punctularia (Phaeophlebia ).
Type: Dawson 14700 (holotype R; isotype LAM), collected on
bridge timbers, 21 km. N. of Sao Joao da Alianca, region of the Chapada
dos Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, at W. Long. 47° 30', S. Lat. 14° 30'.
POLYPORACEAE
Determined by Mr. John A. Stevenson except as indicated.
Favolus brasiliensis Fr. 15022
Favolus fimbriatus Speg. 15108 Possibly not distinct from F.
brasiliensis.
Fomes fastuosus (Lev.) Cke. 15088 On a forest tree.
Fomes marmoratus (Berk. & Curt.) Cke. 15199
Fomes perlevis Lloyd 14991 This is perhaps closer to F. demi-
doffii (Lev. ) Sacc. & Syd., but that species is of temperate climates and
occurs on coniferous wood.
Fomes ribis (Schum. ex Fr. ) Gill. 14568 Determined by J. L.
Lowe as “the thin tropical form.”
Ganoderma sessile Murr. 14516a
Xerotus erubescens (Berk.) Singer comb. nov. 14517a
Daedalis erubescens Berk. Notice on some Fungi collected by C.
Darwin, Esq., during the Expedition of H. M. Ship Beagle, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. 4:292. 1840. Saccardo (Syll. Fung. 5:645. 1887) transferred
it to Lenzites and referred that genus and Xerotus to the agarics. Singer
(Lilloa 22:735, 744 [1949] 1951) gave valid reasons for regarding both
genera, despite the superficial gill-like configuration of the hymenium,
as more nearly related to the polypores.
Polyporus caryophyllus Cke. 14958
Polyporus conchoides (Mont.) Lloyd 15019
Polyporus gayanus Lev. 14896 Determined by Dr. & Mme. O.
Fidalgo.
Polyporus leonotus Kalchbr. 15103 Trametes viellata Torrend is
the same.
Polyporus pinsitus Fr. 14699
Polyporus sanguineus L. ex Fr. 14557; 15031; 14690 On a
fallen palm leaf.
Polystictus brasiliensis Lloyd 14321; 14702 A manuscript name
of Lloyd’s, not validly published. Possibly a Trametes.
1958
Martin: Brazil, Fungi
7
Trametes richenii Rick 14698 A nomen nudum?
Trametes rigida Berk. & Mont. 14696; 14943
Trametes fumoso-avellanea Romell 15127
Agaricaceae
Farms crinitus (L. ex Fr. ) Singer 14328 Determined by Dr.
Rolf Singer.
Pleurotus ostreatus (Jacq. ex Fr. ) Kummer 14697; 14570
Determined by Dr. Rolf Singer with the comment, “or very close.”
The specimens were not in good condition, but 14570 appears to be the
typical small tropical form of P. ostreatus.
Schizophyllum radiatum Fr. 14701 Regarded by many as merely
the tropical phase of S. commune Fr.
Schizophyllum umbrinum Berk. 15195 On base of old palm
leaf.
GASTEROMYCETES
Podaxis pistillare (Pers. ) Desv. 14802 On a termite mound.
If regarded as a modified agaric, which, in my opinion, it is, the cor-
rect name is Podaxon pistillaris Fr.
FUNGI IMPERFECTI
Myrothecium verrucaria [A. & S.] Ditmar ex. Fr. Isolated from No.
15097 (GWM 8918).
Spicaria griseola Sacc. Isolated from No. 14991 (GWM 8926).
Trichoderma viride Fr. This appeared in nearly all cultures.
LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS
IN SCIENCE
No. 1. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. General Account, by Jean Delacour.
No. 2. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 3. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Dodder from Goias,
Cuscuta burrellii, by T. G. Yuncker.
No. 4. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: The Lichens, by Carroll W.
Dodge.
No. 5. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Cyanophyta, by Francis
Drouet.
No. 6. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Mint from Goias,
Hyptis machrisae, by Carl Epling.
No. 7, The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, various
smaller families, edited by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 8. Notes on Eastern Pacific Insular Marine Algae, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 9. A New Species of Passerine Bird from the Miocene of California, by
Hildegarde Howard.
No. 10. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Columnar Cactus
from Goias, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 11. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Chlorophyta; Euglenophyta,
by G. W. Prescott.
No. 12. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Entomology: General; Systematics of
the Notonectidae (Hemiptera), by Fred S. Truxal.
No. 13. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, Leguminosae,
by Richard S. Cowan.
No. 14. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Entomology: Gelastrocoridae ( Hemip-
tera), by E. L. Todd.
No. 15. Marine Algae of the Pacific Costa Rican Gulfs, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 16. A Classification of the Oscines (Aves), by Jean Delacour and Charles
Vaurie.
No. 17. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, Bromeliaceae
and other smaller families, by Lyman B. Smith.
No. 18. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Musci, by Howard Crum.
No. 19. A new Race of the Pocket Gopher Geomys barsarius from Missouri, by
Charles A. McLaughlin.
No. 20. Further Bird Remains from the San Diego Pliocene, by Loye Miller and
Robert I. Bowman.
No. 21. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, Euphor-
biaceae, Lentibulariaceae, Rubiaceae, by Julian A. Steyermark.
No. 22. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Gramineae, by Jason R.
Swallen.
No. 23. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany. Phanerogamae, Alstroe-
meriaceae and other families, by Lyman B. Smith and collaborators.
No. 24. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Fungi, by G. W. Martin
and collaborators.
MIOCENE SULIDS
of
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
By Hildegarde Howard
Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellane-
ous technical papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and
Anthropology, published at irregular intervals by the Los An-
geles County Museum. Issues are numbered separately and
numbers run consecutively regardless of subject matter. Num-
ber 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available to
scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Copies
may also be purchased at a nominal price.
I IlLDE GARDE HOWARD
Editor
E. Yale Dawson
Associate Editor
MIOCENE SULIDS OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
By Hildegarde Howard
Sixteen species of fossil birds of the family Sulidae are now on record.
Of these, five occur in three Middle Miocene localities of southern
California, as follows:
Lompoc, Santa Barbara County (Miller, 1925)
Sula willetti Miller
Moms lompocana (Miller)
Miosula media Miller
Sharktooth Hill, Kern County (Wetmore, 1930)
Moms vagabundus Wetmore
Lomita, Los Angeles County ( Miller, 1935 )
Sida stocktoni Miller
Since Miller’s latest Miocene record (1935), a second representative
of the family has been found in the Lomita deposits, and sulid speci-
mens have been discovered at two new localities in Los Angeles
County, one in the San Fernando Valley, the other in El Sereno. These
new occurrences are here recorded.
San Fernando Valley
Two specimens of fossil Sulidae have been recovered from a site on
Ventura Blvd., near Whitsett Avenue, in Studio City. The first of these
was given to this museum in May, 1954, by Howard Vein. This is a
single bone, which the young student brought to the Museum still
embedded in the shale matrix. Upon preparation, it was found to be a
partial humerus (right) of a small sulid. Except for some fragmenta-
tion at the ends, the internal side of the element is preserved; the del-
toid crest, external tuberosity, distal condyles (except the entepicon-
dyle ) and external contour of the shaft are missing; the proximal con-
tour of the head is incomplete. The pneumatic fossa and internal con-
tour of the bicipital crest are preserved, albeit with some apparent
distortion. The length of the specimen, lacking the complete contour of
the head and the internal distal condyle, is 145 mm. The length of the
humerus in the type of Sula willetti is recorded (Miller, 1925, p. 114)
as 156 mm. In view of the fact that precise measurements are impos-
sible on either specimen ( in all Lompoc fossils the bone had completely
disintegrated leaving only the impression), the size of the single
humerus suggested allocation with S. ivilletti. However, in the hope
that further material might be obtained, allocation was withheld.
ffWiTHSONIAN
iMoiutson AUG ^ g |g*b
4
Contributions in Science
No. 25
A second specimen from the San Fernando Valley locality was
brought to the Museum in December, 1957, by Michael and Terry
Pohl, of Studio City, California. The boys had collected the fossil two
years before. This specimen, consisting of wing bones, sternum and
furcula, occurs in two slabs of diatomaceous shale, and is represented
by mineralized and greatly fragmented bone, as well as impressions.
The ulnar side of the right humerus is exposed on one slab, and by
preparation the region of the pneumatic fossa has been revealed. The
contour of this area shows marked resemblance to the specimen re-
covered in 1954 from the same locality, and I have no hesitation in
contending that the two specimens represent separate individuals of
the same species.
Description of the specimen on the slabs is complicated by the fact
that the humerus and ulna of the left side are shorter than those of the
right, and the shaft of the left humerus appears more curved. The right
and left carpometacarpi, on the other hand, agree in length. As they
are lying in place adjacent to the two ulnae, it is strongly suggested that
the right and left wing bones represent the same individual. It is im-
portant, however, to determine which bones may be considered normal
for the species. The humeri are in slightly different positions in the
matrix; the right is tipped slightly toward the internal side, the left
is lying with the ulnar surface straight down on one slab. This latter
(left humerus) may be slightly warped. The ulnae do not appear to
differ in their positions in the slab, but the left one is overlain by the
left coracoid and scapula, and is broken where the bones cross; tele-
scoping may have occurred at this point. There is nothing to suggest
any abnormality in length or shape of the right humerus and ulna,
and as the exposed proximal area of the humerus of this side so closely
resembles the humerus collected in 1954, it is considered likely that the
bones of the right side represent normalcy.
There are sufficient skeletal parts represented on these slabs to afford
satisfactory comparison with the type of Sula willetti, and on the basis
of a number of characters the two show specific distinction. Compari-
son with other Tertiary sulids also shows differences, to be pointed out
below, that mark the Pohl skeleton as a species new to science.
Sula pohli, new species
(Figs. 1-2)
Type —LA. Co. Mus. no. 2674. Bones of right and left wing and
wing girdle (proximal end of ulnar side of right humerus exposed by
preparation), sternum and furcula exposed on slab of diatomaceous
1958
Howard: Miocene Sulids
5
shale. Collected, 1955, by Michael and Terry Pohl for whom the species
is named.
Locality and Age— L.A. Co. Mus. Vert. Paleon. loc. no. 1229, Ventura
Blvd. between Whitsett Ave. and Coldwater Canyon Road, Studio City,
California; Middle Miocene.
Diagnosis— Ulna longer than humerus; humerus with distal contour
relatively straight, bicipital crest deeply indented in outer contour,
pneumatic fossa narrowly triangular, and ulnar surface near proximal
end angular and sloping from median line towards bicipital and pectoral
crests; coracoid relatively short from sternocoracoidal process to head;
sternum with short, deep carina.
Cotype.— Pohl Mus. no. PV 68, reverse of type slab with same skeletal
elements present; left coracoid exposed by preparation.
Referred material— L.A. Co. Mus. no. 2532, single right humerus re-
covered by Howard R. Vein, 1954, from type locality.
Comparisons with Recent sulids— Similar to Sula as contrasted with
Moms as follows: ulna noticeably longer than humerus; coracoid rela-
tively narrow and short from procoracoid to head; humerus angular
between pectoral and bicipital crests on ulnar surface near proximal
end. Distinguished from available specimens of Recent Sula leuco-
gaster, S. dactylatra, S. nebouxi, and S. sula as follows: humerus with
outer contour of bicipital crest more markedly indented below median
crest, pneumatic fossa narrower and more angular, ligamental furrow
( palmar side as seen in referred specimen no. 2532 ) broader and more
deeply incised, condyles and epicondyles of more nearly equal distal
development, giving distal contour a straight, square appearance;
sternum with carina shorter and deeper, closest to Sula sida websteri;
coracoid longer relative to length of sternum and humerus, and its
posterior sternal facet (as seen in left coracoid on reverse slab) rela-
tively deeper.
Comparisons with fossil sulids.— Of the sixteen fossil sulids hereto-
fore known, four are represented by partial skeletal impressions in
shale; the others are known only from disassociated, usually incomplete
single elements. Comparisons are difficult to make; the single elements
reveal characters in some detail, whereas the skeletal impressions show
proportions, but very little detail. However, by use of Recent species
as a means of cross reference, it has been possible to determine that the
new species is indeed distinct from those previously described.
Basing the possible size range of Sula pohli on specimens of Recent
Stda leucogaster brewsteri in the collections of the Los Angeles County
Museum (see Tables I and III ), seven of the other fossil species exceed
Fig. 1. Sula pohli, new species. Type specimen. Approx, x
8
Contributions in Science
No. 25
in size the maximum that could be expected for S. pohli. These are,
Sula stocktoni Miller, Moms lompocana (Miller) and Miosula media
Miller from the California Miocene; Miosula recentior Howard from
the California Pliocene; Morus reyanus Howard from the California
Pleistocene; and Sula arvernensis Milne-Edwards and Sula ronzoni
(Gervais) from the European Oligocene. On the other hand, Sula
pygmaea Milne-Edwards from the European Miocene is smaller than
S. pohli. The new species could be included in the size range of any of
the remaining eight species. It is, however, distinguishable in each
case on the basis of other characters, as outlined below.
Compared with the California Miocene Sula willetti Miller, (1925)
known from practically complete skeletal impressions, the coracoid
is actually, as well as relatively, longer, and the distance from procora-
coid to head of coracoid is shorter as observed in comparison with a
reverse cast of the type of S. willetti (see Table II); the ulna is longer
relative to humerus (see Table I). The longer ulna is characteristic
of all specimens of Recent Sula at hand, but, with the exception of S.
pohli , the other (four) Miocene sulids, in which proportions of wing
skeleton can be observed, have a short ulna as found in Recent Morns.
Compared with Sula avita Wetmore (1938) of the Miocene of Mary-
land, known from the distal end of humerus (type) and the carpo-
metacarpus (referred), the process of metacarpal I of the carpometa-
carpus is straighter and is situated farther from the proximal trochlea.
In these characters S. pohli is closer than S. avita to Recent specimens
of Sula. It should be noted that Wetmore (op.cit., p. 25) erected a
separate subgenus for Sula ( Microsula ) avita on the basis of still other
characters.
Compared with Sula guano Rrodkorb ( 1955) and Moms peninsularis
Brodkorb ( 1955 ) from the Florida Miocene, described from coracoids,
the coracoid is narrower both across the head and at the level of the
scapular facet, and relatively shorter from the procoracoid to the head.
S. pohli resembles Recent Sula in these proportions, whereas the Florida
species agree more closely with Moms (see Table II).
Compared with Sula phosphate Brodkorb (1955), also from the
Florida Miocene, and described from an incomplete coracoid, the in-
ternal sternal facet of the coracoid is longer although all other measure-
ments of the element are less.
Compared with Moms loxostylus (Cope) of the Miocene of Mary-
land and New Jersey, known from two coracoids (the type and a re-
ferred specimen) and the distal end of a humerus (referred), the
posterior sternal articulation of the coracoid is evenly rounded, rather
1958
Howard: Miocene Sulids
9
TABLE I
Measurements
(in millimeters)
of Wing Elements
of Sulids
Sula pohli
S. willetti
Sula 1.
brewsteri
Right
Left
Type
L.A.M.
no. 1349
L.A.M.
no. 1352
Humerus
Length
150.5
145.0
156.0
147.2
166.0
Breadth prox. end..
22.1
22.1
—
20.0
24.0
Breadth dist. end....
17.3
17.9
—
15.5
18.2
Ulna
Length (greatest) ..
170.0
148.5
147.0
159.0
177.0
Carpometacarpus
Length
69.3
69.3
70.0
70.5
77.3
Phalanges of Manus
Length D2, PI
32.5
—
37.0
32.4
37.3
Length D2, P2
31.5 ap.
—
23.0
32.3
37.1
TABLE II
Measurements ( in millimeters ) and Proportions ( in per cent )
of Sulid Coracoids
Average ratios,
living sulids2
S. pohli S.
willetti
S. guano1
M. peninsularis1
Morus
Sula
a. Length along
axial border
... 55.0
45.0
50.0
54.0-55.6
b. Breadth of head...
... 11.4
13.4
14.2
c. Breadth at
scapular facet
... 13.7
14.7
17.0-17.7
d. Height from head
to procoracoid
... 19. lap.
17.0ap.
21.0
25.0-25.1
Ratio of b to a
... 20.7
26.8
25.5-26,3
26.7
22.9
Ratio of c to a
... 24.8
29.4
30.5-32.7
30.8
26.1
Ratio of d to a
... 34.7
37.7 ap.
42.0
45.0-46.4
42.9
38.6
iRatios calculated from measurements given by Brodkorb (1955, p. 13, Table 4).
2From Howard, 1936, p. 213.
TABLE III
Measurements (in millimeters) and Proportions (in per cent)
of Sulid Sterna
Sula pohli
Sula websteri
L.A.M. no. 1339
Sula 1.
L.A.M.
no. 1349
brewsteri
L.A.M.
no. 1352
a. Greatest length, carina to xiphius....
94.3
110.0
95.0
114.0
b. Sternocoracoidal process to xiphius..
c. Sternocoracoidal process to
57.0
63.3
51.0
62.3
anterior edge of manubrium
26.0
32.0
27.0
32.0
d. Depth of carina through manubrium.
28.7
33.5
26.0
31.1
Ratio of c to b
45.6*
' 50.7
52.9
51.3
Ratio of d to a
30.4
30.4
27.3
27.2
Ratio of d to c
110.4
104.9
96.3
97.1
*The minimum ratio among Recent specimens
available is 1
Found in Sula nebouxi (43.8 per cent).
10
Contributions in Science
No. 25
than wide at the median end and contracting abruptly to one-half the
width as described for Moms loxostylus (Cope, 1871, p. 236). Both
coracoid and humerus of M. loxostylus are said to be characteristic of
the genus Morus ( Wetmore, 1926, p. 466), whereas other skeletal char-
acters of S. pohli relate the new species to Sula.
Also on the basis of generic allocation, S. pohli is distinguished from
Moms vagabundus Wetmore of the California Miocene. The latter
species is described from a distal end of a humerus, and the characters
noted are not visible in the specimen of S. pohli. Wetmore ( 1930, pp.
90-91), however, states that M. vagabundus resembles M. loxostylus
and is clearly of the genus Moms. It is significant to note that in this
original description of M. vagabundus, size is noted as the sole dis-
tinction from M. loxostylus (breadth of distal end, M. vagabundus,
18.3 mm.; M. loxostylus, 21.1 mm.). In view of the size range now
noted for the living S. leucogaster brewsteri (Table I), it is possible
that the relationship between M. vagabundus and M. loxostylus should
be reviewed.
Compared with the type of Sula humeralis Miller and Bowman
(1958) from the California Pliocene (a distal half of a humerus), the
entepicondyle is more prominent laterally and more extended proximal-
ly, but the condyles are less developed, so that the distal contour is
straighter.
Lomita
Shortly after Miller’s description of Sula stocktoni ( 1935 ) from the
Lomita diatomite, the superintendent of the dacelite company at that
site presented him with another, smaller specimen of sulid in two slabs
of diatomaceous shale. Miller tentatively identified the skeleton as
Sula willetti but did not record the specimen. At his suggestion it is
included in this report.
The specimen is number 2543 in the collections of the University of
California at Los Angeles. A partial skeleton is represented on the two
slabs, by obverse and reverse impressions, as follows: sternum; right
and left tibiotarsi and tarsometatarsi with some pedal phalanges; and
right humerus, ulna, partial radius, and carpometacarpus. The left
humerus and scapula are incompletely impressed. There is no bone
remaining in the impressions.
Until the discovery of Sula pohli in the San Fernando Valley, there
would have been little doubt that the Lomita specimen could be re-
ferred to Sula willetti. Its general size and proportions appear to agree
with the specimens from Lompoc on which the description of S. willetti
was based. Only one measurement is strikingly different as compared
1958
Howard: Miocene Sulids
11
with the type of S. willetti, namely the length of the hind toe. This toe
is shown to be only 34 per cent of the length of the tarsometatarsus
in the type (Miller, 1925, p. 114), whereas in the Lomita specimen it
is over 50 per cent of the tarsal length. In the referred specimen of S.
willetti figured by Miller (op. cit., pi. 8) the hind toe appears to be
longer than in the type, and the proportion to the tarsometatarsus is
close to that of the Lomita specimen.
The discovery of Sula pohli introduces an element of doubt regard-
ing the assignment of the Lomita skeleton to Sula willetti. Unfortunate-
ly the leg and foot elements are not present in the type of Sula pohli,
and the important characters of coracoid and proportions of ulnar to
humeral length that distinguish this species from Sula willetti cannot
be accurately ascertained in the Lomita specimen. The coracoid is
lacking; the ulna is broken, with the proximal quarter offset and pos-
sibly extended; the humerus is crushed and distorted. A latex cast made
from the impression of the humerus shows the bone to be lying with
the ulnar face of the proximal end impressed, but so twisted midway
down the shaft that the external surface is impressed at the distal end.
The proximal end is abnormally bent over, and there is a suggestion,
also, that the shaft of the bone may be shortened where it is crushed
and twisted. Therefore, although the measurements of the impressions
of humerus and ulna show the ulna to be longer than the humerus, as
in S. pohli, it is doubtful that these measurements are accurate. Two
other characters of the Lomita skeleton can be compared with S. pohli
and seem to distinguish it from that species, namely a greater length
of the sternum and a more smoothly rounded contour of the ulnar face
of the shaft of the humerus below the proximal head. The size of the
sternum in proportion to the rest of the skeleton appears to be close
to that noted in the referred specimen of S. willetti from Lompoc
(Miller, op. cit., plate 8), but it is impossible to determine accurately
the detail on the latter specimen. Details of the contour of the proximal
end of the humerus are not available for S. willetti.
Although it is important to record the occurrence of this small sulid
at the Lomita locality, it seems wise, in view of the several uncer-
tainties involved in its identification, to refer it only tentatively at this
time — to Sula willetti.
El Sereno
A very large, almost complete humerus was given to the Museum in
April, 1954, by Eugene Robkin and Harry Ralph Wilbur of El Sereno.
The boys found the bone embedded in a chunk of matrix that had
12
Contributions in Science
No. 25
fallen from a Miocene shale embankment on Round Drive near Chester
Street, El Sereno.
The specimen (fig. 3) is strongly compressed laterally through the
upper portion, and there is a marked longitudinal ridge external to the
pneumatic fossa on the ulnar surface. The very heavy head extends
proximally beyond the internal tuberosity. In part these characters may
be distortions due to crushing, but the condition cannot be entirely
abnormal. Compared with Sula and Moms , the large, extended head
and the marked compression below the external tuberosity are so
notably different that allocation to the sulids was at first questioned.
However, the shape of the pneumatic fossa and the internal tuberosity,
as well as the contour of the bicipital crest are sulid in character though
markedly heavier than in Moms bassanus, the largest of the living
sulids. The length of the specimen, lacking the distal end, is 222 mm.
Another 25-30 mm. should be allowed for the distal contour, giving an
estimated total length of 247-252 mm.
Compared with other Miocene sulids, the El Sereno bone unquestion-
ably exceeds in size all but Moms lompocanci (Miller) from Lompoc
and Sula stocktoni Miller from Lomita. From the former it is, however,
distinguished by the shape of the proximal end. The proximal con-
tours of the humerus of M. lompocana are well preserved in a reverse
cast of the type and show the element to be quite typical of Moms ,
with a broad, smooth ulnar surface external to the pneumatic fossa
and a broad, low head. A cast of the type of Sula stocktoni is also at
hand for comparison. Although the proximal contours of the humerus
are not so well preserved as in the specimen of M. lompocana, a marked
longitudinal ridge is evident external to the pneumatic fossa, as in the
El Sereno humerus, and the head appears to extend considerably
beyond the internal tuberosity, and to differ from living sulids in this
respect in the same manner noted in the single humerus. Because of
these structural similarities, as well as close agreement in size, the
new humerus is assigned to S. stocktoni.
In view of the distinctive characters of the humerus, as above noted,
combined with other characteristics of the skeleton remarked by Miller
(1935, pp. 75-78), a new genus is hereby designated for this species,
with characters defined as follows:
Paleosula, new genus
Type.—Paleosula stocktoni (Miller)
Diagnosis— Humerus very large, both actually, and relatively with
respect to length of ulna; proximal end massive, with head extended
proximally beyond internal tuberosity; shaft laterally compressed below
1958
Howard: Miocene Sulids
13
|
which, however, are not present.
14
Contributions in Science
No. 25
head on external side, with strong longitudinal ridge on ulnar surface
external to pneumatic fossa. Manubrium of sternum with less forward
thrust than in either Sula or Morus. Distance from procoracoid to head
of coracoid relatively greater than in Sula or Morus.
The characters of the proximal portion of the humerus (prominence
of the head and compression of the shaft below it, externally), while
distinctly different from those of Sula or Morus , are approached in
Miosula (as observed in reverse cast of type of Miosula media). The
latter genus might be said to be intermediate in these respects between
Sula and Morus on one hand and Paleosida on the other. Miosula also
appears to be intermediate between Morus and Paleosida in the matter
of relative length of ulna to humerus. Due to the fact that the best
preserved humerus in the type of P. stocktoni is broken and overlain
by other bones, the exact length cannot accurately be determined. The
maximum measurement of the element, lying in place, is given ( Miller,
1935, p. 78, Table I) as 264 mm. In calculating the ratio of length of
ulna to humerus, a lesser humeral length (presumably of the impres-
sion actually present ) is used, showing that even at the minimum esti-
mate, the humerus is far longer in proportion to the ulna, than in any
living sulid. The reasoning presented (op. cit., pp. 76-77) for believing
that the maximum figure is essentially accurate, is, however, sound.
Therefore, the ratio of ulna to humerus should be closer to 66 per cent
rather than 75 per cent as given in Miller’s Table I. The ratio in
Miosula is given as 77 per cent, in Morus 87-89 per cent.
The proportionate forward thrust of the manubrium of the sternum
relative to the length of the lateral border is found to be only 36.4 per
cent in the type of Paleosula stocktoni on the basis of the measurements
given by Miller (op. cit., p. 78, Table I), although in the text (op. cit.,
p. 76) this ratio is given as 41 per cent. Even this latter figure, however,
is less than that of any specimen of Sula or Morus examined (see “Ratio
of c to b,” Table III above).
Miller describes the coracoid of P. stocktoni as proportionately longer
from procoracoid to head than that of Morus bassanus. As noted in
Table II above, the coracoid of Moms , in turn, is longer in this region
than is that of Sula.
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
As a result of new discoveries of specimens of fossil sulids in Miocene
deposits of Los Angeles County, a new species, Sula polili, is described,
and a new genus, Paleosula , is established to contain the species for-
merly known as Sula stocktoni Miller. A new locality record is noted for
1958
Howard: Miocene Surids
15
the latter form. A tentative identification of Sula willetti from the
Lomita deposits marks the first record of this species outside its type
locality of Lompoc, and the second sulid species to be recorded from
the Lomita locality.
Sula pohli is the first of the California Miocene species in which the
character of short humerus - long ulna, typical of present-day Sula
as contrasted with Moms, has been clearly observed. Sula willetti has
been maintained in the genus Sula in spite of its longer humerus be-
cause of other characters of the skeleton (see Wetmore, 1930, p. 91).
Paleosula is the second extinct genus of sulids to be established in
the fossil record.
LITERATURE CITED
Brodkorb, Pierce
1955. The avifauna of the Bone Valley Formation. Florida Geol. Surv. Rep.
Investigations No. 14, 57 pp., 11 pis.
Cope, E. D.
1871. Synopsis of the extinct Batrachia, Reptilia and Aves of North America.
Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., n.s., 14:1-252, pis. l-14a, 53 figs, in text.
Howard, Hildegarde
1936. A new fossil bird locality near Playa del Rey, California, with descrip-
tion of a new species of sulid. Condor 38:211-214, 1 text fig.
Miller, Loye
1925. Avian remains from the Miocene of Lompoc, California. Carnegie
Inst. Washington Publ. 349, pp. 107-117, 9 pis., 1 fig. in text.
1935. New bird horizons in California. Publ. Univ. California at Los Angeles
Biol. Sci., 1 (5): 73-80, 2 text figs.
Miller, Loye and Robert I. Bowman
1958. Further bird remains from the San Diego Pliocene. Los Angeles Co.
Mus. Contrib. Sci. No. 20, 16 pp., 5 text figs.
Wetmore, Alexander
1926. Observations on fossil birds described from the Miocene of Maryland.
Auk 43(4) : 462-468.
1930. Fossil bird remains from the Temblor Formation near Bakersfield,
California. Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 19(8):86-93, 7 figs,
in text.
1938. A Miocene booby and other records from the Calvert Formation of
Maryland. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 85(3030) : 21-25, 3 text figs.
LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS
IN SCIENCE
No.
1.
No.
2.
No.
3.
No.
4.
No.
5.
No.
6.
No.
7.
No.
8.
No.
9.
No.
10.
No.
11.
No.
12.
No.
13.
No.
14.
No.
15.
No.
16.
No.
17.
No.
18.
No.
19.
No.
20.
No.
21.
No.
22.
No.
23.
No.
24
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. General Account, by Jean Delacour.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General, by E. Yale Dawson.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Dodder from Goias,
Cuscuta burrellii, by T. G. Yuncker.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: The Lichens, by Carroll W.
Dodge.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Cyanophyta, by Francis
Drouet.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Mint from Goias,
Hyptis machrisae, by Carl Epling.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, various
smaller families, edited by E. Yale Dawson.
Notes on Eastern Pacific Insular Marine Algae, by E. Yale Dawson.
A New Species of Passerine Bird from the Miocene of California, by
Hildegarde Howard.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: A New Columnar Cactus
from Goias, by E. Yale Dawson.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Chlorophyta; Euglenophyta,
by G. W. Prescott.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Entomology: General; Systematics of
the Notonectidae (Hemiptera), by Fred S. Truxal.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, Leguminosae,
by Richard S. Cowan.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Entomology: Gelastrocoridae (Hemip-
tera), by E. L. Todd.
Marine Algae of the Pacific Costa Rican Gulfs, by E. Yale Dawson.
A Classification of the Oscines (Aves), by Jean Delacour and Charles
Vaurie.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, Bromeliaceae
and other smaller families, by Lyman B. Smith.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Musci, by Howard Crum.
A new Race of the Pocket Gopher Geomys bursarius from Missouri, by
Charles A. McLaughlin.
Further Bird Remains from the San Diego Pliocene, by Loye Miller and
Robert I. Bowman.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Phanerogamae, Euphor-
biaceae, Lentibulariaceae, Rubiaceae, by Julian A. Steyermark.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Gramineae, by Jason R.
Swallen.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany. Phanerogamae, Alstroe-
meriaceae and other families, by Lyman B. Smith and collaborators.
The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: Fungi, by G. W. Martin
and collaborators.
August 15, 1958
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION1
BOTANY: Hepaticae
By Majrgaret Fulford2
The Hepaticae listed below were collected by Expedition Botanist
E. Yale Dawson in the vicinity of the two principal camps in central
Goias at the end of the rainy season of 1956. He has presented detailed
locality data, according to his field collection numbers which are here
cited with each determination, in paper number 2 of this series.3
Briefly, however, numbers 14311 through 14807 came from the Chapada
dos Veadeiros, April 17-May 3, and 14848 through 15213 from the
vicinity of the Serra Dourada, May 5- June 3. The first set of specimens
is deposited in the Herbarium of the Los Angeles County Museum.
Some duplicates are in the private collection of the writer.
Leafy Forms
Bryopteris filicina ( Sw. ) Nees 14734
Euosmolejeunea clausa ( Nees & Mont. ) Evans 14856
Frullania brasiliensis Raddi 14743 p.p.
Frullania riojaneirensis (Raddi) Spr. 14340
Frullania squarrosa (R. Bl & N. ) Num. 14317 p.p.; 14807
H eteroscyphus amphibolius (Nees) Schiffner 14311b, c, d
Lejeunea flava (Sw. ) Nees 14311
Lophocolea coadunata ( Sw. )Nees 14311 p.p.; 14313 p.p.
Lophocolea sp. 15183
Lopholejeunea muelleriana ( G. ) Schiffner 14320?; 14327b; 14422
1This expedition from the Los Angeles County Museum was sponsored by Mr.
and Mrs. Maurice A. Machris and Mrs. Maybell Machris Low. It was conducted
under the auspices of the Museo Nacional do Brasil.
2 Department of Biological Sciences, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati 21,
Ohio. v .■_.it.,vy
3Dawson, E. Yale. 1957. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General.
Los Angeles Co. Mns Canir. Sri (2): 1-20.
®rm1oN W* * » 13131
_
2
Contributions in Science
No. 26
Lopholejeunea sp. 14320
Mastigolejeunea auriculata (Wils. & Hook.) Spr. 14316b; 14807 p.p.
Microlejeunea sp. 14322 The specimens are sterile.
Microlepidozia verrucosa ( Stephani ) comb. nov. ( Lepidozia verrucosa
Stephani, Hedwigia 24:167. Tab IV. 1885) 14311 p.p.; 14315a
Odontoschisma falcifolium Steph. 14311 p.p.
Odontoschisma glaziovii Steph. 14315a p.p.; 14420
Plagiochila aliena G. 14317 p.p.; 14320a p.p.; 14343; 14422 p.p.
Plagiochila sp. 14316b p.p.
Porella sp. (probably P. swartziana (Web.) Ldbg. ) 14320 p.p.
Prionolejeunea sp. 14852; 14857; 14858; 14894 p.p. The plants
are sterile.
Psiloclada brasiliensis Steph. 14654 This species is known from
only a few collections in South America.
Radula andicola Steph. 14350
Radula sp. (probably R. arsenii Steph.4) 14317; 14418
Radida korthalsii Steph.4 14323; 14346b
Radula sp. 14807 p.p.; 14934
Stylolejeunea pililoba (Spr.) Evans 14316b p.p.
Thalloid Forms
Anthoceros sp. 14747 Spores not mature.
F ossombronia sp. 14411 ( 9 ); 15179; 15184
Riccardia sp. 14654 p.p.; 14853
Riccia sp. (probably) 15184 p.p.
Sytnphyogyna brasiliensis Nees 14654 p.p.; 14894
Determination by Dr. H. Castle, Yale University.
so i, ns
* c
MARINE ALGAE FROM THE
1958 CRUISE OF THE
STELLA POLARIS
IN THE
GULF
OF CALIFORNIA
By E. Yale Dawson
os Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellaneous
technical papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and Anthro-
pology, published at irregular intervals by the Los Angeles
County Museum. Issues are numbered separately and numbers
run consecutively regardless of subject matter. Number 1 was
issued January 23, 1957. The series is available to scientists
and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Copies may also
be purchased at a nominal price.
Hildegarde Howard
Editor
E. Yale Dawson
Associate Editor
MARINE ALGAE FROM THE 1958 CRUISE
OF THE STELLA POLARIS TO THE
GULF OF CALIFORNIA1
By E. Yale Dawson2
Our recorded knowledge of the marine flora of the Gulf of California
is based largely upon the paper of Setchell and Gardner (1924) and
those of the writer (Dawson 1944, 1949b, 1953, 1954). Incidental
accounts of a number of species have appeared in various papers by
Hariot, Howe, and by Dawson. There have remained to date, however,
many areas, especially in the southern Gulf of California, in which few or
no collections have been made, and any description of the major compo-
nents of the sublittoral flora at any localities in that region have been
notably lacking. This has been due to the fact that virtually all collections
prior to the present were made by dredge or by shore collecting at low
tide where only exposed areas would be examined. Furthermore, most of
these were made during late winter months when, in the southern Gulf,
the flora is in poor development.
The collections reported upon here were made possible through the
kindness and collaboration of Mr. and Mrs. John McNabb and Mr. and
Mrs. Maurice A. Machris, who invited the writer, then Curator of Botany at
the Los Angeles County Museum, to accompany them on a two-weeks
cruise in April. 1958. Mr. McNabb directed the movements of the M/V
Stella Polaris in accord with the best interests of the botanical studies, such
that it was possible on almost every day of the cruise, from April 15 to 29,
to anchor in a different and suitable locality from which we could engage
in shallow water diving, with face plate and snorkle, to observe and collect
the representatives of the flora. Inasmuch as the cruise moved regularly
northward from La Paz to Isla San Pedro Nolasco off Guaymas, Sonora,
it was possible to observe a geographic progression in the development of
the flora from the impoverished algal region around Isla Espiritu Santo
to the relatively richly vegetated region in the vicinity of Guaymas, Sonora.
The following brief field observations, accordingly, are arranged
from south to north. In each case the inclusive collection numbers from
the writer’s series are given as a means of designating the collections cited
elsewhere in the text. A bare listing of the various species obtained at each
station is given as an aid to future comparative floristic work in the region.
The collections are deposited in the herbarium of the Los Angeles
County Museum.
1 Contribution from the Beaudette Foundation for Biological Research, Solvang,
California. This study was aided in part by a National Science Foundation grant,
G5848.
2 Research Director, Beaudette Foundation, and Research Associate, Los Angeles
County Museum.
SMITHSONIAN
WSTiJUTION JAMl $ till
4
Contributions in Science
No. 27
GENERAL FIELD DATA
Lagoon between Isla Espiritu Santo and Isla Partida. April 16. Numbers
18969 to 18975.
The shallow inshore area in depths of 1 to 5 feet was completely
dominated by large mats of Caulerpa. There was no Sargassum present,
and no red algae of any significance were evident.
Caulerpa sertularioides , C. racemosa v. turbinata , Halimeda discoidea,
Enteromorpha compressa , Ernodesmis verticillata Hydrocoleum gluti-
nosum.
Entrance to west side of channel between Isla Espiritu Santo and Isla
Partida. April 17. Numbers 18930 to 18948.
This area consists of rocks a few hundred feet off shore awash at
mid-tide. The flora was completely different from that of the lagoon, but
was in general exceedingly scant. There was scant and very short
Sargassum, a fair growth of Amphiroa , some Jania, and a few dwarfish
specimens of other species in cracks of the rocks. Almost no Padina
occurred and indeed there was nothing of a conspicuous nature.
Hypnea nidulans, Codium sp. (prostrate), Prionitis abbreviate forms,
Ahnfeltia svensonii, Colpomenia sinuosa v. tuberculata , Gracilaria pachy-
dermatica , Gelidium johnstonii , Corallina pinnatifolia v. digitata ,
Chlorodesmis hildebrandtii, Pocockiella variegata, Caulerpa sertularioides,
C. racemosa v. turbinata, C. racemosa v. peltata, H eterosiphonia wurde-
mannii v. laxa, Falkenbergia stage of Asparagopsis taxijormis, Ceramium
paniculatum, Taenioma perpusillum, Callithamnion paschale, Polysiphonia
simplex, Spirulina subsalsa , Symploca hydnoides . Phormidium hormoides ,
Lyngbya aestuarii, L. majuscula.
East side of Isla Partida. April 28. Numbers 18587 to 18598.
The flora here in depths of 1 to 4 feet was even more impoverished
than on the west side. Only a few dwarfish plants of few species occurred,
and there was nothing of a conspicuous nature present.
Codium sp. (prostrate), juvenile Sargassum , Padina crispata? ,
Neomeris annulate, Centroceras clavulatum, Janie capillacea, Amphiroa
annulata, Herposiphonia spinosa, Gracilaria pachydermatica? , Gelidiella
hancockii, Falkenbergia stage of Asparagopsis taxijormis, Amphiroa
dimorpha, Symploca hydnoides.
Isla San Francisco. April 18. Numbers 18976 to 18988.
In depths of 2 to 7 feet on the southwest side of the island (on the
north side of the anchorage inshore) a very poor flora appeared, consisting
of only a few species with the exception of Codium, which occurred as
the only conspicuous large plant. At a depth of 10 feet on the southwest
side of the anchorage, collections by Mrs. Paquita Machris ( numbers
18961 to 18963) indicated the dominance of Asparagopsis, Galaxaura and
Die ty ota.
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
5
Codium sp. (clumping), Rhodymenia hancockii? , Jania longiarthra,
Chnoospora implexa, Gelidiopsis tenuis, Polysiphonia mollis, Dasya sp.,
Cladophora utriculosa, Chlorodesmis hildebrandtii, Pocockiella variegata,
Caulerpa racemosa v. peltata, Geppella decussata sp. nov., Sphacelaria
furcigera, Peysonnelia rubra v. orientalis.
Punta San Evaristo. April 19. Numbers 18949 to 18960.
Inshore on the southwest side in more or less protected places there
was dominant Sargasso m and Chnoospora on the bottom. On the south
side near the entrance in a surfy area, Liagora was dominant on the
bottom with some Padina, and more or less common Colpomenia and
Hydroclathrus mixed in. The prostrate Codium formed large patches 1 to
3 feet in extent on the lower, under, or vertical surfaces of rather smooth
rocks in depths of 1 to 3 feet. Young material of two species of Sargassum
was noted together with some scrappy Padina durvillaei.
Liagora farinosa, Laurencia obtusiuscula, Padina crispata? , Dictyota
sp., Viva lactuca, Codium sp. (prostrate) , Sargassum sinicola, Colpo-
menia sinuosa v. tuberculata (not collected) , Hydroclathrus clathratus,
Chnoospora implexa, Padina caulescens? Lyngbya majuscula, Calothrix
Crustacea, Hydrocoleum glutinosum.
Isla San Diego. April 19. Numbers 18913 to 18929.
Along the south end of the island near the prolonged reef, the bottom
consisted of rich Liagora beds and fine big clumps of Asparagopsis on
either side. Farther north along the inside shore, the cover was mainly
of A mphiroa with some of the grass green Laurencia obtusiuscula close in.
Observations were in depths of 1 to 6 feet.
Laurencia obtusiuscula, Liagora farinosa, Codium sp. Asparagopsis
taxiformis, Dictyota crenulata, Chondria sp., Amphiroa drouetii, Jania
longiarthra, Chondria calif ornica, A mphiroa annulata, Dictyota divaricata,
Padina mexicana, Hypnea nidifica? , Liagora magniinvolucra, Sphacelaria
tribuloides, Ectocarpus mitchellae, Pocockiella variegata.
Bahia Agua Verde. April 20. Numbers 18877 to 18912.
Observations in depths of 1 to 6 feet along the inner margin of the
lagoon on the south side of the bay showed an abundance of Chnoospora,
Hydroclathus, Rosenvingia and Laurencia, and a general bottom cover of
A mphiroa. A little way out, at the inner sea stack, Amphiroa was the gen-
eral cover to depths of 1 to 6 feet, after which much Padina covered the
bottom to 20 feet or more. Halimeda occurred in patches. Dictyota was
present only as solitary individuals. Sargassum was spotty and mostly
short, but some plants in 10 to 15 foot depths appeared to reach a height
of 3 feet or more. There was no evidence of Liagora or Asparagopsis.
Sargassum horridum, Chnoospora implexa, Gracilaria crispata,
Padina caulescens, Hydroclathrus clathratus, Laurencia obtusiuscula,
Rosenvingea intricata, Codium sp. (clumping), Codium sp. (prostrate),
6
Contributions in Science
No. 27
Amphiroa sub cylindrical Gracilaria pachydermatica, Gracilaria subsecun-
data, Amphiroa drouetii , Corallina pinnati folia v. digitata , Hypnea esperi,
Colpomenia sinuosa, Jania longiarthra , Prionitis abbreviata, Bryopsis
pennata, Laurencia papillosa v. pacifica , Herposiphonia tenella , Ceramium
gracillimum v. byssoideum , Herposiphonia subdisticha , Halimeda discoi-
dea , Rhodymenia hancockii, Ceramium sinicola v. interruptum , Dictyota
divaricata , Ulva dactylifera? , Amphiroa dimorpha , Galaxaura arbor ea,
Hypnea nidulans , Jania decussato-dichotoma, Gelidium johnstonii, Valoni-
opsis pachynema , Gelidium pusillum.
El Solitario Rock, off Bahia Agua Verde. April 20. Numbers 18834 to
18876.
A rather varied and well developed flora occurred here, in depths of
2 to 5 feet, including a turf consisting of a number of small species of
Laurencia , Chondria , Ceramium and Amphiroa , etc. Gracilaria pachyder-
matica occurred in cracks in the rocks, but the most conspicuous rock
cover of larger plants consisted of Asparagopsis , and to a lesser extent, of
Sargassum.
Saragassum sinicola , Derbesia hollenbergii , juvenile Sargassum,
Ceramium zacae, Gracilaria pachydermatica, Gelidium johnstonii, Chon-
dria californica with Jantinella verrucaejormis, Polysiphonia concinna,
C odium sp. (clumping), Laurencia obtusiuscula, Dictyota divaricata,
Colpomenia sinuosa v. tuberculata, Laurencia obtusiuscula v. laxa? ,
Asparagopsis taxiformis, Amphiroa dimorpha, Amphiroa zonata, Prionitis
abbreviata, Corallina pinnati folia v. digitata, Laurencia papillosa v.
pacifica, Grateloupia howei, Gracilaria sp., Hypnea nidifica, Hypnea
johnstonii, Ectocarpus mitchellae, Chondria dasyphylla, Digenia simplex,
Ceramium sinicola, Ceramium caudatum, Ceramium procumbens, Bryopsis
muscosa, Centroceras clavulatum, Laurencia hancockii, Herposiphonia
subdisticha, Galaxaura arborea, Laurencia sinicola, Dasya sinicola, Schizo-
seris pygmaea, Ceramium taylorii, Amphiroa annulata.
Isla Monserrate. April 21. Numbers 18794 to 18822.
Collections were made along the northwest end of the island at a
small rocky outcrop extending into the sand at depths of 4 to 5 feet. The
general cover was of Amphiroa and epiphytic Ceramium. There was little
C odium, Asparagopsis and Digenia, scant Padina, and no evidence of
Sargassum.
Amphiroa subcylindrica, A. zonata, Codium sp. (clumping), Hali-
meda discoidea, Asparagopsis taxiformis, Digenia simplex, Gracilaria
pachydermatica, Polysiphonia mollis, Padina crispata? , Callithamnion
paschale, Caulerpa racemosa v. turbinata, C. sertularioides, Chnoospora
implexa, Ceramium gracillimum v. byssoideum, Dasya pedicellata? ,
Peysonnelia rubra v. orientalis, Ceramium fimbriatum, Dasya sinicola,
Gracilaria crispata?, Chondria californica, Enteromorpha compressa.
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
7
Lithophyllum trichotomum? , Jania longiarthra , Amphiroa annulata ,
Hypnea nidijica , Amphiroa drouetii , Champia parvula , Lyngbya majus-
cula.
Puerto Escondido. April 22. Numbers 18770 to 18793.
Collections were made along the outer cliffs at the entrance to Puerto
Escondido opposite Is! a Danzante and Is I a Carmen in depths from 1 to 5
feet. Sargassum was conspicuous in some places, but the algae in general
were rather sparse. Gelidium was frequent, and short plants of Ceramium
and other small species formed a prominent turf. The corallines were
notably scant. No Asparagopsis , Liagora or Caulerpa occurred. In depths
of 20 feet or more, the bottom exhibited dominant Padina durviliaei.
Gracilaria pachydermatica, Sargassum macdougalii, Chnoospora
implexa, Laurencia papillosa v. pacifica , Dictyota divaricata? , Gelidium
johnstonii, Gracilaria spinigera, Prionitis abbreviata v., C odium sp.
(prostrate), Codium sp. (erect), Ceramium caudatum, Hypnea sp.,
Centroceras clavulatum, Polysiphonia mollis, Ceramium procumbens,
Lophosiphonia scopulorum, Bryopsis muscosa, A mphiroa dimorpha,
Amphiroa jranciscana f.?, Jania decussato-dichoto ma, Jania capillacea,
Chaetomorpha bangioides, Gelidium pusillum.
Puerto Escondido. April 22. Numbers 18751 to 18769.
Collections were made from the protected outer bay outside of the
port proper. Here Sargassum occurred more or less densely in depths of
6 to 8 feet. The other conspicuous large species were mainly Caulerpa
sertularioides, Padina durviliaei and large plants of Codium amplivesicu-
latum. There were few corallinaceae. Neomeris was frequent and con-
spicuous on well-lighted stones at 4 to 6 foot depths.
Caulerpa sertularioides, Padina durviliaei, Codium amplivesiculatum,
Sargassum sinicola, Hypnea nidifica, Hydroclathrus clathratus, Graciliaria
ramisecunda, Nemacystus brandegeei, Gracilaria crispata, Rhizoclonium
kochianum, Griffithsia tenuis, A mphiroa subcylindrica, Laurencia obtu-
siuscula, Ceramium jimbriatum, Polysiphonia mollis, A mphiroa zonata,
Ceramium caudatum, Hormothamnion enteromorphoides, Lyngbya ma-
juscula.
Puerto Escondido proper (inner harbor). April 22. Numbers 18823a
to 18833.
Collections from a rather mucky bottom in depths of 1 to 4 feet
showed a flora of rather few species dominated by Enteromorpha clathrata,
Polysiphonia and Lithophyllum ? trichotomum. Gelidiopsis tenuis and
Caulerpa sertularioides were frequent.
Hydroclathrus clathratus, Gelidiopsis tenuis, Caulerpa sertularioides,
Enteromorpha clathrata, Polysiphonia mollis, Gracilariopsis sp., Bryopsis
muscosa ?, Lithophyllum trichotomum? , Amphiroa taylorii.
8
Contributions in Science
No. 27
Puerto Ballandra, Isla Carmen. April 3. Numbers 18600 to 18626.
The inner part of the bay has a bottom cover mainly of Polysiphonia
with scattered Codium , Laurencia , etc. at about + 0.5 feet. These are
mixed with varying amounts of Amphiroa. Farther out, at the entrance to
the bay, in depths of less than 6 feet on either side, Amphiroa and Jania
are much stronger. Some Halimeda occurs and rather short Sargassum
and Hypnea. Gelidium johnstonii becomes prominent in clefts and under
overhanging rocks where the currents are strong.
Halimeda discoidea, Bryopsis pennata , Colpomenia sinuosa, Lauren-
cia obtusiuscula , Chnoospora implexa , Pterocladia py r amid ale? , Potysi-
phonia mollis , Ceramium gracillimum v. byssoideum , Gracilaria textorii ,
Prionitis abbreviata , Ulva lactuca ?, Amphiroa dimorpha , Amphiroa
sub cylindrical Amphiroa zonata, Jania decussato-dichotoma , Jania longi-
arthra , Gelidium johnstonii , Sphacelaria hancockii , Laurencia papillosa v.
pacifica, Griffithsia tenuis , Dictyota divaricata , Padina durvillaei , Lauren-
cia hancockii , Herposiphonia secunda , Lithophyllum trichotomum? ,
Hydrocoleum comoides.
Isla Cholla, off the north end of Isla Carmen. April 3. Numbers 18654
to 18695.
An amazing bottom of dominant Halimeda , Codium and Sargassum
occurred here in depths of from 1 to 6 feet. The smaller turf-forming
plants consisted largely of Caulerpa and Ceramium , and there were rather
limited amounts of Amphiroa. Some good patches of luxuriant Aspara-
gopsis occurred. The Codium grew in great, broad cushions, and Halimeda
occupied whole acreages. In some places one could observe nothing but a
spreading lawn of Halimeda. The Sargassum plants, where they occurred
in reasonable abundance, were mostly short and apparently young.
At high levels of + 1.5 to 2.5 feet (numbers 18746 to 18749) a
remarkable association of Dermonema frappieri, Ahnfeltia svensonii ,
Laurencia hancockii and Hildenbrandia occurred.
Sargassum horridum , Asparagopsis taxiformis , Padina durvillaei ,
Derbesia hollenbergii, Rhodymenia californica , Gracilaria crispata ,
Gracilaria ramisecunda , Halimeda discoidea, Caulerpa vanbosseae,
Corallina pinnatifolia v. digitata, Herposiphonia subdisticha, Polysiphonia
mollis, Chondria californica, Griffithsia tenuis , Centroceras clavulatum,
Dictyopteris repens, Herposiphonia secunda, Antithamnion breviramosus,
Schizoseris pygmaea, Peysonnelia rubra v. orientalis, Codium sp. (clump-
ing), Dasya sp., Amphiroa zonata, Amphiroa dimorpha, Laurencia obtu-
siuscula, Prionitis abbreviata, Ernodesmis verticillata, Dictyota sp.,
Hypnea nidulans, Gelidiopsis tenuis, Jania decussato-dichotoma, Lauren-
cia papillosa v. pacifica, Lithophyllum trichotomum? , Laurencia sinicola,
Chnoospora minima, Bryopsis muscosa.
Punta Pulpito. April 23.
Although no collections were made, Sargassum was observed to occur
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
9
in heavy beds along the immediate shore, and large masses were breaking
loose to float southward.
Isla Ildefonso. April 24. Numbers 18696 to 18730 (from depths of 1 to
5 feet) ; numbers 18731 to 18745 (from levels of + 1 foot or more).
This shore consists of solid, rough lava subject to heavy surf.
Porphyra occurred to as much as 10 feet above mean low water level.
No sand was present at all. The general bottom cover was of Sargassum
with a heavy and dense mixture of many other things in good development,
such as Gracilaria , Botryocladia , Ulva, Dictyota , Dictyopteris , much
epiphytic Ceramium, Polysiphonia , Chondria , etc. Some Asparagopsis
occurred and there was much Codium at levels of + 1 foot in shaded
places along lava cliffs in estuarine breaks in the lava. Otherwise, the
Codium occurred generally down to about -1 foot.
On exposed rocks at high levels in this locality (+ 1 foot or more),
there was a good development of a flora adapted to desiccation. The surge,
surf and spray are sufficiently continuous to keep this area wet except for
relatively short times. Nevertheless, at the time of my collecting at low
tide, the exposed material was severely dried. The Porphyra was practically
crisp, as was much of the Dermonema , these being at the highest levels or
at least exposed to the more severe drying.
Sargassum sinicola , Polysiphonia johnstonii , Botryocladia uvarioides,
Gracilaria spinigera, Caulerpa vanbosseae, Ulva lactuca ?, Pacliydictyon
coriaceum, Centroceras clavulatum, Amphiroa dimorpha v. digitata v. nov.,
Amphiroa magdalenensis, Asparagopsis taxiformis , Dictyopteris zonari-
oides , Laurencia ohtusiuscula v. laxa ?, Laurencia papillosa v. pacifica,
Hypnea cervicornis? , Gracilaria pachydermatica, Grijfithsia tenuis,
Dictyota divaricata, Herposiphonia subdisticha, Gracilaria textorii, Carpo-
peltis Stella- po laris sp. nov., Jania tenella v. zacae? , Padina durvillaei,
Cladophoropsis robusta, Grateloupia versicolor, Chondria calif ornica,
Branchioglossum woodii, Laurencia sinicola, Codium sp. (clumping),
Codium sp. (prostrate), Ceramium procumbens, Ceramium taylorii,
Ceramium sinicola, Dasya sinicola.
High levels: Codium sp. (clumping), Griffithsia tenuis, Ceramium
taylorii, Pterocladia pyramidale, Chaetomorpha antennina, Porphyra
hollenbergii, Dermonema frappieri, Polysiphonia simplex, Laurencia
hancockii, Centroceras clavulatum, Gracilaria pachydermatica, Herposi-
phona tenella?, Prionitis sp., Chondria calif ornica.
Bahia Concepcion, along the east shore between 5 and 8 miles from the
entrance.
No collections were made here, but beds of Sargassum were observed
in immediate inshore water in depths of 6 to 8 feet extending along
much of this shore. The plants for the most part rose nearly to the
surface, and large rafts were aggregating from detached plants, and
drifting south.
10
Contributions in Science
No. 27
Isla Tortuga. April 25. Numbers 18627 to 18653.
Collections were made along the shore of lava cobbles in depths of
0.5 to 5 feet. The bottom consisted of a mixed cover of Codium , Caulerpa ,
Laurencia , and Amphiroa. Some Dictyopteris , Asparagopsis and Dictyota
occurred, but there was little Sargassum and Padina.
Codium sp. (clumping), Padina durvillaei, Gracilaria pachydermatica ,
Sargassum sinicola , Caulerpa vanbosseae , Asparagopsis taxiformis, Galax-
aura fastigiata, Gracilaria spinigera, Digenia simplex , Dictyota flabellata ,
Gelidiopsis variabilis , Bryopsis muscosa , Ulva lactuca, Polysiphonia con-
cimia, Gloioderma conjuncta comb, nov., Laurencia obtusiuscula , Lauren-
cia papillosa v. pacifica, Grifjithsia tenuis , Centroceras clavulatum , Am-
phiroa magdalenensis , Chondria calif ornica, Prionitis abbreviata f., Am-
phiroa dimorpha , Dictyota divaricata, Gigartina intermedia , Amphiroa
zonata, Ceramium procumbens.
Isla San Pedro Nolasco. April 25. Numbers 18545 to 18585.
At the single small landing place a remarkable algal community was
encountered in a small invagination of the cliffs. Many small species,
such as Cladophoropsis , Rhodoglossum, Prionitis , Ceramium , Grifjithsia ,
Dasya , etc., occurred on the cliffs, some of which are deeply shaded. On
the deep bottom grew a heavy Padina cover with great Sargassum plants
standing up 20 feet or more and rising to the surface. Some fine, almost
pure beds of Spatoglossum were found. In other places Botryoglossum was
present in rich patches together with scattered Grateloupia. Closer inshore,
although this is only a matter of a few yards because of the rather
steeply inclined bottom. Ulva and Centroceras were conspicuous. This
whole area is subject to constant surge of varying intensity.
Padina durvillaei , Codium sp. (clumping), Sargassum brandegeei ,
Gracilaria textorii , Dictyopteris zonarioides, Gracilaria crispata , Dictyota
flabellata , Grateloupia prolongata, Rhodoglossum hancockii , Dasya sini-
cola, Cladophoropsis robusta, Grifjithsia tenuis, Prionitis abbreviata v.
guaymasensis, Gigartina tepida, Hypnea esperi?, Gelidiopsis variabilis,
Dictyota divaricata, Hypnea nidulans, Peysonnelia rubra v. orientalis,
Derbesia hollenbergii? , Amphiroa subcylindrica, Schizoseris pygmaea,
Callithamnion paschale, Ceramium sinicola, Ulva lactuca, Spatoglossum
schroederi ?, Botryocladia uvarioides, Gymnogongrus johnstonii, Sargas-
sum sinicola, Laurencia obtusiuscula v. laxa ?, Chondria decipiens ?,
Ceramium paniculatum, Hypnea johnstonii. Heteroderma gibbsii ?, Anti-
thamnion breviramosus.
FLORISTIC LIST
Chlorophyta
Enteromorpha clathrata (Roth) J. Ag. 18828; 18826
Not previously known in the Gulf of California, this species has been
reported from Isla Clarion, Mexico, by Setchell and Gardner as E.
1959
Dawson: Marine Algae
11
plumosa. Bliding (1944) has shown that E. plumosa Kiitz. should be rele-
gated to synonymy under E. clathrata.
Enteromorpha compressa (L.) Grev. 18816; 18972
Viva lactuca L. 18571; 18639; 18954; 18610 This
latter collection is a densely headed, doubtfully referred form producing
more or less hemispherical tufts.
Viva sp. 18701 This is probably a form of U. angusta,
although it may possibly be a thin, deeply lobed variety of U. lactuca.
Two specimens are present, one contradicting the other with regard to
external form.
Viva sp. cf. V. dactylifera Setch. & Gard. 18901 The
cells are vertically elongated even near the margins, hut distinctive
characters of the blades are not evident.
Ernodesmis verticillata (Kiitz) Borg. 18974; 18683
Cladophoropsis ? robusta Setch. & Gard. 18555; 18720 Fig. 3A
Examination and comparison of the present materials with the type
of Willeella mexicana Dawson in connection with comments on Willeella
ordinata B0rg. and W. mexicana by Papenfuss and Egerod (1957:83)
have led to the conclusion that the materials treated as Willeella from
Mexico are more fully developed, amply branched examples of the plant
named Cladophoropsis robusta Setchell and Gardner (1924, p. 714, pi. 13,
fig. 16). The type of the latter was an immature plant in which the
characteristic distichous branching of well-developed specimens had not
yet come into evidence.
Despite the comments of Papenfuss and Egerod suggesting identity
of Willeella mexicana and W. ordinata (although they had not seen
material of the former) a further comparison of the present specimens
with the illustrated account of W. ordinata by B0rgesen (1930) points to a
number of more clear-cut distinctions then were fully indicated earlier.
Younger plants, and some older ones too, show little branching. The
axes are rigid, erect and coarse with few septations. Mature material
develops regular distichous branches which are at first markedly strict
in position, standing parallel to and nearly touching the sides of the
bearing axis. These branches almost invariably arise in pairs, and have
consistently delayed septation somewhat suggestive of Struvea. In Willeella
ordinata the branches are not strict, but usually spreading, are acute
rather than blunt, and commonly arise in groups of 4 to 6 at a node.
Irregular secondary branches often arise from lower parts of the primary
axes, both in apparently younger plants with little or no distichous branch-
ing, as well as older ones with well-developed distichous branching. These
arise by the cutting off of a lens-like cell which develops much as in
Valoniopsis pachynema , a feature which, despite the distichous branch-
ing, suggests that our plant may be more nearly related to Valoniopsis
than to Willeella. The septation in the formation of these irregular lower
branches, and in some of the primary axial parts of the plants as well.
12
Contributions in Science
No. 27
appear to be the result of segregative division. Such division is not found
among the Anadyomenaceae to which Willeella is now generally recog-
nized to belong (Papenfuss and Egerod, 1957:83).
The plants which correspond to Cladophoropsis robusta are often
quite richly developed and provided with more or less frequent lower
branchlets or lens-shaped incipient branchlets before the distichous branch-
ing of mature plants takes place. This is true of the type material and is
now seen in number 18720 and in other earlier collections from Cabo
Arco, near Guaymas, Sonora, in which densely tufted plants to 4 cm. tall
bear only occasional, or scarcely any, paired branches. This feature, the
apparent segregative division, and the distichous branching which is not
characteristic of Cladophoropsis , suggest relationships apart from that
genus and probably closer to Valoniopsis. More study of ample material
is needed to clarify the position of this interesting plant, but it is mani-
festly clear that it is not identical with Willeella ordinata.
Taylor’s number 34-588A from Isla Isabel, Navarit, has been
examined again and found to agree better with Valoniopsis pachynema
than with Cladophoropsis robusta.
Valoniopsis pachynema (Mart.) B0rg. 18907 This is
characteristic material of this species (see Isaac 1957, fig. 6-7, pi. 28).
Rhizoclonium kochianum Kiitz. 18760 This agrees with
Hamel’s concept (1930-32). He does not consider the differences of R.
kerneri to be specific and treats that plant as a variant of R. kochianum.
Taylor (1945:55) has reported a plant much like the present from Isla
Clarion under the name R. kerneri.
Chaetomorpha antennina (Bory) Kiitz. 18735
Chaetomorpha bangioides Daws. 18792 This is identi-
cal with the type from Isla Patos in the northern Gulf of California. It
represents the second known occurrence of this distinctive species and a
southward extension of range.
Chaetomorpha linum (Muller) Kiitz. 18599
Cladophora albida (Huds.) Kiitz. 18823b, on a parrot
fish beak, Bahia Agua Verde, April 20.
Cladophora utriculosa Kiitz. 18983 This agrees with the
treatment by Hamel (1929). The species is reported as common in
southern Japan, but has not heretofore been reported from Mexico.
Bryopsis pennata Lamx. 18601 Although there is some
irregularity in the branching of this specimen to the extent of showing
a tendency to be polystichous or secund, as in similar material studied by
Egerod (1952) from Hawaii, most branch tips show a clearly distichous
arrangement as in B. pennata. The material is reasonably well developed
although the branching is largely confined to the branch tips. This recalls
B. pennatula J. Agardh, described from southern Pacific Mexico and
since reported by Taylor (1945) from White Friars Islands, Guerrero,
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
13
t >, <>* *':•*'*< &> t', Yzh* i y#V' >i> A (
•A^i 86 S. i.:n
'i . ■ i rsijg:: . s|, : I t i n .. v r V < i [• e N o ’ a » r. o
Fig. 1. Spatoglossum sp. cf. 5. schroeden
14
Contributions in Science
No. 27
Mexico, and from the Galapagos Archipelago. In the present material,
the distichous branchlets are confined to the upper 2-3 mm. of the axes
much as in Taylor’s material, but are shorter and smaller, like B. pennatula
figured by Kutzing (1856, Tab. Phyc. vol. 6, pi. 76, fig. 2). Considering
the dwarfish character of some other of the Liebmann specimens described
by J. Agardh from San Agustin, Mexico, such as Hypnea pannosa , Grate-
loupia versicolor , etc., it seems probable that the type of B. pennatula may
have come from a surfy, high habitat in which the production of the
lateral branchlets was particularly disfavored by the environment. Such
reduction of the lateral branchlets is observable in various Bryopsis species,
and there does not appear to be any clear-cut distinction between Agardh's
plant and B. pennata Lamx. as currently understood.
The plants called B. plumosa var. pennata (Lamx.) Borg by Dawson
(1944:212) are probably luxuriantly developed, richly branched examples
of this same species.
Bryopsis muscosa Lamx. 18638; 18694; 18788; 18866; 18830;
18894 Most of these are scrubby and ill-developed with very irregu-
lar multifarious branching, commonly in part secund. In some the laterals
are mainly confined to branch tips and are not very abundant, or there
may be many axes with almost no laterals.
Derbesia hollenbergii Taylor 18670 This material is
abundantly fertile and the zoosporangia are consistently pyriform or tur-
binate. D. hollenbergii was described from the Galapagos Archipelago and
was recently reported from South Africa. Our material has filaments 60-80
[a in diameter and sporangia to 130 g in diameter, more like the South
African material in size than either the type of D. hollenbergii or of D.
turbinata Howe and Hoyt. 18657; 18682; 18835, scantily fertile, but with
the turbinate sporangia.
Derbesia sp. 18580, sterile; 18567, sterile; 18582 These
are all probably, but uncertainly, referable to D. hollenbergii.
Caulerpa racemosa var. peltata (Lamx.) Eubank 18986; 18944b
C aider pa racemosa var. turbinata (J. Ag.) Eubank 18804;
18944a; 18970
Caulerpa sertularioides (Gmelin) Howe 18805; 18825; 18944;
18969; 18751, a new northward record in the Gulf of California.
Caulerpa vanbosseae Setch. & Card. 18631; 18662; 18700
Chlorodesmis hildebrandtii A. Gepp & Ethel Gepp 18941 ;
18984 This material is short, but shows all the characters of this
species, especially the internodal constrictions not present in C. mexicana.
This is a new record for Pacific Mexico.
Geppella decussata sp. nov. Fig. 7 A
Thalli minuti, 2-3 mm. alt., monosiphoni, e parte superiore dicho-
tome ramosa e stipite elongato, ex adhaesione basali prostrata oriente,
constantes; stipes 1.0-1. 5 mm. long., ca. 40 g diam. maxime viridis, supra
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
15
Fig. 2. Nemacystus brandegeei. Part of a large plant from Puerto Escon-
dido (18758). Natural size.
16
Contributions in Science
No. 27
dichotome decussate ramosus, primis furcis duabus vel tribus, intervallis
80-150 /x, deinde intervallis 250-400/x, ad dichotomias paululum constrictus,
ad segmenta ultima ca. 25 p diam. gradatim reductus; apices obtusi
rotundatique ; chromatophori longi, ellipticique, ca. 1.75-4.0 /x.
Thalli minute, 2-3 mm. tall, monosiphonous, consisting of a dichoto-
mously branched upper part from an elongated stipe part arising from a
prostrate basal attachment; stipe 1.0 to 1.5 mm. long, about 40 /x in
diameter, densely green pigmented, dichotomously, decussately branched
above, the first two or three forkings at intervals of 80-150 /x, then at
intervals of 250-400 p, very slightly constricted at the dichotomies, gradu-
ally reduced in diameter to the ultimate segments which are about 25 p in
diameter; apices blunt, rounded; chromatophores long elliptical, about
1.75-by 4.0 p in dimensions.
TYPE: Dawson 18987, with Sphacelaria scraped from rocks on the
southwest side of Isla San Francisco, April 18, 1958. (LAM)
In reporting on the marine algae of the southern Marshall Islands
the writer (Dawson 1956:39, fig. 27) recorded and illustrated a small
green alga from Arno Atoll as Geppella mortensenii B^rgesen. That plant,
now deposited in the Bishop Museum, Honolulu, showed a somewhat
decussate, non-flabellate branching and also lacked the annular attach-
ments between branches characteristic of Bprgesen’s Mauritius specimens
of G. mortensenii. Its size, general structure and appearance were such
that it was referred in the absence of other comparative material to the
Indian Ocean species. Now we find a plant in the southern Gulf of Califor-
nia which is quite clearly the same as the Arno Atoll specimens, although
more laxly branched above, but more clearly distinct from the Indian
Ocean plant in its lax, decussate, non-flabellate branching as well as in
the lack of attachment discs. Accordingly, the Mexican plant is described
as a second representative of this curious codiaceous genus and the
Marshall Islands material referred to it.
Codium spp. A number of collections of this interesting genus were
made and submitted to Dr. P. C. Silva for determination. He, however,
indicated that the problems with Mexican codiums are so numerous and
difficult that he prefers to treat them only monographically as a large
geographic unit. This he proposes to do in the near future. Accordingly,
the material from the present collections will be cited only with brief
discussion.
With the exception of collections at Puerto Escondido of large plants
identical in habit and utricle characters with Codium amplivesiculatum
Setch. & Gard. (18753), the Codium collections consisted of two distinc-
tive types. One of these, represented by 18587, 18725, 18779, 18911,
18932, 18956 is a thin, prostrate species which was observed at nearly all of
the southern localities visited to as far north as Puerto Escondido. In
some localities it formed extensive patches to a meter broad, while in
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
17
Fig. 3. A. Cladophoropsis robusta. Part of a collection from Isla San
Pedro Nolasco (18555) showing the congested habit and lack of
well-developed distichous branches throughout most of the clumps.
B. Dasya sinicola. A specimen from Isla San Pedro Nolasco.
C. Ahnjelda svensonii. Dwarfish material from Isla Cholla. off
Isla Carmen (18747). All natural size.
18
Contributions in Science
No. 27
others the plants were only a few cm. across. This suggests the plant
reported by Taylor (1945) as Codium setchellii Gard., prox. from Pana-
ma, but clearly has nothing to do with that California species.
The other group of collections represented by 18546, 18627, 18675,
18727, 18731, 18784, 18796, 18843, 18884, 18915, 18965, 18976, is of
a more or less densely clumping form mostly 5-10 cm. high, seemingly of
the Codium simulans Setch. & Gard. complex. These were found at nearly
every locality from Isla San Francisco to Isla San Pedro Nolasco. They
sometimes, as at Isla Cholla, occurred as dominant members of the bottom
community between low water level and depths of 6 to 10 feet. At Isla
Ildefonso, dense, spongy fringes of these plants occurred in shaded places
to above the + 1 foot tide level.
Neomeris annulata Dickie 18590
Halimeda discoidea Dec’ne 18600; 18661; 18797; 18898;
18971
Phaeophyta
Ectocarpus sp. aff. E. mitchellae Harv. 18859; 18928
Sphacelaria furcigera Kiitz. 18823, on a parrot fish beak,
Bahia Agua Verde, April 20.
Sphacelaria hancockii Daws. 18617, with abundant propagulae
Sphacelaria tribuloides Menegh. 18927, a new record in the
Gulf of California. A few propagulae of S. furcigera are also present.
Pachydictyon coriaceum (Holmes) Okam. 18702, a narrow,
slight form
Dictyota crenulata J. Ag. 18917 This is a new extension
northward into the Gulf of California.
Dictyota dichoioma (Huds.) Lams. 18586, covered with abun-
dant, deciduous, vegetative propagulae; 18964, a narrow form.
Dictyota divaricata Lamx. 18561; 18620; 18650; 18713;
18845; 18923; 18900; 18963; 18967; 18775, referred with doubt
Dictyota flabellata (Collins) Setch. & Gard. 18551; 18636
Dictyota sp. 18685 This is apparently distinct from any
known Pacific Mexican species, but the affinities with exotic species are
not clear.
Dictyopteris repens (Okam.) Borg. 18671 This material
is characteristic of the species as known from several other tropical Pacific
areas and represents a new record for Pacific Mexico.
Dictyopteris zonarioides Farlow 18549; 18707
Padina caulescens Thivy 18880 has the branched, stupose
stipe, the light calcification and regular, closely spaced hair lines of this
species, which has not heretofore been reported as far north as the Gulf
of California. Number 18960 is similar, but is referred with some doubt.
Padina sp. cf. P. crispata Thivy 18951 is the best devel-
oped of three examples and shows general agreement with this species
from the Tres Marias Islands and from Costa Rica. The blades are two-
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
19
layered in outer parts and six-layered below. 18802, not well developed;
18598, poorly developed.
Pactina durvillaei Bory 18545; 18621, poor and young; 18628;
18656; 18718 seems to show very slight calcification in some places;
18752; 18842
Padina mexicana Daws. 18924 This is the third locality
for this species known hitherto from La Paz and from Isla Tiburon.
Spatoglossum sp. aff. S. schroederi (Mert.) J. Ag. 18572 (Fig.
1) The presence of marginal teeth and protuberances, as well as the
relatively narrow blades, places this plant nearest to S. schroederi. A
similar collection in size and branching, but with less regularly or con-
spicuously toothed or modified margins, is Dawson 9987 (AHFH) from
near Punta Malarrimo, Bahia Vizcaino, Baja California. S. schroederi is
reported from Chile. Specimens from Hawaii have been seen and noted
that agree superficially with specimens of S. schroederi from the West
Indies.
Pocockiella variegata (Lamx.) Papenf. 18942; 18929; 18985
These represent new records for the Gulf of California.
Nemacystus hrandegeei (Setch. & Gard. ) Kylin 18758 (Fig.
2) This is large, luxuriant material, lax, long, skein-like and en-
tangled, observed to reach a meter or more in length.
Colpomenia sinuosa (Roth) Derbes & Solier 18861; 18891
Colpomenia sinuosa var. tuberculata (Saund. ) Setch. & Gard.
18846; 18935
Hydroclathrus clathratus (C. Ag.) Howe 18756; 18823a;
18881; 18958
18547
18654, immature material.
Rosenvingea intricata (J. Ag.) B0rg. 18883
Chnoospora implexa Hering, ex J. Ag. 18604; 18773; 18806:
dwarfish; 18878; 18959; 18979; 18692
Sargassum hrandegeei Setch. & Gard.
Sargassum horridum Setch. & Gard.
but spiny and with muricate branches. The holdfast is a small, irregular
discoid or conical attachment 6-8 mm. in diameter. 18877
Sargassum macdougalii Daws. 18771, somewhat immature, but
the lower “leaves” and holdfast in agreement with this species.
Sargassum sinicola Setch. & Gard. 18575; 18630; 18696;
18754; 18834; 18957
Sargassum sp. 18588. juvenile specimens resembling S. patens
Ag.; 18966
Rhodophyta
Porphyra hollenbergii Daws. 18736, carposporic plants only
Dermonema frappieri (Mont. & Millard.) Borg. 18737; 18746
These represent new records from the Gulf of California.
Galaxaura arborea Kjellm. 18870; 18903
20
Contributions in Science
No. 27
Galaxaura veprecula Kjellm. 18962, richly developed material
Galaxaura fastigiata Dec’ne 18633
Liagora jarinosa Lamx. 18914; 18949 This species has
not been reported from the Gulf of California.
Liagora magniinvolucra Daws. 18926 A single male and
a mature cystocarpic plant are present, the latter more slender and less
mucilaginous than the former, but otherwise like it. This is a new record
for the Gulf north of Cabo Pulmo.
Asparagopsis taxiformis (Delile) Collins & Hervey 18655;
18632; 18706; 18798; 18848; 18916; 18961; 18597, Falkenbergia
generation; 18945, Falkenbergia generation
Gelidium johnstonii Setch. & Gard. 18616; 18776; 18839;
18938, slender and dwarfish but tetrasporic; 18906
Gelidium pusillum (Stackh.) Le Jolis forms 18793, tetraspor-
angial ; 18912
Pterocladia pyramidale (Card.) Daws. 18605; 18734
These are almost unquestionably the Gelidium decompositum of Setchell
and Gardner which has not been found in fertile condition. The known
occurrence now of Pterocladia pyramidale at several tropical and near
tropical localities such as Alijos Rocks, Isla Clarion, Galapagos Archipa-
lego, etc., also suggests strongly the identity of this species with the Gulf
of California plants known as Gelidium decompositum.
Gelidiella hancockii Daws. 18596 This agrees with the
type in si?e and habit but is more strict. The erect axes are almost all
simple and attenuate whereas most specimens to date have shown some
irregularity of branching and less strict erect parts.
Gelidiopsis tenuis Setch. & Gard. 18687; 18824; 18980
Gelidiopsis variabilis (Grev.) Schmitz 18560 These have
compressed branches and axes and occasional opposite branches that
were at first misleading; 18637
Hildenbrandia prototypus Nardo 18749
Peysonnelia rubra var. orientalis Weber v. Bosse 18674; 18810;
18988
Lithophyllum ? trichotomum (Heydr. ) Lemoine? 18626;
18690; 18817; 18832
cf. Heteroderma gibbsii (Fosl. & Setch.) Foslie 18584
Corallina pinnatijolia var. digitata Daws. 18663; 18852;
18889; 18939
Amphiroa annulata Lemoine 18591, in a turf of Jania capillacea
and Centroceras clavulatum; 18593; 18876, near var. pinnata Daws.,
mixed with dwarfish A. zonata; 18922; 18598; 18611; 18649, an atypical,
narrow, proliferous form with upper segments very much and consistent-
ly unlike the lower; 18678
Amphiroa dimorpha Lemoine
18789; 18849; 18902
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
21
Amphiroa dimorpha var. digitiforme var. nov. Fig. 4
Forma speciei si mil is, segmentis inferioribus latis, autem, irregu-
lar iler lobatis atque digitate divisis, segmentis superioribus ad segmenta
ultima subcylindrica 400 p diam. successive reductis.
Like the species but the lower, broad segments irregularly lobed and
digitately divided, and the upper segments successively reduced to ulti-
mate ones, in part subcylindrical and only 400 p in diameter.
TYPE: Dawson 18684, at a depth of about 5 feet, Isla Choi la. off
Isla Carmen, April 23, 1958. (LAM)
ADDITIONAL MATERIAL: Dawson 18704, Isla Ildefonso, April
24, 1958.
The fact that this stikingly atypical form has appeared several times
(specimens approaching the present ones have been examined in the Han-
cock Foundation, Los Angeles) has indicated that a distinct entity of at
least varietal rank should be recognized. At best the varied forms of
Amphiroa dimorpha, as, indeed, other species of this difficult genus,
cannot easily be described in precise terms. The figures best show the
range of variation in lower segment size and form that may be found
in this taxon.
Amphiroa drouetti Daws. 18821, genicular calcification not
as complete as in some examples; 18888 This is very tall material, to
6 cm, but in good agreement with the original material in diameter,
forking, calcification of genicular regions, etc. The lower genicula on this
large material show clearly, but the upper show little except by cracks
in the calcification. 18908, luxuriant, rather strongly compressed below
and larger in diameter than some; 18919
Amphiroa magdalenensis Daws. 18646; 18705 These
extend the range northward into the Gulf of California.
Fig. 4. Amphiroa dimorpha var. digitiforme var. nov. Three examples of
broad, digitate segments from lower, inner portions of a clump of
the type collection, X 3.
22
Contributions in Science
No. 27
Amphiroa subcylindrica Daws. 18612; 18763; 18794; 18885
Amphiroa taylorii Daws 18833 This collection is in
good agreement with this species, but is more regularly dichotomously
branched than the type and not so crooked. The two-tiered genicula, the
diameter of the cylindrical branches and the constricted genicula are
distinctive. The species has not previously been reported in the Gulf
of California proper.
Amphiroa zonata Yendo 18613; 18652; 18677, 18768; 18795,
large material 8 cm. tall; 18850, an atypical form
Amphiroa sp. (cf. forms of A. franciscana Taylor) 18790
This is difficult to assign. Some lower segments are quite broad, but
many are as narrow as 200 g or less.
Jania capillacea Harv. 18591a. with Centroceras clavulatum
and Amphiroa annulata
Jania decussato-dichotoma (Yendo) Yendo 18614; 18688;
18791, with Jania capillacea; 18905, richly developed and typical
Jania longiarthra Daws. 18615; 18818, with Amphiroa annu-
lata; 18892, rather slender, decussate and somewhat divaricate, but in
otherwise satisfactory agreement; 18909: 18920; 18978, luxuriant
material nearly 3 cm. tall.
Jania tenella Kiitz. 18729, in a Hypnea-Laurencia-J ania turf
mixture
Jania tenella aff. var. zacae Daws. 18717
Grateloupia howei Setch. & Gard. 18854 This collection
shows a variegation in some parts suggestive of that in G. versicolor.
This is a new southern record, but depauperate material of this species
is known from Mazatlan.
Grateloupia prolongata J. Ag. 18552
Grateloupia versicolor (J. Ag.) J. Ag. 18721 This is a
dichotomously branched, abundantly tetrasporic collection without pinnae
or proliferations of any kind. It extends the species range northward into
the Gulf of California.
Carpopeltis Stella -polaris sp. nov. Fig. 9 B
Thalli erecti, 3-4 cm. alt., e fasce axium dichotomorum e systemate
parvo rhizomatum subteretium ramosorum stolones breves nonnullos
ferentium oriente constantes; laminae erectae ramosae quaternae vel
quinae e caudicibus brevibus (2 mm. alt.) super systema rhizomaticum
interdum orientes, laminae a basi anguste cuneatae, uno in piano inter-
vallis 5-11 mm. dichotome ramosae, angustae planaeque, 0.5-1. 5 mm.
latae, ca. 150 g crassae, segmentis terminalibus plerumque quasi
attenuatis aut obtuso-lanceolatis, non expansis; sori tetrasporangiales
indefiniti, elongati, in partibus laminarum terminalibus plerumque per
dichotomiam ultimam extensi, quasi totas laminas utroque in latere nisi
margines occupantes; tetrasporangia ca. 32 g long., cruciata. in cortice
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
23
Fig. 5. Gracilaria spinigera. A specimen from Isla Ildefonso (18699).
Natural size.
24
Contributions in Science
No. 27
ca. 40 /x crass, propter nematheciam mutato producta; reproductio
sexualis non visa.
Thalli erect, 3-4 cm. tall, dull red in color, consisting of a group
of dichotomous axes arising from a small system of subterete, branched
rhizomes bearing some short stolons; erect branched blades sometimes
arising in groups of 4-5 from short (2 mm. tall) stumps above the rhizome
system, narrowly cuneate from the base, dichotomously branched in one
plane at intervals of 5-11 mm., narrow, flat, 1.0-1. 5 mm. wide, about 150
/x thick, the terminal segments usually somewhat attenuated or blunt-
lanceolate, not expanded; transection of sterile mid-parts showing a
medulla of moderately densely packed filamentous cells essentially longi-
tudinally arranged, mostly 3-4 p in diameter, a subcortex of about 2 layers
of smaller, more or less rectangular cells somewhat anticlinally elongated,
about 5-6 /x long, 3.5-5 p wide; tetrasporangial sori indefinite, elongated,
in terminal blade parts, usually running back through the last dichotomy,
occupying essentially the whole of both sides of the blades except the
margins ; tetrasporangia about 32 p long, cruciate, borne in a nemathecially
modified cortex about 40 /x thick in which the sterile cortex and subcortex
of 4-5 layers of cells is somewhat augmented to about 6, but anticlinal
elongation and further division of the outer layers reducing the lateral
diameters of the ultimate layers to about 2.5 /x; sexual reproduction not
seen.
TYPE: Dawson 18716, at a depth of about 5 feet, Isla Ildefonso,
Gulf of California. (LAM)
This species closely resembles Rhodymenia californica or R. attenuata
in form, but is quickly separated by observation of the filamentous struc-
ture. The nemathecial tetrasporangia together with the filamentous
structure and flat, dichotomous branches seem clearly to place the plant
in the genus Carpopeltis as understood by Kylin, 19563. Two other
species are reported in the northeastern Pacific. Carpopeltis bushiae
(Farl.) Kylin is a broader, thicker species with proportionally short
upper segments, and branching from a definite cylindrical stipe. Its
range is from southern California to Punta Abreojos, Baja California.
Carpopeltis clarionensis (Setch. & Gard.) comb. nov. (Roly opes clarionen-
sis Setchell & Gardner 1937, p. 91, pi. 4, fig. 9, pi. 6, fig. 17, pi. 23, fig.
45) is a species with subdichtomous ligulate blades from a rigid, cylin-
drical branched lower portion. It is reported from Isla Clarion and from
Oahu, Hawaii. Our present species is distinct from both of these in stipe
and branching characters, although seemingly nearest C. bushiae and
3 Kylin (1956) has limited his recognition of Poly opes to the single Australian
species P. constrictus (Turn.) J. Ag. He has transferred Polyopes bushiae Farl. and
P. sinicola Setch. & Gard. to Carpopeltis. The latter plant has been shown by the
writer (1954) to have nothing to do with Polyopes, but to represent a specimen of
Ishige foliacea.
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
25
possibly derived from it. Some resemblances are seen to the Japanese
species Carpopeltis af finis (Harv.) Okam., but there appear to be ample
differences in habit and habitat.
Prionitis abbreviata Setch. & Gard. 18609; 18933, an extreme-
ly reduced, almost branchless form from near the margin of its range;
18936, the same, but with branches. Other variations of this species not
well assignable to var. guaymasensis are 18648, 18681, 18851, 18893.
Prionitis abbreviata var. guaymasensis (Daws.) comb. nov. ( Prionitis
guaymasensis Dawson 1944, p. 283, pi. 60, fig. 1-2) 18557
represents an atypical form of this plant with decompound, attenuate,
acute branches. 18778 is a narrow form not quite equivalent to this
variety.
Hypnea sp. cf. H. cervicornis J. Ag. 18710
Hypnea esperi Bory 18890, typical material adhering loosely
to sand and gravel, and identical with specimens collected by the writer
in Viet Nam. 18559 is possibly a rather large form of this species.
Hypnea johnstonii Setch. & Gard. 18581; 18858
Hypnea nidulans Setch. 18562, 18566 and 18930 are suffi-
ciently coarse, loosely branched and reddish in color to be placed
with certainty under this widely distributed tropical species. Numbers
18686, 18904 and 18925 are similar, but for the most part somewhat
smaller, and have led to a further comparison of the type specimens of
Hypnea nidulans Setch. and H. pannosa j. Ag. with various collections
of caespitose hypneas in the tropical Pacific. This seems to bring out the
following point: The type of Hypnea pannosa seems to be depauperate
material taken from high rock pockets in which the plants were fertile but
somewhat dwarfishly developed. These are most nearly like material from
a similar high surfy habitat collected by Taylor on Islas Secas, Panama,
and recognized by him as this species. Taylor also placed under H. pannosa
several coarser, better developed plants which correspond with plants
more generally known as H. nidulans Setch.
The writer in 1944 (p. 291) compared H. pannosa and H. nidulans
on the basis of type fragments of the former in the herbarium of the
University of California. Subsequently, examination of the type material
in Herb. Agardh has revealed somewhat more of the characteristics of
this collection and shows that the small, caespitose material of Dawson’s
number 722 referred to H. pannosa in 1944 may not be this plant, but
perhaps a still more delicate species with saddle-shaped nemathecia. The
habit, although somewhat more lax, is very much the same, and it looks
simply like a smaller edition of H. pannosa.
Hypnea nidifica auct. 18755; 18819; 18857 These
correspond with the species interpreted as Hypnea nidifica J. Ag. in the
Gulf of California (Dawson 1944), but the identity of Agardh’s species
from Hawaii is confused because the type collection consists of a mixture
26
Contributions in Science
No. 27
of two species, one saxicolous and one epiphytic, which have been
recognized as distinct when observed in nature in Hawaii.
Gracilaria crispata Setch. & Card. 18550; 18659; 18759, an
extremely attenuated bay form?; 18814, probably young, dwarfish;
18879. richly developed
Gracilaria pachydermatica Setch. & Gard. 18629; 18711:
18741; 18772. antheridial; 18770; 18800; 18838; 18886; 18937. a
dwarfed form; 18595, doubtful
Gracilaria ramisecunda Daws. 18660; 18757, sterile
Gracilaria spinigera Daws. 18634; 18699 (Fig. 4) ; 18777
Gracilaria subsecundata Setch. & Gard. 18887
Gracilaria textorii (Suring.) J. Ag. 18548 The dis-
covery of male plants of G. textorii in Japan has enabled Ohmi (1955)
to make critical comparisons with the writer’s material of G. vivesii
Howe from the Gulf of California with the result that the writer’s
suspicions of the identity of the two (Dawson 1949a) have been substan-
tiated. This is small, narrow, apparently immature material. 18608, poorly
developed
Gracilaria sp. 18715, probably a very narrow, young form of
G. textorii; 18829, sterile
Gymnogongrus johnstonii (Setch. & Gard.) Daws. 18574,
cystocarpic material identical with the type illustration; 18583 (Fig.
6 A)
Ahnfeltia svensonii Taylor 18747 (Fig. 3 C) This material is
very small for the species, but a comparison with a wide range of large
and dwarfish examples from the Galapagos Archipelago shows that our
material is essentially indistinguishable from some of the smaller topotype
examples of A. svensonii from Charles Island, Galapagos. The distinctly
compressed segments and approximate branches are characteristic; 18934,
juvenile material with the flattening of axes scarcely yet apparent.
Rhodoglossum hancockii Daws. 18553
Gigartina intermedia Suring. 18651 These plants are so
remarkably like Suringar’s species that this identification seems almost
unquestionably correct despite the fact that the species has not heretofore
been reported from the eastern Pacific. It is well known in Japan, Amoy,
China, and was recently reported from Viet Nam.
Gigartina tepida Hollenb. 18558
Gloioderma conjuncta (Setch. & Gard.) comb. nov. ( Estebania con-
juncta Setchell & Gardner 1924, p. 783, pi. 25, fig. 35, 36, pi. 85, 86)
18641
Setchell and Gardner provisionally placed their genus Estebania in
the Grateloupiaceae because of “general structure, the absence of an
apical cell and the cruciate tetraspores.’’ Their description of the “general
structure"’ consisted largely of an account of the “center of the fronds
packed with fine, densely intertwined, much branched filaments, sur-
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
27
rounded on all sides by 1-2 layers of large ovoid cells merging outward-
ly into smaller cells.”
An examination of the development of these branched filaments in
the medulla, between and even within the large, vacuolate medullary
cells, has shown that they occur as the result of secondary growth and
intrusion in older thallus parts. Young areas of the thallus have only the
large medullary cells without such filaments. This structure is characteris-
Fig. 6. A. Gymnogongrus johnstonii. A specimen from Isla San Pedro
Nolasco (18574). Natural size. B. Callithamnion paschale. Mature,
fertile material from Isla Monserrate (18803). Natural size.
28
Contributions in Science
No. 27
tic of Gloioderma , and the account and illustrations of Sparling (1957),
when compared with our present material of Estebania, conclusively call
for union of the latter with Gloioderma , despite the fact that frequent
collection of this species in abundance at a number of northern Gulf of
California stations has failed to reveal any sexually reproductive plants.
Rhodymenia calif ornica Kylin 18658 The size, thin
segments and especially the non-nemathecial manner of the tetrasporangia
production seem to substantiate this determination which represents a
new Gulf of California record.
Rhodymenia hancockii Daws. 18899 (Fig. 9 A) This
ample material permits expansion of the description drawn from the
fragmentary type specimen. The holdfast, heretofore not known, is discoid
and without stolons. The stipe is prominent and the blades over 400
p thick. The narrower blades of the present material probably reflect
the shallower habitat. The type came from about 40 meters depth. Speci-
mens under 18977 also have branched stipes and discoid holdfasts with-
out stolons, but are referred here with some doubt.
Botryocladia uvarioides Daws. 18573; 18698 (Fig. 8)
The gland cells are 11-12 p in diameter and arranged as described.
Champia parvula (Ag.) Harv. 18821a, small, epiphytic exam-
ples
Callithamnion paschale Borgesen (Fig. 6 B) Examination of
B0rgesen’s (1924) well-illustrated account of this plant in the light of
three new collections of the species described some years ago as C. veleroae
Dawson (1944:312) has revealed such similarity, not only in vegetative
characters, but in all the reproductive phases, that it is considered necessary
to reduce the name of the Gulf of California plant and to recognize a wide
distribution for C. paschale in both the southern and northern hemis-
pheres in the Pacific. It was heretofore presumed to be an endemic at
remote Easter Island. All reproductive phases are present in number
18803, antheridial in 18948b, and tetrasporangial in 18569, in which
there is some tendency to irregular rather than strictly dichotomous
branching.
Antithamnion breviramosus Daws. 18585, growing on Clado-
plioropsis robusta; 18672a These collections are essentially identical
with the southern California type and represent new records for Pacific
Mexico. A variant of this species was recently reported by the writer from
Eniwetok Atoll, Marshall Islands.
Antithamnion mcnabbii sp. nov. Fig. 7 C
Thallis minuti, abunde ramosi dense aggregati, ad 8 mm. alt. penicillos
molles rubros in corallinis brevibus articulatis in saxorum superficie
formantes, ex axibus intricatis ramosis monosiphonis ecorticatis, infra
ca. 25 p diam., rhizoidea plerumque simplicia multicellularia multa
ferentibus constant; cellulae axiales infra ca. 150 p long., supra 100 p ,
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
29
et ad cacumina gradatim reductae; ramuli secondarii indeterminati fre-
quentes 3-4 segmentis inter se distantes, multifarii, plerumque sine ramis
tertiariis indeterminatis; ramuli ultimi determinati terni verticillati,
breves, ca. 100 /x long, digitate 2-, 3-, interdum 4-furcati, cellulis in
extremitatibus ad 10 g vel minus long., atque 6-7 /x lat. magnitudine
successive reductis; cellula terminalis obtusa, subacuta, aut pilum sine
colore ferens; glandicellulae absentes; reproductio non visa.
Thalli minute, abundantly branched and densely aggregated, to
8 mm. tall, forming soft, red tufts on short articulated corallines on
rock surfaces, consisting of interwoven branched monosiphonous,
ecorticate axes about 25 /x in diameter below, bearing numerous, generally
simple multicellular rhizoids, each arising from the basal cell of a
determinate lateral branch; axial cells about 150 fx long below, 100 g
above and graduallv reduced to the tips; secondary indeterminate
branches frequent, 3-4 segments apart, multifarious, usually without
tertiary indeterminate branches; ultimate determinate branchlets whorled
in groups of three, short, about 100 /x long, with two, three, or sometimes
four forks in a digitate manner, the first two usually of a single cell
each and the last sometimes of a single cell, sometimes of two, the
cells successively reduced in size to 10 g or less long and 6-7 [x wide at
the ends, the end cell blunt, subacute, or bearing a colorless hair; gland
cells absent; reproduction not seen.
TYPE: Dawson 18855, scraped from rock surfaces with other minute
algae from depths of about 3 feet, El Solitario rock, Bahia Agua Verde,
Baja California del Sur, April 20, 1958. (LAM)
In size and superficial characters this tiny species suggests A.
breviramosus Dawson, a species also newly recorded in the Gulf of
California. The dense aggregation of axes matted together with rhizoids
the absence of gland cells and the short-segmented, digitate determinate
laterals are, however, amply distinctive.
Branchioglossum woodii (J. Ag.) Kylin 18723 This is a
new record for the southern Gulf of California.
Schizoseris pygmaea Daws. 18673 ; 18873 ; 18568 Despite
an abundance of this plant on thin sponges at depths of 3 to 6 feet on
vertical walls at the landing place on Isla San Pedro Nolasco, no fertile
material has appeared. Accordingly, it is not possible to make an adequate
comparison with the My rio gramme suhdichotoma Segawa (1941) from
Izu, Japan, a plant that shows great resemblance to, and may be identical
with, ours. Segawa has pointed out the affinity of his plant with Schizo-
seris, even to its close resemblance to the larger Schizoseris dichotoma
(Hook. & Harv.) Kylin (1929) from New Zealand. He also indicates a
likeness of his plant with Borgesen’s Myriogramme bombayensis. Since
fertile material is lacking our specimens cannot fully be compared with
any of these, but in habit and size the similarity to Segawa’s species is
most striking.
30
Contributions in Science
No. 27
Taenioma purpusillum (J. Ag.) J. Ag. 18948a
Centroceras clavulatum (Ag.) Mont. 18645; 18669; 18703
18740; 18782; 18786; 18867; 18875
Ceramium caudatum Setch. & Card. 18769 is rather slender
but fertile, tetrasporangial material on Codium; 18780, large, well-
developed tetrasporangial material essentially identical with the type.
Close relationship to the larger, coarser C. ornatum Setch. & Gard. from
Isla Guadalupe is shown by the arrangement and the form of the peculiarly
stalked tetrads within the tetrasporangia (Compare Setchell & Gardner
1924, pi. 27, fig. 55 and Dawson 1950, pi. 2, fig. 10) ; 18864, tetrasporan-
gial
Ceramium fimbriatum Setch. & Gard. 18765; 18811
Ceramium gracillimum var. byssoideum (Harv.) G. Mazoyer
18607, sterile material on Amphiroa ; 18807, sterile, but well developed
vegetatively ; 18897
Ceramium paniculatum Okam. 18578; 18579 is the same, but
is a more slender form. It has many branches showing few or no spines,
but others with many; 18948
Ceramium procumbens Setch. & Gard. 18653 This collec-
tion is unusual in that the opposite branching is in part suppressed in
favor of alternate or irregular branching, and the tetrasporangial branches
are asymmetrically curved with the sporangia immersed in the convex
side. Male plants are also present and their fertile axes are more
symmetrical. 18726, luxuriant fertile material of all stages; 18728 has
prominent opposite branching, but the fertile axes are partly asymmetrical
as noted above. It is mixed with C. taylorii and C. sinicola. 18785, on
Gelidium; 18865
Ceramium sinicola Setch. & Gard. 18570; 18863
Ceramium sinicola var. interrupta (Setch. & Gard.) Daws.
18910, on Codium
Ceramium taylorii Daws. 18733, some growing on Chaeto-
morpha and some on rocks; 18874
Ceramium zacae Setch. & Gard. 18837 This tetraspor-
angial material, epiphytic on Gelidium , represents a new record for the
Gulf of California.
Fig. 7. A. Geppella decussata sp. nov. Habit of a plant from the type
collection showing an erect, dichotomous, decussate axis from a
prostrate portion with adherent sand grains, X 64. B. Herposi-
phonia spinosa sp. nov. Portion of a prostrate axis from the type
collection, showing a rhizoid and a spinose, determinate branchlet
with trichoblasts, X 87.5. C. Antithamnion mcnabbii sp. nov.
Portion of a mature axis from the type collection, showing one
of three whorled, lateral, determinate branches at a node 700 g
from its tip, X 305.
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
31
32
Contributions in Science
No. 27
Griffiths™ tenuis C. Ag. 18556; 18619; 18644; 18667; 18712;
18732; 18762
Dasya sp. cf. D. pedicellata (Ag.) Ag. 18809, possibly just a
reduced example with thick axes up to 500 g in diam. below, but slender,
branched pseudolaterals 12 g thick in outer parts.
Dasya sinicola (Setch. & Gard.) comb. nov. ( Heterosiphonia sinicola
Setchell & Gardner 1924, p. 770, pi. 28, fig. 59, 60, pi. 47b) 18812;
18730; 18554 (Fig. 3 B) This material has been compared with
portions of the type material and found to be identical. The structure of
the plant is that of a 5 pericentral celled Dasya rather than a
Heterosiphonia. The pseudolaterals are monosiphonous throughout rather
than polysiphonous below. Secondary indeterminate polysiphonous lateral
branches do not arise from the pseudolaterals as in Heterosiphonia and
are not at first corticated. These uncorticated lateral branches may have
led Setchell and Gardner to their disposition of the plant.
Setchell and Gardner have given good illustrations of the anatomical
features of the axis, showing the pericentral cells and cortical cells of
mature axes in detail. The cortication is delayed however to the extent
that the immediate apices clearly show the pericentral cells which are
early corticated by slender rhizoidal cells. The material under 18730 is
excellent for observing the pseudolaterals and secondary branch origins.
Number 18872 seems to be a dense, short, compact form superficially
different in appearance from the type, but structurally the same.
Heterosiphonia wurdemanii var. laxa B0rg. 18944c, small
amount; a new record for the Gulf of California
Digenia simplex (Wulfen) Ag. 18635; 18799; 18862
Polysiphonia concinna Hollenberg4 18640; 18841
Polysiphonia johnstonii Setch. & Gard. 18697
Polysiphonia mollis Hook. & Harv. 18606; 18665; 18767;
18783; 18801; 18827; 18981
Polysiphonia simplex Hollenberg 18738; 18946
Herposiphonia secunda (Ag.) Ambronn 18625; 18672
Herposiphonia subdisticha Okam. 18664, very luxuriantly
developed; 18714, excellent material on Amphiroa ; 18869; 18897a. This
species may now be considered to be well known in the Gulf of California,
and it has been possible to compare the present collections with material
of Herposiphonia parva Hollenberg recently described from California
(Hollenberg 1943: 575, fig. 8-9). There appear to be no consistent
differences between the plants from southern and northern areas along
Pacific North America. The habit of growing on articulated corallines
is characteristic and is identical with that of the Japanese plants
illustrated by Okamura (1915, leones III, pi. 146, fig. 11-18). These
4 The determinations of these four species of Polysiphonia are provided by Dr.
George J. Hollenberg of the University of Redlands, California.
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
Fig. 8. Botryocladia uvarioides. A specimen from Isla Ildefonso ( 18698) .
Natural size.
34
Contributions in Science
No. 27
considerations call for the reduction of H. parva under H. subdisticha.
Herposiphonia tenella (Ag.) Ambronn 18896; 18742, growing
on a limpet shell is a very densely branched, short-segmented example
referable here with some doubt. The confined habitat may account for
the peculiarities.
Herposiphonia spinosa sp. nov. Fig. 7 B
Thalli minuti, apud algas alias repentes, ex axe principali prostrato
polysiphono ad 18 p long, vel plura, 130-160 p diam., per rhizoidea uni-
cellularia e superficie ventrali affixo, constantes, uno rhizoideo ex
extremitate anteriore cellulae pericentralis in fere omni segmento, nisi
prope cacumina axis, oriente, rhizoidea per membranam convexam a
cellula pericentrali absciso; cellulae pericentrales 10-12 in axibus
maturis, 6-8 in ramis determinatis; segmenta matura ca. 200 p long.;
apices ascendentes et, ut solet in genere,, circinati videri solent; rami
indeterminati ad omne quartum segmentum regulariter obvenientes, per
3 ramos determinatos disiuncti; rami determinati saepissime erecti, e
dimidio dorsali axis prostrati orientes, longitudine usque 1 mm., infra ca.
80 p diam. semel vel plerumque bis furcati, ramis rigidis, divaricatis
atque paululum recurvatis, ad apicem acutum, e serie plerumque 3 cellu-
larum sine colore constantem, attenuatis, omnibus ramis in segmento
quarto vel quinto post cacumen spiniforme trichoblastam ramosam
conspicuam non praemature deciduam ferentibus; reproductio non visa.
Thalli minute, creeping among other algae, consisting of a prostrate
polysiphonous main axis to 18 mm. long or more, 130-160 p in diameter
attached by unicellular rhizoids from the ventral surface, one of these
arising from the forward end of a pericentral cell on virtually every
segment except near the axis tips, the rhizoid cut off from its pericentral
cell by a convex wall; pericentral cells 10-12 in mature axes, 6-8 in
determinate branches; mature segments about 200 p long; apices ascend-
ing and tending to appear circinate as generally in the genus ; indeterminate
branches occurring regularly at every 4th segment, separated by three
determinate branches; determinate branches tending to be erect, arising
from the dorsal half of the prostrate axis, reaching a length of about 1
mm., about 80 p in diameter below, once or usually twice forked, the
branches rigid, divaricate and slightly recurved, tapered to a sharp point
consisting of a series of usually 3 colorless cells, each branch bearing on
the 4th or 5th segment back from its spine-like tip a conspicuous branched
trichoblast which is not deciduous; reproduction not seen.
TYPE: Dawson 18594, scraped from a rock surface at a depth of
about two feet below mean low water, east side of Isla Partida, Baja
California del Sur, April 28, 1958. (LAM)
The remarkably sharply pointed, branched, rigid, determinate
branches are so distinctive that this species can hardly be confused with
any other Herposiphonia. This may be a rare plant, for although several
1959
Dawson
Marine Algae
35
9 A. Rhodymenia hancockii. Two specimens from Bahia Agua Verde (18899). Natural size.
B. Carpopeltis stella-polaris sp. nov. Three plants from the type collection from Isla Ildefonso.
Natural size.
36
Contributions in Science
No. 27
other species of Herposiphonia have been collected repeatedly in the Gulf
of California, this one has appeared only in the present instance.
Lophosiphonia scopulorum (Harv.) Womersl. 18787, well
developed
Laurencia hancockii Daws. 18868, topotypic; 18739, a little
coarser than the type (350-400 p thick) but in good agreement; 18748,
richly developed; 18624, richly developed on a sponge. This latter material
is shorter (5-7 mm. tall) than the type and has branches and axes
slightly smaller in diameter (mostly 240-275 p diam.). It seems clearly
to be the same, however, as the Bahia Agua Verde material from intertidal
rock pockets. The sublittoral habitat of the present material probably
explains the variations observed, inasmuch as the species is apparently
characteristically an inhabitant of surfy, intertidal areas.
The old and little known Laurencia decumbens Kiitzing (1863:16;
1865, Tab. Phyc. vol. 15, pi. 51) from New Caledonia is to be considered
close to this species so far as form, habit and size are concerned, but
Kiitzing’s indicated magnifications are clearly incorrect and the descrip-
tion is fragmentary.
Laurencia obtusiuscula Setch. & Gard. Two series of rather
delicately and abundantly branched laurenciae are at hand. Of these,
the plants with shorter determinate branches are in best agreement with
typical L. obtusiuscula: 18679, 18642, 18693, 18844, 18764, 18882,
18603, 18913, 18950. These were collected at levels which range from
slightly below mean low water to somewhat above. Their most conspicuous
feature in nature is the bright green color which, as observed by a swim-
mer at medium or high tide periods, makes the bottom appear like a
waving green meadow. An inshore zone of this green Laurencia occurred at
practically every station from Punta San Evaristo north to Isla Tortuga.
A similar plant, but reddish in color is represented by three collec-
tions, 18708, 18847 and 18576. These resemble the illustration of
Laurencia obtusiuscula var. laxa Setch. & Gard. and are referred here
with some question.
It appears unlikely that specific differences exist between plants
described as L. obtusiuscula and L. johnstonii. Number 18844, for in-
stance, is apparently equivalent to L. johnstonii. Setch. & Gard., but is
not at all clearly distinct specifically from L. obtusiuscula. Numbers 18603
and 18913 show gradations also in density of branches and in color.
Laurencia papillosa var. pacifica Setch. & Gard. A series of
seven specimens is at hand of plants which agree with the Setchell and
Gardner illustration of this Gulf of California variety of the widely distri-
buted species: 18689, 18643, 18709, 18774, 18853, 18895, 18618
Laurencia sinicola Setch. & Gard. 18691; 18724; 18871
Chondria californica (Collins) Kylin 18921; 18666; 18668;
18722, tetrasporic; 18745, tetrasporic; 18815; 18840; 18647, bearing
richly developed Jantinella. Kylin doubted the distinctness of Chondria
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
37
acrorhizophora and its parasite, Jantinella sinicola. Although Dawson
( 1944) recognized both, the present collections seem to negate the existence
of two distinct species. Some specimens show acrogenous rhizoids and no
strongly hooked branches, while others show a tendency for both. The
habit of all is essentially as in the Pacific Coast forms of Chondria
calif ornica. Number 18840, with its tendency to curved tips and presence
of rhizoids, suggests that Chondria clarionensis Setch. & Gard. may also
belong here.
Chondria dasyphylla (Woodw.) C. Ag. 18860
Chondria sp. aff. C. decipiens Kylin 18577 This sterile
material is suggestive of a dwarfish C. decipiens. No liquid preserved
specimens were prepared, and the plant needs study on the basis of more
complete and fertile collections. A comparison with southern California
material shows remarkable similarity in form and structure, even to details
of cortical cell form, the 5 pericentral cells, and the cell proportions in the
medulla. The present collection is compressed, however, instead of sub-
cylindrical.
Chondria sp. 18918 This plant is difficult to place. It is
of the Coelochondria group, having rhizoidal attachments and a habit
similar to Chondria polyrhiza Collins & Hervey and C. hapteroclada
Tseng, perhaps nearest the latter. Its pericentral cells, however, show the
curved lines described for C. curvilineata Collins & Hervey.
Jantinella verrucaeformis (Setch. & McFadden) Kylin 18647a,
on Chondria californica
Cyanophyta5
Symploca hydnoides Kiitz. 18592; 18940a, with Spirulina
subsalsa
Hydrocoleum glutinosum (Ag.) Gom. 18592a, with Symploca
hydnoides ; 18973; 18975, on Halimeda ; 18955, with Calothrix Crustacea
on Liagora
Hydrocoleum comoides (Harv.) Gom. 18622
Lyngbya majuscula (Dillw.) Harv. 18761; 18813; 18952
J^ynbya aestuarii (Mert.) Liebm. 18947
H ormothamnion enter omorphoides Grun. 18766
Spirulina subsalsa Oerst. 18940, with Symploca hydnoides
Phormidium hormoides Setch. & Gard. 18943, on a sponge
Calothrix Crustacea Thur. 18955a, with Hydrocoleum glutino-
sum on Liagora
0 The determinations of Cyanophyta are contributed by Dr. Francis Drouet of
New Mexico Highlands University, Las Vegas, New Mexico.
38
Contributions in Science
No. 27
LITERATURE CITED
Bliding, C.
1944. Zur Systematik der schwedischen Enteromorphen. Bot. Notiser
1944:331-356.
B0rgesen, F.
1924. Marine algae from Easter Island, In C. Skottsberg, the Natural
History of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island 2(9) :247-309.
Almqvist & Wiksells, Uppsala.
1930. Some Indian green and brown algae, especially from the shores
of the Presidency of Bombay. Indian Bot. Soc., Jour. 9: 151-174.
Dawson, E. Y.
1944. The marine algae of the Gulf of California. A. Hancock Pac.
Exped. 3(10) : 189-454, 47 pis.
1949a. Studies of northeast Pacific Gracilariaceae. A. Hancock Found.
Occ. Papers (9) : 1-105, 25 pis.
1949b. Resultados preliminares de un reconocimiento de las algas
marinas de la costa Pacifica de Mexico. Rev. Soc. Hist. Nat.
9:215-255, 1 map.
1950. A review of Ceramium along the Pacific Coast of North America
with special reference to its Mexican representatives. Farlowia
4(1) : 113-138, 4 pis.
1953. Marine Red Algae of Pacific Mexico, Part 1, Bangiales-Corallin-
aceae subf. Corallinoideae. A. Hancock Pac. Exped. 17(1) : 1-240,
33 pis.
1954. Marine Red Algae of Pacific Mexico, Part 2, Cryptonemiales
(cont.). Ibid. 17(2): 241-297, 44 pis.
1956. Some marine algae of the southern Marshall Islands. Pac. Sci.
10(1) : 25-66, 66 figs.
Egerod, Lois
1952. An analysis of the siphonous Chlorophycophyta with special refer-
ence to the Siphonocladales, Siphonales, and Dasycladales of
Hawaii. Calif. Univ., Pubs., Bot. 25(5) : 325-545, 14 pis.
Hamel, G.
1929. Quelques Cladophora des cotes Frangaises (suite). Rev. Algol.
4:43-76.
1930-32. Chlorophyceae des cotes Frangaises. Ibid. 5:1-54, 383-430;
6:9-73.
Hollenberg, G. J.
1943. New marine algae from southern California. II. Amer. Jour. Bot.
30(8) : 571-579.
Isaac, W. E.
1957. Some marine algae from Xai-Xai. Jour. So. African Bot. 23 (3) :
75-102, 16 figs., 6 pis.
1959
Dawson : Marine Algae
39
Kiitzing, F. T.
1845-71. Tabulae Phycologicae . . . Vols. 1-19 + index. 1900 pis.
W. Kohne, Nordhausen.
1863. Diagnoses und Bemerkungen zu drei und siebenzig neuen Algen-
species, pp. 1-19, In Dr. Burghardt, Zu der offentlichen Pruffung
sammtlicher Klassen der Realschule zu Nordhausen . . . Carl
Kirchner. Nordhausen.
Kylin, H.
1929. Die Delesseriaceen Neu-Seelands. Lunds Univ. Arsskr. N.F. Avd.
2, 25(2) : 1-15, 12 pis.
1956. Die Gattungen der Rhodophyceen. xv 4- 673 pp., 458 figs.
Gleerups, Lund.
Ohmi, H.
1955. Contributions to the knowledge of Gracilariaceae from Japan.
I. Critical notes on the structure of Gracilaria textorii (Suringar)
J. Ag. Hokkaido Univ., Bull. Fac. Fish. 5(4) : 320-331, 6 pis.
Okamura, K.
1907-1942. leones of Japanese Algae. 7 vol., 345 pis. Published by the
author, Tokyo.
Papenfuss, G. F. and Lois Egerod
1957. Notes on South African marine Chlorophyceae. Phytomorphyology
7(1): 82-93.
Segawa, S.
1941. New or noteworthy algae from Izu, I. Hokkaido Imp. Univ., Fac.
Sci., Sci. Papers Inst. Alg. Res. 2(2) : 251-271, 13 figs., 4 pis.
Setchell, W. A. and N. L. Gardner
1924. The marine algae. Expedition of the California Academy of
Sciences to the Gulf of California in 1921. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
Proc. iv, 12 : 695-949, 77 pis.
1937. A preliminary report on the algae. The Templeton Crocker
Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences. Ibid. 22(2) :
65-98, 1 fig., 23 pis.
Sparling, Shirley
1957. The structure and reproduction of some members of the Rhody-
meniaceae. Calif. Univ., Pubs., Bot. 29(3) : 319-396, pis. 48-59,
15 text figs.
Taylor, W. R.
1945. Pacific marine algae of the Allan Hancock Expeditions to the
Galapagos Islands. A. Hancock Pac. Exped. 12: i-iv, 1-528, 3 figs.,
100 pis.
March 2, 1959
Ijjmber 28
17, 73
THE MAGHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Phanerogamae,
Melastomataceae and Polygalaceae
By J. J. Wurdack
Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellaneous technical
papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and Anthropology, published at
irregular intervals by the Los Angeles County Museum. Issues are
numbered separately and numbers run consecutively regardless of subject
matter. Number 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available
to scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Copies may
also be purchased at a nominal price.
The MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION from the Los Angeles
County Museum was sponsored by Mr. and Mrs. Maurice A. Machris
and Mrs. Maybell Machris Low. It was conducted under the auspices
of the Museu Nacional do Brasil. Botanical and zoological collections were
made from April through June, 1956, in the region of the headwaters of
the Rio Tocantins in the state of Goias. General accounts and itineraries
are given in papers 1 and 2 of this series. Technical type specimens of
new entities are deposited in the Museu Nacional in Rio de Janeiro.
Hildegarde Howard
Editor
E. Yale Dawson
Associate Editor
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY : Phanerogamae, Me ! as lomataeeae and Polygalaceae
By J. J. Wurdack1
This account continues the reporting of the plant collections obtained
by Expedition Botanist, E. Yale Dawson. The specimens are cited by his
field collection numbers for which detailed locality data have been
provided in the general account of the botany of the Expedition2. Briefly,
however, specimens bearing numbers from 14133 to 14815 came from
the Chapada dos Veadeiros, between Sao Joao da Allan ca and Veadeiros,
April 13-May 3, 1956. Those bearing numbers from 14816 to 15236 came
from the region between Amaro Leite and Peixe, especially in the southern
Serra Dourada, May 15 June 10, 1956.
The first set of specimens, including isotypes of the four new species,
are deposited in the Los Angeles County Museum.
The data for the distribution records of species represented in the
Melastomataceae collections have been culled from Cogniaux’ classic
familial monograph, Glaziou’s list of central Brazilian plants, Hoehne’s
enumeration of the collections at the larger Brazilian herbaria, and
herbarium data from the New York Botanical Garden and the U. S.
National Museum.
For study of the Polygalaceae, the collections at the New York
Botanical Garden and U. S. National Museum have been consulted;
through the courtesy of Dr. Alcides Teixeira, a generous loan of species
of Polygala from Sao Paulo supplemented the materials available in the
United States. From these three sources and Chodat’s publications,
especially his generic monograph, distributional records were compiled.
MELASTOMATACEAE
Cambessedesia espora (St. Hil. ex Bonpl.) DC. 14162; 14566
A wide-spread species in southeastern Brazil.
Cambessedesia adamantium DC. 14796 Known also from
Minas Gerais and Rio de Janeiro.
Stenodon suberosus Naud. 14718 Endemic to Goias.
Microlicia cupressina D. Don ex char. 14692 Known
definitely only from Goias. Malme 1698 (US), which had been determined
by Ekman as this species is rather Chaetostoma armatum (Spreng.) Cogn.
1 Associate Curator, The New York Botanical Garden; New York 58, N.Y.
2 Dawson, E. Yale. 1957. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General.
Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contr. Sci. (2) :l-20.
SMITHSONIAN y i l 19§£
INSTITUTION a A
4
Contributions in Science
No. 28
Microlicia psammophila sp. nov. Fig. 1 B, a-e
A speciebus 32-34 Monographiae Cogniauxii et M. reichardtiana
Cogn. et M. setosa (Spreng.) DC. differt foliis parvioribus.
Sect. Microlicia. Fruticulus statim ramosus glaber ad 18 cm. altus.
Folia sessilia plerumque 2.5(— 3) X 0. 7-0.9 mm. (seta exclusa) anguste
lineari-triangularia apice acuta et uniaristata (arista 0.4-0. 6 mm. longa)
integerrima appressa superficie rugulosa et epunctata laxe imbricata
(internodiis 2-6 mm. longis) obscure uninervata. Flores 5-meri solitarii
terminales; hypanthium 2.5 mm. longum glabrum; calycis lobi
2.6 X 1.3 mm. (setis exclusis) triangulares apice uniaristati (arista ca.
0.6 mm. longa) glabri. Petala ut videtur rosea 7 X 5-5.4 mm. obovata
apice (0.7 mm.) mucronulato-acuminata. Staminum maiorum: filamenta
3.3 mm.; thecae (rostro excluso) 1.9 mm. longae, rostro 1.5 mm. longo;
connectivum sub theca 1.0 mm. prolongation lineare 0.25-0.3 mm. latum
non incrassatum. Staminum minorum: filamenta 3 mm.; thecae (rostro
excluso) 1.7 mm. longae, rostro 0.7 mm. longo; connectivum sub theca 0.8
mm. prolongatum 0.2 mm. latum non incrassatum. Stylus 6.1 X 0.4 mm.;
stigma truncatum; ovarium 3-loculare glabrum.
Type: Dawson 14620 (holotype R; isotype NY, LAM), “wet sandy
margins of sandstone outcrop 7 km. south of Veadeiros, region of the
Chapada dos Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, April 24, 1956”. Paratype:
Dawson 14774, “wet spring area among some rocks on gentle slope 10 km.
from Veadeiros on Cavalcante road, elev. 5600 ft., Goias, Brazil,
May 1, 1956”.
Among the postulated relatives with unexpanded connective of
M. psammophila, M. ericoides D. Don has densely imbricate merely acute
leaves and merely acute calyx lobes, M. martiana Berg ex Triana has
acute densely impressed-punctate leaves, M. juniperina St. Hil. has
proportionately longer calyx lobes, and M. setosa shows apical hypanthial
setae. All of the relatives have leaves 1.5-4 times as long as in
M. psammophila, while M. reichardtiana (ex descr. and photo) is a more
robust species with expanded stamen connective.
Microlicia cryptandra Naud. ex char. 14611 Endemic
to Goias.
Microlicia vestita DC. 14240 Known also from Bahia
and Piauhy.
Fig. 1. A. Siphanthera dawsonii sp. nov. a, habit, X 2; b, hypanthium and calyx,
X 10; c, petal, X 40; d, stamen, X 15; e, seed, X 15. B. Microlicia psammophila
sp. nov. a, habit X 0.5; b, leaf, X 15; c, flower, X 5; d, petal, X 3.5; e, small and
large stamens, side view, X 7.5.
1959
Wurdack: Brazil, Botany
5
6
Contributions in Science
No. 28
Microlicia consimilis sp. nov. Fig. 2
Sect. Microlicia. Ab congeneribus distincta propter conjunctionem
connectivi staminis non dilatati subtus vix appendiculati et folia
angustiora.
Frutex multiramosus ca. 0.3 m. altus. Ramuli densiuscule puberuli
et glandulosi vetustiores efoliati. Folia sessilia 5-9 X 1-2 mm. oblongo-
linearia acuta laxe imbricata obscure trinervia supra et subtus sparse vel
modice brevi-puberula et dense glanduloso-punctata. Flores in ramulis
brevibus terminales. Hypanthium 3.2 X 2 mm. cum calycis lobis modice
Fig. 2. Microlicia consimilis sp. nov. The holotype specimen.
1959
Wurdack: Brazil, Botany
7
brevi-puberulum et densiuscule glanduloso-punctatum, calycis lobis
2.5 X 0.9 mm. anguste oblongis apice acutis. Petala rosea 5 X 3. 1-3.4
mm. obovata apice late acuta. Staminum maiorum: filamenta 2.2 mm.;
thecae (rostro excluso) 1.5 mm. longae, rostro 0.3 mm. longo;
connectivum sub theca 1.4 mm. prolongatum non dilatatum infra
insertionem filament! breviter (0.5 mm.) bicorniculatum. Staminum
minorum: filamenta 1.8 mm.; thecae (rostro excluso) 1.4 mm. longae,
rostro 0.3 mm. longo; connectivum sub theca 0.8 mm. prolongatum infra
insertionem filamenti non prolongatum. Stylus 7.7 X 0.35 mm.; stigma
punctiforme; ovarium 3-loculare.
Type: Dawson 14275 (holotype R; isotype fragment LAM), “shaded
dry creek in hilly cerrado area 23 km. N. of Sao Joao da Alianca, region
of the Chapada dos Veadeiros, Colas, Brazil, April 16, 1956.”
M. consimilis is suggestive of such vegetatively polymorphic species
as M. euphorbioides Mart., M. fasciculata Naud., and M_. fulva (Spreng.)
Cham., all of which have proportionately wider leaves and well-defined
stamen connective expansion below the anther. M. glandulifera Cogn. has
proportionately wider apically obtuse leaves. M. decussata Naud. is
vegetatively suggestive of M. consimilis, but has leaves proportionately
slightly wider and the large stamen connective prolongation dilated and
truncate at the base. M. neglecta Cogn. has larger leaves and the basally
obtuse large stamen connective prolongation 10-11 mm. long. M. cuneata
Naud. differs at least in its lance-ovate proportionately wider leaves with
sparser glandular punctation.
Dawson 14597, from a sandstone outcrop 7 km. south of Veadeiros,
has not been placed generically, despite the excellent material. The
collection is superficially quite like Microlicia macro phylla Naud.,
differing in such minor details as the shorter calyx lobes and in one
important feature, a 5- rather than a 3-celled ovary. The photograph of
Microlicia pilosissima Cogn. shows a great similarity also to the Dawson
material, but with smaller dimensions throughout as well as (ex char.)
a 3-celled ovary. I have combed the genera Lavoisiera, Rhynchanthera,
and Trembleya, as far as material at New York and Washington permits,
for a possible relative, but have had no satisfaction when such details in
the Dawson collection as the 5 lobes prolonged above the ovary and the
stamen connective prolongation shape are considered. Yet I feel sure
that 14597 should be placed in one of these genera; it seems best to plead
ignorance until these predominantly Brazilian genera are better
understood.
Lavoisiera suberosa Cogn. ex char. 14720 Known
otherwise only from Serra da Balisa and a Glaziou collection from
Chapada dos Veadeiros.
i
8 Contributions in Science No. 28
Siphanthera gracillima (Naud.) comb. nov.
Tulasnea gracillima Naud. Ann. Sci. Nat. Ill, 2: 143. 1844.
Poteranthera gracillima (Naud.) Cogn. DC. Monog. Phan. 7: 121.
1891.
I have examined the holotype (St. Hilaire C1, 700, P). S. gracillima
is in general aspect quite like the next-described species, but has distinct
staminodia.
Siphanthera dawsonii sp. nov. Fig. 1 A, a-e
S. vaupesanae Wurdack affinis sed cum antherarum thecis ovalibus
erostratis.
Herba pusilla ad 8 cm. alta, caulibus. foliis bracteis hypanthiisque
sparse pilosulis, pilis erectis gracilibus glanduliferis. Petioli 0.3-1 mm.
longi; lamina 2. 5-4.5 X 1.5-2. 5 mm. ovata apice acuta ad margines
pauciserrulata uninervata vel debiliter trinervata. Flores 4-meri in apicibus
ramulorum singuli vel plerumque 2-3-aggregati bracteati subsessiles (vix
0.5 mm. supra bracteas pedicellati) ; bracteae foliaceae subsessiles ca.
2.5 mm. longae oblongo-ovatae. Hypanthium 1.8 X 1.5 mm.; calycis
lobi 1.8 X 0.8 mm. triangulares acuti glabri vel basim versus sparse
glanduloso-pilosuli. Petala 2.2 X 1.5 mm. obovata subligulata apice
obtusa glabra. Stamina 4, ante sepala; antherae 0.55 X 0.55 mm.
(connectivo excluso) rostro nullo, poro lato 0.3 mm. diam.; connectivum
sub anthera 0.2 mm. longum et 0.4 mm. latum rotundato-bilobatum ;
filamenta 2.2 mm. longa; staminodia ut videtur in alabastris et floribus
maturis desunt. Ovarium biloculare; stylus 3.5 X0.15 mm. apicem versus
ad 0.7 mm. expansus; stigma subcapitatum. Semina ellipsoidea 0.5 X' 0.3
mm. laxe elongato-areolata.
Type: Dawson 14626 (holotype R; isotype NY, LAM), “wet sandy
margins of sandstone outcrop 7 km. south of Veadeiros, region of the
Chapada dos Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, April 24, 1956”.
S. vaupesana has short-rostrate oblong anthers with a minute pore, as
well as relatively shorter calyx lobes. S. dawsonii is much like the
Brazilian species, S. tenera Pohl, S. subtilis Pohl, and S. gracillima
(Naud.) Wurdack, all of which have alternisepalous staminodia.
S. pratensis Mgf. was described as having rostrate anthers but staminodia
were not mentioned. Unfortunately at present, the Rio Museu Nacional
sheet (Comm. Rondon Hoehne 1926, labeled “unica”) shows only fruiting
hypanthia, but this specimen differs from S. dawsonii at least in its much
longer hypanthia. Incidentally, the erroneous statement in the original
description of S. vaupesana concerning the stamen position should be
corrected to “stamina ante sepala”, as the perfect stamens are in all species
of the genus.
1959
Wurdack: Brazil, Botany
9
Acisanthera limnobios (DC.) Triana 15163 A wide-
spread species from Central America and the West Indies through tropical
South America.
Pterolepis glaziovii Pilger ex char. 14152, 14292, 14551
Endemic to Goias and otherwise known only by the original Glaziou
collection.
Tibouchina stenocarpa (DC.) Cogn. 14205 Wide-spread
in southern Brazil.
Tibouchina pogonanthera (Naud.) Cogn. 15056 Known
also from Maranhao and Mato Grosso.
Tibouchina nodosa sp. nov. Fig. 3
T. tuberosae (Gardn. ex Tr.) Cogn. et T . crassirami Cogn. affinis sed
calycis lobis brevioribus.
Frutex ut videtur parvus, ramis primum dense brevi-strigosis demum
decorticantibus et nodosis. Petioli 5-10 mm. longi dense brevi-strigosi ;
lamina ad 9 X 4 cm. ovato-elliptica apice hebeti-acuta basi subcordata
supra modice tuberculato-strigulosa, subtus densissime villosula ad nervos
densissime brevi-strigosa, 5-vel vix 7-nervatis nervis lateralibus usque ad
basim liberis, subtus dense reticulato-venosa. Panicula ca. 4-6 cm. longa
multiflora cum pedicellis brevi-strigosa; f lores 5-meri breviter (ca. 1.5
mm.) pedicellati ad basim bibracteati; bracteae caducae ca. 8 mm. longae
et latae apice rotundatae extus modice sericeo-strigulosae intus glabrae.
Hypanthium 5.3 X 5 mm. cum calycibus densissime sericeo-strigosum ;
calycis tubus ca. 1 mm. longus, lobis 3.5 X 2.7 mm. oblongis apice
rotundatis intus glabris. Petala 9.5-10 X 8-8.5 mm. obovata apice
rotundata dense ciliolata. Stamina fere isomorphica; filamenta 5.5-7 mm.
longa basim versus inconspicue et sparsissime glanduloso-pilosula; thecae
5.6-6 mm., connectivo sub thecis 0. 5-0.6 mm. prolongato ad basim vix
bilobulato. Stylus 11 X 0.4-0.7 mm. basim versus sparsissime glanduloso-
pilosulus; stigma punctiforme; ovarium apice per 2 mm. dense strigosum.
Type: Dawson 14596 (holotype R; isotype fragment LAM),
“sandstone outcrop 7 km. south of Veadeiros, region of the Chapada dos
Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, April 24, 1956.”
As compared to T . nodosa , the New York isotype of T . tuberosa shows
much finer, denser, upper leaf -surf ace pubescence and much longer, acute
calyx lobes. The same differences apply (ex char.) for T. crassiramis ,
which has much larger flowers. From the Macbride photograph ( F16775 ),
Glaziou 21354 ( T . nodosa Cogn. ined.) seems to be the same as Dawson
14596. Glaziou cited 21354 (Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 54 Mem. 3C: 266. 1908)
as “T. tuberculata Glaz. n. sp.?”. Glaziou 21354 and Die 2905 (type no.
of T . crassiramis ) both were collected on the Serra dos Pyreneos in Goias.
10
Contributions in Science
No. 28
Miconia macrothyrsa Benth. 14230 A wide-spread species
in eastern South America from Trinidad and Venezuela to southern Brazil.
H etero trichum octonum (Bonpl.) DC. 15009 Ranging
throughout tropical America.
POLYGALACEAE
Polygala hebeclada DC. 14643; 14715 Widespread in
the Brazilian campos.
FLORA OF GO! AS, BRAZIL
Los Angles County Museum
MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
Jl1 S J&sM feiAj
Region of rise Osapada dos Ycadkitm «
W, Long. 47“ 30‘; S. Ian 14" K*’
aejndstono outcrop V km, south of Yesdeiro#
Fig. 3. Tibouchina nodosa sp. nov. The holotype specimen.
1959
Wurdack: Brazil, Botany
11
Polygala ignatii Chod. 14782 Apparently known other-
wise by the type collection from Serra do Sao Ignacio in interior Bahia.
Poly gala galioides Poir. var. major Benn. 14181 This
collection agrees well with material collected by Warming at Lagoa Santa,
Regnell III 189 from Minas Gerais, and Morong 325 from Paraguay.
The capsules and seeds are intermediate in size between those of P.
galioides var. galioides and P. asperuloides HBK., but never approach in
dimensions those of P. molluginifolia St. HI.
Poly gala timoutou Aubl. 14640; 14798 Widespread in
northern tropical America.
Poly gala comata A. W. Benn. ex descr. & photograph 14400;
14838 Restricted to Goias, where first collected by Pohl.
Poly gala sp. 14649 This collection is undoubtedly to be
placed in Chodat’s Glochidiatae but cannot be referred to any species
presently placed here. It seems to more-or-less agree (ex char.) with
P. exigia Benn., which however Chodat placed in Series Tenues with
non-glochidiate seed pubescence. No authentic material of P. exigia was
available at New York, Washington, or Sao Paulo. Dawson 14884 is
identical with 14649 qualitatively but has much larger flowers.
Polygala longicaulis HBK. 14179 Widespread in the
American tropical savannas.
Poly gala herbiola St. Hil ex char. 14644; 14769
Restricted to Minas Gerais and Goias.
Polygala tenuis DC. 14768 This collection agrees with
other determined by Grondona as P. tenuis var. /? Chodat.
Polygala celosioides Mart, ex Benn. 14799 Campos of
central and eastern Brazil.
Polygala pseudocoelosioides Chod. 14657 Known only
from Goias and Piauhy.
Bredemeyera velutina A. W. Benn. 14474 Known only
from Minas Gerais and Goias.
LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS
IN SCIENCE
The Machris Brazilian Expedition
No. 1. General Account, by Jean Delacour.
No. 2. Botany: General, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 3. Botany: A New Dodder from Goias, by T. G. Yuncker.
No. 4. Botany: The Lichens, by Carroll W. Dodge.
No. 5. Botany: Cyanophyta, by Francis Drouet.
No. 6. Botany: A New Mint from Goias, by Carl Epling.
No. 7. Botany: Phanerogamae, various smaller families, edited by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 10. Botany: A New Columnar Cactus from Goias, by E. Yale Dawson
No. 11. Botany: Chlorophyta; Euglenophyta, by G. W. Prescott.
No. 12. Entomology: General; Systematics of the Notonectidae (Hemiptera), by Fred
S. Truxal.
No. 13. Botany: Phanerogamae, Leguminosae, by Richard S. Cowan.
No. 14. Entomology: Gelastrocoridae (Hemiptera), by E. L. Todd.
No. 17. Botany: Phanerogamae, Bromeliaceae and other smaller families, by Lyman B.
Smith.
No. 18. Botany: Musci, by Howard Crum.
No. 21. Botany: Phanerogamae, Euphorbiaceae, Lentibulariaceae, Rubiaceae, by Julian
A. Steyermark.
No. 22. Botany: Gramineae, by Jason R. Swallen.
No. 23. Botany: Phanerogamae, Alstroemeriaceae and other families, by Lyman B. Smith
and collaborators.
No. 24. Botany: Fungi, by G. W. Martin and collaborators.
No. 26. Botany: Hepaticae, by Margaret Fulford.
Other Subjects
No. 8. Notes on Eastern Pacific Insular Marine Algae, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 9. A New Species of Passerine Bird from the Miocene of California, by Hildegarde
Howard.
No. 15. Marine Algae of the Pacific Costa Rican Gulfs, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 16. A Classification of the Oscines ( Aves) , by Jean Delacour and Charles Vaurie.
No. 19- A new Race of the Pocket Gopher Geomys bursarius from Missouri, by Charles
A. McLaughlin.
No. 20. Further Bird Remains from the San Diego Pliocene, by Loye Miller and Robert
I. Bowman.
No. 25. Miocene Sulids of Southern California, by Hildegarde Howard
No. 27. Marine Algae from the 1958 Cruise of the Stella Polaris in the Gulf of Cali-
fornia, by E. Yale Dawson.
jmber 29
April 14, 1959
T01 . 7 3
'Z-LgrGz
QUATERNARY ANIMALS
FROM SCHUILING CAVE IN THE
MOJAVE DESERT, CALIFORNIA
By
Theodore Downs, Hildegarde Howard,
Thomas Clements, and Gerald A. Smith
c^HSO/V^
MAYS 1959
O BRPStt
Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
QUATERNARY ANIMALS FROM SCHUILING CAVE
IN THE MOJAVE DESERT, CALIFORNIA
By Theodore Downs1, Hildegarde Howard2, Thomas Clements3,
and Gerald A. Smith4
INTRODUCTION
This is a report on a cooperative investigation of a recently discovered
cave in Southern California by archeologists, paleontologists and geologists
from three institutions: the San Bernardino County Historical Society,
the Los Angeles County Museum, and the University of Southern Cali-
fornia. The discovery of this cave brings to light the first complete account
of a southern California Pleistocene cave fauna. A preliminary paper,
stressing archeological finds, has been published by G. A. Smith (1955).
Howard (1955a, p. 20) has briefly discussed the birds, and Brattstrom
(1958) has written on the reptiles from the cave.
The data from this study aid considerably in the interpretations of
age relationships of the Mojave Desert geologic events, provide more
information on the paleogeographic distribution and morphology of the
late Pleistocene mammals of the coastal area, and give a brief view of the
environment of the not too distant past of the Mojave Desert region.
The cave is located approximately two miles southeast of Newberry
in San Bernardino County, California, in the SW*4, NE*4, Sec. 9, T8N,
R3E, San Bernardino Base and Meridian. This area is shown on the
Newberry quadrangle map of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1955 ed. The
locality has been given Los Angeles County Museum, Vertebrate Paleon-
tology locality No. 1123 (see fig. 1). The cave measures approximately
18 feet in width, 13 feet in horizontal depth and 7 feet in height, and is
situated about 10 feet above the floor of the present dry canyon that cuts
through the volcanics and old alluvial fill. The site is approximately 2160
feet above sea level.
In December of 1953, Dr. Walter Schuiling, Curator for the San
Bernardino County Museum Association, discovered the small cave and
found that it contained a great variety of prehistoric life forms. After the
initial discovery, Schuiling was assisted by Ritner Sayles and G. A. Smith
in the recovery of human remains from the top layers (24-30 inches) of the
cave deposits.
'Curator, Vertebrate Paleontology, Los Angeles County Museum.
2Chie£ Curator of Science, Los Angeles County Museum.
3Curator of Mineralogy, Los Angeles County Museum, and Chairman, Department of
Geology, University of Southern California.
President, San Bernardino County Historical Society.
Fig. 1. Location of Schuiling Cave, L.A.C.M. V.P. No. 1123; shown on part of the
Newberry, California quadrangle, San Bernardino Co., U. S. Geol. Survey, topographic
map, 1955 ed. Scale 1:62,500.
SMITHSONIAN .
INSTITUTION ‘AYH
4
Contributions In Science
No. 29
Fig. 2. View toward the west looking up stream in the dry Fig. 3. View toward the northeast, with six foot man standing
canyon that has cut through the tilted rhyolite flow (left center) with at cave entrance. Old alluvial fan remnant extends across center of
Schuiling Cave (dark area) and old alluvial fan remnant. picture, fading out into dry basin in background.
1959
Downs et al: Schuiling Cave
5
Extinct animals were first located below the human remains in
December of 1953, and soon thereafter Dr. Smith invited the Los Angeles
County Museum paleontologists to continue excavation and study of the
material. Many individuals contributed their time and energy in digging
out the fossil material; only a few of these can be mentioned: Mr. Burr
Belden, Mr. Carl Cambridge, Mr. Thomas Heric and Mr. Leonard C.
Bessom. We are indebted to Mr. Geoffrey D. Woodard and Mr. R. H.
Tedford for helpful suggestions and Mr. Arnold G. Kluge for aid in
plotting the cave horizon data. Mr. George F. Brauer made the photographs
of the map and specimens; Mr. Richard W. Saar prepared the final charts
of the cave fauna distribution.
L.A.C.M. refers to Los Angeles County Museum, vertebrate paleontology
specimen numbers; SB refers to San Bernardino County Museum Asso-
ciation specimen numbers.
EXCAVATION PROCEDURE
Three basic reference points were established for measuring the
position of the material in the cave. Point A (see fig. 7) was the lowest
prominent rock projecting from the roof of the cave, at a distance of 4
feet from the rear of the cave and about 9 feet from the entrance. Two
more reference points were established near the ceiling at the northwest rear
corner (West point) and northeast rear corner (East point). These points
(see fig. 8) were marked by inserting permanent iron spikes in the cave
wall. Horizontal measurements were taken from the West and East points,
and depth measurements were taken from point A for each specimen
discussed in this report and other lesser materials not itemized.
Before the cave was disturbed, the top layer of pack rat guano and
debris accumulation was about six inches below the ceiling of the cave.
Excavation operations were discontinued when the apparent floor of the
cave was reached at about seven feet below the ceiling.
A more detailed account of excavations performed by the San Bernar-
dino County Historical Society and the Los Angeles County Museum
personnel is given in Smith (1955).
GEOLOGY
Schuiling Cave is a shallow opening in the side of a small canyon
cut in rhyolite of probable Miocene age (fig. 2). It is but one of many
such caves in the area, and probably originated as a large gas pocket in
the lava. Apparently the cave was exposed when the canyon was cut in
the rhyolite during the normal process of erosion.
When first discovered, Schuiling Cave was almost completely filled
with unconsolidated angular fragments, mostly of rhyolite, in a matrix
of finer particles of the same material, and fine aeolean dust. Some perlite
fragments (volcanic glass) also were present, presumably derived from
outcrops observed up the hill from the cave. While some of the larger
chunks of rhyolite in the cave may have fallen from the roof, much of
the material Is alluvial fill, washed by streams into the cave after it
6
Contributions In Science
No. 29
was first opened by erosion. This is evidenced not only by the nature of
the material, but also by the fact that the fill is similar to remnants of
alluvial deposits that remain along the borders of the canyon wall just
down stream from the cave (fig. 3).
The last-mentioned remnants of alluvial fill, now deeply dissected,
occur on both sides of the canyon, and indicate that after having been
cut originally, the canyon was later filled, at least to an elevation approxi-
mating that of the top of the cave and possibly some 10 feet higher. Still
later, this fill was dissected and largely removed as the canyon was again
eroded or exhumed. The canyon, therefore, has had a somewhat complex
history.
It is the opinion of the writers that the canyon was first cut by
stream erosion and the cave exposed in early Pleistocene time, when
the Newberry Mountains were first uplifted. It is further postulated that a
later rise of local base level caused the stream to aggrade its channel,
and filling started. This aggradation must have been brought about by
the presence of a lake, possibly ancestral Troy Lake, in the basin to the
north and east into which the stream probably drained (see fig. 1). A
more humid climate of the Ice Age was probably responsible for the
presence of this lake, as well as for similar lakes in other basins through-
out the desert (as for example, in Death Valley and Manix) .
When the canyon fill reached the elevation of the floor of the cave,
the cave also began to fill as the ancient stream, meandering on its
aggrading floor, occasionally swept in material. It was probably during
the early part of this period of deposition that the bones of various
Pleistocene mammals, reptiles, and birds (which included water birds) were
buried. These were either washed in by the stream, or brought in by other
animals, or were the bones of animals using the cave for shelter. The
bones were buried as more detrital material was carried in by the stream.
Possibly in the later part of the same depositional period the artifacts
were brought in and buried as the cave continued to fill.
With the change in climate at the end of the Pleistocene, and the
advent of greater aridity, the lake disappeared, and base level was again
lowered. The rejuvenated stream, although enfeebled by the diminished
rainfall, nevertheless began the dissection of the deposits that had accumu-
lated in the canyon while the lake was present. But whereas an aggrading
stream sweeps from side to side, and could fill a cave, a degrading stream
cuts vertically downward, and so the canyon was rejuvenated without
apparent disturbance of the deposits in the cave.
It is possible that during the time of the stream rejuvenation, the
artifacts and a few of the skeletal remains were buried in the cave dust
that is so common in the upper strata. This would imply a difference in
time of deposition of some of the bones. The definite restriction of the
human remains to the upper levels of the cave (see fig. 7) substantiates
1959
Downs et al: Schuiling Cave
7
the idea that at least the cultural materials may have been buried at a
later date than the remains found at lower depths.
It certainly is well within the realm of probability that there are
other similar caves and comparable remains, not only in the same basin,
but in other of the desert basins where a like combination of cavernous
rocks and Pleistocene lake may be found.
FOSSIL VERTEBRATES
At least 28 species of vertebrates are represented by the 90 or
more identifiable mineralized specimens recovered from the lower levels of
the cave. As may be seen from the following list, mammal remains are
most abundant but there are more avian species represented.
Twenty-nine bird bones were recovered, of which 25 were identifiable.
These represent 15 species. Strictly speaking there are no extinct forms
represented, although certain bones (fig. 4) of California Condor (no.
2584) and Horned Owl (no. 2588) are of the large size characteristic of
Gymnogyps and Bubo as found in the Pleistocene deposits of Rancho La
Brea. Fisher (1944, p. 290) has assigned the Rancho La Brea condor to
the extinct species Gymnogyps amplus Miller on the basis of its large size
and certain minor distinguishing characters of the skull. However, with
few exceptions, measurements of various limb elements reveal overlapping
in range of size between the Recent and Pleistocene forms (Fisher, 1947),
and there is little doubt that G. amplus is the direct ancestor of the present-
day G. calijornianus. Similar overlap occurs in the size range of skeletal
elements of the Horned Owl of Rancho La Brea and the present-day Bubo
virginianus (Howard, 1947, p. 12), although, again, the fossil form
averages considerably larger. In this instance detailed studies of the skull
have not been made and the La Brea Pleistocene Horned Owl retains the
name of the Recent species. The two bones of the California Condor
(rostrum and partial humerus) and the measurable specimens of Horned
Owl taken in Schuiling Cave are larger than those of any skeleton of the
modern forms available for measurement and fall within the size range of
Pleistocene forms.
Three species of reptiles and ten species of mammals are represented
in the cave. At least five of the mammals are known to be extinct (see list) .
The reptile representatives appear to have no special attributes that
distinguish them from Recent forms, according to Brattstrom (1958,
p. 11).
Taxidea cf. taxus is represented by a nearly complete skull, jaws, limb
elements and vertebrae (L.A.C.M. No. 1992) of apparently one individual
(fig. 4). The material is notable in the absence of the P2 in both mandi-
bles, and the rami are slightly heavier than the average for T. taxus as
known in the area today. Hall (1940) noted that only 2% of 110 speci-
mens of T. t. neglecta showed an absence of a premolar or presence of an
extra tooth; therefore, it seems remarkable to obtain a record of a fossil
form of Taxidea so characterized. However, the fossil could simply be a
8
Contributions In Science
No. 29
SCHUILING CAVE FAUNAL LIST
(Approximately 150 specimens collected)
Reptiles
Number
Individuals5
Number
Specimens6
Gopher us agassizi
Desert tortoise
l
Many frags.,
1 partial
carapace
Sauromalus ohesus
Chuckwalla
1
4
Crotalus 7
Rattlesnake
1
2
Birds
Anas cf. platyrhynchos
Mallard duck
1
1
Anas cf. carolinensis
Green-winged teal
1
1
Mareca americana (?)
Baldpate duck (?)
1
1
Nyroca cf. americana
Redhead duck
2 ?
2 ?
Oxyura jamaicensis
Ruddy duck
1
1
Mergus merganser
American merganser
1
1
**Gymnogyps amplus
Ancestral California
condor
1
2
Aquila chrysaetos
Golden eagle
1
1
Buteo jamaicensis
Red-tailed hawk
2
2
Fulica americana
Coot
3
4
Recurvirostra americana
Avocet
1
1
Zenaidura macroura
Mourning dove
1
1
**Bubo virginianus
Horned owl
4
5
Colaptes cafer
Flicker
1
1
Corvus corax
Raven
1
1
Mammals
Perognathus
Pocket mouse
2
2
Neotoma
Wood rat
2
3
Taxidea cf. taxus
Badger
1
15
Canis cf. lupus
Wolf
1
1
Urocyon
Gray fox
2
2
*Equus sp. small
Small horse
2
23
*Equus sp. large
Large horse
1
1
*cf. Tanupolama
Llama-like camel
1
4
*Camelid sp. large
Large camel
1
3
*Breameryx sp.
Diminutive antelope
1
2
** Pleistocene form ?
* Extinct form
5Figures represent minimum possible number of individuals
identifiable specimens
’Two vertebrae of the rattlesnake Crotalus recorded by Brattstrom in the museum cata-
logue, but the record is unpublished
1959
Downs et al: Schuiling Cave
9
variant, similar to those rarely found in Recent skulls; until more speci-
mens are found it is deemed inadvisable to attach taxonomic significance to
this material.
Two skull fragments (L.A.C.M. No. 1983) of Urocyon, the Gray fox,
were found but were not identifiable beyond the generic designation.
The proximal half of a third metacarpal (L.A.C.M. No. 3698) assign-
able to Canis was recovered at the 39 inch level. Gross inspection
eliminates the possibility of assignment to the coyote on the basis of the
large size of the fossil. However, there is resemblance to the living wolf;
a specimen of Canis lupus nubilus (Univ. of Calif, at Los Angeles, depart-
ment of Zoology No. 16708) shows greater size but similar proportions.
A random series of specimens of the dire wolf, Canis ( Aenocyon ) dirus
from Rancho La Brea was compared (table 1), and the measurements
definitely indicate a stouter or thicker shaft in the metacarpal of the
La Brea species. The nature of the material allows only the designation
Canis cf. lupus for L.A.C.M. No. 3698.
One of the most important genera recovered from the cave is the
horse, Equus. This is apparently represented by a large and a small
species, as evidenced particularly by the foot elements. There are more
specimens representing this genus (23 identifiable elements) than any
other mammal or bird recovered from the cave.
Among the foot elements are five small phalanges indicating that there
are at least two individuals of the small horse represented. Table 2 shows
that the proximal phalanges (L.A.C.M. No. 1991), cuneiform (L.A.C.M.
No. 1979) and astragalus (L.A.C.M. No. 1572) are small compared to
the Rancho La Brea horse and suggest possibly smaller size than the horse
from San Josecito Cave, Mexico, which has been characterized in part by
TABLE 1
Comparative measurements of the third metacarpal in
Canis species (in millimeters)
Number
Samples Mean
Greater Proximal
Width
Observed
Range
Schuiling Cave
Rancho La Brea
1
10.8
10.8
Canis (A.) dirus
Recent
48
11.8
9.5 - 13.5
Canis 1. nubilus
Greatest Width at 25 mm
From Proximal End
1
11.5
11.5
Schuiling Cave
Rancho La Brea
1
7.5
7.5
Canis (A.) dirus
Recent
48
9.3
8.0 - 11.0
Canis 1. nubilus
1
8.4
8.4
10
Contributions In Science
No. 29
1959
Downs et al: Schuiling Cave
11
its small feet (see Stock, 1953, in which he uses the name Equus conver-
sidens leoni subsp. nov. without a description or diagnosis). A horse
magnum (L.A.C.M. No. 1990) from Schuiling Cave is as large as that of
the La Brea horse (see table 2), and we tentatively consider this bone to
be from a larger form than the species represented by the phalanges, cunei-
form and astragalus. That the small horse bones do not represent young
individuals is indicated by complete ossification of the fully formed
extremities (no epiphysial separation) of the phalanges, and presence
of a clear, well-formed groove for articulation of the metapodial.
Dentition of one species (probably “sp. small”) is represented by an
adult partial mandible bearing P3 - M3 and fragments of isolated teeth
(L.A.C.M. No. 1532). The teeth show (fig. 5) the subgeneric, V-shape
plesippine character of the groove between the metaconid and metastylid
and a possible caballine subgeneric trait in the absence of the parastylids
(Savage, 1951, and McGrew, 1944). However, according to McGrew the
absence of the parastylid is particularly true of milk dentition in caballine
horses. The teeth in the mandible measure as follows: anteroposterior
diameter, P3 27.7 mm., P4 29.0 mm. and M2 26.4 mm.
The taxonomic relationships of the genus Equus and interpretations of
paleogeographic distribution of the “cave equids” and even of those from
Rancho La Brea, McKittrick and other late Pleistocene faunas of fluviatile
origin, remain as unsolved problems; they need further investigation,
particularly with respect to gaining a true knowledge of probable variation
in population samples. Questions of taxonomy and morphologic interpre-
tations involve the allocation of the names Equus , Asinus , Plesippus, etc. to
North American populations. Briefly, we shall consider some of these
points.
Hibbard (1958, and personal communication) considers Asinus to be
a plesippine-like horse characterized by great depth of the lower jaw and
presence of the V-shaped groove between the metaconid and metastylid.
Quinn (1957) has characterized the lower dentition of the genus Asinus
particularly by the V-shaped “valley,” presence of a plicaballinid, and a
median valley shortened and not protruding beyond the flexids. Using
either interpretation (Hibbard or Quinn) these features may apply with
respect to the Schuiling Cave specimen. It seems probable that a small
plesippine-like horse existed in the late Pleistocene North American faunas,
and such a form might represent an introduction of Asinus (which is
apparently plesippine-like) from the Old World or separate evolution of a
convergent line in North America. The question as to what taxonomic
relationship is correct with respect to these plesippine-like equids is not
Fig. 4. A. Dorsal view of the rostrum of the ancestral California Condor, Gym-
nogyps amplus (L.A.C.M. No. 2584). B. Nearly complete tarsometatarsus of the Horned
Owl, Bubo virginianus (L.A.C.M. No. 2588). C. Dorsal view of the skull of the
Badger, Taxidea cf. taxus (L.A.C.M. No. 1992). D. Occlusal view of the mandible of
Taxidea cf. taxus (L.A.C.M. No. 1922) . All from Schuiling Cave.
12
Contributions In Science
No. 29
finally settled. It seems most reasonable, for the present at least, to follow
the opinion that the genus Equus should embrace the North American
Pleistocene forms of horses, and thus favorably compare and equivalently
rate with the characters diagnostic of other genera in the family Equidae.
Perhaps a subgeneric designation (Asinus) would be justified for the later
Pleistocene horses that retain plesippine-like characters. The early Pleisto-
cene, true plesippine forms might be allocated the subgeneric rank
Plesippus under the genus Equus.
Fig. 5. Occlusal view of left mandible (L.A.C.M. No. 1532), Equus sp. small,
from Schuiling Cave. Reduced approximately 1/5.
TABLE 2
Comparative measurements of the foot elements
of Equus (in millimeters)
Proximo-Distal
Length of Proximal
Phalanx
Number
Samples
Mean
Observed
Range
Schuiling Cave
3
68.8
66.6 - 70.6
San Josecito Cave
28
74.14
66.6 - 82.1
Shelter Cave
6
77.4
72.2 - 82.3
Rancho La Brea
Distal Tranverse Diameter
Of Astragalus
18
84.9
77.8 - 93.2
Schuiling Cave
1
44.1
44.1
Shelter Cave
1
50.9
50.9
Rancho La Brea
Greatest Transverse Diameter
Of Cuneiform
11
64.7
58.8 - 70.7
Schuiling Cave
1
38.8
38.8
Rancho La Brea
Greatest Transverse
Diameter of Magnum
16
58.2
53.5 - 68.0
Schuiling Cave
1
50.0
50.0
Rancho La Brea
19
51.2
47.0 - 54.7
1959
Downs et al: Sc moiling Cave
13
The Schuiling Cave mandible (L.A.C.M. No. 1532) and foot bones
of the small species of Equus show great resemblance to the dentition and
small proportions of the feet in horses found in San Josecito Cave in
Mexico, Shelter Cave and Conkling Cavern in New Mexico, Gypsum Cave
in Nevada, and the Manix Lake beds (in part) in California.
There are two types of camels represented in the collection, neither of
which is positively identifiable as to genus. However, it is very probable
that the llama-like Tanupolama was living in the area, as indicated by the
character of three proximal phalanges (L.A.C.M. No. 1987 A and B, and
S.B. 54) and one median phalanx (L.A.C.M. No. 3671). The small, slender
form of these bones compares favorably with phalanges of Tanupolama
from McKittrick (see table 3 and fig. 6). Evidence of a large camel is
meager, but the epiphysis of half of the distal end of a young metapodial
(L.A.C.M. No. 1986), measuring 36.0 mm. in transverse diameter, is too
large for Tanupolama. It is slightly smaller than a series of seven young
Camelops hesternus from Rancho La Brea, which measure in transverse
diameter of one-half of the distal end of the metapodial, as follows: mean
37.3 mm., observed range 36.2 - 41.5 mm. A half portion of a Schuiling
Cave camel molar (L.A.C.M. No. 3699), measuring 19.5 mm. in antero-
posterior diameter at the base, probably belongs to the large form.
The identification of the small antelope, Breameryx sp., is based on
two distal ends of metapodials (L.A.C.M. No. 1982) that are similar to
Rancho La Brea specimens in general size and morphology (fig. 6).
Measurements are as follows (in millimeters) :
Schuiling Cave Rancho La Brea
Greatest transverse
diameter 16.0-16.5; mean 16.3 15.4-16.7; mean 15.8
Greatest antero-
posterior diameter 12.8-13.5; mean 13.2 10.8-12.3; mean 11.7
A slightly larger size in the Schuiling Cave material as compared to
the La Brea form is indicated, but not enough specimens of the cave
material are at hand to test the significance of this difference.
TABLE 3
Comparative measurements of the proximal phalanx
of Camelidae (in millimeters)
Number Range
Samples
Mean
Observed
Greatest Length
Schuiling Cave, cf. Tanupolama
2
90.4
89.7- 92.1
McKittrick, Calif. Tanupolama
12
96.9
82.2 - 111.6
Least Transverse Diameter
Schuiling Cave, cf. Tanupolama
3
15.3
14.7 - 16.2
McKittrick, Calif. T anupolama
13
14.8
13.5- 16.6
14
Contributions In Science
No. 29
A few rodent bones, representing Perognathus and Neotoma , may-
have sifted downward from higher levels in the cave. However, the
bones appear to be mineralized. If series of fossil specimens were available
from the cave and compared with Recent species, possibly more definite
determinations could be made. The present record is inadequate.
Fig. 6. A. Proximal view of cuneiform of the horse, Equus sp. small,
(L.A.C.M. No. 1979). B. Distal view of the magnum of Equus sp. large,
(L.A.C.M. No. 1990). C. Distal ends of metapodials of diminutive an-
telope, Breameryx sp. (L.A.C.M. No. 1892). D. Anterior view of proximal
phalanx of llama-like Camel, cf. Tanupolama (L.A.C.M. No. 1987A)
E. Anterior view of the half of a distal metapodial of Camelid sp. large
(L.A.C.M. No. 1986). All from Schuiling Cave, and to same scale.
1959
Downs et al: Schuiling Cave
15
Remains of apparent mountain sheep were found although generally
at a higher level than the other mammals; possibly they represent recent
additions to the cave. Horn cores were not recovered and thus more
detailed identification is not feasible.
STRATIGRAPHIC OCCURRENCE
The bird bones were unassociated and widely scattered throughout
the cave (see fig. 7 and 8). None was found above the 2 foot level; most
of them occurred between 3' and 4' 7", with three owl bones at
5‘ 8" — 5' 10", and a dove bone at 7' 10". Only four species are clearly
represented by more than one specimen: the condor, owl, coot and hawk.
The two bones of the genus Nyroca may represent two species. It is
possible that the two bones of condor are from the same individual; they
were found at the same depth about 2 l/2 feet apart. At least four individual
Horned Owls appear to be represented. The coot bones all occurred on the
east side of the cave, but at varying depths; at least three individuals are
represented. Data as to location in the cave are available on only one of
the two Red-tailed Hawk bones; however, the specimens show a difference
in preservation that suggests nonassociation.
The disassociation of the bird bones indicates that their accumulation
in the cave was entirely fortuitous, possibly being washed in with the
sediments in which they were found or brought in by other animals. With
the exception of the Horned Owl and condor, none of the species would
normally seek shelter in a cave. There is nothing to indicate that the owls
whose bones were found actually died in the cave; in fact the absence of
more complete skeletal material is evidence to the contrary.
All of the mammalian remains are fragmentary, seemingly scattered
at random in the deposit. The most complete specimen is the badger skull
with jaws. Possibly this particular animal crawled into the cave and died;
this is probably true also of tortoises represented by one nearly complete
carapace and many scattered shell remains. The tortoise is abundant
throughout the deposits horizontally and vertically and is known today
to frequent cave shelters in order to conserve body water and escape the
heat of the day.
There is concentration of most of the fossil material toward the
central part of the cave (between the 3 and 5 foot levels). This
concentration may be due, in part, to the nature of the ancient stream
current passing in and out of the cave, perhaps forming an eddy
accumulation.
In brief, it is believed that the animals could have been deposited in
one or more of the following ways: (1) washed in during stream
deposition or flooding as the old alluvial fill was accumulating; (2)
carried in by natural predators (especially such victims as the antelope,
woodpecker and water-birds) ; (3) died in the cave (especially the tortoise
and badger) ; (4) brought in by humans (any of the edible vertebrates).
Fig. 7. Distribution of critical human cultural and vertebrate skeletal remains in Schuiling Cave.
1959
Downs et al: Schuiling Cave
17
SCHUILING CAVE
PLAN VIEW
1.
Tortoise
16.
Flicker
2.
Chuckwalla
17.
Raven
3.
Mallard
18.
Rabbit
4.
Teal
19.
Pocket mouse
5.
Baldpate ?
20.
Wood rat
6.
Redhead duck
21.
Badger
7.
Ruddy duck
22.
Wolf
8.
American merganser
23.
Gray fox
9.
Ancestral California condor
24.
Small horse
10.
Golden eagle
25.
Large horse (no depth data)
11.
Red-tailed hawk
26.
Llama-like camel
12.
Coot
27.
Large camel
13.
Avocet
28.
Diminutive antelope
14.
Mourning dove
29.
Sheep ( PRecent)
15.
Horned owl
m
18
Contributions In Science
No. 29
The last possibility is the least probable on the basis of present evidence.
Fluviatile deposition might be used to explain all of the occurrences of
animals in the deposits, although it seems possible that a combination of
(1), (2) and (3) above actually occurred.
HUMAN REMAINS
There are no certain associations of human and animal remains
known from Schuiling Cave (see Smith, 1955). The only suggestion of
such association is the occurrence of the fragments of carbon found with
extinct mammal bones at the 48 inch depth. The carbon could have
washed into the cave as isolated pieces of charcoal resulting from fires
caused by lightning. On the other hand, charcoal from fires of later human
occupants could have sifted downward in the cave dust.
The accompanying chart (fig. 7) presents a diagrammatic view of the
position of material in the cave. Most of the fossils were found at or below
the 2 - 2^/2 foot level and toward the center of the cave. The fossil material
becomes increasingly scarce in the lower limits and only a few
identifiable remains (such as tortoise, horse and owl) and some crumbling
fragments were taken at the 7 foot level below the present ceiling of the
cave. All of the identifiable human cultural materials occur at or above
the 30 inch level. Smith (1955) has listed cultural remains from these
depths which include: cane shafts, cordage and stone chippings (jasper and
chalcedony flakes) that would have been suitable for scraping and
shaping shafts.
It would not be unreasonable to expect man to be associated with
the extinct fossil remains, but the striking zonation of a lower horizon of
extinct vertebrate remains and definitely higher horizon of identifiable
cultural remains strongly indicates that there was a time difference in these
occurrences in this cave assemblage.
ENVIRONMENT
With the exception of the condor, living representatives of all species
of the birds recorded occur today in the desert regions of California.
Of significance, however, is the large representation of water birds,
indicative of the proximity of a lake or pond. There is no body of water
in the immediate vicinity of the cave today that would normally support
these species, although Troy dry lake, approximately six miles east of the
site, could have been a suitable environment during more moist conditions
of the past. The alluvial deposits that form the matrix bearing the fossils
and continuing in the surrounding area outside the cave, imply the
earlier occurrence here of a more abundant water supply.
The mammal specimens collected from this cave lead one to believe
that climatic conditions were different from those of today. The mammals
surely had varied diets and habitat preferences that could not be satisfied
in today’s extreme desert conditions. The badger, wolf and fox may have
been accustomed to open country but with an occasional bush for
1959
Downs et al: Schuiling Cave
19
concealment. The horses, no doubt, made use of some grassland areas,
whereas the two camels were probably browsers and grazers. Breameryx ,
being so diminutive, may have had to rely on wooded areas for protection
and survival. Vertebrate life in the Mojave was apparently more abundant
and varied at the time the Schuiling Cave animals lived than it is today.
This implies that there was a different environment with possibly cooler
summers and a more abundant source of water.
Evidence reported in a recent paper on the climatic record at Searles
Lake in California (Roosma, 1958), indirectly substantiates the
interpretation of evidence contained in this paper on the environment
of Schuiling Cave. Roosma presents palynological data indicating that
the environment at or near Searles Lake (which is about 60 miles north-
west of Schuiling Cave) in late Pleistocene time was different from
today’s desert conditions. Roosma states, “The existence of a rather
extensive woodland community at times of more favorable moisture
conditions seems to be indicated.” He further states that this was at the
time of the “moisture peak” of the Wisconsin glacial stage.
AGE RELATIONSHIP
Pleistocene lake beds are known to the northeast of Schuiling Cave
in the area of Manix, and it is postulated (Gardner, 1940, p. 290) that
the ancient lake south of Daggett and west of Schuiling Cave may have
been contemporaneous with Manix Lake. Alluvium, conceivably contem-
poraneous with that of Schuiling Cave, overlies the Daggett lake beds
(Gardner, loc. cit.) , suggesting the possibility of more recent age for the
cave deposits than for Daggett lake. Although a direct comparison cannot
be made between the Schuiling Cave deposits and those of Manix Lake,
the avian fauna suggests that Manix Lake (in part at least) was older.
Three clearly extinct species have been identified from the Manix deposits
and a large grebe gives evidence of being the Pleistocene ancestor of the
present day Western Grebe (Howard, 1955). Although an exact age
determination has not been made for the Manix Lake beds, most of the
avian fossils reviewed suggest the late Pleistocene and probable general
contemporaneity with the typical late Pleistocene of Rancho La Brea and
of Lossil Lake, in Oregon. Possibly, therefore, the Schuiling Cave avifauna
suggests slightly younger age than that of Rancho La Brea.
Blackwelder (1954) has mapped a late Pleistocene lake (presumably
the Troy Lake area) between Newberry station and Pisgah crater, east
of Schuiling Cave. He considers the age of this lake to be probably
equivalent to the Tahoe glacial substage (early Wisconsin). Lurther field
work is needed to determine chronologic relationships of this lake and the
Schuiling Cave deposits.
Precise age determination is not possible from the study of the
mammals, although reasonably conclusive evidence is at hand for assign-
ment of late Pleistocene age for the fauna. As mentioned above, the avian
20
Contributions In Science
No. 29
species are remarkably like the Recent species. The ecologic relationships
suggested by both birds and mammals, plus evidence of a period of fluvial
deposition, indicate change in climatic conditions since the cave beds
were deposited. The occurrence of definitely extinct mammalian species
firmly establishes some antiquity for the fauna. None of the extinct mam-
malian genera is known to be restricted to either early or late Pleistocene
age; however, a late Pleistocene age for the Schuiling Cave fauna is
strongly indicated by a consideration of other factors, as for example: the
resemblance of the small horse from Schuiling Cave to advanced species
of Equus known from the probable late Pleistocene sediments of Manix
Lake, San Josecito Cave, Gypsum Cave, Conkling Cavern and Shelter
Cave; the probable contemporaneous occurrence of Breameryx, at Rancho
La Brea, Shelter Cave and Schuiling Cave; and the presumed contem-
poraneity of Tanupolama at Manix, McKittrick and Schuiling Cave.
It is necessary to emphasize that the particular conditions of preserva-
tion at Schuiling Cave may have been responsible for the type of faunal
complex represented. Thus some forms may have been excluded from
this small cave although they may have been present in the area; for
example, the typically late Pleistocene Bison (see Savage, 1951).
The meager sampling of charcoal recovered from the center of the
cave and at a level near remains of extinct vertebrates was submitted to
Yale University laboratories for carbon 14 dating. Unfortunately it was
later determined that an insufficient quantity of carbon was available for
proper analysis.
SUMMARY
Some of the principal results derived from this study are as follows:
1. This is the first complete account of a southern California
Pleistocene cave faunal deposit.
2. A total of approximately 150 fossil vertebrate remains were
recovered including 28 species of reptiles, birds and mammals. Five of
these species represent clearly extinct animals including: Equus sp. small,
Equus sp. large, cf. Tanupolama, Camelid sp. large, and Breameryx sp.;
Gymnogyps amplus and Bubo virginianus are probably extinct ancestral
forms.
3. The total faunal content and the sequence of geologic and cli-
matic events indicate late Pleistocene age for the cave fauna, at least
part of the cave sediments and the alluvial fan remnant.
4. The concentration of definite human cultural specimens strati-
graphically above the remains of extinct vertebrates indicates probable
difference in time of accumulation of the cultural and fossil material.
5. Considering the small size of the cave area (approximately 18 feet
width, and 13 feet depth horizontally), the amount of fossil material
recovered is good and suggests that there may have been a fair abundance
of animal life in the area. In turn, the record of varied types of life and
1959
Downs et al: Schuiling Cave
21
mode of deposition indicates that the climate was different from that of
today with possibly more equable or cooler conditions in the summer, a
more abundant water source and a greater amount of grass and woodland
vegetation at hand.
Literature Cited
Black welder, Eliot
195 4. Pleistocene lakes and drainage in the Mojave region, southern California.
Geology of Southern California Chap. V, Bull. 170. Div. Mines, State of
Calif. Dept. Nat. Res., 35-44, 5 text figs.
Brattstrom, B. H.
1958. New records of Cenozoic amphibians and reptiles from California. Bull. So.
Calif. Acad. Sci. 57 ( 1 ) : 5-13, 2 pis.
Fisher, Harvey I.
1944. The skulls of cathartid vultures. Condor, 46: 272 - 296, figs. 42-47, 5 tables.
1947. The skeletons of Recent and fossil Gymnogyps. Pacific Science, 1 (4): 227-
236, 16 tables.
Gardner, Dion L.
1940. Geology of the Newberry and Ord mountains, San Bernardino County,
California. Calif. Jour. Mines and Geol., 36 (1) : 257-292, 1 pi., 9 text figs.
Hall, E. R.
1940. Supernumerary and missing teeth in wild mammals of the orders Insectivora
and Carnivora, with some notes on disease. Jour. Dental Res., 19 (2): 103-
119, 12 pis.
Hibbard, C. W.
1958. Summary of North American Pleistocene mammalian local faunas. Papers,
Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts, and Letters, 43 (1957 meeting) : 3-32, 1 table.
Howard, Hildegarde
1947. A preliminary survey of trends in avian evolution from Pleistocene to Recent
time. Condor, 49: 1-13.
1955a. Fossil birds, with special reference to the birds of Rancho La Brea (revised).
L. A. Co. Mus. Sci. Ser. No. 17, Pal. no. 10, 1-40, 21 figs.
1955b. Fossil birds from Manix Lake, California. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper
264 J: 199-205, 1 fig., 1 pi.
Me G re vc, Paul O.
1944. An early Pleistocene (Blancan) fauna from Nebraska. Geol. Ser. Field Mus,
Nat. Hist., 9 (2) : 33-66, 9 figs.
Quinn, J. H.
1957. Pleistocene Equidae of Texas. Bur. of Econ. Geol. Univ. Texas Report of
Invest. No. 33: 1-51, 1 fig., 7 pis.
Roosma, Aino
1958. A climatic record from Searles Lake, California. Science 128: 716, 1 fie.
Savage, D. E.
1951. Late Cenozoic vertebrates of the San Francisco Bay region. Univ. Calif Pub
Geol., 28: 215-314, 51 figs.
Smith, G. A.
1955. Preliminary report of the Schuiling Cave, Newberry, California. Quart. San
Bernardino Co. Mus. Assoc., 3 (2) : 2-19, 11 figs.
Stock, Chester
1953. El caballo pleistocenico ( Equus conversidens leoni subsp. nov.) de la cueva
de San Josecito, Aramberri Nuevo Leon. Mem. Congr. Cient. Mex 1953
3: 170-171.
LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS
IN SCIENCE
The Machris Brazilian Expedition
No. 1. General Account, by Jean Delacour.
No. 2. Botany: General, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 3. Botany: A New Dodder from Goias, by T. G. Yuncker.
No. 4. Botany: The Lichens, by Carroll W. Dodge.
No. 5. Botany: Cyanophyta, by Francis Drouet.
No. 6. Botany: A New Mint from Goias, by Carl Epling.
No. 7. Botany: Phanerogamae, various smaller families, edited by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 10. Botany: A New Columnar Cactus from Goias, by E. Yale Dawson
No. 11. Botany: Chlorophyta; Euglenophyta, by G. W. Prescott.
No. 12. Entomology: General; Systematics of the Notonectidae (Hemiptera), by Fred
S. Truxal.
No. 13. Botany: Phanerogamae, Leguminosae, by Richard S. Cowan.
No. 14. Entomology: Gelastrocoridae (Hemiptera), by E. L. Todd.
No. 17. Botany: Phanerogamae, Bromeliaceae and other smaller families, by Lyman B.
Smith.
No. 18. Botany: Musci, by Howard Crum.
No. 21. Botany: Phanerogamae, Euphorbiaceae, Lentibulariaceae, Rubiaceae, by Julian
A. Steyermark.
No. 22. Botany: Gramineae, by Jason R. Swallen.
No. 23. Botany: Phanerogamae, Alstroemeriaceae and other families, by Lyman B. Smith
and collaborators.
No. 24. Botany: Fungi, by G. W. Martin and collaborators.
No. 26. Botany: Hepaticae, by Margaret Fulford.
No. 28. Botany: Phanerogamae, Melastomataceae and Polygalaceae, by J. J. Wurdack.
Other Subjects
No. 8. Notes on Eastern Pacific Insular Marine Algae, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 9- A New Species of Passerine Bird from the Miocene of California, by Hildegarde
Howard.
No. 15. Marine Algae of the Pacific Costa Rican Gulfs, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 16. A Classification of the Oscines ( Aves) , by Jean Delacour and Charles Vaurie.
No. 19. A new Race of the Pocket Gopher Geomys bursarius from Missouri, by Charles
A. McLaughlin.
No. 20. Further Bird Remains from the San Diego Pliocene, by Loye Miller and Robert
I. Bowman.
No. 25. Miocene Sulids of Southern California, by Hildegarde Howard
No. 27. Marine Algae from the 1958 Cruise of the Stella Polaris in the Gulf of Cali-
fornia, by E. Yale Dawson.
IMBER 30
July 1, 1959
Sol. 73 .
, a, 'cL ^^7?
THE MAGHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY: Phanerogamae
Amaranthaceae and other families
By Lyman B. Smith and Collaborators
Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellaneous technical
papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and Anthropology, published at
irregular intervals by the Los Angeles County Museum. Issues are
numbered separately and numbers run consecutively regardless of subject
matter. Number 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available
to scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Copies may
also be purchased at a nominal price.
The MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION from the Los Angeles
County Museum was sponsored by Mr. and Mrs. Maurice A. Machris
and Mrs. Maybell Machris Low. It was conducted under the auspices
of the Museu Nacional do Brasil. Botanical and zoological collections were
made from April through June, 1956, in the region of the headwaters of
the Rio Tocantins in the state of Goias. General accounts and intineraries
are given in papers 1 and 2 of this series. Technical type specimens of
new entities are deposited in the Museu Nacional in Rio de Janeiro.
Hildegarde Howard
Editor
E. Yale Dawson
Associate Editor
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY : Phanerogamae, Amaranthaceae and other families
By Lyman B. Smith1 and collaborators
The plant collections reported upon below were obtained by E. Yale
Dawson, Expedition Botanist, and are cited by his field collection num-
bers. Detailed locality data for these may be found in his general account
of the botany of the Expedition2. Briefly, however, specimens bearing
numbers from 14133 to 14815 came from the Chapada dos Veadeiros,
between Sao Joao da Alianga and Veadeiros, April 13 - May 3, 1956.
Those bearing numbers from 14816 to 15236 came from the region between
Amaro Leite and Peixe, especially in the southern Serra Dourada, May 15-
June 10, 1956.
The present report contains several supplements to previously noted
families because a number of specimens were overlooked or misfiled in the
original sorting into groups for specialists.
The. families are arranged alphabetically. The treatments are by L. B.
Smith unless otherwise indicated.
The first set of specimens, including isotypes of the four new species,
is deposited in the Los Angeles County Museum.
AMARANTHACEAE
Alternanthera brasiliana (L.) 0. Kuntze 14936 Southern
Mexico and the West Indies to Brazil.
Alternanthera ficoidea (L.) R. Br. 14533 Tropical
America.
Amaranthus spinosus L. 14970 Worldwide in tropical and
temperate regions.
Pfaffia aff. sericea (Spreng.) Mart. 14663 Specimen
incomplete.
References: M. Seubert in Mart. FI. Bras. 5(1) : 161-252. 1875.
P. C. Standley in North American Flora 21, pt. 2: 95-169. 1917.
APOCYNACEAE (supplement)
Aspidosperma macrocarpon Mart. 15233 Venezuela, Bra-
zil, Paraguay, Bolivia.
Reference: Robert E. Woodson, Jr., Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 38: 119-
206. 1951.
ARACEAE
Anthurium aff. kunthii Poepp. & Endl. 15069
Caladium bicolor (Ait.) Vent.? 14755 Sterile material.
The corm used as a tonic and to purify the blood; called “inhame roxo.”
'Curator, Division of Phanerogams, U. S. National Museum, Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D. C.
"Dawson, E. Yale. 1957. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General. Los Angeles
Co. Mus. Contr. Sci. (2) : 1-20.
SMITHSONIAN .hi q
INSTITUTION JUL y
1958
4
Contributions in Science
No. 30
Monstera pertusa (L.) de Vriese 15010 Tropical America.
Philodendron bipinnatijidum Schott? 14412 Leaf only.
Philodendron aff. eximium Schott 14637; 14917; 14992
Philodendron aff. laciniatum (Veil.) Engl.? 14509 Leaf
only.
Spathiphyllum cannijolium (Dryand.) Schott 15135
Tropical South America.
References: A. Engler in Mart. FI. Bras. 3(2): 25-224. 1878.
Pflanzenreich IV. Fam. 23, pt. A: 1-70. 1920; pt. B: 1-330. 1905; pt. B2:
1-160. 1908; pt. C: 1-130. 1911; pt. Da: 1-134. 1912; pt. Db: 1-143.
1913; pt. Dc: 1-78. 1915; pt. E: 1-139. 1920; pt. F: 1-274. 1920. The
Brazilian species of the family are under revision by Dra. G. M. Barroso
of the Jardim Botanico, Rio de Janerio.
BURSERACEAE
det. by J. Cuatrecasas, Division of Phanerogams,
U. S. National Museum, Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D. C.
Protium dawsonii Cuatr. sp. nov. Figs. 1, 2
Arbor ramis terminalibus leviter striatis brunnescentibus vel cine-
rascentibus densiuscule pubescenti-hirtulis pilis tenuibus patulis ad 0.5 mm.
longis.
Folia alterna imparipinata 8-17 cm. longa, 1-3-juga, petiolo rigido
robusto supra fere piano subtus semitereti striolatoque utroque latere
angulato 3-4 cm. longo utrinque dense pubescenti-hirtuli, pilis patulis;
internodiis rhachis 1.5-2. 5 cm. longis pubescenti-hirtulis, supra bicanalicu-
latis subtus semiteretibus. Petioluli laterales breves robusti patulo-pilosi
supra bisulcati, 1-2 (-3) mm. longi, terminalis 7-12 mm. longus. Foliola
firmule coriacea ovata vel lanceolato-ovata basi (praeter terminalium)
plus minusve asymmetrica subcordata vel late rotundata, apice breviter
attenuata et obtusiuscule acuminata, margine levissime sinuato-dentata vel
integra, 3. 5-8. 5 cm. longa, 1.8-5. 2 cm. lata, acumine ad 5 mm. longo 3 mm.
lato; supra visu glabra sed pilis sparsis teneris acutis patulis ad 0.5 mm.
longis munita costa angusta prominula lutecenti nervis lateralibus promi-
nulis discoloribus bene conspicuis reliqua superficie laevi pallide viridi;
subtus tactu mollia pilis patulis teneris plus minusve copiosis munita, pal-
lide viridia costa crassiuscula pallida magis pilosa nervis secundariis circa
10 utroque latere prominentibus pallidis valde conspicuis subpatulis mar-
ginem versus furcato-evanescentibus nervulis minoribus parum conspicuis
superficie laevis.
Inflorescentiae axillares breves paniculatae 1-2 cm. longae axi brevis-
simo vel nullo ramulis angulosis robustiusculis pubescenti-hirtulis. Brac-
teae ovato-triangulares crassae acutiusculae amplectentes 1.5-1 mm. longae
minute pubescentes. Pedicelli 1-2.5 mm. longi crassiusculi angulati patulo-
1959
Smith: Brazil, Botany
5
pubescenti. Flores visa hermaphroditi tetrameri. Calyx cupularis circa 1
mm. altus, breviter 4-dentatus den li bus acutis, extus sparse patulopilosus.
Petala 4, crassiuscula oblonga sursum paulo angustata subacuta apice
crassiuscule breviterque acuminato-inflexa, 2. 2-2.4 mm. longa, 1.2-1. 3
FLOB.A OF GOiAS, BRAZll
Ao^leJt Ci^isvi Mw&xwf
mem,® bumjuan mjh ion;
-a?
ApriS&O Mm
Fig. 1. Protium dawsonii sp. nov. An isotype specimen.
6
Contributions in Science
No. 30
mm. lata extus pilis crassiusculis irregularibus copiosis intus papillosa ad
marginem tomentella. Stamina 8, filamentis complanatis crassiusculis
glabris quatuor oppositisepalis brevioribus circa 0.8 mm. longis quatuor
oppositipetalis; antheris linearibus lanceolatis 0.5 mm. longis verisimiliter
sterilibus. Ovarium glabrum ovoideum circa 0.7 mm. altum apice attenua-
tum in stylum crassiusculum erectum circa 1.5 mm. longum. Stigmata
crasse capitata 4-lobata. Discus crassus annularis leviter octogonus. Ovari-
um 4-loculare loculis biovulatis. Fructus pedicelatus calyculatusque, pedi-
cello 2-3 mm. longo angulato patulo-pubescenti. Drupa valde asymmetrica
ovata apice plus minusve angustata acuta cum stylo persistenti apiculata
basi subite in pseudopedicellum attenuata unipyrena siccitate 11-14 mm.
longa pseudopedicello (1.5-2 mm.) excluso; exocarpio carnoso 1 mm.
crasso; endocarpio oblongo-ellipsoideo leviter compresso cartilagineo utrin-
que obtuso.
Type: Museu Nacional do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, collected in cerrado
area 20y2 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianga, region of the Chapada dos
Veadeiros at W. Long 47°30'; S. Lat. 14°30', Goias, Brazil, April 20, 1956,
by E. Yale Dawson (No. 14465). Isotypes in the United States National
Museum and the Los Angeles County Museum.
Another collection from the same region is Dawson 14263 (US),
hilly cerrado, 23 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianga, April 16, 1956.
Fig. 2. Protium dawsonii sp. nov. a. Flower, X 10; b. petal and stamen, X 10; c.
pistil, X 10.
Protium dawsonii is closely related to P. almecega March, from
Lagoa Santa in Minas Gerais and to P. llanorum Cuatr. from Los Llanos
of Venezuela and Colombia. The Dawson plant differs from the above
mentioned species by its short and strong petiolules, by the spreading indu-
ment of the petioles, rhachises, and branchlets, by the broadly ovate
basally subcordate or rotundate leaflets, by the tetramerous flowers, by
the outwardly puberulous petals, and by the long style.
CYPERACEAE
Bulbostylis junciformis (H.B.K.) Lindm. 14622 Cuba,
British Honduras, Panama, northern South America.
1959
Smith: Brazil, Botany
7
Bulbostylis paradoxa (Spreng.) C. B. Clarke 14496
Cuba, Panama, northern South America.
Bulbostylis scabra (Presl) C. B. Clarke 14887; 14277 (patho-
logical) ; 14670 (lax variety). Southern Brazil, Paraguay, northern
Argentina.
Bulbostylis sphaerocephala (Boeckl.) C. B. Clarke 14134
Southern Brazil, Bolivia, Paraguay, northern Argentina.
Bulbostylis sp. 14146; 14555 Spikelets fascicled in an
ample diffuse panicle.
Bulbostylis sp. 14403
lets in subglobose heads.
? Bulbostylis sp. 14636
lets large, solitary.
Cyperus amabilis Vahl 14635
Cyperus jlavus (Vahl) Nees 14233
ate America.
Cyperus haspan L. 14242; 14913
Cyperus simplex H.B.K. 14935
Eleocharis capillacea Kunth 14745
Gerais to Paraguay.
Eleocharis nana Kunth 14248 ; 14260a
British Guiana, Brazil.
Eleocharis sulcata (Roth) Nees 14911
tina.
Inflorescences subcorymbose ; spike-
inflorescence subumbellate ; spike-
Pantropical.
Tropical and temper-
Pantropical.
Tropical America.
Sao Paulo and Minas
Florida, Cuba,
Mexico to Argen-
Eleocharis sp. 14260
Fimbristylis dichotoma (L.) Vahl. ( F . annua R. & S.) 14257
Cosmopolitan.
Fuirena umbellata Rottb. 14876 Pantropical.
Lagenocarpus kunthii (Miq.) Uitt. [L. strictus (Kunth) Pfeiffer]
14603; 14710 Colombia, Guiana and Bahia to Rio Grande do
Sul. New to Goias.
Lagenocarpus rigidus (Kunth) Nees 14689 Minas Gerais.
New to Goias.
Lagenocarpus tenuifolius (Boeckl.) 0. Kuntze. 14773 Minas
Gerais, Goias.
Lipocarpha sellowiana Kunth 14237 Brazil, Bolivia, Para-
guay, Uruguay, Argentina.
Rhynchospora brevirostris Griseb. 14480; 14886 Cuba
to Sao Paulo and Mato Grosso. New to Goias.
Rhynchospora cephalotes Vahl 14961 Viviparous. West
Indies to Goias and Mato Grosso.
Rhynchospora aff. confinis (Nees) C. B. Clarke 14633
Inflorescence lax.
Rhynchospora consanguinea (Kunth) Boeckl. var. speciosa (Kunth)
Boeckl. 14241 Para, Minas Gerais, Goias.
8
Contributions in Science
No. 30
14453
14877
Brazil, with varieties
Pantropical.
14236; 14875
14289
14634
Para to Sao
Bahia,
Rhynchospora emaciata (Nees) Boeckl. (R. tenuis var. emaciata
Lindm.) 14874; 14882 Amazonas and Bahia to Rio Grande
do Sul, Argentina, and Bolivia.
Rhynchospora exaltata Kunth
in Guiana and Paraguay.
Rhynchospora glauca Vahl
Rhynchospora globosa (H.B.K.) R. & S.
West Indies to Uruguay and Argentina.
Rhynchospora hirta (Nees) Boeckl.
Paulo, Goias, and Bolivia.
Rhynchospora pilosa (Kunth) Boeckl.
Minas Gerais, Parana. New to Goias.
Rhynchospora sp. 14878 Pathological, no fruit.
Scleria hirtella Sw. 14235 Southeastern United States
to Bolivia, Paraguay, and Uruguay; southern Africa.
Scleria melaleuca Reichb. ex Schlecht. & Cham. 15124
Southern Mexico and the West Indies to Brazil and Bolivia.
Scleria minima C. B. Clarke ex char. 14783 Goias;
Amazonas.
Scleria secans (L.) Urban 14960 Mexico and the West
Indies to Bolivia and Paraguay.
Scleria verticillata Muhl. 14630 Eastern Canada to Guiana
and Para. New to Goias.
Scleria sp. 14910
References: M. Barros, Gen. & Sp. PI. Argentinarum 4(1) : 3-243.
1947; (2) : 259-530. 1947. H. K. Svenson, North American Flora 18(9) :
505-556. 1957. H. Uitten, FI. Surinam 1: 72-149. 1934. Cyperus : G.
Kiikenthal, Pflanzenreich IV. Fam. 20 (Heft 101) : 1-671. 1935-36. Lageno-
carpus : H. Pfeiffer, Fedde Rep. Spec. Nov. 18: 72-93. 1922. Rhyncho-
spora: G. Kiikenthal, Engler Bot. Jahrb. 74: 375-509. 1949; 75: 90-126,
127-195, 273-314. 1950-51. Scleria: E. E. Core, Brittonia 2: 1-105. 1936.
DIOSCOREACEAE
Dioscorea sp. 14908 Staminate flowers only.
Reference: R. Knuth, Pflanzenreich IV. Fam. 43: 1-387. 1924.
DROSERACEAE
Drosera montana St.-Hil. var. montana 14883 Minas
Gerais; Bolivia.
Drosera montana St.-Hil. var. tomentosa (St.-Hil.) Diels 14650
Minas Gerais.
Both the above identifications are uncertain because the material
lacks mature seeds.
Reference: L. Diels, Pflanzenreich IV. Fam. 112: 1-136. 1906.
1959
Smith: Brazil, Botany
9
ICACINACEAE
det. by Richard A. Howard, Arnold Arboretum,
Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Emmotum nitens (Bentham) Miers 14586 Bahia, Minas
Gerais, Goias, Mato Grosso. The type of this species is Gardner 3309,
collected in Goias without specific locality. The present collection is the
first to give a definite locality within the state.
IRIDACEAE
det. by Robert C. Foster, Gray Herbarium,
Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Cypella sp. 14791 Almost certainly an undescribed species.
Sisyrinchium vaginatum Spreng. 14183a Southern Brazil,
Uruguay, Paraguay, Argentina.
Trimezia sp. 14777 Belongs in the Lansbergia group,
members of which are virtually impossible to name at the present time.
LAURACEAE
0 cotea sp. 14447
References: C. Mez, Jahrb. Bot. Gart. Berlin 5: 1-556. 1889. Ida de
Vattimo, Jardim Botanico, Rio de Janeiro.
LENTIBULARIACEAE (supplement)
Utricularia neottioides St.-Hil. 14675 On rocks in run-
ning water below falls 14 km. south of Veadeiros in sandstone area.
Reference: N. Sylven, Arkiv Bot. 8(6) : 1-48. 1908.
LORANTHACEAE
Phoradendron emarginatum Eichl. 14476 Amazonas to
Bahia; Bolivia.
Phoradendron undulatum (Pohl) Eichl. 14373 Minas
Gerais, Rio de Janeiro; Bolivia.
Psittacanthus biternatus (Hoffmsegg.) Blume 14607
Para, Bahia; southern Venezuela.
Psittacanthus robustus Mart. 14261; 14454 Central and
southern Brazil.
Struthanthus aff. dichotrianthus Eichl. 14565 In fruit,
diagnostic parts lacking.
Struthanthus flexicaulis Mart. 14262 Minas Gerais, Sao
Paulo.
References: A. G. Eichler in Mart. FI. Bras. 5(2) : 1-136. 1868.
W. Trelease, The Genus Phoradendron 1-224. 1916. C. T. Rizzini, Jardim
Botanico, Rio de Janeiro.
OCHNACEAE
Ouratea castaneifolia (DC.) Engler 14719 Amazonas and
Mato Grosso to Piaui and Rio de Janeiro.
10
Contributions in Science
No. 30
Ouratea floribunda (St.-Hil.) Engler 14436; 14830
Minas Gerais, Sao Paulo. The second number has the inflorescence heavily
infected with a witches broom that is frequent in this genus.
Sauvagesia erecta L. 14903 Weed of tropical America and
Africa.
References: A. Engler in Mart. FI. Bras. 12(1) : 297-366. 1876.
E. Gilg, Pflanzenfam. ed. 2, 21: 53-87. 1925.
RHAMNACEAE
Gouania virgata Reiss. 14484 Minas Gerais; Guiana,
Nicaragua.
Reference: S. Reissek in Mart. FI. Bras. 11(1) : 81-120. 1861.
ROSACEAE
det. by Bassett Maguire, New York Botanical Garden,
New York, N. Y.
Hirtella burchellii Britton 15130 Hitherto H. burchellii
has been known only by the type Rusby 1222 from Beni River, Bolivia
(type and isotype NY), and according to Britton, by Burchell nos. 6331,
6416, and 6571. Urban (FI. Brasiliensis 1, pt. 1: 10) indicates that all
three came from the vicinity of the city of Goias.
Hirtella racemosa Lam. sens. lat. (//. americana Aubl., not L.)
14270 This collection apparently must be referred to H. racemosa
var. gracilipes Hook, f., which is rather widespread in the central Brazilian
plateau region. This variant is quite similar to H. brachystachya Spruce ex
Hook. f. of the middle Amazon and Rio Negro region.
Licania sp. 14812 This collection may represent an un-
described species, but because of the plethora of species of uncertain
application in this complex genus, I hesitate at this time without adequate
further exploration of its taxonomy, to propose a new name in Licania.
SAPINDACEAE
Cupania vernalis Camb. 14363 Southern Brazil, Bolivia,
Paraguay, Uruguay, northern Argentina.
Serjania erecta Radik. 14232; 14467 Minas Gerais,
Goias, Mato Grosso, Sao Paulo; Paraguay, Argentina.
Serjania aff. glabrata H.B.K. 14431 (fruits lacking) .
Serjania mansiana Mart. 14396 Parana, Sao Paulo,
Minas Gerais to Bolivia.
Serjania or Paullinia? 14923 (fruits lacking).
Urvillea ulmacea H.B.K. 14386 Texas, Mexico, and the
West Indies to Bolivia, Paraguay, and Argentina.
References: L. Radlkofer, FI. Brasiliensis 13(3) : 225-658. 1892-
1900. Pflanzenreich IV. Fam. 165: 1-1539. 1931-34.
1959
Smith: Brazil, Botany
11
THEACEAE (supplement)
Kielmeyera pulcherrima L. B. Smith, sp. nov. Fig. 3
A K. rubriflora Camb. et K. speciosa St.-Hil., cuibus affinis, foliis
verticillatis, floribus ad apices ramorum solitariis sessilibusque differt.
Branching shrub; branches opposite, suberose-corticate, densely
whitish-pubescent at the apices, soon glabrous below; leaves sessile, elliptic
to obovate, broadly rounded at base and apex, frequently retuse, to 55
i flORA Of OOl AS, BRAZIL
Uy, Aagcks Mim&ub . :
MACHJUS BRA/IUAN : IXS-EDiTION i > 'Mft,
Fig. 3. Kielmeyera pulcherrima sp. nov. An isotype specimen.
12
Contributions in Science
No. 30
mm. long and 35 mm. wide, flat, coriaceous, closely and strongly reticulate
on both sides, white-tomentose on the midnerves beneath; flowers solitary
and sessile at the ends of the branches, bracteate; bracts few, ovate, 5-6
mm. long, carinate, cuspidate, fulvous-velutinous ; sepals very broadly
ovate, distinctly unequal, 7-10 mm. long, fulvous-velutinous; petals obovate,
strongly asymmetric, to 55 mm. long, rose, wholly glabrous; filaments
slender; anthers oblong, eglandular; ovary ovoid, densely white-lanate.
Type: Museu Nacional do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, collected on sand-
stone outcrop 7 km. south of Veadeiros, region of the Chapada dos
Veadeiros at W. Long. 47° 30'; S. Lat. 14° 30', Goias, Brazil, by E. Yale
Dawson (No. 14588a). Isotypes in the United States National Museum and
the Los Angeles County Museum.
This species appears to be unique in Kielmeyera on account of its
verticillate leaves and solitary flowers, but the floral structure is quite
typical. Its large rose petals must make it one of the most striking and
beautiful shrubs of the region.
Kielmeyera variabilis Mart. 14486 Minas Gerais to
Parana and Goias.
References: H. Wawra in Mart. FI. Bras. 12(1): 261-334. 1886.
Engler, Pflanzenfam. ed. 2, 21: 169, 172, 173. 1925 (under Guttiferae).
THEOPHRASTACEAE
Clavija integrifolia Mart. & Miq. 15032 Minas Gerais,
Mato Grosso. The present determination is only tentative as it is not
possible to solve certain taxonomic problems without much more material.
Miquel in the Flora Brasiliensis (PI. 26) shows a paracorolla as an appen-
dage to the filament-tube in the staminate flower, while Mez in his mono-
graph makes no mention of such a structure, and his illustrations of other
species show appendages on the corolla but not on the filament-tube. The
structure that Mez shows has been verified and there is a possibility that
Miquel’s illustration is an error due to faulty interpretation of dried
material.
References: F. A. G. Miquel in Mart. FI. Bras. 10: 269-324. 1856
(under Myrsineae). C. Mez, Pflanzenreich IV. 236a: 1-48. 1903.
TURNERACEAE
Piriqueta duarteana (Camb.) Urb. 14983 Central and
northeastern Brazil.
Turnera incana Camb. 14980 Goias.
References: I. Urban in Mart. FI. Bras. 13(3) : 85-170. 1883.
VELLOZIACEAE
Barbacenia flavida Goeth. & Henr. ex char. 14717 Minas
Gerais.
V ellozia alexandrinae (Schomb.) Goeth. & Henr. vel aff. 14580;
14785 British Guiana, Venezuela.
V ellozia glauca Pohl 14434 Goias, a variety in Mato
Grosso.
1959
Smith: Brazil, Botany
13
Vellozia phalocarpa Pohl 14724 Endemic in Goias.
? Vellozia sp. 14674 Past flowering. Genus uncertain,
but plant shows similarities to V. rhynchoearpa Goeth. & Henr.
? Vellozia sp. 14680 Past flowering. A distinct species
apparently related to number 14674.
? Vellozia sp. 14723 Past flowering.
References: M. Seubert in Mart. FI. Bras. 3(1) : 65-84. 1847. J. T.
Henrard, Blumea 2: 339-383. 1937.
XYRIDACEAE
det. by Lyman B. Smith,
and by Robert J. Downs, Plant Industry Station,
U. S. Department of Agriculture, Beltsville, Maryland.
Xyms dawsonii Smith & Downs, sp. nov. Figs. 4, 5
A X. asperula Mart., cui affinis, bracteis castaneis lucidisque, spicis
paucifloris differt.
Bulbous; roots slender, almost filiform; leaves 20-27 cm. long, flat;
sheaths merging with the blades, to 8 cm. long, linear then abruptly dilated
at the extreme base and prominently nerved, glabrous above the suborbicu-
lar minutely ciliolate base, the ligule wanting; blades linear, 1 mm. wide,
obliquely acute, obscurely nerved, finely tuberculate throughout; scape
very slender, twisted, to 45 cm. high, terete, ecostate, densely and finely
tuberculate; scape-sheath 8-9 cm. long, bladeless, closely enfolding the
scape, acute; spike ellipsoid, 10 mm. long, 4-5 mm. in diameter, few-
flowered; bracts elliptic, obtuse, entire or with a minute hyaline margin at
apex, lustrous, castaneous, concolorous, coriaceous, the lower reduced, the
median 8 mm. long; posterior sepals free, subequilateral, lanceolate, acute,
7 mm. long, the narrow keel entire and glabrous; petal-blades elliptic,
6 mm. long; anthers linear-sagittate, 2.5 mm. long; staminodes densely
penicillate; placentae basal.
Type: Museu Nacional do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, collected on wet,
sandy margins of sandstone outcrop 7 km. south of Veadeiros, region of
the Chapada dos Veadeiros at W. Long. 47° 30' ; S. Lat. 14° 30', Goias,
Brazil, April 24, 1956, by E. Yale Dawson (No. 14624). Isotypes in the
United States National Museum and the Los Angeles County Museum.
Xyris machrisiana Smith & Downs, sp. nov. Fig. 6, 7
A X. simulante Alb. Nilsson, cui affinis, foliis ciliatis, bracteis breviter
carinatis, sepalis posterioribus breviter connatis differt.
Bulbous; leaves 8-15 cm. long, flat, densely white-ciliate; sheaths
merging with the blades, 5 cm. long, linear then abruptly dilated and dark
castaneous at base, the ligule minute ; blades linear, 2 mm. wide, obliquely
acute, the sides smooth, glabrous, the marginal nerves thickened; scape
twisted, 44-55 cm. high, terete, obscurely costate, smooth, glabrous or
obscurely ciliate; scape-sheath 7-10 cm. long, closely enfolding the scape,
the blade very short; spike subglobose, 9-13 mm. long, rather many-
14
Contributions in Science
No. 30
flowered; bracts elliptic, obtuse, strongly carinate toward apex, reddish
brown with a narrow white lacerate margin at apex, sublustrous, the
basal somewhat reduced, the median 7 mm. long, the dorsal area very
obscure or wanting; anterior sepal enclosed by the posterior, enfolding the
#
» 0
j*
Fig. 4. Xyris dawsonii sp. nov. The holotype specimen.
1959
Smith: Brazil, Botany
15
young corolla; posterior sepals short-connate, lanceolate, acute, 8 mm.
long, the keel white-fimbriate toward apex; petal-blades suborbicular, 5
mm. long; anthers linear-sagittate, 2 mm. long; ovary 4 mm. long;
placentae basal.
Fig. 5 Xyris machrisiana sp. nov. An isotype specimen.
16
Contributions in Science
No. 30
Type: Museu Nacional do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, collected on wet,
sandy margins of sandstone outcrop 7 km. south of Veadeiros, region of
Chapada dos Veadeiros at W. Long. 47° 30' ; S. Lat. 14° 30', Goias, Brazil,
April 24, 1956, by E. Yale Dawson (No. 14610). Isotypes in the U. S.
National Museum and the Los Angeles County Museum.
Xyris aff. metallica Kl. ex Seubert 14238 Leaves lacking,
identification uncertain.
Xyris savanensis Miq. var. savanensis 14627 South Amer-
ica south to Paraguay and northern Argentina.
Xyris tenella Kunth var. tenella 14641 Sao Paulo and
Parana to Mato Grosso and Paraguay.
Reference: G. Malme, Arkiv Bot. 13(3): 1-103. 1913.
ZINGIBERACEAE
Costus aff. spiralis (Jacq.) Roscoe
Pflanzenreich.
14941
Species not in
Renealmia goyazensis K. Schum.
Goias without further locality.
15223
Described from
Reference: K. Schumann, Pflanzenreich IV. Fam. 46: 1-458. 1904.
Fig. 6. Xyris dawsonii sp. nov. a. Base of leaf, X 2; b. apex of sheath, X 4; c. spike,
X 2; d. posterior sepals, X 5; e. stamen, X 10.
Fig. 7. Xyris machrisiana sp. nov. a. Base of leaf, X 2; b. apex of sheath with ligule,
X 4; c. spike, X 2; d. posterior sepals, X 5; e. stamen, X 10.
LATE PLEISTOCENE INVERTEBRATES
>F THE
NEWPORT BAJ AREA, CALIFORNIA
By George P. K avakoff and William K. Emerson
/^HS0/v*v
NOV 10 1959
lbraR"4
Los Angeles County Museum
, i ■
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
km
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE If. ^ 7 ^
papers in the fields of Biology, Geology hpd .Anthropology, pub]
irregular intervals by the Los Angeles County Museum,
numbered separately and numbers run co^ecubiyely-^gardless of
matter. Number 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is
to scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Gppi
also be purchased at a nominal price.
HlLDKGAHDtl HOW
Editor ' - ? .A .
1959
Kanakoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
d
Recent
LATE PLEISTOCENE INVERTEBRATES OF THE
NEWPORT BAY AREA, CALIFORNIA
By George P. Kanakoff* 2 and William K. Emerson2
INTRODUCTION
This paper records late Pleistocene metazoan invertebrates from
three localities near Newport Bay, Orange County, California. The fauna
is discussed in terms of the known Quaternary history of the southern
California district, and paleoecological interpretations are undertaken
based on a collected assemblage of 496 species, mostly mollusks, from
the lowest exposed terrace of the San Joaquin Hills and the Newport
Mesa. Vertebrates previously recorded from this area (see p. 8) number
at least 40 species. The fauna is the largest assemblage of megafossils
thus far reported from western America. The terrace fauna is considered
to be essentially an equivalent of the fauna of the Palos Verdes sand,
and the date of platform cutting and age of the associated marine deposits
are inferred to be post-early Pleistocene, probably ad-Wisconsin stage.
This study was initiated in the spring of 1940 when Mr. and Mrs.
F. L. Grouard of Santa Ana, California, brought to the attention of the
senior author a small number of Pleistocene mollusks from the premises
of the Irvine Estate, north of Newport Bay. A new record for the Pleisto-
cene of California and a new species were contained in this collection. This
prompted the (senior author to visit the region the following year and
make additional collections from several localities on the Newport Mesa
and from the cliff across Newport Bay fringing the north side of the San
Joaquin Hills. As these collections contained new records for the late
Pleistocene faunas of the Los Angeles basin, including several new species,
subsequent visits to the Newport area were made and several hundred
pounds of screenings were obtained, sorted and identified. World War II
interrupted the senior author’s studies, but the late George Willett com-
pleted the sorting and identification of the collections from two of the
collecting localities. From this material, Willett (1944) described two new
pelecypods,3 and four new gastropods4 were later described in a post-
humously published paper (Willett, 1948).
\Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles 7, California.
2American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, New York.
3Cardita hilli and Chione picta.
4T urbonilla ( T .) grouardi, Odostomia ( Menestho ) effiae, O. ( Chrysallida ) elsiae, and
Trip bora kanakoffi.
Fig. 1. Map of the Newport Bay area showing fossil collecting localities of Bruff
( 1946), those preceded by A, and the present report (base and geology after Poland and
Piper, 1956, pi. 3). According to Vedder et al. (1957) the Tertiary rocks designated as
"Tu" should include the middle Miocene "Monterey shale" or Puente formation.
SMITHSON! Av
INSTH-’
OCT 2 9 1959*
6
Contributions in Science
No. 31
Upon his return to the Museum in 1945, the senior author was
encouraged by the late Dr. Chester Stock to make a series of weekly
collecting trips to the area which resulted in the procuring of a large
collection from more than 15 exposures in the terrace deposits. One
particular site (Los Angeles County Museum Invertebrate Paleontology
locality 66-2), 5 exposed in a gully cut into the terrace surface on the
northwest side of the San Joaquin Hills, was found to be especially rich.
Here a 21-foot thick pocket of sediments, overlying the conglomerate
resting on the terrace platform, was entirely removed and the sediment
screened (Fig. 4). This site yielded an abundance of vertebrate remains,
including fish, bird and mammal bones, numerous invertebrates, and even
plant remains. Several papers resulting from the study of the vertebrate
elements of these collections have been published, see page 8. Additional
studies of the large collection of mammal material are being continued by
Dr. Theodore Downs, Curator of Vertebrate Paleontology of the Los
Angeles County Museum. The only reptilian remains found were plastron
fragments of a large turtle.
Owing to the vast number of invertebrates collected, only the material
taken from two sites, one from each side of Newport Bay, are included
in the present study. These include the one previously mentioned from the
southeastern side of the bay, locality 66-2, and one from the northwestern
part of the bay, localities 68-A and 68-B. In order to give an indication
of the abundance of the molluscan elements of the fauna, the number of
every constituent collected at each locality was carefully noted by the
senior author and is recorded for each species in the faunal list below.
The senior author has briefly discussed the fauna (Kanakoff, 1948;
1950) and has described a new species of gastropod, {Diodor a constantiae ,
Kanakoff, 1953).
Owing to the senior author’s preoccupation with other duties, the
junior author was invited to collaborate in the preparation of this paper.
In 1958, he accompanied the senior author on a reconnaissance of the
area and later visited the region in the company of Dr. Warren 0.
Addicott of the General Petroleum Company of Los Angeles. The junior
author is largely responsible for preparing this paper for publication.
The project could have not been completed without the assistance
of a number of people. We are greatly indebted to the following for
various kinds of aid: Mr. and Mrs. F. L. Grouard, Mr. W. B. Willis, Mr.
Edgerton B. Sprague, Miss Arminta Neal, Mr. and Mrs. David Packard,
Mrs. Eleanor McLauchlan, Mr. and Mrs. Robert Zava and Mr. and Mrs.
Harry R. Turver. In addition to the late George Willett, Drs. Leo George
Hertlein, S. Stillman Berry, Mr. Allyn G. Smith, and the late A. M.
Strong collaborated with the senior author in the identification of certain
of the molluscan constituents of the fauna. Mr. Robert G. Thomas deter-
mined the elevations of the fossil localities by leveling. The Director of
5L.A.C.M.I.P. localities are hereafter referred to as localities 66-2, 68-A, and 68-B.
1959
Kanaicoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
7
the Allan Hancock Foundation of the University of Southern California
permitted us to use two line cuts (figures 2 and 3 of this report) from the
Foundation’s “Occasional Papers” series, Number 20 (Stevenson and
Emery, 1958).
Dr. Warren 0. Addicott, Dr. Hildegarde Howard, and Mr. John G.
Vedder kindly read the manuscript and offered helpful suggestions. Any
errors of commission or omission, however, remain the responsibility of
the authors.
PREVIOUS PALEONTOLOGICAL STUDIES
Passing mention of the presence of late Pleistocene megascopic
invertebrates in the Newport Bay area has been made by a number of
writers, but faunal lists have appeared in only two previously published
papers. Arnold (1903, p. 56) listed a total of 21 species of mollusks from
the Newport Mesa (Costa Mesa) and considered the assemblage to be
equivalent to the “Upper San Pedro series.” These records, together with
Fig. 2. A chart showing the coastal region of southern California from Long Beach to
Corona Del Mar (after Stevenson and Emery, 1958, fig. 8) .
8
Contributions in Science
No. 31
additional species noted in various collections, were included in the
valuable compilation of Grant and Gale (1931).
Bruff (1940) completed a study of the Pleistocene history of the
Newport Bay area and shortly thereafter published an important contribu-
tion on the paleontology of this invertebrate fauna (Bruff, 1946). He
recorded a total of 169 taxa, chiefly species of marine mollusks, from 10
localities on the Newport Mesa and one locality on the lowest terrace on the
north side of the San Joaquin Hills. Bruff believed the deposits to be
equivalent to the “Palos Verdes sands” of the San Pedro area. He con-
cluded the Pleistocene hydroclimate to have been warmer by approximately
3.4° F. than that of the present littoral, near-shore waters of this
latitude. Two predominant types of habitats were recognized: protected
rocky shores and bay-estuaries with rocky, sandy and muddy bottoms.
A depth of more than 60 feet was postulated over the western part of
Newport Mesa area (Costa Mesa), becoming shallower with the deposition
of marine sediments on the terrace platform.
Poland et al. (1956, p. 54), in a study of the ground-water geology of
the region, cited Arnold's (1903) list of fossils from the area and reported
the conclusion of George Willett, based on his study of part of the present
collections, that this fauna was essentially the same age as the one
previously described by Willett (1937) from “upper Pleistocene beds
(Palos Verdes sand) near Playa del Rey.”
In addition to the invertebrates, numerous remains of marine and
terrestrial vertebrates have been reported from late Pleistocene deposits
of the Newport Bay area. Mr. John E. Fitch of the California State
Fisheries Faboratory recognized 16 species of marine fishes from locality
66-2 (Kanakoff, 1956). All are extant forms now living along the southern
California coast.
From several localities in the Newport Bay area, including the
present collections, Howard (1948a; 1948b; 1949; 1955; 1958) has
recorded 18 species of birds, all of which could have occurred in a marine
environment. Of these, two (possibly three) species are extinct forms,
and the others are known to occur in the coastal region of southern
California at the present time, or within geologically Recent time (two
are known only from kitchen middens).
Lance (1948) briefly compared the mammalian fauna of the Palos
Verdes sand of Newport Bay Mesa with the Rancho La Brea fauna and
concluded that the two faunas have some species in common, but the
former differs strikingly by: the presence of Tanupolama , the relatively
better representation of Tapirus and the apparent absence of mylodont
sloths.6 Savage et al. (1954) mentioned the presence of land and marine
birds and mammals in marine (Palos Verdes sand) and near-shore deposits
at Newport Bay, San Pedro, Santa Monica, and Playa del Rey. In addition
,!Dr. Theodore Downs reports {in Uteris ) the previously unrecorded occurrence of
Nothrotherium, Megalonyx and Bison from the Newport Bay deposits, locality 66-2.
1959
Kanakoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
9
to marine inhabitants, they record such land dwellers as ground sloths,
horses, tapirs, camels, bisons, mammoths, and several terrestrial birds, and
suggest that the presence of Bison indicates a Rancholabrean age for
these faunas.
REGIONAL PLEISTOCENE SEDIMENTS
Newport Bay is bordered by the San Joaquin Hills to the southeast
and Newport Mesa to the north and northwest (see Fig. 2). The fauna
enumerated in this paper occurs in deposits on the lowest emergent, wave-
cut terrace on the bay side of the San Joaquin Hills and from correlative
sediments capping Newport Mesa on the northern side of the Bay. In
order to discuss the Newport fauna in terms of the known Quaternary
history of the western border of the Los Angeles basin, it is necessary to
describe briefly the present topography and the post-Pliocene sediments
of this region.
The Los Angeles basin is bordered by the Santa Monica mountains
to the northwest and by a succession of hills and mountains to the north
and east. The coastal plain is interrupted by several gaps, which divide the
region into a series of low hills and mesas of irregular configuration,
and by a high headland, the Palos Verdes hills, situated about mid-way
along the coastal margin of the Basin. Tongues of the central plain extend
to the coast through six prominent lowlands cut largely by streams through
the mesas and between the hills of the Newport-Inglewood belt. Newport
Mesa, separated by the Santa Ana Gap and Newport Bay, is the most
southeasterly of these coastal mesas.
Off shore, five major submerged platforms have been recognized
on the mainland shelf, the off-shore island shelves, and the bank tops
of the continental borderland. These have been interpreted as erosional
marine terraces cut during times of lower stands of the Pleistocene sea,
possibly during Wisconsin time (Emery, 1958).
The low hills and coastal mesas along the Newport-Inglewood
structural zone are capped by largely unconsolidated sediments, inter-
fingering beds of sand, gravel, silt and clay of Pleistocene age, which
underlie Recent deposits and overlie late Pliocene or older rocks. The
Pleistocene beds attain a maximum thickness of about 1000 feet along
the coast and of approximately 3000 feet inland beneath the Downey Plain.
Three distinct units have been recognized: 1, Palos Verdes sand, late
Pleistocene, 2, unnamed late Pleistocene deposits, and 3, San Pedro
formation, early Pleistocene.
The basal San Pedro formation, the thickest unit of the three beds,
outcrops on Newport Mesa only on the southwest edge of the mesa and
near the head of Newport Bay. On the basis of subsurface data from core
samples, it appears to underlie the mesa northward from these two
exposures, and dips gently northward.
From logs of wells near Dominguez Hill and Wilmington, Poland
et al. (1956, p. 55) recognized certain strata that occur between definite
10
Contributions in Science
No. 31
or probable correlatives of the Palos Verdes sand and the San Pedro
formation and referred to them as “unnamed upper Pleistocene deposits.”
The contact, however, between this unnamed deposit and the overlying
Palos Verdes sand has not been discovered in outcrop, and this deposit is
not present at least on the southeastern part of Newport Mesa as the Palos
Verdes sand bevels rock of Miocene and Pliocene age. Poland et al. (1956)
consider the unnamed late Pleistocene beds to be, at least in part, correla-
tive with deposits on the twelve older terraces of the Palos Verdes hills.
This suggests a possible correlation of these beds with the deposits on
older terraces of the San Joaquin Hills and with some of the older terrace
deposits occurring elsewhere along the coast.
A thin layer of locally fossiliferous gray sand and gravel outcrops
beneath the surface at various places on the hills, mesas and plains along
the Newport-Inglewood belt. These sediments were originally described in
part by Arnold and Arnold (1902) and designated the “Upper San
Pedro Series” with the type locality at the “lumber yard” exposure at San
Pedro (Arnold, 1903). Woodring et al. (1946) formally defined the unit
and restricted the name “Palos Verdes sand” to the marine deposits on
the lowest terrace of Arnold’s “Upper San Pedro Series.” In addition to
the type area, similar terrace deposits in the Los Angeles basin, ranging
from Santa Monica in the north to Newport Bay in the south, were
presumed to be essential equivalents of the Palos Verdes sand. The apparent
correlation of these beds was largely based on the presence of a warm-
water fauna deposited on the lowest emergent terrace platform which
bevels formations ranging in age from early Pleistocene to Miocene. In the
type area the formation ranges in thickness from a few inches to about 15
feet. Exposures elsewhere in the basin, in regions which have undergone
strong structural deformation, attain a maximum thickness of nearly
90 feet.
A characteristically reddish-brown colored, non-fossiliferous sand
caps the highlands and plains of the Newport-Inglewood structural belt.
The terrace cover generally overlies the Palos Verdes sand or locally rests
directly on the terrace platform to form the present land surface. Although
the cover appears to be largely alluvial or slope wash, the thinner coastal
veneer locally is composed of weathered wind-blown beach sand and
coastal dune and bay-lagoon deposits.
NEWPORT BAY AREA
Topography
The Newport “valley” forms a deeply incised canyon between
Newport Mesa and the base of the San Joaquin Hills (fig. 3). As this
trench cuts through the mesa and separates it from the lowest terrace on
the San Joaquin Hills, it is the seventh and most southerly situated coastal
gap in the Newport-Inglewood structural belt. According to Poland et al.
(1956, p. 28) the canyon extends approximately 6 miles inland, is 0.2
to 0.8 miles wide, about 115 feet in greatest depth near the coast, but
1959
Kanakoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
11
shallows to 20 feet at its head. The inland arm of the present bay occupies
the southwestern part of the canyon.
Newport Mesa is approximately 100 feet in elevation near the present
sea cliff and dips about 20 feet in a mile to pass beneath the central
Downey Plain at an altitude of about 30 feet above sea level (Poland,
et ah, 1956). The mesa faces the Santa Ana River to the northwest, the
Fig. 3. Aerial photo-mosaic showing the Newport Bay area, from Costa Mesa to Corona
Del Mar (after Stevenson and Emery, 1958, fig. 1).
12
Contributions in Science
No. 31
inner Newport Bay on the southeast and the barrier beach of Newport
Beach on the southwest. The mesa terminates in river-cut bluffs approxi-
mately 100 feet in elevation facing the Santa Ana Gap and the present
channel of inner Newport Bay, but a sea-cut cliff borders the lagoon and
the oceanfront on the west side.
The San Joaquin Hills, viewed from the northwest, rise in a series
of five marine terraces with elevations of about 100, 200, 300, 600, and
900 feet above present sea level (Poland et al ., 1956). The two lower
terraces are the broadest and best preserved. The older terraces have been
largely destroyed by erosion. The lowest terrace, which contains fossili-
ferous deposits and is at about the same elevation as the Newport Mesa,
extends inland and is covered by the coastal margin of the central
Downey Plain.
Pleistocene Geology
Sand, gravel and conglomerate referable to the Palos Verdes sand
cover the peneplained-surface of the Newport Mesa and veneer the
platform of the lowest terrace on the bordering San Joaquin Hills. This
formation is in turn largely capped with brownish-red silty sand and
a thin surface layer of reddish colored soil.
The formation is thinnest along the end of the mesa facing the
western part of the Inner Bay Channel, where the sediments average 10
to 15 feet thick and rest with a marked angular unconformity on Miocene
rocks of the Monterey shale.7 The underlying rocks that crop out along
the upper bay channel are apparently of Pliocene age and have been
referred, in part, to the Capistrano and an unnamed formation. Miocene
and Pliocene rock are exposed near the base of the cliff inside the entrance
of the Inner Bay and along the southwestern face of the mesa, respectively.
Along most of the ocean front Tertiary strata are not exposed in the sea
cliff and the Pleistocene sediments attain a maximum exposed thickness
of 90 feet.
The essentially flat-lying Pleistocene beds parallel the irregular
surface bevelled off the folded Tertiary rocks which have a 4 to 5
degree northwest dip. As the overlying Pleistocene beds dip approximately
3 degrees northwesterly, the difference in dips at the contact explains
the thickening of the covering sediments toward the northwest (Bruff,
1946, p. 217). Also, the central part of the Los Angeles basin pre-
sumably filled rapidly with sediments causing depression in that region
with subsequent thickening of sediments basinward (Woodford et al.,
1954, p. 74).
Newport Mesa extends across the upper end of the Inner Bay,
interrupted locally by the drainage system, and continues as the cover
on the lowest terrace platform of the San Joaquin Hills. The surfaces
of the wave-cut terrace and of the Mesa are at approximately the same 100-
7The formational names of the Tertiary sediments follow the nomenclature of Vedder
et al. (1957).
1959
Kanaicoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
13
foot elevation. The thin veneer of Palos Verdes sediments covering the
terrace platform, however, is about 12 to 20 feet thick in places (localities
66-2, 66-10). The Pleistocene sediments rest on the terrace platform cut
into the Miocene and Pliocene rocks, the contact being at an elevation of
60 to 65 feet near the base of the old sea cliff of the terrace.
Although the fossiliferous sediments are mostly gray, fine to coarse
sands, the largely non-fossiliferous, buff-colored, silty sands are more
abundant. Some sandy lenses show cross-bedding. Fossils occur chiefly in
beds of poorly sorted, largely unconsolidated sands resting on basal
conglomerates or directly on the platform in the absence of the con-
glomerates. The lenticular conglomeratatic beds, composed of pebbles and
cobbles, are, however, not limited in distribution to the surface of the
terrace platform and the fossils are scattered irregularly throughout most
of the beds (Bruff, 1946).
Bruff (1946, p. 219) believed the 1 to 10 feet of brownish-red
sandy clay, capping the marine deposits on the Mesa platform and the
lowest terrace, to be part of the Palos Verdes formation. He states that
fossils occur occasionally throughout this “member” as the result of a
minor change in facies. The cover, however, has not been demonstrated
to be entirely of marine origin and the fossils may have been reworked
from previously deposited beds. The presence in this area of numerous
Recent invertebrates from kitchen midden sites further confuses the
problem. Inasmuch as Woodring et al. (1956, p. 56) restricted the Palos
Verdes sand to include only marine deposits, it is convenient, for the
present time, to consider the uppermost beds as non-marine cover. These,
at least in part, probably date from Wisconsin time to present.
Pleistocene History
The late Pleistocene history of this area was discussed in some detail
by Bruff (1946). As was characteristic of the views held at the time of his
investigation, Bruff ascribed the emergence of the Mesa to its present
height to tectonic uplift rather than to eustatic change in sea level, or to
a combination of these phenomena. The evolution of Newport Bay was
more recently interpreted by Stevenson and Emery (1958, p. 10).
Bruff postulated that the antecedent Santa Ana River carved the
Newport Bay “valley” before the Palos Verdes sand was deposited. He
believed that Palos Verdes sediments completely filled the “valley” and
were subsequently removed by erosive action of the river. His conclusions
were largely based on the local thickening of deposits along the face of the
present cliffs of the bay channel (Bruff, 1946, figs. 8, 10, 12) .
Stevenson and Emery (1958, p. 10, fig. 16) ascribed the cutting of
the bay channel to the erosive action of the Santa Ana River and other
streams during the “middle of the Pleistocene,” at a time when “sea level
was more than 100 feet lower than today.” They suggested that the upper
portion of the Newport Submarine Canyon (see Fig. 2) may have been
carved during this period of emergence, but admitted that it could have
14
Contributions in Science
No. 31
been cut during a prior or subsequent emergence. From data obtained from
drill holes, they recorded the bottom of the Santa Ana River bed to be a
maximum of 123 feet below present sea level.
The available geologic evidence, however, does not conclusively date
the inner bay channel as a pre-Palos Verdes feature. As John G. Vedder
has pointed out (in Uteris ), some of Bruff’s supposedly isolated deposits of
Palos Verdes sand in the cliff face of the present bay channel are displaced
slump-blocks and, moreover, there is no evidence that these sediments
are present in the channel below present sea level. Furthermore, the
“valley” more likely originated as a submarine canyon during early
Palos Verdes time and the cutting of the inner channel to a depth of more
than 100 feet below the present sea level probably occurred in Wisconsin
time. Although this interpretation is only one of several possibilities, it
would appear to be a more plausible explanation for the origin of the
“valley” and the incised channel.
Regardless of the phenomena involved in the evolution of the
“valley,” a rise in sea level is indicated in Palos Verdes time by the occur-
rence of marine fossils in the sediments veneering the Mesa platform and
in the correlative deposits on the lowest terrace of the San Joaquin Hills.8
On the basis of the composition of these fossil assemblages, Stevenson
and Emery (1958, fig. 17) believed the Mesa to have been an island
during “Upper-most Pleistocene” time and the marine inundation to have
extended seven to ten miles inland. The existence of a large mesa-island
in late Palos Verdes time is not corroborated by the geologic evidence.
Although small islands may have resulted from the inundation of the
subaerially eroded surface of the coastal region during early Palos Verdes
time, the entire Newport Mesa area was eventually covered by the marine
sediments as indicated by the subsurface data (Poland et al ., 1956).
Therefore, by the close of Palos Verdes time, the Mesa was covered by
shallow water, and the lowest terrace was cut into the exposed slopes of
the San Joaquin Hills. This terrace apparently extended as a continuous
coastal plain northeastward to include the presently interrupted Hunting-
ton Beach and Bolsa Chica Mesas (Poland et al ., 1956). The terrace also
extended southward along the coast for some distance. It was mapped by
Vedder et al. (1957) as a correlative unit as far south as San Clemente,
and continues nearly uninterruptedly to the vicinity of Encinitas, north of
Escondido Creek.
At the close of Palos Verdes time, the now very shallow embayment
apparently became locally confined by the accumulation of marine and
continental sediments and the development of temporary bars and spits
that produced large back-bay lagoons. With the advent of the Wisconsin
epoch, the emergent mesa was mantled with alluvial and eolian cover
and extensively eroded. The channel of the Inner Bay was largely cleared
of bay-fill, presumably by the erosive action of the Santa Ana River or
8 An eustaticly controlled rise in sea level is assumed, but in a tectonicly active area such
as the Los Angeles Basin, tectonic uplift of some degree also may be involved.
1959
Kanaicoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
15
Fig. 4. Excavation site at locality 66-2; senior author removing overburden from the
exposure after a minor land slide (photograph by Arminta Neal) .
other streams. The subsequent rise in sea level in late Wisconsin and
Recent time, together with subaerial forces of erosion, has largely produced
the present topography of this area (Fig. 3).
Collecting Localities
Invertebrates were collected by the senior author from more than
fifteen exposures in the area. This study is limited to three especially rich
collections, two from localities on the southwestern edge of Newport Mesa
(68- A and 68-B) and one from the terrace deposits on the opposite side of
the Inner Bay, near the air field (66-2). Reference is also made to the
faunal lists of Bruff (1956, pp. 232-334) representing 10 localities on the
Mesa and one on the terrace.9 The collecting stations are indicated on the
locality map, Fig. 1.
The following descriptions are taken from the senior author’s field
notes: Locality 66-2 (Latitude 33° 38' 37" N., Longitude 117° 52' 37"
W.). The exposure occurs in a north-facing erosion channel cut into the
surface of the terrace a short distance from the base of the next terrace
(Figs. 4 and 5). Fossils were excavated from a rich horizon immediately
9BrufF’s locality A-3133 from the northeastern edge of the Mesa is not considered, for it
appears to be from an exposure of sediments older than Palos Verdes sand.
16
Contributions in Science
No. 31
above a 1 to 2-foot basal conglomerate overlying Pliocene rocks. In this
area, the Palos Verdes sand was estimated to be 20-36 feet thick and to
be covered by 8 to 15 feet of alluvium.
The stratigraphic section exposed at locality 66-2 above the angular
unconformity between the Palos Verdes sand and the Pliocene rock is:
Age
Late Pleistocene ( ? )
and Recent
Late Pleistocene
(Palos Verdes sand)
Upper part
Thickness
8-15'
Description
Alluvium, brownish-red.
Basal part
Late Pliocene
“Unnamed sand-
stone” of Vedder
et al ., 1957
10-20' Gray, fine grained sand; fos-
sils rare.
9-11' Rust-colored, fine to coarse,
very fossiliferous sand, becom-
ing coarser with depth and
grading into a basal 1-2 foot
thick conglomerate of well
rounded boulders composed of
shale and sandstone.
[Angular unconformity]
? Light gray, fine grained
(only erosional sandstone,
surface exposed)
i ■
..
t • » $ *"■'
M
to
' - . '
: < if t mill®
I ' ■■ -*•
" . %
'\* ymdJLjf | \% ** *'Hi ^ , . ]
t lift' I T; :\L . ' W U'dfe*- *;
Fig. 5. Locality 66-2 exposed in gulley in the lowest emergent terrace of tne San Joaquin
Hills with the third terrace in the background (photograph by Arminta Neal) .
1959
Kanaicoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
17
The plane table survey of Mr. R. G. Thomas shows the Pleistocene-
Pliocene contact to be at an elevation of 65 feet (dzl foot), and the top
of the richly fossiliferous sand member to be 77 feet (dzl foot), or about
12 feet thick. At a nearby exposure(L.A.C.M.I.P. 66-10) the top and
base of the fossiliferous stratum were determined to be 80 feet (±2 feet)
and 60 feet (±2) feet, respectively.
The two other collecting localities recorded herein, are from an
exposure in the cliff face of the Mesa on the opposite side of the Inner
Bay channel. These are from the same exposure, but one station (locality
68- A) is about 8 to 10 feet lower in the section than the other (locality
68-B). The lower stratum is richly fossiliferous and near the Pliocene-
Miocene contact. The sediments consist of fine grain sand near the top of
the section and show a gradation from fine to coarse-grained sand towards
the base. The Pleistocene sediments are only 12 to 18 feet thick at this
exposure. The base level is reported by Mr. Thomas to be 82 feet
(dzl foot) .
The measured base level corresponds well with elevations determined
for the lower level of Bruff’s fossil localities from along the Mesa side of
the channel and the corresponding elevation on the edge of the terrace
across the channel (see Fig. 5 for the location of these collecting stations).
These range from 78 to 82 feet, but considering the irregular surface of
the terrace platform and possble errors in surveying, the differences in
elevations are minor.
The apparent lower elevation of the terrace platform, 13 to 22 feet,
near the fore-edge of the second terrace (localities 66-2 and 66-10)
requires brief comment. If these figures are correct, this “pocket” in the
terrace shelf could be explained as the result of local deformation or
erosion occurring prior to the deposition of the Palos Verdes sand. More
likely, the platform was channelled by currents or by some other means
before or during deposition of the sediments.
NEWPORT BAY FAUNA
This section enumerates the largest assemblage of metazoan inverte-
brates known from the marine Pleistocene deposits of western North
America. The identified species number 3 stony corals, 32 bryozoans, 2
brachipods, 436 mollusks, 5 echinoids, 14 crabs, and 4 barnacles for a
total of 496 species. In addition to these the collections include species
representing 5 genera of annelid worms. The remaining unidentified
species of varous phyla account for a collected fauna of more than
500 species.
Bruff (1946) reported 169 species, chiefly mollusks, from 11 col-
lecting stations in the Palos Verdes sand of the Newport Bay area. All
but 29 of the species cited by Bruff were previously recorded in Arnold’s
(1903) list of 305 species from the “Upper San Pedro Series” of the San
Pedro area. Willett (1937) recorded 326 taxa from the Palos Verdes sand
at Playa del Rey.
Contributions in Science
No. 31
18
The largest Pleistocene fauna previously reported from western
North America is that recorded by Jordan (1936). He listed 441 taxa of
larger invertebrates, mostly mollusks, from terrace deposits on the leeward
side of Magdalena and Margarita islands in Magdalena Bay, Baja
California, Mexico.
Faunal Constituents
Annelida
Dr. Olga Hartman of the Allan Hancock Foundation, University of
Southern California, identified the following genera of marine annelids
from locality 66-2: Protula, Spiochaetopterus , Spirorbis, Dodecaceria ,
and Saimacina. The specimens could not be identified to species, for the
opercula were not found.
Brachiopoda
Only two species representing this phylum were encountered among
the vast amount of material examined from the three stations. These are
Glottidia albida (Hinds) and T erebratalia transversa (Sowerby) from
locality 66-2. The former is reported to range at the present time from
Monterey Bay, California to Acapulco Bay, Mexico, and the latter from
Alaska to Ensenada, Baja California (Hertlein and Grant, 1944b).
Bryozoa
The bryozoan material was identified by the late Dr. Raymond C.
Osburn and by Dr. John D. Soule of the Allan Hancock Foundation of
the University of Southern California. A total of 31 species of ectoprocts
were recognized from localities 68-B and 66-2. Of this number, 23 were
previously recorded from these localities by Soule and Duff (1957). The
remaining eight species were subsequently identified by Dr. Soule and are
indicated in the list below by an asterisk preceding the names. Another
species collected in the same terrace deposit as 66-2, but across the road,
brings the total to 32. All are extant species.
68-B 66-2
Antropova tincta (Hastings) — x
Callopora circumclathrata (Hincks) — x
Cauloramphus spiniferum (Johnston) — x
*Cellaria diffusa Robertson x —
Cellaria mandibulata Hincks — x
Celletosia radiata (Moll) — x
Conopeum commensale Kirkpatrick and Metzelaar — x
Costazia costazi (Audouin) — x
* Diaperoecia californica (Orbigny) x —
* Diaperoecia rugosa Osburn = ? floridana Osburn x x
Discoporella umbellata (Defrance) — x
*Heteropora magna O’Donoghue — x
Hippo podina feegeensis (Busk) — x
1959
Kanaicoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
19
Hipporporella gorgonensis Hastings
Hippoporidra edax (Busk)
*Hippothoa hyalina (Linne)
Holoporella brunnea (Hincks)
Lagenipora punctulata (Gabb and Horn)
Membranipora savarti (Aubouin)
Membranipora tenuis Desor
Membranipora tuberculata (Bose)
* Micro porella calif ornica (Busk)
Microporella ciliata (Pallas)
Microporina borealis (Busk)
Mucronella microstoma (Norman)
* Porella concinna (Busk)
Porella porifera (Hincks)
*Rhynchozoon ro stratum (Busk)
Rhynchozoon tumulosum (Hincks)
Thalamo porella calif ornica (Levinsen)
*Tubulipora tuba (Gabb and Horn)
Tubulipora tuba fasciculi) era (Hincks)
On the basis of the available distributional data (Osburn, 1950; 1952;
1953), all but three of the bryozoan constituents of the fauna are known
to live at the present time in the southern California region in habitats
ranging from intertidal to shallow infratidal. Several species appear to
be cosmopolitan, and many others are known to range from British
Columbia to Panama. Of the three locally extinct species, one ( Conopeum
commensale) ranges from Baja California to Peru. The other two ( Hetero -
pora magna and Mucronella microstoma ) are not known to occur south of
Puget Sound, Washington and British Columbia, respectively, in the
Eastern Pacific.
Cnidaria
According to Dr. J. Wyatt Durham of the University of California
Museum of Paleontology four species of stony corals are represented in
the present collections, as follows:
Balanophyllia elegans Verrill
Dendrophyllia oldroydi Faustino
Paracyathus stearnsii Verrill ( = P. pedroensis Vaughn, fide Durham and
Barnard, 1952)
? Sphenotrochus sp. (juveniles)
All of the species occur at the present time in infratidal depths off
the southern California coast. The corals are rare in the collections, and
several of the specimens are badly worn.
10Not known from L.A.C.M.I.P. localities 68-B or 66-2, but recorded from locality 136,
Newport Bay Road, Newport, California, the same terrace deposit as locality 66-2.
20
Contributions in Science
No. 31
The three identified species have been reported previously from the
Pleistocene of the southern California-Baja California district (Durham,
1947; Emerson, 1956).
Crustacea
Crabs
The large collecton of cheliped propods and actyls of decapod crabs
is largely unidentified. Menzies (1951), however, identified four extant
species of the brachyuran genus Cancer in material from the terrace
deposit, locality 66-2. These are: Cancer branneri Rathbun, Cancer
gracilis Dana, Cancer jordani Rathbun, Cancer magister Dana. These
species live in shallow water, in bays or near shore. With one exception,
they are known to occur along the southern California coast at the present
time. Cancer branneri has been taken from some of the Channel Islands
and at several localities along the Baja California coast, but is not
reported from the southern California mainland (John S. Garth, in
Uteris ) .
The following additional species also have been identified by Dr.
Robert J. Menzies, Columbia University, from the designated localities:
68-A 68 -B 66-2
Callianassa calif or niensis Dana — — x
Callinectes arcuatus Ordway — x —
Callinectes bellicosus (Stimpson) x — — -
Cancer productus Randall — — x
Cycloxanthops novemdentatus (Lockington) — — x
Hemigrapsus nudus Dana — — x
Hemigrapsus oregonensis Dana — — x
Portunus xantusi (Stimpson) — x —
Pugettia producta (Randall) — — x
Speocarcinus calif orniensis Lockington — — x
Although these species live at the present time along the southern
California coast, the two species of Callinectes are southern ranging forms
commonly found in warmer waters. Callianassa and Speocarcinus are
mudflat inhabitants of protected bays.
Additional records of crabs from the Pleistocene deposits of the Los
Angeles basin have been reported by Rathbun (1926), Willett (1937),
and Menzies (1951).
Cirripedia
Barnacle remains, representing 7 or 8 species, are not uncommon
from 66-2. Specimens apparently referable to Balanus tintinnabulum
calif ornicus Pilsbry, Tetraclita squamosa (Brugriere), and Coronula
diadema (Linnaeus) comprise about 90 per cent of the barnacle collection.
The present range of at least one species, Coronula reginae Darwin, may
be extra-limital. Species of Coronula , “whale barnacles,” however, are
widely distributed by their cetacean hosts.
1959
Kanakoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
21
Echinodermata
The echinoids from locality 66-2 were identified by Dr. J. Wyatt
Durham of the University of California Museum of Paleontology as
follows:
Dendraster excentricus (Eschscholtz)
Dendraster vizcainoensis Grant and Hertlein
Dendraster vizcainoensis similaris Grant and Hertlein
Dendraster sp. (juveniles)
Lytechinus sp.
Mellita new sp. (=M. longifissa Kew, not Michelin)
Strongylocentrotus jranciscanus (A. Agassiz)
Strongylocentrotus purpuratus (Stimpson)
According to Dr. Durham this previously unrecognized species of
Mellita is known to be living off the Central American coast at the
present time.
Dendraster vizcainoensis was described from “Quaternary beach”
deposits at Punta Santa Rosalia and Puerto de Santo Domingo, Baja
California, Mexico, and the form D. v. similaris is known from late
Pleistocene (Palos Verdes sand or equivalent) deposits near Signal
Hill and Playa del Rey in the Los Angeles area (Grant and Hertlein,
1938). This species was believed to be extinct, but living specimens of the
typical form were recently collected along the open coast of Vizcaino Bay
in the vicinity of Miller’s Landing by E. C. Allison and F. H. Kilmer of
the University of California Museum of Paleontology. The remaining
identified species occur in the modern fauna at the latitude of Newport
Bay.
Mollusca
The mollusks are the predominant element of the collected fauna.
The inferred ecological requirements and climatic significance of the
Newport fauna, therefore, are largely based on the mollusks. The 436
recognized taxa are enumerated in the check list and the numbers of taxa
and specimens are tabulated below by class and collecting locality.
68-A
68-B
66-2
Total
Total
No. of
No. of
Taxa Specim.
Taxa Specim.
Taxa Specim.
Taxa
Specim.
Pelecypoda
68
3,260
56
3,858
128
31,647
128
38,765
Gastropoda
101
1,441
143
4,483
281
33,314
289
39,238
Scaphopoda
1
120
3
388
7
1,628
7
2,136
Amphineura
4
161
5
171
11
830
12
1,162
Totals
174
4,982
207
8,900
427
67,419
436
81,301
Of the 436 identified species and varieties, 427 are represented in the
collections from locality 66-2. This rich locality also yielded 67,419
specimens of the 81,301 specimens collected from the three localities.
The taxa are listed alphabetically in the following check list. The
22
Contributions in Science
No. 31
nomenclature largely follows the usage of Keen (1937). For each locality,
the number of specimens of each species is recorded; the number of
recognizable fragments is indicated by numerals enclosed in parentheses.
Pelecypoda
68-A
68-B
66-2
Aligena cerritensis Arnold
Americardia biangulata (Broderip and
5
10
5
Sowerby)
1
—
4
Amiantis callosa (Conrad)
4(1)
3(2)
678
Anatina undulata (Gould)
(3)
—
3(113)
Anomia peruviana Orbigny
35
33
1,253
Apoly metis biangulata (Carpenter)
(2)
1
176
Area perlabiata Grant and Gale
Barbatia bailyi (Bartsch) = ? B.
5
1
81
pernoides (Carpenter)
1
—
41
Barnea pacifica Stearns
—
—
12
Brachidontes adamsianus (Dunker)
—
—
239
Cardita hilli Willett
5
■ —
421
Cardita ventricosa Gould
—
—
57
Chama pellucida Broderip
2
—
211
Chione calif or niensis (Broderip)
Chione cortezi (Carpenter) = Venus
67
16
237
gibbosula Deshayes MS., not Reeve
—
—
48
Chione fluctifraga (Sowerby)
21
—
123
Chione gnidia (Broderip and Sowerby)
3
3
173
“Chione” picta “Dali” Willett
62
31
453
Chione undatella (Sowerby)
■ —
—
512
Cooperella subdiaphana (Carpenter)
—
—
3
Corbula luteola Carpenter
338
226
1,115
Crassinella branneri (Arnold)
616
309
209
Crassinella nuculiformis Berry
600
543
1,600
Cryptomya calif ornica (Conrad)
16
(3)
98
Cumingia calif ornica Conrad
—
—
19
Cyathodonta undulata Conrad
—
17
10
Cyclinella singleyi Dali
—
—
6
Cyclinella subquadrata (Hanley)
—
—
5
Diplodonta orbellus (Gould)
—
—
7
Diplodonta sericata (Reeve)
78
29(2)
1,065
Donax calif ornicus Conrad
81
114
1,922
Donax gouldi Dali
107
72
2,949
Dosinia ponder osa (Gray)
1
—
17
Gari calif ornica (Conrad)
—
—
7
Gari edentula (Gabb)
- -
—
5
Gians carpenteri (Lamy)
2
—
18
Glycymeris subobsoleta (Carpenter)
2
—
1,668
Heterodonax bimaculata ( Linnaeus)
—
—
1
1959
Kanakoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
23
Pelecypoda (cont.)
68-A
68-B
66-2
Hiatella arctica (Linnaeus)
- —
—
4
Hinnites multirugosus Gale
(2)
—
48
Keliia laperousi ( Deshay es)
—
—
2
Laevicardium elatum (Sowerby)
—
—
14
Laevicardium sub striatum (Conrad)
Lima hemphilli Hertiein and Strong — L.
11
2
259
dehiscens auct, not Conrad, 1837
Lithophaga plumula kelseyi Hertiein and
1
—
14
Strong (1946)
—
—
7
Lucina approximata (Dali)
—
48
101
Lucina californica Conrad
2
1
33
Lucina excavata Carpenter
2
—
9
Lucina nuttalli Conrad
9
110
665
Macoma elongata (Hanley)
—
—
7
Macoma indentata tenuirostris Dali
Macoma irus Hanley = M. inquinata
(3)
1(3)
7
( Deshay es)
—
—
6
Macoma nasuta (Conrad)
7(2)
(2)
510
Macoma pads Pilsbry and Lowe
—
—
145
Macoma secta (Conrad)
2(1)
1
61
iiMacrocaliistd1> squalida Sowerby
—
—
15
M actra californica Conrad
(2)
(5)
4(14)
Mactra nasuta Gould
—
—
(2)
Miodontiscus prolongatus Carpenter
- —
■ —
2
Modiolus capax (Conrad)
1
—
65
Modiolus modiolus (Linnaeus)
—
2
1
Modiolus rectus (Conrad)
2
- — ■
7
Mulinia pallida modesta Dali
2
9(4)
10(48)
Mytilus calif or nianus Conrad
5
2
171
Nucula exigua Sowerby
727
873
3,456
Nuculana taphria (Dali)
3
873
5
Ostrea laticaudata Carpenter
2
- —
15
Ostrea lurida Carpenter
89
25
949
Ostrea megodon Hanley
—
—
3
Pandora punctata Conrad
—
43
11
Panope generosa Gould
—
(5)
10(12)
Parapholas californica (Conrad)
—
—
3
Pecten bergingianus Middendorff
—
—
1
Pecten caurinus Gould
3
2
4
Pecten circularis aequisulcatus Carpenter
14
6
746
Pecten diegensis Dali
1
—
6
Pecten hericius Gould
—
—
1
Pecten latiauratus Conrad
48
186
1,145
Pecten monotimeris Conrad
2
—
26
24
Contributions in Science
No. 31
Pelecypoda (cont.)
68-A
68-B
66-2
Pecten rubidus rubidus Hinds == hindsi
Carpenter
—
■ —
5
Pecten rubidus venturaensis Waterfall
—
—
1
Pecten vogdesi Arnold
—
—
6
Periploma planuiscula Sowerby
7
10
395
Petricola californiensis Pilsbry and Lowe
Petricola gracilis parallela Pilsbry
4
1(2)
9
and Lowe
(36)
(11)
1,560
Petricola tellimyalis (Carpenter)
—
—
13
Philobrya setosa (Carpenter)
—
—
2
Pholadidea ovoidea (Gould)
4
—
12
Pitar newcombianus (Gabb)
1
- —
2
Pitar vulnerata (Broderip)
—
—
10
Platyodon cancellatus Conrad
(2)
(13)
31(16)
Protothaca grata Say
—
—
12
Protothaca staminea (Conrad)
Protothaca staminea forma laciniata
—
(5)
190
(Carpenter)
— -
1
16
Protothaca ternerrima (Carpenter)
—
—
21
Pseudochama exogyra (Conrad)
—
—
803
Rochefortia aleutica Dali
—
3
2
Rochejortia reyana Willett
—
3
2
Sanguinolaria nuttalli Conrad
1
—
76
Sanguinolaria nuttalli forma orcutti Dali
—
—
18
Saxidomus nuttalli (Conrad)
—
3
115
Schizothaerus nuttalli (Conrad)
(2)
—
29(19)
Semele decisa (Conrad)
—
■ —
118
Semele pulchra (Sowerby)
48
34(2)
53
Semele striosa (C. B. Adams)
—
■ —
5
Septifer bifur catus (Conrad)
12
—
563
Siliqua lucida (Conrad)
(2)
(13)
(32)
Solen rosaceus Carpenter
(37)
(2)
1(8)
Solen sicarius Gould
—
(40)
(66)
Spisula californica Carpenter
—
—
20(11)
Spisula falcata (Gould)
29(4)
6(8)
367
Spisula hemphilli (Dali)
4
—
686
Spisula planulata Conrad
—
—
64
Tagelus calif ornicus (Conrad)
(12)
2(8)
26
Tagelus subteres (Conrad)
(4)
—
40(18)
Tellina bodegensis Hinds
- —
—
6
Tellina idae Dali
—
1(21)
3
Tellina meropsis Dali
5
3
21
Tellina rubescens Hanley
—
—
20
1959
Kanakoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
25
Pelecypoda (cont.)
68-A
68-B
66-2
Tellina santarosae Dal]
—
—
2
Tivela stultorum (Mawe)
1
27
203
Tivela stultorum forma scarificata Berry
—
—
9
Tr achy car dium procerum (Sowerby)
40
12
1,138
T r achy car dium quadragenarium (Conrad)
2
3
217
V entricola fordi (Yates)
—
—
2(21)
V erticordia ornata (Orbigny)
—
—
2
Yoldia cooperi Gabb
—
1
108
Zirjaea pilsbryi Lowe
(2)
—
49(225)
Gastropoda
Acanthina lugubris (Sowerby)
—
—
5
Acanthina spirata (Blainville)
1
3
157
Acmaea asmi (Middendorff )
—
—
3
Acmaea depicta (Hinds)
5
—
22
Acmaea insessa (Hinds)
—
1
183
Acmaea limatula Carpenter
—
—
19
Acmaea paleacea Gould
1
1
36
Acmaea pelta Eschscholtz
—
—
2
Acmaea persona Esch.scholtz
—
—
1
Acmaea scabra (Gould)
1
1
126
Acteocina culcitella (Gould)
49
176
232
Acteocina inculta (Gould)
11
52
6
Acteocina smirna Dali
■ — -
—
14
Acteon punctocaelatus (Carpenter)
6
3
33
Acteon traski Stearns
(1)
1
51(21)
Admete gracilior (Carpenter)
—
4
12
Aesopus chrysalloideus (Carpenter)
36
14
822
Aesopus sanctus Dali
5
2
32
Alabina calif ornica (Dali and Bartsch)
—
—
7
Alabina tenuisculpta (Carpenter)
12
36
52
Alabina tenuisculpta forma phalacra Bartsch
—
—
48
Alabina turrita (Carpenter)
—
8
5
Aletes squamigerus Carpenter
35
(21)
13
Alvania acutilirata (Carpenter)
—
—
1
Alvania fossilis Bartsch
—
—
5
Amphissa reticulata Dali
—
■ — -
2
Arnphissa versicolor Dali
- — ■
—
18
Anachis penicillata Carpenter
■ — •
3
145
Antiplanes perversa (Gabb)
—
4
—
Antiplanes santarosana Dali
—
■ —
1
Assiminea translucens (Carpenter)
—
—
4
Astraea gibberosa (Dillwyn) = A.
inaequalis (Martyn)
—
—
(i)
Astraea undosa (Wood)
a)
1
98
26
Contributions in Science
No. 31
Gastropoda (cont.)
68-A
68-B
66-2
Atys casta Carpenter
—
1
6
Balds comp acta (Carpenter)
—
—
1
Balds micans (Carpenter)
40
82
22
Balds monicensis (Bartsch)
- — •
—
14
Balds oldroydi (Bartsch)
—
—
30
Balds rutila (Carpenter)
—
30
60
Balds ther sites (Carpenter)
—
—
10
Barbarofusus kobleti (Dali)
—
—
2
“Barleeia” acuta (Carpenter)
- —
—
1
Barleeia marmorea (Carpenter)
—
—
4
Barleeia subtenuis var. rimata (Carpenter)
—
—
158
Bellas pir a grippii Dali
—
—
2
Bittium interfossa Carpenter
—
—
2
Bittium quadrifilatum Carpenter
9
1
93
Bittium rugatum Carpenter
1
502
650
Bivonia compacta Carpenter
—
—
1
Borsonella bartschi (Arnold)
—
—
1
Bursa calif ornica (Hinds)
—
4(10)
132
Caecum californicum Dali
Calliostoma dolarius (Holten) = C.
6
250
88
canaliculatum (Martyn)
46
18
9
Calliostoma eximium (Reeve)
3
—
12
Calliostoma ligatus (Gould)
—
—
6
Calliostoma gemmulatum Carpenter
36
24
164
Calliostoma supragramosum Carpenter
—
—
3
Calliostoma tricolor Gabb
10
35
21
Calyptraea contorta Carpenter
1
37
10
Cancellaria bullata Sowerby
—
—
1
Cancellaria tritonidea Gabb
—
—
39
“Cantharus” lugubris (C. B. Adams)
—
—
3
Cavolina trispinosa Lessor
—
—
1
“Centrifuged leeana (Dali)
—
—
3(11)
Cerithidea albonodosa Gould and Carpenter
—
—
54
Cerithidea calif ornica (Haldeman)
10
5
529
Cerithiopsis alcima Bartsch
—
4
9
Cerithiopsis antefilosa Bartsch
2
10
10
Cerithiopsis antemunda Bartsch
1
—
8
Cerithiopsis carpenteri Bartsch
—
—
2
Cerithiopsis cesta Bartsch
—
1
1
Cerithiopsis cosmia Bartsch
2
—
18
Cerithiopsis diegensis Bartsch
—
—
1
Cerithiopsis fossilis Bartsch
—
—
20
Cerithiopsis oxys Bartsch
1
10
15
Cerithiopsis pedroana Bartsch
—
—
1
1959
Kanakoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
27
Gastropoda (cont.)
68-A
68-B
66-2
Clathrodrillia fancherae Dali
—
42
67
Clathrodrillia ophioderma Dali
2
2
4
44 Clathurella ’ conradiana Gabb
—
—
3
Coleophysis carinata (Carpenter)
—
75
222
Coleophysis harpa (Dali)
--
—
2
Conus calijornicus Hinds
4
57
456
Crassispira montereyensis (Stearns)
—
—
5
Crepidula arenata (Broderip)
90
88
1,218
Crepidula norrissiarum Williamson
—
—
176
Crepidula nummaria Gould
3
11
28
Crepidula onyx Sowerby
24
25
595
Crepidula princeps Conrad
—
1
4
Crepipatella lingulata (Gould)
1
1
54
Crucibulum spinosum (Sowerby)
121
114
737
Cylichna attonsa Carpenter
—
91
20
Cystiscus regularis (Carpenter)
—
—
91
Cytharella hexagona ( Gabb )
1
—
4
Cytharella merita (Hinds)
—
—
3
Cytharella merita var .-painei (Arnold)
—
—
40
Diodora aspera (Eschscholtz)
—
—
3
Diodora constantiae Kanakoff
16
4
25
Diodora densiclathrata (Reeve)
(1)
—
6
Diodora inaequalis (Sowerby)
4
2
80
Diodora murina (Dali)
—
— ■
3
Elaeocyma empyrosia (Dali)
—
—
3
Elaeocyma hemphilli (Stearns)
40
11
242
Epitonium acrostephanum Dali
—
3
2
Epitonium bellastriatum (Carpenter)
—
17
5
Epitonium calif ornicum (Dali)
—
—
2
Epitonium clarki T. S. Oldroyd
—
36
22
Epitonium cooperi Strong
53
29
19
Epitonium indianorum (Carpenter)
—
- —
19
Epitonium rectilaminatum (Dali)
1
—
6
Epitonium tinctium (Carpenter)
25
19
14
Erato columbella Menke
■ —
—
15
Eupleura muriciformis Broderip
(1)
2
23
Fartulum occidentale (Bartsch)
- — ■
10
34
Fissurella volcano Reeve
11
5
258
Forreria belcheri (Hinds)
—
5(5)
101
Glyphostoma adana Dali
—
—
4
Haliotis corrugata Gray
—
—
3
Haliotis cracherodi Leach
—
—
4
Haliotis fulgens Philippi
—
—
1
Haliotis rufescens Swainson
—
(1)
4
28
Contributions in Science
No. 31
Gastropoda (cont.)
68-A
68-B
66-2
Halistylus subpupoideus (Tryon)
—
—
91
Haminoea virescens (Sowerby)
—
■ —
30
Hipponix antiquatus (Linne)
2
12
113
Hipponix tumens (Carpenter)
—
1
42
Homalopoma carpenteri (Pilsbry)
—
—
1
Homalopoma paucicostatum (Dali)
—
—
2
“Hyalina” californica (Tomlin)
2
. —
66
Iselina jenestrata (Carpenter)
1
—
27
Jaton festivus (Hinds)
—
—
20(56)
Kellettia kelletti (Forbes)
20
3
32
Kurtzia gordoni Bartsch
—
■ —
15
Kurtzia roperi (Dali)
—
1
—
Lacuna marmorata Dali
- — ■
72
2
Lacuna unifasciata Carpenter
—
18
140
Lamellaria stearnsi Dali
—
—
2
Liota acuticostata Carpenter
—
1
9
Littorina planaxis Philippi
—
—
6
Littorina scutulata (Gould)
3
3
530
“Lora” fidicula (Gould)
—
—
1
Lottia gigantea Sowerby
—
—
3
Lucapinella callomarginata (Dali)
19
3
108
Macron lividus (A. Adams)
■ —
—
3
“Mangeliav cetolaca Dali
6
61
370
“Mangelia” hooveri Arnold
—
—
3
“ Mangelia ” interlirata Stearns
—
—
5
“ Mangelia ’ variegata Carpenter
42
251
634
Margarites optabilis (Carpenter)
—
—
3
Margarites parcipictus (Carpenter)
10
9
482
Maxwellia gemma (Sowerby)
—
—
(12)
Maxwellia santarosana (Dali)
—
—
(1)
Megasurcula carpenteriana (Gabb)
—
2
10
Megatebennus bimaculatus (Dali)
(1)
—
9
Megathura crenulata (Sowerby)
3
2
5
Melampus olivaceus Carpenter
36
—
239
Metaxia convexa (Carpenter)
—
—
10
Metaxia diadema Bartsch
6
1
13
Micranellum crebricinctum (Carpenter)
6
36
17
Mitra catalinae (Dali)
1
1
2
Mitra fultoni E. A. Smith
—
—
5
Mitra idae Melville
- —
—
6
Mitrella carinata (Hinds)
98
208
7,548
Mitrella carinata forma gausapata (Gould)
42
98
2,000
Mitrella tuber osa (Carpenter)
1
14
163
Mitromorpha filosa (Carpenter)
—
—
13
1959
Kanakoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
29
Gastropoda (cont.)
68-A
68-B
66-2
Mitromorpha gracilior Hemphill
—
2
4
Nassarius cerritensis (Arnold)
7(5)
4
130
Nassarius delosi (Woodring)
(1)
48
47
Nassarius fossatus (Gould)
(1)
3
41
Nassarius mendicus (Gould)
— -
—
8
Nassarius mendicus forma cooperi (Forbes)
—
—
6
Nassarius perpinguis (Hinds)
38
143
60
Nassarius tegulus (Reeve)
6(5)
3
33
Neptunea tabulata (Baird)
—
—
66
Norrisia norrisi (Sowerby)
1
—
37
Ocenebra barbarensis (Gabb)
—
—
1
Ocenebra foveolata (Hinds)
—
—
11
Ocenebra interfossa Carpenter
—
—
10
Ocenebra lurida (Middendorff )
1
(1)
3
Ocenebra poulsoni Carpenter
3
7
12
Odostomia acrybia Dali and Bartsch
— •
• — f
2
Odostomia aepynota Dali and Bartsch
— •
—
7
Odostomia amianta Dali and Bartsch
—
—
1
Odostomia atossa Dali
—
5
5
Odostomia donilla Dali and Bartsch
3
—
99
Odostomia effiae Willett
2
—
6
Odostomia elsiae Willett
3
2
4
Odostomia fetella Dali and Bartsch
—
—
3
Odostomia helena Bartsch
—
9
30
Odostomia helga Dali and Bartsch
—
• — ■
5
Odostomia io Dali and Bartsch
—
1 — \
3
Odostomia navisa Dali and Bartsch
—
1
1
Odostomia nemo Dali and Bartsch
• — -
32
105
Odostomia pulcia Dali and Bartsch
—
- — •
2
Odostomia talama Dali and Bartsch
1
2
2
Odostomia tenuisculpta Carpenter
—
l —
5
Odostomia terricula Dali and Bartsch
■ — ■
- —
3
Odostomia virginalis Dali and Bartsch
—
• —
2
Olivella baetica Carpenter
12
476
2,908
Olivella biplicata (Sowerby)
2
37
129
Olivella pedroana (Conrad)
93
27
2,313
Opalia insculpta Carpenter
—
—
17
Opalia wroblewskyi chacei Strong
—
-U)
1
P etaloconchus complicatus Dali
—
—
15
Phasianella compta Gould
105
183
1,151
Phasianella pulloides Carpenter
— -
—
18
Phasianella sub striata (Carpenter)
—
10
14
“ Phyllonotus 99 radix nigritus (Philippi)
—
—
67
Pleurtomella herminea Dali
—
—
1
30
Contributions in Science
No. 31
Gastropoda (cont.)
68-A
68-B
66-2
Polinices altus Arnold
—
41
66
Polinices draconis (Dali)
—
—
5
Polinices lewisi (Gould)
1
—
9
Polinices reclusianus (Deshayes)
P seudomelatoma penicillata var.
8
85
171
semiinjlata Grant and Gale
—
— \
4
“Pterorytis” monoceros (Sowerby)
—
- —
52
“Pterorytis’ nuttalli (Conrad)
1
-(2)
38(15)
Pusula calif ornianus (Gray)
—
—
12
Pusula radians (Lamarck)
—
—
4(1)
Pusula solandri (Sowerby)
—
—
16
Pyramidella mazatlanica Dali and Bartsch
—
—
2
“ PyramidellcT pedroana Dali and Bartsch
—
■ —
1
Rissoina calif ornica Bartsch
—
—
5
Rissonia cf. R. nereina Bartsch
—
1
1
Rissoina pleistocena Bartsch
—
10
36
Seila montereyensis Bartsch
4
5
112
Sinum scopulosum (Conrad)
2
10
13
Skenea coronadoensis (Arnold)
—
1
42
Spiroglyphus lituellus (Morch)
3
2
12
T achyrhynchus lacteolus (Carpenter)
—
—
18
Tegula aureotincta (Forbes)
—
—
49
Tegula funebralis (A. Adams)
—
1
—
Tegula gallina (Forbes)
—
- —
21(112)
Tegula gallina forma multifilosa Stearns
11
21
133(31)
Tegula ligulata (Menke)
12
26
698
“ Tegula ” montereyi (Kiener)
2
1
—
T erebra pedroana Dali
22
71
275
Terebra specillata Hinds
—
—
418
Thais haemastoma biserialis (Blainville)
—
—
69
Trimusculus reticulatus (Sowerby)
—
—
5
Triphora hemphilli (Bartsch)
1
—
1
Triphora pedroana Bartsch
1
—
8
Triphora kanakoffi Willett
—
—
KD
Turbonilla almo Dali and Bartsch
—
14
25
Turbonilla antemunda Dali and Bartsch
1
■ — •
—
Turbonilla antestriata Dali and Bartsch
- — -
16
16
Turbonilla arnoldi Dali and Bartsch
—
87
44
Turbonilla asser Dali and Bartsch
1
31
15
Turbonilla attrita Dali and Bartsch
12
—
27
Turbonilla buttoni Dali and Bartsch
1
16
91
Turbonilla callimene Bartsch
—
—
3
Turbonilla canfieldi Dali and Bartsch
—
4
33
Turbonilla castanea (Keep)
—
—
1
1959
Kanakoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
31
Gastropoda (cont.)
68-A
68-B
66-2
Turbonilla grouardi Willett
—
—
3
Turbonilla halia Dali and Bartsch
—
1
—
Turbonilla halistrepta Dali and Bartsch
—
—
Ill
Turbonilla hypolispa Dali and Bartsch
—
1
—
Turbonilla idae T. S. Oldroyd
—
6
—
Turbonilla jewetti Dali and Bartsch
—
—
3
Turbonilla laminata Carpenter
2
4
18
Turbonilla latifundia Dali and Bartsch
—
—
3
Turbonilla lowei Dali and Bartsch
4
16
84
Turbonilla pecora T. S. Oldroyd
—
—
10
Turbonilla pedroana Dali and Bartsch
—
—
204
Turbonilla pentalopha Dali and Bartsch
—
3
14
Turbonilla ralphi Dali and Bartsch
—
4
6
Turbonilla simpsoni Dali and Bartsch
— -
—
1
Turbonilla stylina Carpenter
—
3
21
Turbonilla tenuicula (Gould)
22
12
397
Turbonilla torquata Dali and Bartsch
—
—
5
Turbonilla tridentata (Carpenter)
—
84
192
Turbonilla weldi Dali and Bartsch
—
3
2
Turritella coo peri Carpenter
—
3
3
Turritella gonio stoma Valenciennes
—
—
5
V ermicularia eburnea (Reeve)
—
—
1
V ermicularia pellucida Broderip and
Sowerby
—
13
68
“ Vesica ” punctulata (A. Adams)
(4)
1
38
Vitrinella oldroydi Bartsch
—
—
1
Volvulella cylindrica (Carpenter)
—
18
5
Williamia peltoides (Carpenter)
—
1
1
Zonaria spadicea (Swainson)
—
(1)
29
Fresh Water Species
Gyraulus similaris Baker
—
9
66
Helisoma cf. H. trivolvis (Say)
2
2
6(1)
“ Paludestrina ” curta Arnold
—
2
1
“Paludestrina” protea Gould
—
—
11
Physa osculans Haldeman
6
2
2
Valvata humeralis Say
. —
2
3
Rangia lecontei Conrad
—
■ — ■
4(5)
Terrestrial Species
Glyptostoma newberrianum (W. G. Binney)
—
—
5
Helmithoglypta sp. indet.
—
—
2
Quickella cf. Q. rehderi Pilsbry
1
—
2
Scaphopoda
Cadulus fusiformis Pilsbry and Sharp
—
45
12
Dentalium agassizi Pilsbry and Sharp
—
—
KD
32
Contributions in Science
No. 31
Scaphopoda (cont.)
68-A
68-B
66-2
Dentalium neohexagonum Sharp and Pilsbry 120
338
1,544
Dentalium numerosum Pilsbry and Sharp
—
—
2
Dentalium pretiosum Sowerby
—
—
32
Dentalium semipolitum Broderip and
Sowerby
—
5
27
Siphonodentalium quardifissatum (Dali)
—
—
9
Amphineura11
Acanthochitona avicula Carpenter
—
—
2
Callistochiton crassico status Pilsbry
—
—
16
Callisto chiton palmulatus Carpenter
2
37
15
Cyanoplax hartwegi (Carpenter)
1
—
1
Ischnochiton conspicuus “Carpenter” Pilsbry —
—
4
Ischnochiton acrior “Carpenter” Pilsbry
157
117
583
Ischnochiton magdalenensis (Hinds)
1
12
177
Lepidochitona keepiana Berry
—
—
2
Lepidopleurus nexus (Carpenter)
—
1
—
Lepidozona hrunnea (Dali)
—
—
17
Mopalia acuta (Carpenter)
—
—
7
Mopalia muscosa (Gould)
—
4
6
Habitat Requirements
Inasmuch as Bruff (1946, pp. 299-331) has made a detailed analysis
of the habitat requirements of the previously known constituents of the
fauna, only brief comment is needed on this subject. Most of the species
live at the present time in mud, sand, or rocky rubble of semi-protected
embayments or in similar substrates of exposed coasts in shallow depths
below strong wave action. Minor elements in the fauna include back-bay
tidal flat inhabitants, sandy beach dwellers of the open coast, rock and
rocky rubble inhabitants of both open and protected coasts, species
restricted bathymetrically to depths greater than 10 fathoms, freshwater
inhabitants from adjacent streams and pools, and land dwellers from
nearby marsh lands.
At the present time most of the faunal components live in depths of
ten fathoms or less. Species representing constituents of the minor, deep-
water element are largely fragmental or worn and were apparently carried
shoreward by storm waves and mixed with the shallow water deposits.
In addition to the intermittent development of isolated bays and
estuaries, behind temporary barrier bars, the entire embayment was
afforded partial shelter from northwestern weather by the Palos Verdes
island-headland and other large highlands bordering the coast to the
north, and by the Channel Islands off shore.
The great diversity of habitats represented in these collections and the
1 ‘Identifications by S. S. Berry.
1959
Kanakoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
33
large number of species and specimens comprising the samples suggest that
a major part of the fauna was carried hy southeastward flowing currents
from different environments of the local embayment and deposited in
the shallower water along the shore bordering the sea cliff of the San
Joaquin Hills. A contributing cause of this ecological diversity undoubt-
edly was temporal change in local substrate composition produced by
regional alterations of physiographic and hydrographic factors, such as
the temporary development of bars and spits, the shoaling of the embay-
ment, and influx of fresh water from migrating mouths of ancestral
Santa Ana and San Gabriel rivers.
The abundance of protected shore inhabitants, especially shallow
water rock and rubble dwellers, in the collection from locality 66-2,
apparently reflects the presence of a semi-protected shore along the base
of the sea cliff. This locality obviously was protected from the southwest
by the San Joaquin highlands. Most of the rocky shore associates are
lacking in the present collections from localities along the northern side
of the Inner Bay, but, as Bruff (1946) has pointed out, these assemblages
contain a small protected-shore element mixed with the predominant bay-
estuarine element.
The presence of p'rotected-shore forms in Bruff’s collections appar-
ently prompted Stevenson and Emery (1958, p. 10, fig. 17) to conclude
that Newport Mesa stood during part of Palos Verdes time as a low
island with protected shore assemblages occurring on the leeward shore.
As suggested above, however, this faunal element apparently lived along
the semi-protected bay shore of the San Joaquin highland and was eventu-
ally deposited with other assemblages in the local embayment. Moreover,
geologic evidence for the existence of a large island-mesa is lacking
(see p. 14).
Temperature Requirements
A thermal diversity greater than that now existing at this latitude
is indicated for the paleohydroclimate by the number of locally extinct
species in the fauna. Many of the faunal components are limited in range,
at the present time, to points north or south of the Newport Bay area.
Of considerable ecological significance is the large number of thermophilic
(warm-limited) species, (see Table 1). These are mostly Panamic Province
faunal constituents that are now restricted in their northern distribution
to the large lagoons along the southern west coast of Baja California or
to the Gulf of California. This tropical element of locally extinct species
comprises about 12 per cent of the Newport fauna. In addition to these,
the fauna contains a large group of locally extant species with their present
northern end-point of range terminating in the southern California area.
Most significant of these sub-tropical species are: Americardia biangulata ,
Anatina undulata, Diplodonta sericata , Laevicardum elatum, Laevicardium
substraitum, Semele striosa, Tellina meropsis. Morula lugubris and Pusula
solandri. (cont. on p. 42)
Table 1
Locally Extinct “Southern” Indicators in the Newport Bay Fauna with Present Range and
Occurrences in other West American Pleistocene Faunas
(asterisk indicates first record of the species for the Palos Verdes sand)
Magdalena Bay x
San Quintin Bay
San Diego area
x x
Los Angeles area
Palos Verdes sand x
or equivalents
X X X X X X
Los Angeles area
San Pedro Sand
w
o
£
OP
H
£
W
C/3
W
PS
Plh
cd
pq
cd
G
A!
'Id
'"C
be
cd
O (N
^ On
G OG
>h cd
£ Q
cj .2
G
?H
cd O
cd
^ CJ
^ cd
PQ
cd
G
o
CO
.3 3
G rH
fn
o be
1G Cl
cd 2
CJ £
m
cd G
PQ *
^ G
£p^3
pq t:
0)
cd
G
43
"g s
Td 5-1
<u
GO
cd
PQ
j; cd
ii
cd 1—1
G -
43 G
r-H 03
Cd 43
GO s>
be^J
cd
rrt
oT
a
cd
G
cd
G3
O
O
O
CO
PG
PG
&
On
r—l
0
O
cd
a
a
cd .3
- ' pH .
•a
_ fH
Gp
fH
'-O
G
cd
co £
^ °
O' ^4H
i— H
r 03
beCJ
G
o cd
£ cd5
<S) pQ
Gp „
G ^
cd cd
.sm
’<3 cd
T3 G
fn 43
43 -G
ffi G3
^ be
- cd
Ph
3*
^ CJ
be cd
’ 2 PQ
™ d'
^ §
s g>
G J
’53 G
-— ! O
£ g
g
'ffi G
. TO
O
cd ^
a
cd
a
cd
G ..
cd cd
CJ PQ
2 § cd
cd
G
cd
Pi
43 O
•Q 03 -G
£ a S
o — o
'-Q 4H
Jr! G PG
cd
CJ
43
Ph
.2
-a
5h
^ O
\Q '-Q
2u
■» 03 ** ^
cd G
M) CJ £PO
G ”
.cd
cd*
PQ
fl
§ 2
bJD 00
cd lO
be
G
O
fH
t/2
C/3
w
G
w
Ph
C/2
cd Gp
o o
3 £
I — 1 o
O 43
^ ?
Ph
e
•r>*
tsj
43
#
e
• r*J
43
43
• H>
.O
O
rO
Q
0
43
"43
• r»J
G
'S,
43
43
4yo
^43
CJ
G
43
G
0)
•2
G
•2
43
43
0
^G
k.
CJ
CJ
*
CJ
43
g
g
g
k.
hO
g
1 — i
'■'■o
G
O
S
Ih
O
"a
G
■^3
"a
"43
G
• r*J
43
G
G
1
g
k.
CJ
g
HJ3
G
o
"G
O
<3
G
CJ
43
.e
o
CJ
I I
* I
I I
I I I
.5 &
, d 'i
3
Ph
•pH <D
£
o °2 —
«+h 3r
33 ON Cd
3 1—1 3
CJ
■0 3
bD
Cd
o
On
w bD
2 S3
£ 2
§ c/0
O "73
Cl
cd
cd
C
cd
03 £ Ph
02
o
§i ;
sJ.a
cd cj £
i_ i .a ©
M <D <+H
s rj ^-3
o s-i Ed
g hS u
s5 «
cd --
o 3 cd
C/0 Jh PQ
d
Ph
- — - cd
On CJ
tF
On «-m
r-H O
bci±3
£ p
2 o
§ °
o co O
rf
cd CN
O-
- — ' cd
2 u
"CT1
On cd
1—1 cd*
t£«
§ §
i §
c n be
cd
33 J
C
cd
„ cd
bD '3
C £
o o
C/0
C/0
c
o
£ s
j§ a
■s g
cd
PP
cd
PP
cd
C
<d
C
cd
_ Ph
o 2
LO
On cd
^ *£
bD o
c M3
2 13
c/ou
^ •?
3 PQ
.£ c
iD o
T1 O
t: gp
oc cd
ffi J
w' C
•| 1
§ I
5-M (J
CJ
cd
Ph
bD
^F o
On <4h
i— i OP
^ cd
bJDCJ
C
o cd
33
S3
cd cd
.a m
*<D cd
PP Sh
C <d
ffi 3
bD
- cd
£ S
<D
Ph
VO t®
^ r£
2 *
^ CJ
£.s.
O cd
2 PQ
c/o ^
a o
3 bX3
_! Cd
.a j
CD
32 3
fn O
ffi S
£ a
cd
3 O
5h C/0
CD
(X
cd
s *a
C/0
cd w
. S Cd
V
t; m
(D
ffi £
cd
cd M
3
bJO cd
£ 3
£ <d
cd p— <
O 3
g Id
3
3§
3
CO o
tf -p
ON S3
r-H <1
bD o
3
O
_5h cd
c£ -fi
33 O
fi M2
* -3
_ 3
,.a u
D
22 3
CD 3
K m
(D
_Ph
00 -
^ s
2 -Q
, e
bD ^
3 H
On
O P1
O Q\
3 bio
E 2
O i2
s ^
r£
CJ 3
3 H-
I s
cd > — i
3 O
3 CJ
Ph
c_i_i <D
® &
PQ
C/0
!h
D 3
3 3
33 3
3
bD "cd
3 Q2
O ^
5h
D
3: g3 3
CO 3 .pH
^ cd d
p 3 O
3 D 5h
bD
Dh
- <D
33 i-th
cd ^
D ' — '
K 3
Dh
H D
o ^
O „
bD n3
« C
i—3 ^3
e
«
!h»
e
s
pO
a
>5
<D
,S
J,
CJ
*
j.
a
a
a
g
a
3
3S
• pi
p~o
a
e
a
K
a
3s
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a-i
g
sa
0
»5
o
a
<r>
a
«<5
03
a
CO
a
a
k.
a
3S
a
3
a.
bD
a
o
P~H>
<D
a
a pads
"a
Hi
.«C
Nl
a
a
3S
• r*J
e
a.
megado
• F<>
OD
33
bD
O
• pi
^~i
’a
a
a
bD
a
a
a
a
^i
a
a
a
bD
a
a
a
a
a
^3
a
pO
irdium
a
a
a
a
Q)
e
a
3
p3
a
a
• pj>
o
o
k.
* s
a
g
O
0
a
52
• r«J
VJ
a
a
a
a
a
a
# c
a
a
a
• pi
a
a
Hi
0
.a
HO
h3
a
o
a
6
a
a
Hi
a
c£
a
Ps
HO
a
a
a
Q
*
*
Ph
Ph
❖
❖
^H
E-h
3
33
O
PD
O
3
CJ
Acanthina lugubris Todos Santos Bay, Baja California to
Panama (Burch, 1945)
* Acteocina smirna San Diego, Calif, to El Salvador (Dali,
1921)
Magdalena Bay
San Quintan Bay
San Diego area
Los Angeles area
Palos Verdes sand
or equivalents
Los Angeles area
San Pedro Sand
Pp
<U
P
.£
p
o
CJ
PC
P
H
w
o
£
<
H
£
W
c/2
W
«
Ph
cd
Q
.2
'p
>H
o
«+H
'Id
CJ
P ^
cd h
C/3 <N
ON
cd
CJ
cd
m
PC
P
cd
„ m
PC 1—1
02
CJ ^
o
2 8
CQ
cd
C/3
Os
cd
oj
3
Ph
PC
p
cd
cd
CO
cd m rtJ ,p; ^ i— i ^
3 a! g-S Si g § 2
„ H cd O 2 o O
- P
jp b
o o
Cfl m-h
S ed O P
«u&|
cd i— i rp
p cd* « 13
'3 « fc-u
f-i „ Sh
“ p 02
offl.i
' — - cd
CP
u ^
O
PC
p Sb
CJ cd
P
o m
P
CP
5 |
go
W
2 o p
^ >H ca
^ P O
O ^ c/3 c/3
cd
$ p"
cd
£
o
ffi
t>
cd
eL
o -
o
o
in 8
lO ^
On f^\
i— I
bC-2
§ e
C/3 PP
cd
PC CJ
c
* .p
P cd^
’<53 CP
cd
CP
N
P
f-t
CJ
cd
C/3
CJ
P £
42 Ph
h
u pc
O O
■2 U
P P Hh
fH O IP
£ '3 2 «
CO o H
o p ..2-
.h oP cd
^ CJ * CP
3 S
P
p 8
3 S
U 2
^ o' g
H Jpg
<N .O 4h
^ pu
i_3 P cd
Qtn«'
P OQ
C/2
W
U
w
Pk
C/3
Cd
cd PC
Cd
CJ
p
o
■Hi
o
o
p
o
feiO
• hH
Is.
Ih
8
' — i
H~i
02
cj
p
e
CJ
p
02
CJ
^ §
02 P
CJ 02
«* 8
O P
•■s SX
k. 02
0) Is.
CJ CJ
* *
o
PS
o
p
s
p
Is.
p
02
cp
p
8
P
8
PS
8
O
-P
CJ
CJ
*
I I
I I
I I
I I
cd
CJ _
.2^o
cd C^
PQ ^
• *
o ■£
E *
JS «
<! -O
s
3 aS
2
*2
5h
o
M— I
'"as
cj
"2 ’« a
g ^ CL)
cd o ^
w a>
9 ^
<3 PT'
•--> ON
cd o
PQ On
s£ c
2 -s
o o
b£ iQ
«s t;
(— 1 cd
CQ
fi m
O
2 S3
S M
cd , — i
nf ' '
On cd
"2
Lh
cd cQ
cd
. 2^
— ' cd ^
_h
§ w cj
o ^
g1 ^
j(as
p^h
O
nO
S3
cd
S3
cd
f— i
o
cd
CJ
cd
S3
o
w
cd
CJ
cd
nO _
cd i-o
i-Q
S? pq
ON
cd
CQ
cd CO
PQ £
ON
cd '— 1
S3 «.
© SC
3 s
cd - — "
s M
O
no
cd
o
S3
t_l
S3
cd
tn
<D
Q
cd NO
CJ ^
On
O 1—1
CD p-3
.© £
O S3
OJ PQ
pO
O
Lh
S3
PQ
cd
’2
kn
o
5-1-1
"Id
CJ
cd
4-. S3
•S S
O 5-1-1
fcJ3
CJ
cd
PQ
is2
cd
PQ
cd
i S3
Oh uo
- LO
o ON
•o tfi.2
S ^ c
o © S
5-M O O
QQ cn ^33
u^3
cd
*S\£
PQ c cd
.T3 PQ
d* 2
mffi1 ^
S3 cd -2
o
u g *
s| 2
S3 Oh 5-3
O Cs ©
CJ ^CJ
cd
PQ
cd
CJ
vO ro
nf<
On PQ
r co
3 .©
o
© 2
bJD ’
S-H +j
no S3
*2
o
no
cd
S3
O
W
cd
CJ
p-Q
CO
LO
ctn
cd
es
N k*
Cd cd
Ql, ^ S3
cd
l> Cd 00 Oh
O h-3 lO 3
ON ON
-O
©
"3
o
*
2
©
50
©
*3
o
*
3
-*o
.3
k,
50
3
fctC
©
©
• Pii
3
.g
©
©
©
©
5/D
• pi
5/D
3
©
3
. ^
3
2
©
to
HI
3
©
50
3
©
2
5/D
3
3
• Pp>
"3
3
•2
©
©
©
3
©
"3
3
3
©
3
i> — i
©
©
SX
50
g
©
«/D
3
2
2
©
,©
3
©
fcJD
3
©
3
J©
-3
©
©
©
©
k.
3
* — j
3
5/D
3
3
.3
'©
5/D
5/D
• pi
©
©
3
©
3
©
3
k.
-©
©
©
©
©
3
-3
5/D
• r«a
3
3
©
©
~3
.©s
©
' — -
©
2
k.
Op
-4i
-3
3-h
*
*
*
co
*
3-h
*
*
a
*3
©
I
Vesica ’ punctulata Magadalena Bay, Baja California to Peru
(Keen, 1958b)
Table 2
Locally Extinct, and Certain Extant Species in the Newport Bay Fauna having Northern
Implications, with Present Range and Occurrences in other West American
Pleistocene Faunas Indicated
Magdalena Bay
San Quintin Bay
San Diego area
* x x
"73
3
cd
«3
m
03
"73
Sh
03
>
Cd
Ph
03
-3
o
03
Oh
Cfl
03
J3
o
"73
S-H
o
o
03
"73
3
Los Angeles area
Palos Verdes Sand
or equivalents
Los Angeles area
San Pedro Sand
w
o
x
<
PS
H
X
W
C/3
W
OS
pl,
3
o3
C/3
cd
34 ^
cn
03 1
--J CM
*< On
i— I
od 33
rn 03
” Q
cd
mh
O g
5“l
3= o
03 «-t-H
u
i-^ (3J
S o
"73 "73
3 S3
o3 cd
i— i 31
cd
3 5-1
.2 °
3
03 cd
< e
- o
cd *-w
34 33
33 cd
« u
O
£ ?n
cd bD
W .2
3
cd (3
3U cd
c/5
XXX
cd
*
"73"
3
3
O
C/5
03
b£
35
Ph
c n q\
“ 1 i— i
3 -
cd 33
■J3 cd
3 Q
03 ri
3
O ^
cfl i— I
CM
3 -H
cd cd
£ Q
C/5 •—
bC cd
•g *s
£ o
PP £
C "cd
cd U
33
os ^r
•— » £p>
cd
PP
03
w
C/5
cd
"73
O
33
O
OJ
T!
Ph
K
03
»
e
Ss
e
O
e
03
s
03
Pecten caurinus Channel II. , Orca Inlet, Cordova, Alaska to
Point Reyes, California (Hertlein, 1940)
Pecten hericius Port Athorp, Alaska to San Diego, Cali-
fornia (Dali, 1921)
Pecten rubidus Bering Sea to San Diego (Dali, 1921)
l l
><1 x
a
CJ
cd
CQ
o i—1
-73 <N
cd On
n
o
cd o
c n 'S
.2
'ill cd
d -p
PQ £
o
>-> p
CD CD
£
£ &
P 4^
O o
^ °
^ in
p
r j cd
±3 <D
P 23
o O
m
P
S g
o 2
o
o
o
^ cd
*<
cd
p '2
cd 5-<
o, O
Sd ^ LO
1—5 I— H LO
cd
CJ -J
cd
m
P
cd
m
£ ^
>-i cd
2 Q
<h .cd
44 ”2
S-H ^
O .O
P-4 S
cd
CJ
< CS|
^ ON
rd 1—1
P _T
cd
CJ
o
be
D
P
cd
CD
cd
c«
cd
<$
On
3
fl
cd
™ o
o ^
■M ON
cd 1—1
'f ^
cd o
'"O 5“i
< P
. m
HP '
2 cd
c£g
2
.2 "2
=: u
o
m
CD
bJO
p
PU
TJ
P cd
23 Q
O
cd
cn
iD P
Sh D
^ o
O D-i
[J pp <1
cd
CJ
P
* m
p
be
o cd
o
CJ
p o
.2 tb
p ^
— 23 2
Pi £ < p
O ^
£ 2
Oh _ _
<«
Polinices draconis Port Althorp, Alaska to Catalina Island,
California (Dali, 1921)
Table 3
Extinct Molluscan Species in the Newport Fauna,
with Other Occurrences and Known Living Allied Forms Noted.
Species
Pelecypoda
Cardita hilli
Pecten venturaensis
Roche for da reyana
Tivela scarificata
Gastropoda
Alvania fossilis
Balds monicensis
“ Cancellaria ” tritonidea
Cerithiopsis fossilis
Crepidula princeps
Epitonium clarki
Reported Occurrences and Allied
Living Forms
Newport fauna only; said by Willett
(1944) to resemble some forms of C. crehri-
costata Krauss, Recent, Point Barrow, Alaska
to Monterey, California.
“Upper Pico,” early Pleistocene, Ventura
Co., California; a form of P. hindsi. Recent,
Bering Sea to San Diego, California.
Palos Verdes sand, late Pleistocene, Bald-
win Hills, Los Angeles basin; closely allied
to R. pedroana Dali, Recent, Morro Bay to
San Pedro, California.
“Pleistocene of San Pedro,” no definite
locality given; biological validity question-
able, probably an ecophenotypic variety of
T. stultorum Mawe.
Pleistocene, “sand rock, San Pedro Cali-
fornia.”
Palos Verdes sand, Late Pleistocene, Santa
Monica, Los Angeles basin.
Pliocene and Pleistocene of California; oc-
curs in the Pleistocene San Pedro sand and
Palos Verdes sand of the Los Angeles basin;
no closely related living species is known,
but genus has southern implications.
Pleistocene, Los Angeles basin; probably a
variety of C. arnoldi, ? Recent, San Pedro,
California.
Miocene to Pleistocene of western North
America; occurs in the Pleistocene Timms
Point silt and Palos Verdes sand of the Los
Angeles basin; possibly related to the Recent
boreal species, C. grandis Middendorff, but
more likely has southern implications.
Palos Verdes sand, late Pleistocene, Santa
Monica, Los Angeles basin; closely allied to
E. hellastriatum (Carpenter), Recent, Mon-
terey, California to Todos Santos Bay, Baja
California.
Odostomia ejfiae
Odostomia elsiae
Opalia insculpta
P seudomelatoma penicil-
lata var. semiinflata
Rissoina pleistocena
Triphora kanakoffi
Turbonilla arnoldi
Turbonilla grouardi
Turbonilla idae
T urbonilla latifundia
Turbonilla pecora
Turbonilla ralphi
Newport fauna only; similar to 0. gramma-
tospira Dali and Bartsch, Recent, Cape San
Lucas, Baja California and Pleistocene of San
Diego, California.
Newport fauna only; similar to 0. talama
Dali and Bartsch, Recent, Scammon Lagoon,
Baja California.
Santa Barbara formation, early Pleistocene,
Santa Barbara and Palos Verdes sand, late
Pleistocene; Los Angeles basin; closely allied
to, if not conspecific with, 0. crenimarginata
(Dali), Recent, Santa Monica, California to
Puerto Libertad, Mexico (Burch, 1945).
Palos Verdes sand, late Pleistocene, Los
Angeles basin; apparently a variety of P.
penicillata (Carpenter).
Palos Verdes sand, late Pleistocene, Playa
del Rey, California; Bay Point formation,
late Pleistocene, San Diego, California; re-
lated to species now living south of Newport
(Woodring et al ., 1946).
Newport fauna only; similar to T. pedroana
(Bartsch), Recent, Redondo Beach, Califor-
nia to South Coronado Island, Baja Califor-
nia, Mexico (Dali, 1921).
Pleistocene of Los Angeles basin, Califor-
nia; Bay Point formation, late Pleistocene,
San Diego, California.
Newport fauna only; similar to T. calvini
Dali and Bartsch, Recent, off La Paz, Baja
California, Mexico.
San Pedro sand, early Pleistocene, Nob
Hill, Los Angeles Co. and Santa Barbara
formation, early Pleistocene, Ventura Co.,
California; similar to T. taylori Dali and
Bartsch, Recent, British Columbia to Puget
Sound, Washington.
San Pedro Sand, early Pleistocene, and
Palos Verdes sand, late Pleistocene, of San
Pedro, California.
San Pedro sand, early Pleistocene, Nob
Hill, Los Angeles Co.; related to T. dinora
Bartsch, Recent, San Diego, California.
Pleistocene of Los Angeles basin and San
Diego, California; closely allied to T. tor-
quata (Gould), Recent, Monterey, California
to Todos Santos Bay, Baja California
42
Contributions in Science
No. 31
The presence of a tropical element in the fauna suggests the
hydroclimate to have been warmer, at least in local areas, than at the
present time. The mean annual surface water temperature today is
recorded to be 57.8°F. off Newport Beach (Bruff, 1946) and about
61°F. off San Pedro (Hertlein and Grant, 1944a). It seems probable
that the hydroclimate of the back-bay habitats within the Los Angeles
basin during Palos Verdes time was comparable to similar environments
of the present day lagoons along the west coast of Baja California from
Scammon Lagoon to Magdalena Bay. Most of the species of the tropical
element are now living in these shallow, warm-water lagoons. The present
mean annual surface temperature of San Ignacio Lagoon, which is
located in about the center of this series of protected embayments, is about
65°F. (Hertlein and Grant, 1944a). It would appear, therefore, that the
hydroclimate of similar protected habitats within the Newport embayment
was at least 4°F. warmer than at the present time.
The northern element in the fauna comprises many species that
now range from higher latitudes southward in progressively greater depths,
but only 2 per cent of the fauna is composed of northern ranging species
which are not known at the present time to live at this latitude. These
include six mollusks (see Table 2) and two bryozoans. The presence of this
boreal element may reflect the former existence of coastal water masses
cooler than now exist in this region. Some of these species, which may be
living undetected off the present coast in deeper waters, may have lived
during Palos Verdes time near shore in coastal areas of intense upwelling.
On the basis of the present collections alone, however, it is not possible
to determine the possible influence of upwelling on the composition of
the local faunas.
In order to determine the regional hydroclimate, a knowledge of the
composition of late Pleistocene fossil assemblages from sites of possible
upwelling along the open coast south of San Joaquin highlands is required.
Through the courtesy of John G. Vedder, information on the composition
of the large collections made by the U. S. Geological Survey when mapping
this area was made available to the writers. Assemblages from deposits on
the lowest emergent terrace approximately seven miles south of Newport
Bay, in the Laguna Beach area, are a mixture of subtropical and transition
elements, including: Crassinella branneri, Thais biserialis, “Chione” picta,
Amercardia biangulata, Pusula solandri, Nassarius delosi, and Acmaea
mitra (U.S.G.S. F586, F587). Farther south, in the Capistrano Beach-San
Clemente region, the assemblages appear to have fewer of the subtropical
species represented and several cold water indicators appear, such as
“ Cryptochiton’ stelleri, Tegula brunnea , “Tegula” montereyi and Clino-
cardium nuttalli (U.S.G.S. F592). Willett (1938) recorded a cool water
assemblage, including Clinocardium nuttalli , Placiphorella velata and
Calliostoma ligatum , from undesignated deposits at Capistrano Beach.
1959
Kanaicoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
43
Although Willett’s locality no longer exists, about 100 of the molluscan
species from the San Clemente exposure (U.S.G.S. F592) are common to
Willett’s Capistrano Beach assemblage (Vedder, in literis) .
The apparent absence of the Panamic tropical element in the coastal
terrace deposits indicates the open coast hydroclimate to have been cooler
than the hydroclimate of the semi-protected bay environment. The occur-
rence of cold water indicators in the Capistrano Beach deposits may
reflect the former presence of locally severe upwelling in the region south
of Dana Point.
The regional composition of the late Pleistocene faunas of southern
California and northwestern Baja California requires the contemporaneous
existence of a cooler hydroclimate along parts of the open coast and a
warmer hydroclimate in the protected embayments than exist in this
region at the present time. It has been previously suggested that the
present distributional pattern of water temperatures along the southern
part of Pacific Baja California may approximate the marine environment
of the Los Angeles basin during Palos Verdes time. Along this part of
Baja California, tropical species are now largely confined to the lagoons
and protected bays,12 warm-temperate elements occur in adjacent coastal
waters, and “northern” species appear in local sites of seasonal upwelling
along the open coast (Emerson, 1956).
AGE AND CORRELATION
Although the Newport Mesa invertebrate fauna is essentially modern
in composition, about 5 per cent of the constituents (22 mollusks and 1
echinoid) are not known to be living. Many of the apparently extinct
molluscan species are closely allied to modern forms. Several of them
(see Table 3) may prove to be conspecific with Recent species when the
range of specific variation of the forms is better known. Others may
eventually be found living off the North American west coast. Of the 22
molluscan forms not known to be living, only two lack close relatives in
the modern Eastern Pacific faunas. “ Cancellaria ” tritonidea occurs in the
Pliocene and Pleistocene of California, but does not appear to be closely
related to any known Recent species. Crepidula princeps commonly occurs
in Miocene and Pliocene deposits of western North America, but is rarely
found in Pleistocene deposits of southern California. It does not appear
to be closely related with similar Recent forms.
Most of the species representing the previously mentioned locally
extinct northern and southern elements of the fauna are reported, respec-
tively, from the early Pleistocene of the Los Angeles embayment and the
12Some tropical species of invertebrates have been reported from the southern half of
Vizcaino Bay, where Dawson (1952) demonstrated the presence of both relatively warm
and cold water algal associations living in near proximity in the well-circulated coastal
waters. Additional collections must be made along the open coast of Vizcaino Bay in
order to determine if the thermophiles that appear to be largely restricted to the protected
lagoons and bays also occur in this exposed bay.
44
Contributions in Science
No. 31
late Pleistocene embayments at lower latitudes (see Tables 2, 3). The
presence of these elements and of the extinct species would seemingly
be sufficient faunal evidence alone to preclude assigning a post-Wisconsin
age to the fauna. The limited available radiocarbon evidence corroborates
this conclusion. Carbon- 14 age determinations for fossil deposits on the
lowest emergent terraces at San Pedro (Kulp et al., 1952) and Santa Cruz,
California (Bradley, 1956) indicate ages greater than 30,000 years B. P.
The physiographic evidence also attests to the antiquity of these
deposits. The emergent terrace has been considerably modified since
Palos Verdes time by the deposition of continental sediments and by
erosion. Streams and rivers have incised channels in the terrace to depths
greater than 100 feet below the present sea level, and the modern sea
has truncated the western margin of the terrace plane. On the other hand,
the occurrence of the fossiliferous sediments on the platform of the
lowest (youngest) emergent terrace of the region, together with the
faunal composition, requires a post-early Pleistocene age. Correlation
of the deposits with the Palos Verdes sand of late Pleistocene age is
indicated by faunal comparison with the Pacific coast Cenozoic stages
based on the metazoan chronology (Weaver et al ., 1944). The fauna
contains the warm water element that characterizes the fauna of the
regional type section at San Pedro (Woodring et al ., 1946). Most of these
thermophilic (warm-limited) species have been reported from deposits
on the lowest emergent terrace elsewhere in the Los Angeles basin and are
known to occur locally in similar deposits along the southern California
and western Baja California coast (see Table 1). Subaerial erosion and
regional deformation have reduced this terrace to discontinuous remnants
that defy correlation by conventional methods. All of the available data,
however, suggest the fossiliferous Newport Mesa terrace deposits to be a
temporal equivalent of the Palos Verdes sand. Moreover, deposition of the
sediments near the close of the third inter-glacial stage may be postulated,
but is not demonstrable. The possibility of a glacial age (presumably ad-
Wisconsin) for the fauna is conceivable if the theory of thermal lag of
the Pleistocene marine hydroclimates is considered. Under this interpre-
tation (Stokes, 1955), highest ocean temperatures are postulated during
phases of glacial advance, the period when the warm near-shore waters
gradually cooled attendant with an increase in rates of oceanic and
coastal upwelling (Emerson, 1956).
Our present state of knowledge does not permit recognition of marine
deposits in terms of the glacial-interglacial sequence. Consequently, a
definite age classification of the Newport Mesa fauna and associated
sediments is not possible, and the deposits must be referred with discern-
ment to a time interval later than early Pleistocene and prior to the
deglacial phase of the Wisconsin stage.
1959
Kanakoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
45
LITERATURE CITED
Arnold, Delos and Ralph Arnold
1902. The marine Pliocene and Pleistocene stratigraphy of the coast of southern
California. Jour. Geology 10: 1 17-138, 6 text figs., pis. 1-5.
Arnold, Ralph
1903. The paleontology and stratigraphy of the marine Pliocene and Pleistocene
of San Pedro, California. Calif. Acad. Sci., Mem. 3 : 1-420, 37 pis.
Bartsch, Paul
1907. The west American mollusks of the genus Triphoris. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc.
33: 249-262, pi. 16.
1911. The Recent and fossil mollusks of the genus Cerithiopsis from the west
coast of America. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc. 40: 327-367, pis. 36-41.
Berry, S. Stillman
1950. A partial review of some west American species of Crepidula. Leaflets in
Malacology. Redlands, Calif. 1: 35-40.
Bradley, William C.
1956. Carbon-14 date for a marine terrace at Santa Cruz, California. Geol. Soc.
Amen, Bull. 67: 675-678, 1 pi.
Bruff, Stephen C.
[1940] The Pleistocene history of the Newport Bay area, southern California. Un-
published Master of Arts thesis, Univ. Calif. Library.
1946. The Paleontology of Pleistocene mol lu scan fauna of the Newport Bay area,
California. Calif. Univ. Pubs., Dept. Geol. Sci. 27: 213-240, 12 text figs.
Burch, John Q. (ed.)
1944-1946. Distributional list of the west American marine mollusks from San
Diego, California to the Polar Sea. Conchological Club of So. Calif., 2
vols., 3 pts., Minutes nos. 33-63, pagination by issue, 3 pis.
Cooke, J. M.
[n. d.] Collectors’ catalogue of marine shells from California and the west coast of
Mexico. World Shell and Curio Co., San Diego, 7 pp.
Dali, William Healey
1919. Descriptions of new species of mollusks of the family Turritidae from the
west coast of America and adjacent regions. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc. 56: 1-86,
pis. 1-24.
1921. Summary of the marine shellbearing mollusks of the northwest coast of
America, from San Diego, California, to the Polar Sea . . . U. S. Natl. Mus.,
Bull. (112): 1-217, 22 pis.
Dali, William Healey and Paul Bartsch
1909. A monograph of west American pyramidellid mollusks. U. S. Natl. Mus.,
Bull. (68) : i-xii, 1-257, pis. 1-30.
Dawson, E. Yale
1952. Circulation within Bahia Vizcaino, Baja California and its effects on marine
vegetation. Amer. Jour. Bot., 39: 425-432, 5 figs.
Durham, J. Wyatt
1947. Corals from the Gulf of California and the North Pacific coast of America.
Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. (20) : i-v, 1-68, 2 text figs., pis. 1-14.
Durham, J. Wyatt, and J. Laurens Barnard
1952. Stony corals of the Eastern Pacific collected by the Velero III and
Velero IV. A. Hancock Pac. Expeds. 17: 1-110, pis. 1-16.
Emerson, William K.
1956. Pleistocene invertebrates from Punta China, Baja California, Mexico, with
remarks on the composition of the Pacific coast Quaternary faunas. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull. 11: 313-342, 1 text fig., pis. 22-23.
Emery, K. O.
1958. Shallow submerged marine terraces of southern California. Geol., Soc.
Amer., Bull. 69: 39-60, 13 figs., 1 pi.
Grant, U. S., IV, and Hoyt Rodney Gale
1931. Catalogue of the marine Pliocene and Pleistocene Mollusca of California,
and adjacent regions. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Mem. 1: 1-1036, 15 figs.,
32 pis.
46
Contributions in Science
No. 31
Grant, U. S. IV, and Leo George Hertlein
1938. The west American Cenozoic Echinoidea. Calif. Univ. Pubs., Math, and
Phys. Sci. 2: i-vi, 1-225, 16 text figs., 30 pis.
Hertlein, L. G.
i940. Addition to the range of Pecten caurinus Gould. Nautilus 54: 68-69.
Hertlein, L. G., and U. S. Grant, IV
1944a. The geology and paleontology of the marine Pliocene of San Diego, Cali-
fornia. Pt. 1, Geology. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Mem. 2: 1-72, pis. 1-18.
1944b. The Cenozoic Brachiopoda of western North America. Calif. Univ. Pubs.,
Math, and Phys. Sci. 3: i-iv, 1-236, 34 text figs., pis. 1-21.
Hertlein, L. G., and A. M. Strong
1940-1951. Eastern Pacific expeditions of the New York Zoological Society.
Mollusks from the west coast of Mexico and Central America. Pts. I-X.
Zoologica 25: 369-430, pis. 1-2 (Pt. 1, December 31, 1940); 28: 149-168,
pi. 1 (Pt. 2, December 6, 1943); 31: 53-87, pi. 1 (Pt. 3, August 20, 1946);
31: 93-120, pi. 1 (Pt. 4, December 5, 1946): 31: 129-150, pi. 1 (Pt. 5, Feb-
ruary 21, 1947); 33: 163-198, pis. 1, 2 (Pt. 6, December 31, 1948); 34:
63-97, pi. 1 (Pt. 7, August 10, 1949); 34: 239-258, pi. 1 (Pt. 8, December
30, 1949); 35: 217-252, pis. 1, 2 (Pt. 9, December 30, 1950); 36: 67-120,
pis. 1-11 (Pt. 10, August 20, 1951).
1955. Marine mollusks collected during the "Askoy” expedition to Panama, Colom-
bia, and Ecuador in 1941. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull. 107: 159-318, 3 pis.
Howard, Hildegarde
1948a Later Cenozoic avian fossils from near Newport Bay, Orange County, Cali-
fornia [Abstract]. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull. 59: pp. 1372-1373.
1948b Wing elements assigned to Chendytes. Condor, 49: 76-77, fig. 15.
1949. Avian fossils from the Marine Pleistocene of Southern California. Ibid. 51:
20-28.
1955. New records and a new species of Chendytes, an extinct genus of diving
geese. Ibid. 57: 135-143, 3 text figs.
1958. Further records from the Pleistocene of Newport Bay Mesa, California.
Ibid. 60: 136.
Jordan, Eric Knight
1924. Quaternary and Recent molluscan faunas of the west cosat of Lower Cali-
fornia. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., Bull. 23: 146-156.
1936. The Pleistocene fauna of Magdalena Bay, Lower California. Stanford Univ.,
Contrib. Dept. Geol. 1: 107-173, pis. 17-19.
Kanakoff, George P.
1948. Upper Pleistocene invertebrate fauna from the Newport Bay Mesa, Orange
County, California. [Abstract] Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull. 59: 1374-1375.
1950. The upper Pleistocene fauna of the Newport Bay mesa. Amer. Malacol.
Union News Bull, and Ann. Rept. 1950: 25-26.
1953. A new fossil shell from the Palos Verdes Sand. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., Bull.
52: 67-70, pis. 12-13.
1956. Fish records from the Pleistocene of southern California. Ibid. 55: pp.
47-49.
Keen, A. Myra
1937. An abridged check list and bibliography of west North American marine
Mollusca. 84 pp., 3 figs. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, Calif.
1958a. New mollusks from tropical west America. Bull. Amer. Paleont. 38: 239-
255, pis. 30-31.
1958b. Sea shells of tropical west America. Marine mollusks from Lower Cali-
fornia to Colombia, viii and 625 pp., text figs., 10 pis. Stanford Univ. Press,
Stanford, Calif.
Kulp, J. L., L. E. Tryon, W. R. Eckelman, and W. A. Snell
1952. T.amont natural radiocarbon measurements, II, Science 116: 409-414.
Lance, John F.
1948. Mammals from the Palos Verdes Pleistocene. [Abstract] Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Bull. 59: 1375.
Menzies, Robert James
1951. Pleistocene Brachyura from the Los Angeles area. Jour. Paleont. 25: 165-
170, 13 text figs.
1959
Kanakoff & Emerson: Newport Bay Pleistocene
47
Osburn, Raymond C.
1950-1953. Bryozoa of the Pacific coast of America, pt. 1, Cheilostomata — Anasca.
A. Hancock Pac. Exped. 14: 1-269, pis. 1-29; pt. 2, Cheilostomata — As-
cophora, Ibid. 14: 271-611, pis. 30-64 [1952]; pt. 3, Cyclostomata,
Ctenostomata, Entoprocta and Addenda, Ibid. 14: 613-841, pis. 65-82
[1953].
Poland, J. F., A. M. Piper, and others
1956. Ground-water geology of the coastal zone Long Beach-Santa Ana area,
California. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-supply paper (1109): i-v, 1-162, 2
text figs., 8 pis., 1 chart, 6 tables.
Rathbun, Mary J.
1926. The fossil stalk-eyed Crustacea of the Pacific slope of North America. U. S.
Natl. Mus., Bull. ( 138) : 1-155, pis. 1-39.
Savage, Donald E., and Theodore Downs
1954. Cenozoic land life of southern California. Geology of Southern California
Chap. III. Calif. Dept. Nat. Resources, Division Mines, Bull. 170: 43-58,
5 text figs.
Soot-Ryen, Tron
1955. A report on the family Mytilidae (Pelecypoda) . A. Hancock Pac. Exped.
20: pp. 1-174, 78 text figs., pis. 1-10.
Soule, John D., and Mary Marsh Duff
1957. Fossil Bryozoa from the Pleistocene of southern California. Calif. Acad.
Sci., Proc. IV. 29: 87-146.
Stevenson, Robert E., and K. O. Emery
1958. Marshlands at Newport Bay, California. A. Hancock Found. Publ., Occas.
Papers (20) : 1-109, 50 figs.
Stokes, William Lee
1955. Another look at the ice age. Science 122: 815-821, 1 fig.
Vedder, J. G., R. F. Yerkes, and J. E. Schoellhamer
1957. Geologic map of the San Joaquin Hills — San Juan Capistrano area, Orange
County, California. U. S. Geol. Survey, Oil and Gas Investigations Map
OM 193.
Weaver, Charles E. (Chairman), and others.
1944. Correlation of the marine Cenozoic formations of western North America.
Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull. 55: pp. 569-598, 1 pi.
Willett, George
1937. An upper Pleistocene fauna from the Baldwin Hills, Los Angeles County,
California. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans. 8: pp. 379-406, pis. 25-26.
1938. Report on Pleistocene mulluscan fauna at Capistrano Beach, Orange County,
Calif. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., Bull. 36: 105-107.
1944. Two new west American pelecypods. Ibid. 43: 19-22.
1948. Four new gastropods from the upper Pleistocene of Newport Bay Mesa,
Orange County, California. Ibid. 47: 17-21, pi. 4.
Woodford, A. O., J. E. Schoellhamer, J. G. Vedder, and R. F. Yerkes
1954. Geology of the Los Angeles basin. Geology of Southern California Chap. IV.
Calif. Dept. Nat. Resources, Division Mines, Bull. 170: 65-81, 8 text figs.
Woodring, W. P„ M. N. Bramlette, and W. S. W. Kew
1946. Geology and paleontology of Palos Verdes Hills, California. U. S. Geol
Surv., Prof. Paper (207) : 1-145, 14 figs., 37 pis.
LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS
IN SCIENCE
The Machris Brazilian Expedition
No. 1. General Account, by Jean Delacour.
No. 2. Botany: General, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 3. Botany: A New Dodder from Goias, by T. G. Yuncker.
No. 4. Botany: The Lichens, by Carroll W. Dodge.
No. 5. Botany: Cyanophyta, by Francis Drouet.
No. 6. Botany: A New Mint from Goias, by Carl Epling.
No. 7. Botany: Phanerogamae, various smaller families, edited by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 10. Botany: A New Columnar Cactus from Goias, by E. Yale Dawson
No. 11. Botany: Chlorophyta; Euglenophyta, by G. W. Prescott.
No. 12. Entomology: General; Systematics of the Notonectidae (Hemiptera), by Fred
S. Truxal.
No. 13. Botany: Phanerogamae, Leguminosae, by Richard S. Cowan.
No. 14. Entomology: Gelastrocoridae (Hemiptera), by E. L. Todd.
No. 17. Botany: Phanerogamae, Bromeliaceae and other smaller families, by Lyman B.
Smith.
No. 18. Botany: Musci, by Howard Crum.
No. 21. Botany: Phanerogamae, Euphorbiaceae, Lentibulariaceae, Rubiaceae, by Julian
A. Steyermark.
No. 22. Botany: Gramineae, by Jason R. Swallen.
No. 23. Botany: Phanerogamae, Alstroemeriaceae and other families, by Lyman B. Smith
and collaborators.
No. 24. Botany: Fungi, by G. W. Martin and collaborators.
No. 26. Botany: Hepaticae, by Margaret Fulford.
No. 28. Botany: Phanerogamae, Melastomataceae and Polygalaceae, by J. J. Wurdack.
No. 30. Botany: Phanerogamae, Amaranthaceae and other families, by Lyman B. Smith
and collaborators.
Other Subjects
No. 8. Notes on Eastern Pacific Insular Marine Algae, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 9. A New Species of Passerine Bird from the Miocene of California, by Hildegarde
Howard.
No. 15. Marine Algae of the Pacific Costa Rican Gulfs, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 16. A Classification of the Oscines ( Aves) , by Jean Delacour and Charles Vaurie.
No. 19. A New Race of the Pocket Gopher Geomys bursarius from Missouri, by Charles
A. McLaughlin.
No. 20. Further Bird Remains from the San Diego Pliocene, by Loye Miller and Robert
I. Bowman.
No. 25. Miocene Sulids of Southern California, by Hildegarde Howard
No. 27. Marine Algae from the 1958 Cruise of the Stella Polaris in the Gulf of Cali-
fornia, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 29- Quaternary Animals from Schuiling Cave in the Mojave Desert, California, by
Theodore Downs, Hildegarde Howard, Thomas Clements and Gerald A. Smith.
No. 31. Late Pleistocene Invertebrates of the Newport Bay area, California, by George
P. Kanakoff and William K. Emerson.
December 15, 1959
MBER 32
7. 73 c,
THE MAGHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY : Phanerogamae, Acanthaceae
By Emery C. Leonard
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellaneous technical
papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and Anthropology, published at
irregular intervals by the Los Angeles County Museum. Issues are
numbered separately and numbers run consecutively regardless of subject
matter. Number 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available
to scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Copies may
also be purchased at a nominal price.
The MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION from the Los Angeles
County Museum was sponsored by Mr. and Mrs. Maurice A. Machris
and Mrs. Maybell Machris Low. It was conducted under the auspices
of the Museu Nacional do Brasil. Botanical and zoological collections were
made from April through June, 1956, in the region of the headwaters of
the Rio Tocantins in the state of Goias. General accounts and intineraries
are given in papers 1 and 2 of this series. Technical type specimens of
new entities are deposited in the Museu Nacional in Rio de Janeiro.
Hildegarde Howard
Editor
E. Yale Dawson
Associate Editor
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
BOTANY : Phanerogamae, Acanthaceae
By Emery C. Leonard1
The plant specimens in this report were collected by E. Yale Dawson,
Expedition Botanist. In all, 19 specimens of the family Acanthaceae were
procured. Of these, numbers 14860, 14915, 14964, 15003, 15023 and 15028
were collected in the region of the southern Serra Dourada at W. Long.
48° 59'; S. Lat. 13° 45'. The others, namely, numbers 14225, 14360,
14362, 14380, 14381, 14489, 14499, 14531, 14599, 14662, 14687, 14730
and 14751 e came from the region of the Chapada dos Veadeiros at W.
Long. 49° 30'; S. Lat. 14° 30'. Detailed locality data for these may be
found in the general account of the botany of the Expedition.2
The genera are arranged alphabetically, as are the species, when more
than one, within each genus.
The first set of specimens, including isotypes of the four new species,
is deposited in the Los Angeles County Museum.
Geissomeria ciliata Rizzini, Dusenia 3:186. 1952. 14964;
15028 The species, so far as known, is limited to Goias and Minas
Gerais. The type (A. Macedo 1852) was collected at Queixada, Jatai, in
Goias. Macedo also obtained material of it at S. Vicente, Ituiutaba, Minas
Gerais.
Geissomeria dawsonii sp. nov. Figs. 1, 2
Herba vel suffrutex, caulibus glaucis plus minusve bifariam strigosis;
lamina foliorum oblongodanceolata, acuta vel subacuminata (apice ipso
subobtuso et minute mucronulato) , basi angustata et in petiolum decur-
rens, supra glabra, costa et venis (8-10 paribus) parce strigosis exceptis,
subtus hirtella, pilis basi crassis; cystolithis nullis; petioli dense pilosi;
spicae solitariae et terminates vel plures et terminates et subterminates,
pedunculatae ; bracteae ovatae firmae, puberulae, pilis glandulosis et
glandulosis intermixtis; bracteolae lanceolatae, subcarinatae, puberulae,
pilis glandulosis et eglandulosis intermixtis; calycis segmenta 4, puberula,
graciliter striato-nervosa ; corolla purpurea, apice aliquanto dense pubes-
cens, pilis patulis, glandulosis, purpureis, valde articulatis, labiis aequa-
libus, labio superiore cucullato, emarginato, labio inferiore trilobato, lobis
latioribus ovalibus rotundatis, lobo medio lato, apice valde emarginato;
ovarium glabrum.
Herbaceous or suf f rutescent ; stems subcylindrical, glaucous, more
or less bifariously strigose, the hairs upwardly subappressed, up to
0.32 mm. long; leaf blades oblong-lanceolate, up to 16 cm. long and
1 Associate Curator, Division of Phanerogams, U. S. National Museum, Smithsonian
Institution, Washington, D. C.
2 Dawson, E. Yale. 1957. The Machris Brazilian Expedition. Botany: General. Los An-
geles Co. Mus. Contr. Sci. (2) :l-20.
SMITHSONIAN
INSTITUTION
oeb 2 8 tags
4
Contributions in Science
No. 32
5.5 cm. wide, acute or subacuminate, the tip itself subobtuse and minutely
mucronulate, narrowed at base and decurrent on the petiole, moderately
firm, entire or very shallowly crenate, drying olive green, the upper surface
ACANTHACEAE
Fig. 1. Geissomeria dawsonii sp. nov. An isotype specimen.
1959
Leonard: Brazil, Botany
5
glabrous or nearly so except the veins and costa, these sparingly strigose,
the hairs up to 0.15 mm. long, the lower surface drying to grayish green,
hirtellous, the costa densely so, the hairs ascending, arising from
thickened bases, the costa and lateral veins (8 to 10 pairs) prominent
beneath, less so above; cystoliths absent; petioles (unwinged portion) up
to 12 mm. long, densely pilose, the hairs similar to those of the stem;
young axillary branches sericeous and pale, the hairs very dense; spikes
terminal and solitary or terminal and subaxillary, up to 3 cm. long, and
5 to 10 mm. broad, the subtending leaves smaller than the main stem
leaves, up to 6 cm. long and 1.5 cm. wide, the peduncle of the terminal
spike 4 to 8 mm. long, those of the subterminal spikes 2 cm. long, all
densely and softly pubescent with yellowish white ascending hairs up to
0.48 mm. long; rachis densely pubescent with spreading or ascending
hairs similar to those of the pedicels; flowers sessile, imbedded in the
furrows of the rachis; bracts oblong-ovate, 7 mm. long, 4 mm. wide near
the middle, firm and subcoriaceous, green, acute, puberulous with glan-
dular and eglandular hairs intermixed, these up to 0.1 mm. long or the
acute ones somewhat longer, the costa and 3 pairs of lateral nerves rather
prominent, the inner surface of the bracts glabrous; bractlets lanceolate,
5 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide, subacute, subcarinate, puberulous without, the
hairs similar to those of the bracts, glabrous within, the costa obscure;
calyx 4.5 mm. long, the segments oblong to lanceolate, the outermost 2 mm.
wide, the medial 1.5 mm. wide, the inner 1 mm. wide, all subacute,
puberulous without, the hairs similar to those of the bracts, glabrous within,
finely striate-veined; corolla about 3 mm. long, and 4 mm. broad at
throat, puberulous and purple, rather sparingly pilose with spreading hairs,
these purple, 0.28 to 0.38 mm. long, gland-tipped, conspicuously jointed,
Fig. 2. Geissomeria dawsonii sp. nov. a. Lower surface of leaf blade enlarged to show
pubescence; b, bract; c. bractlet; d, posterior calyx segment; e, one of the anterior
calyx segments; f, one of the lateral segments of the calyx; g, portion of calyx segment
enlarged to show character of the pubescence; h, tip of corolla; i, a glandular and an
acute hair from tip of corolla.
6
Contributions in Science
No. 32
the segments up to 0.08 mm. long, the corolla lips subequal, the upper lip
cucullate, emarginate, covering the lower before expansion, the lower lip
3-lobed, the lateral lobes oval, rounded, the middle lobe broad, sharply
notched at tip; ovary 1.25 mm. long, glabrous.
acanthaceae
Fig. 3. Jacobinia rigida (Nees.) Lindau var. desertorum (Nees) Leonard. Dawson 14225.
1959
7
Leonard: Brazil, Botany
Type: Museu Nacional do Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, collected in gallery
forest along stream 18 km. north of the Sao Joao da Alianga, in the region
of Chapada dos Veadeiros, April 23, 1956, by E. Yale Dawson (No.
14531). Isotypes in the United States National Herbarium and the Los
Angeles County Museum.
Superficially, Geissomeria dawsonii resembles G. ciliata Rizz., but
in that species the leaf blades are most abruptly narrowed toward the base
and the bracts are more conspicuously ciliate and bear no minute gland-
tipped hairs.
Jacobinia rigida (Nees) Lindau var, desertorum (Nees) comb,
nov. 14225 Figs. 3, 4. Sericographis rigida Nees j3. desertorum
Nees, in Mart. FI. Bras. 9:108. 1847. Nees cites several collections of
Sericographis rigida var. desertorum in 1847 (DC. Prodr. 11:360). One
of these, RiedeFs no. 2413, was collected at Uberosa, Goias.
Justicia allocota sp. nov. Figs. 5, 6
Herba vel suffrutex, caulibus subquadrangularibus, leviter sulcatis,
bifariam hirteilis, pilis curvatis; lamina foliorum oblongo-ovata vel ovato-
lanceolata, apice acuta vel breviter acuminata, basi cuneata, in petiolum
decurrens, (sicca) viridis, aliquanto firma, integra vel undulata, glabra
vel subglabra, costa et venis lateralibus (8-10-paribus) parce puberulis
(pilis curvatis) exceptis, cystolithis gracilibus; petioli puberuli; flores
sessiles, plures, pare bracteis foliiformibus suffultae, capitulis peduncu-
latis; bracteae apice subulatae, marginibus albis, ciliatis, costa conspicue
viridi; calycis laciniae 5, oblongo-lanceolatae, acutae, puberulae, ciliatae;
corolla purpurea, minute pubescens, labio superiore oblongo, apice bilo-
bato, lobis suborbicularibus, labio inferiore trilobato, lobis oblongo-
obovatis, apice rotundatis; stamina leviter exserta, antheris oblique
sagittatis, lobo inferiore calcarato; ovarium glabrum.
Fig. 4. Jacobina rigida (Nees) Lindau var. desertorum (Nees) Leonard, a, Portion of
stem enlarged to show hairs; b, bract; c, small portion of bractlet enlarged to show
hairs; d, bractlet; e, tip of bractlet; f. calyx; g, anther.
8
Contributions in Science
No. 32
Herbs or shrubs up to 3 meters high; stems subquandrangular,
shallowly grooved, bifariously hirtellous, the hairs upwardly curved, up
to 0.4 mm. long; leaf blades oblong-ovate to ovate-lanceolate, up to 15 cm.
long and 6.5 cm. wide, acute to short-acuminate at tip, cuneate at base and
decurrent on the petiole, drying bright green, medium firm, entire or
Fig. 5. Justicia allocota sp. nov. An isotype specimen.
1959
Leonard: Brazil, Botany
9
undulate, glabrous or nearly so except the costa and lateral veins (8 to 10
pairs), these moderately to sparingly puberulous, the hairs upwardly
curved, up to 0.16 mm. long, the venation of the lower surface more
prominent than that of the upper, the cystoliths delicate, up to 0.16 mm.
long; petioles (unwinged portion) up to 4 cm. long, the pubescence that
of the costa; flowers terminal and subterminal, several, these sessile,
crowded and subtended by a pair of foliaceous bracts, these bracts ovate,
about 3 cm. long and 1.6 cm. wide, acute or acuminate, the color, texture,
venation and pubescence that of the leaf blades, the flower clusters solitary
or in pairs, the peduncles ascending, about 1.5 cm. long, subquadrangular,
green, 0.75 mm. thick at base, 1.5 mm. thick at tip, the pubescence that of
the stems; bractlets lance-subulate, 1.5 cm. long, 1.5 mm. wide at base,
thence gradually narrowed to a long slender tip, glabrous within, sparingly
puberulous without, the hairs closely and upwardly appressed, up to
0.128 mm. long, the basal portion ciliate with spreading hairs 0.15 mm.
long, the margins of the bracts and bractlets white, the medial portion
and the prominent costa green; calyx segments 5, oblong-lanceolate, the
calyx tube 1 mm. long, the segments 11 to 12 mm. long, 1.5 wide at base,
gradually enlarged to 2.5 mm. at 6 mm. above base, thence narrowed to a
slender tip, glabrous within, inconspicuously puberulous without, the hairs
0.08 to 0.128 mm. long, closely and upwardly appressed, ciliate with
spreading or ascending hairs up to 0.32 mm. long; corolla purple, 4 cm.
long, 2.5 mm. broad at base, 4 mm. broad at about 5 mm. above base then
narrowed to 3 mm., the throat 6 mm. broad, finely and inconspicuously
Fig. 6. Justicia allocota sp. nov. a, One of the two large bracts subtending the flower
cluster; b, large bracts spread to show flower cluster of head; c, bractlet; d, one of the
calyx segments ; e, anther.
10
Contributions in Science
No. 32
pubescent, the hairs weak, mostly spreading, up to 0.32 mm. long, the lips
subequal, 22 mm. long, the upper lip oblong, 6.5 mm. wide near base,
narrowed to 3 mm. at tip, 2-lobed, the lobes suborbicular, 1.5 mm. long,
about 2 mm. wide, the lower lip 3-lobed, the lobes oblong-obovate, the
middle lobe 9 mm. wide near tip, the lateral lobes 5.5 mm. wide, all
rounded or obtuse at tip; stamens exserted about 5 mm. beyond the mouth
of the corolla, the anthers obliquely sagittate, the lobes 4 mm. long, one
attached to the connective slightly above the other, the lowermost calcarate,
the connective 3 mm. broad near base, the filaments glabrous; ovary
glabrous; style minutely and sparingly puberulous toward base, the stigma
minute; capsule not seen.
Type: Museu Nacional do Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, collected in the
forested area near Ribeirao Cristalino, 34 km. east of Formoso, May 21,
1956, by E. Yale Dawson (No. 15023). Isotypes in the United States
National Herbarium and the Los Angeles County Musuem.
Justicia allocota resembles in a superficial way some of the large-
bracted species of Dicliptera. The hexagonal stems and peduncles and the
contracted, flattened, fan-like cymules are characteristic of Dicliptera, but
in this new plant the flowers are clustered and sessile, not arranged in
fan-like cymules. This and the subquadrangular stems and peduncles
justify its placement with Justicia. Two other species with similar inflores-
cences should be transferred to Justicia :
1. Justicia involucrata (Nees) comb. nov. Dicliptera speciosa Nees
& Mart., Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. 11:143. 1823. Beloperone involucrata Nees, in
Mart. FI. Bras. 9:143. 1847 (Syntypes are cited from Sebastianopolis,
Federal District, and from Bahia.)
In this species the leaves are smaller (up to 9 cm. long and 2.5 cm.
wide) than those of /. allocota, and the enveloping bracts, shorter than
the calyces, do not have the rather numerous, conspicuous lateral veins.
Furthermore, the pedicelled flower clusters are solitary in the axils of the
leaves, whereas in /. allocota they are usually in pairs.
2. Justicia thunbergioides (Lindau) comb. nov. Beloperone thun-
bergioides Lindau, Bull. Herb. Bois. Ser. 2, 5:372. 1905. Type: Malme
3026, in Mato Brosso, Brazil.
In this species the leaf blades are strictly ovate, that is, nearly as wide
as long, definitely rounded at base and abruptly acuminate at the tip. In
our new species the blades are cuneate at the base and the tips more
gradually acuminate.
Justicia ixodes sp. nov. Figs. 7, 8
Herba vel suffrutex, caulibus subquadrangularibus, bifariam pilosis
et puberulis, pilis longioribus patulis, acutis vel glandulosis, pilis breviori-
bus retrorse curvatis, acutis; lamina foliorum oblongo-ovata apice sub-
acuminata, apice ipso late obtuso, basi angustata, in petiolum decurrens,
aliquanto firma, integra vel undulata, aliquanto pilosa et ciliata, pilis
1959
Leonard: Brazil, Botany
11
patulis vel ascendentibus, costa et venis vix prominentibus; cystolithis
nullis; petioli breves pilosi vel in canalibus dense puberuli, pilis acutis,
curvatis, spicae laxae simplices vel furcatae, terminales et axillares, ascen-
dentes, rhache pilosa et puberula, pilis longioribus patulis, acutis vel glan-
dulosis, pilis minoribus acutis, curvatis; bracteae ramos inflorescentiae
subtendentes foliaceae, eae flores subtendentes parvae, pilis acutis et pilis
FiO&A Of GO! AS. BRAXa
? Xss» Aisgefca Maseura
MACmts SKAZtlUN TiXPKnn'iON
JviStic(<L kodBA Lzonasrd^.
W. Ui5g, 4«« W< S. Lac IV' 45'
IWwk# wi mvn&m «r sa«ll *tr*s» rtmu&tsg, tersus
! 'ji- p . >i, o-;-
Fig. 7. Justicia ixodes sp. nov. An isotype specimen.
12
Contributions in Science
No. 32
glandulosis intermixtis; bracteolae lineares; calycis segmenta, linearia,
acuta, 3-nervata, intus glabra, extus pilosa, pilis patulis, acutis vel
glandulosis; corolla purpurea, parce pilosa et puberula, pilis longioribus
acutis, brevioribus glandulosis, in faucem plicata, labio superiore erecto,
ovato, apice bilobato, lobis triangularibus, labio inferiore plus minusve
patulo 3-lobato, lobis rotundatis; stamina vix exserta, lobis superpositis,
lobo superiore dorse hirsuto, lobo inferiore calcarato, glabro, connectivo
piano, lato, triangulato; ovarium parce puberulum, pilis acutis vel
glandulosis.
Herbs or suffrutescent plants up to 1 meter high or more; stems
subquadrangular, bifariously pilose and puberulous, the long hairs
spreading, either glandular or acute, 1.5 to 2.5 mm. long, the understory
of retrorsely recurved small hairs, up to 0.25 mm. long, acute; leaf blades
oblong-ovate, up to 10.5 cm. long and 3.8 cm. wide, subacuminate, the
tip itself broadly obtuse, narrowed at base and decurrent on the petiole,
moderately firm, entire or undulate, rather moderately pilose, ciliate, the
hairs spreading or ascending, up to 0.16 mm. long, or those of the costa
of the lower leaf surface up to 0.32 mm. long, the venation somewhat
inconspicuous (the lateral veins 6-8 pairs) ; cystoliths absent; petioles up
to 1 cm. long, pilose with spreading acute hairs up to 2 mm. long, the
channels also densely puberulous with acute curved hairs up to 0.25 mm.
long; spikes lax, simple or branched, axillary and terminal, ascending,
up to 12 cm. long, the rachis both pilose and puberulous with straight
spreading hairs, the longer ones mostly gland-tipped, up to 1 mm. long,
the small understory hairs curved, acute and about 0.16 mm. long; bracts
subtending the branches of the inflorescence lanceolate, mostly about 1 cm.
long and 1.5 mm. wide, acute, narrowed at base, pilose with spreading
Fig. 8. Justicia ixodes sp. nov. a, Hairs from stem; b, node of inflorescence showin;
bract, bractlet and calyx; c, anther; d, pistil.
1959
Leonard: Brazil, Botany
13
acute and gland-tipped hairs intermixed; these up to 1 mm. long, the
bracts subtending the flowers spathulate, usually about 6 mm. long and
1.25 mm. wide, subobtuse at tip, gradually narrowed from above middle
to base, the pubescence similar to that of the larger bracts; bractlets
linear, 3 mm. long and 0.5 to 0.75 mm. wide, subacute, the pubescence
similar to that of the bracts; calyx segments 4, linear, 11 mm. long, 1.5 to
1.75 mm. wide, acute, 3-nerved, glabrous within, pilose without, the hairs
straight, spreading, acute or gland-tipped, up to 0.5 mm. long; corolla
purple, sparingly pilose, with mostly spreading hairs up to 0.25 mm. long
and more densely puberulous with short gland-tipped hairs about 0.05 mm.
long, the tube 12 mm. long, 5 mm. broad at base, enlarged to 5 mm. above
base and narrowed to 1 mm. 8 mm. above base, 7 mm. broad at throat,
the upper lip erect, ovate, 10 mm. long, about 6 mm. wide just above
base, narrowed to 1 mm. at notched tip, the lobes triangular, 0.5 mm.
long and wide, acute, the lower lip more or less spreading, 10 mm. long,
3-lobed, the lobes rounded, about 5 mm. long, 3.5 mm. wide, the throat
plaited; stamens exserted 4 mm. beyond the mouth of the corolla, the
anther lobes obliquely attached, 2.5 mm. long and 1 mm. wide, the upper
anther lobe glabrous except the dorsal ridge, this hirsute, the hairs straight
and erect, 0.38 mm. long, the lower anther lobe spurred, the spur white,
about 0.5 mm. long, the connective flat, triangular, 1.5 wide at base,
0.5 mm. wide at tip, the filaments flat, glabrous; ovary sparingly puberu-
lous, the hairs acute or gland-tipped, 0.032 mm. long; style 18 mm. long,
bearing a few mostly acute ascending hairs toward base, these 0.16 mm.
long; stigma oblique, very short.
Type: Museu Nacional do Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, collected on banks
and margins of small stream running through hilly cerrado 20 km. east
of Formoso, May 17, 1956, by E. Yale Dawson, (No. 14915). Isotypes in
the United States National Herbarium and the Los Angeles County
Museum.
Justicia nodicaulis (Nees) comb. nov. 14360; 14381
Beloperone nodicaulis Nees, in Mart. FI. Bras. 9:140. 1847. (Syntypes
from Minas Gerais, Go las and Mato Grosso are cited. A photograph of the
syntype collected by Pohl in Goias is in the U. S. National Herbarium.)
Amphiscopia grandis Rizzini, Dusenia 3:185. 1952. Type: Macedo 1854,
Queixada, Jatai, Goias, April 14, 1949. Isotype (US).
Justicia lanstyakii Rizzini, Rev. Brasil Biol. 6:522, fig. 11-17. 1946.
14730 Limited to Minas Gerais (type) and Goias. Some recent
collections procured by A. Macedo are: 2413, 2427, and 2477 from Minas
Gerais; 2612 from Goias.
Lophostachys cyanea sp. nov. Figs. 9, 10
Suffrutex, caulibus subquadrangularibus, dense hirsutis, pilis ascen-
dent! bus cinnamomeis; lamina foliorum ovata vel obovata, apice rotundata
14
Contributions in Science
No. 32
vel obtusa, basi angustata, in petiolum decurrens, aliquanto firma, integra
vel undulata, utrinque pilosa vel costa dense pilosa, marginibus ciliatis,
pilis patentibus vel ascendentibus, cystolithis nullis vel paucis; petioli
breves, pilosi; spicae 1 vel 2, floribus compactis, secundis; bracteae, dor-
sales, sessiles, virides, oblongo-ovatae, breviter acuminatae basi angustatae,
intus glabrae, nitidae, extus pilosae, marginibus ciliatis, costa et nervis
lateralibus prominentibus ; bracteolae lineari-subulatae, ciliatae, costa
prominente; calycis segmenta valde inaequalia, cyanea, intus glabra, extus
pilosa, marginibus ciliatis, nervis prominentibus, segmentum superius
FLORA OF GOSAS, BRAZIL
Ancles O.RlUtV Miiko
MA dim BRAZ IUAN EXPEDITION
of she C hzpam ilo» Veaddros
W. 4?t' % Ui. U - 30- .
gtdlory forwrt «9#rgU *lo«g 18 km. mrth
of S*» Jme 4a Alieae*
I, V* Dawsoa No Apolgc md
rnMti
Fig. 9. Lophosiachys cyanea sp. nov. An isotype specimen.
1959
Leonard: Brazil, Botany
15
ellipticum, acutum, segmentum inferius elliptico-ovatum, apice oblique
bilobatum, lobis triangularibus, acutis, cuspidal is. segmenta lateralia
lineari-subulata, puberula, pilis acutis subtilibus et pilis crassis patulis
glandulosis intermixtis praeditis; corolla cyanea, puberula pilis minutis
acutis et pilis glandulosis intermixtis, tubo angusto, labiis aequalibus,
labio superiore ovato, rotundato, emarginato, labio inferiore patulo 3-
lobato, lobis ovatis, rotundatis; stamina leviter exserta, antheris staminum
superiorum 2-lobatis, lobis parallelis, leviter superpositis, antheris stami-
num inferiorum Idobatis; capsulae ovoideae, nitidae, glabrae, call is parce
hirtellis exceptae; retinacula gracilia; semina pilosa.
Suffrutescent plants up to 1 meter or more high; stems subquadrangu-
lar, at least the upper portions densely brownish hirsute, the hairs
ascending, mostly up to 1 mm. long; leaf blades ovate to obovate, up to
5 cm. long and 4 cm. wide, rounded or obtuse at apex, narrowed at the
base and decurrent on the petiole, rather firm, entire or undulate, both
surfaces rather sparingly pilose but more densely so on the costa of the
lower surface, or the entire surface of the young leaves densely pilose, the
hairs mostly up to 1.5 mm. long or a few reaching to 2 mm., spreading or
ascending, the margins ciliate, the costa and lateral veins (about 4 pairs),
prominent on the lower surface of the leaf blade, less so above, the
cystoliths present or lacking, the upper surface of the blades dull green
(dry), nitid, the lower green, minutely scurfy; petioles up to 5 mm. long,
yellowish pilose; spikes terminal or in pairs with one subterminal, up to
6 cm. long and 2 cm. broad, the flowers densely crowded and secund;
bracts green, dorsally arranged on the spike, oblong-ovate, 14 mm. long,
7 mm. wide, briefly acuminate, narrowed to a sessile base 3 mm. wide,
the inner surface glabrous, nitid, the outer pilose, the hairs subappressed,
up to 0.5 mm. long, the margins ciliate, the hairs spreading, up to
1.5 mm. long, the costa and the 4 or 5 pairs of lateral nerves prominent,
the brae lie Is up to 12 mm. long and 0.5 mm. wide, linear-subulate, ciliate,
the costa prominent ; calyx segments 4, very dissimilar, subhyaline, strongly
nerved, the large outermost (anterior) segment elliptic-ovate, 17 mm. long,
13 mm. wide, 2-lobed at apex, each lobe triangular, 5 mm. long, 4 mm.
wide at base, cuspidate, the inner surface glabrous, nitid, the outer rather
densely pilose, the hairs ascending, up to 0.5 mm. long, the margins
ciliate, the hairs up to 1.5 mm. long, the posterior segment elliptic, 2 cm.
long, 11 mm. wide, acute, the pubescence and venation similar to that of
the posterior bract; lateral segments linear-subulate, 9 mm. long, 1.5 mm.
wide, puberulous, the hairs 0.25 mm. long, ciliate with similar hairs, the
dorsal surface bearing in addition to the fine ascending hairs, short, erect
heavy glandular ones, these about 0.2 mm. long, the costa prominent;
corolla blue, rather sparingly puberulous, with both acute and gland-tipped
hairs, these up to 0.16 mm. long, the corolla tube about 13 mm. long and
2 mm. broad, the upper lip erect, ovate, 5 mm. long, 4 mm. wide, rounded,
16
Contributions in Science
No. 32
emarginate, the lower lip spreading, 3-lobed, 5 mm. long, the lobes ovate,
rounded, 4 mm. long, the middle lobe 1.75 mm. wide, the two lateral ones
1.25 mm. wide; stamens 4, the longer upper pair exserted about 4 mm.,
the lower shorter pair exserted about 1 mm., the anthers of upper pair
24obed, the lobes parallel, 2.5 mm. long, 0.75 mm. wide, one slightly
superimposed above the other, rounded at both ends, the anthers of the
Fig. 10. Lophostachys cyanea sp. nov. a, Bract; b, bractlet; c, posterior calyx segment;
d, one of the lateral calyx segments; e, small portion of lateral calyx segment enlarged
to show pubescence; f, anterior calyx segment; g, upper half of corolla; h, small por-
tion of corolla lobe enlarged to show pubescence; i, anther of one of the upper pair
of stamens; j, anther of one of the lower pair of stamens.
1959
Leonard: Brazil, Botany
17
lower pair of stamens 1-lobed, the lobe similar to those of the 2-lobed
anthers; capsule narrowly ovoid, 13 mm. long, 4 mm. broad, about 2 mm.
thick, glabrous, nitid except the callus, this bearing a few rigid acute
spreading hairs about 0.128 mm. long; seeds 4, ovate (immature), 4 mm.
long, 1.5 mm. broad, densely and softly pilose, the hairs more or less
appressed, whitish, soft, about 0.25 mm. long; retinacula about 2.5 mm.
long, gradually narrowed to a slender blunt tip.
Type: Museu Nacional do Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, collected in gallery
forest margin along stream 18 km. north of Sao Joao da Alianga, April
20, 1956, by E. Yale Dawson, (No. 14489). Isotypes in the United States
National Herbarium and the Los Angeles County Museum.
Lophostachys cyanea is different from all other previously described
species in its blue flowers and bracts (dry) and in the two-celled anthers
of the upper pair of stamens and the one-celled anthers of the lower pair.
Its closest relative is perhaps L. diandra Nees, collected at Esperanga,
Brazil (Province unknown) by Riedel. In that species the corolla is white
with blue veins and the stamens 2 in number. All other species of
Lophostachys hitherto described have 4 didymous stamens.
Lophostachys laxifolia Nees, in Mart. FI. Bras. 9:68. 1847.
14362; 14499; 15003 The plants of this species are both con-
spicuous and attractive because of their brilliant red outer calyx segments
and corollas with a white tube and a red- violet throat and lip. Nees based
his description on three syntypes: woods near Sumidouro, Serra dos
Orgaos, Federal District, Beyrich; Mandioca, Riedel; and Engenho da
Cebola, Sellow. Hugh C. Cutler found it growing in woods and old cutover
and cultivated fields at Fazenda Monjolinho, 20 km. northeast of Anapolis,
Goias, altitude 1,000 meters, June 5, 1943, No. 8012 (US). Here it was
reported to be poisonous to cattle. Mello Barreto collected it at Estrada de
Catiara, Patos, Minas Gerais, June 19, 1936, No. 4393, (US) . A photograph
of the syntype collected by Sellow is in the U. S. National Herbarium.
Ruellia adenocalyx Lindau, Bot. Jahrb. Engler 25, Beibl. 60: 46.
1898. 14751e Figs. 11-12. The type came from “inter Guari-
robea et Siriaeo,” Goias, Brazil. The leaves of this species are softly pilose
with upwardly ascending whitish hairs up to 1 mm. long. These are dense
on the upper surface of the leaf blades, but distinct. On the lower surface
they are very dense and more or less matted (subtomentose) . The corollas
are bright red. The calyx segments are long, narrow and glandular-
pilose, hence, the specific epithet.
Ruellia angustior (Nees) Lindau, Bot. Jahrb. Engler 25, Beibl. 60:46.
1898. 14599; 14662; 14687 The type ( Stemonacanthus angus-
tior Nees, in Mart. FI. Bras. 9:54. 1847) was collected at “S. Felis prope
fluvium Trahiras,” Goias, by Pohl. A photograph of the holotype in the
18
Contributions in Science
No. 32
Vienna Herbarium is in the U. S. National Herbarium (Photo 32735).
The panicles or racemes are narrow and few-flowered, and the corolla is
bright red. The species is rather closely related to R. adenocalyx.
Fig. 11. Ruellia adenocalyx Lindau. Dawson 14751e.
1959
Leonard: Brazil, Botany
19
Ruellia puri (Nees) Mart, ex Jackson, Index Kew. 1:775. 1893.
14380 This plant is rather widely spread in central Brazil, but is
most abundant in Minas Gerais. Nees cites several syntypes of his
Dipter acanthus puri in Martins’ Flora Brasiliensis 9:35. The corollas are
a clear lilac with rather long, very narrow tube. The specific epithet, puri,
(clean, pure) may possibly allude to the attractive corollas.
Ruellia vindex (Nees) Lindau, in Engler & Prantl, Naturl. Pflanzen-
fam. 4,3b :311. 1895 14860 Nees cites several syntypes of his
Dipteracanlhus vindex in Martins’ Flora Brasiliensis 9:42. 1847. Three of
these were from Minas Gerais: one of his own specimens from Contendas,
one collected at S. Lucia by Riedel, and one from Arrayal Porteira
collected by Sellow. A fourth was collected from the District of Guyana
in the Province of Venezuela by Otto. Several additional collections are
mentioned by Nees in DeCandolle’s Prodromus, 11:139. 1847. Among them
is Gardener’s 3954 from Campo Assayas, also in Minas Gerais. A photo-
graph of this is in the U. S. National Herbarium (Photo 26608), and its
resemblance to Dawson 14860 is close indeed. Plants of this species are
low herbs with firm, glabrous leaves (hirsute in original description) and
long (9 cm.) slender-tubed blue corollas. The specific epithet vindex ,
meaning a defender, protector or vindicator, is a fanciful name without
any special allusion to the nature of the plant.
Fig. 12. Ruellia adenocalyx Lindau. Dawson 14751e. a, Bract; b, bractlet ; c, hairs from
bractlet ; d, calyx ; e, tip of calyx segment ; f, stigma.
LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS
IN SCIENCE
The Machris Brazilian Expedition
No. 1. General Account, by Jean Delacour.
No. 2. Botany: General, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 3. Botany: A New Dodder from Goias, by T. G. Yuncker.
No. 4. Botany: The Lichens, by Carroll W. Dodge.
No. 5. Botany: Cyanophyta, by Francis Drouet.
No. 6. Botany: A New Mint from Goias, by Carl Epling.
No. 7. Botany: Phanerogamae, various smaller families, edited by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 10. Botany: A New Columnar Cactus from Goias, by E. Yale Dawson
No. 11. Botany: Chlorophyta; Euglenophyta, by G. W. Prescott
No. 12. Entomology: General; Systematics of the Notonectidae (Hemiptera), by Fred
S. Truxal.
No. 13. Botany: Phanerogamae, Leguminosae, by Richard S. Cowan.
No. 14. Entomology: Gelastrocoridae (Hemiptera), by E. L. Todd.
No. 17. Botany: Phanerogamae, Bromeliaceae and other smaller families, by Lyman B.
Smith.
No. 18. Botany: Musci, by Howard Crum.
No. 21. Botany: Phanerogamae, Euphorbiaceae, Lentibulariaceae, Rubiaceae, by Julian
A. Steyermark.
No. 22. Botany: Gramineae, by Jason R. Swallen.
No. 23. Botany: Phanerogamae, Alstroemeriaceae and other families, by Lyman B. Smith
and collaborators.
No. 24. Botany: Fungi, by G. W. Martin and collaborators.
No. 26. Botany: Hepaticae, by Margaret Fulford.
No. 28. Botany: Phanerogamae, Melastomataceae and Polygalaceae, by J. J. Wurdack.
No. 30. Botany: Phanerogamae, Amaranthaceae and other families, by Lyman B. Smith
and collaborators.
No. 32. Botany: Phanerogamae, Acanthaceae, by Emery C. Leonard.
Other Subjects
No. 8. Notes on Eastern Pacific Insular Marine Algae, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 9- A New Species of Passerine Bird from the Miocene of California, by Hildegarde
Howard.
No. 15. Marine Algae of the Pacific Costa Rican Gulfs, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 16. A Classification of the Oscines ( Aves) , by Jean Delacour and Charles Vaurie.
No. 19- A New Race of the Pocket Gopher Geomys bursarius from Missouri, by Charles
A. McLaughlin.
No. 20. Further Bird Remains from the San Diego Pliocene, by Loye Miller and Robert
1. Bowman.
No. 25. Miocene Sulids of Southern California, by Hildegarde Howard
No. 27. Marine Algae from the 1958 Cruise of the Stella Polaris in the Gulf of Cali-
fornia, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 29. Quaternary Animals from Schuiling Cave in the Mojave Desert, California, by
Theodore Downs, Hildegarde Howard, Thomas Clements and Gerald A. Smith.
No. 31. Late Pleistocene Invertebrates of the Newport Bay area, California, by George
P. Kanakoff and William K. Emerson.
Jmber 33
December 15, 1959
5-07.75 y
THE MAGHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
ORNITHOLOGY: Two New Birds
from Central Goias, Brazil
By Kenneth E. Stager
Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif.
CONTRIBUTIONS IN SCIENCE is a series of miscellaneous technical
papers in the fields of Biology, Geology and Anthropology, published at
irregular intervals by the Los Angeles County Museum. Issues are
numbered separately and numbers run consecutively regardless of subject
matter. Number 1 was issued January 23, 1957. The series is available
to scientists and scientific institutions on an exchange basis. Copies may
also be purchased at a nominal price.
The MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION from the Los Angeles
County Museum was sponsored by Mr. and Mrs. Maurice A. Machris
and Mrs. Maybell Machris Low. It was conducted under the auspices
of the Museu Nacional do Brasil. Botanical and zoological collections were
made from April through June, 1956, in the region of the headwaters of
the Rio Tocantins in the state of Goias. General accounts and intineraries
are given in papers 1 and 2 of this series. Technical type specimens of
new entities are deposited in the Museu Nacional in Rio de Janeiro.
Hildegarde Howard
Editor
E. Yale Dawson
Associate Editor
THE MACHRIS BRAZILIAN EXPEDITION
ORNITHOLOGY : Two New Birds from Central Goias, Brazil
By Kenneth E. Stager1
During the study of the birds collected in Central Goias by the
Machris Brazilian Expedition, a spine-tail (Furnariidae) and a motmot
(Momotidae) appear to be subspecifically new.
I am grateful to Dr. Dean Amadon of the Department of Birds of the
American Museum of Natural History for the opportunity to make use of
the vast collections of that institution as well as for the loan of pertinent
specimen material needed to complete this particular study. Names of colors
are capitalized when direct comparison has been made with Ridgway’s
“Color Standards and Color Nomenclature.”
The two new forms from Central Goias are described as follows:
Anumbius annumbi machrisi, new subspecies
(Figs. 1, 2)
Type: From 20 kms. north of Sao Joao da Alianga, Goias, Brazil,
No. 33162 Los Angeles County Museum. Adult female, collected April 28,
1956, by Kenneth E. Stager (KES 15804). Holotype to be deposited in
the Museu Nacional do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro. Paratypes (2) in the Los
Angeles County Museum.
Diagnosis: Similar to Anumbius a. annumbi of Southern Brazil and
Argentina, but easily distinguishable by the almost complete lack of dark
brown spots and striations which outline the light colored throat of indivi-
duals of the nominate race. Forehead more uniformly rich chestnut, and
dark brown striations of the crown greatly reduced; dark brown streaks of
mantle and back also reduced in number.
Range : Known only from the type locality on the Chapada dos
Veadeiros, an area drained by the Rio Tocantins of the Amazonian net-
work. The subspecies was relatively abundant in this locality.
Description of type: Forehead Hazel with no dark brown centers to
feathers; dark tipped feathers at margin of forehead and loreal area
absent; supraorbital stripe Warm Buff; dark brown centers of crown
feathers reduced in size and number ; throat dull white with border necklace
of dark brown spots and striations almost completely absent. Breast and
abdomen as in the nominate form. Mantle and back similar in color to
that of nominate form, but with the dark-centered feathers reduced in
numbers. Rump and tail similar in color to those of nominate form. The
light colored tips of rectrices a deeper Buff than shown in specimens from
the south. Wing, 81.8 mm.; tail, 88.9 mm.; culmen from base, 20 mm.;
exposed culmen, 16.3 mm.; tarsus, 26.1 mm. Holotype and paratypes all
in fresh, unworn plumage.
Remarks: Anumbius annumbi (Vieillot) was previously known only
from southern Brazil, Uruguay and adjacent parts of Paraguay and Argen-
^urator of Ornithology, Los Angeles County Museum.
SMITHSON i/u ~
INSTITUTION
DEC 2
8 1959
4
Contributions in Science
No. 33
tina. It is, therefore, of interest to note that this new subspecies extends the
range some 500 miles to the north of the previously recorded boundary of
the species.
The subspecific name honors Mr. Maurice A. Machris, co-sponsor of
the 1956 Expedition to Goias, Brazil.
Specimens Examined
Anumbius a. annumbi
Brazil (AMNH)
Rio Grande do Sul, So. of Victoria, 2 cf 2 9
Rio Grande do Sul, Urugaiana, 9
Rio Grande do Sul, Vaccaria, 2 cf 2 9
Rio Grande do Sul, Santa Isabel, cf 9
Rio Grande do Sul, W. of Lagoa da Manguerira, 2 cf 2 9
Rio Grande do Sul, Candiota, cf
Rio Grande do Sul, Sao Francisco de Paulo, 9
Rio Grande do Sul, Quinta, 9
Paraguay (AMNH)
Chaco, Mission Vieja, 2 cf 1 $
Sapucay, cf
Argentina (AMNH)
Buenos Aires, Baracas al Sud, cf 2 9
Buenos Aires, Tigre, 9
Anumbius a. machrisi
Brazil (LACM)
Goias, 20 kms. no. of Sao Joao da Alianga
cf Paratype (LACM 33161)
9 Holotype (LACM 33162)
9 Paratype (LACM 33163)
Baryphthengus ruficapillus berlai, new subspecies
Type: From 20 kms. north of Sao Joao da Alianga, Goias, Brazil.
No. 32483, Los Angeles County Museum. Adult male collected April, 30,
1956, by Kenneth E. Stager (KES 15822). Holotype to be deposited in the
Museu Nacional do Brazil. Paratypes (8) in the Los Angeles County
Museum.
Diagnosis: Nearest to Baryphthengus r. ruficapillus of southeastern
Brazil, but distinguishable by the overall more pallid tone to colors of
crown, nuchal area, throat, breast and abdomen. Rufous band of lower
breast wider and paler than in specimens from southeast Brazil.
Range: Known only from the Chapada dos Veadeiros and the Serra
Dourada areas of the upper Rio Tocantins drainage area of Central Goias.
Fig. 1. Ventral view of type series of Anumbius annumbi machrisi Stager (right) com-
pared with three specimens of the nominate race Anumbius a. annumbi (Vieillot) from
southern Brazil and Paraguay. Holotype third specimen from right.
3 2/
6
Contributions in Science
No. 33
Description of Type: Crown and nape Kaiser Brown with the color
extending well down upon the mantle. Back and sides of neck Kronberg’s
Green, shading into a deeper green on rump, wings and tail. Outer webs
of primaries Jay Blue. Throat Ochraceous Buff shading into Yellowish
Citrine on upper breast; lower breast with a wide (45 mm.) band of bright
Tawny. Abdomen Tea Green. Central rectrices untrimmed. Specimen is in
fresh, unworn plumage. Wing, 155 mm.; tail, 224 mm.; exposed culmen,
36 mm.; culmen from base, 46 mm.; tarsus, 28 mm.
Remarks: A series of nine specimens in fresh plumage show this
proposed form to be uniformly lighter in color tone, and more suffused
with rufous buff than a comparative series of specimens of the nominate
form from the states of Sao Paulo, Minas Gerais and Bahia. The form
B. r. berlai shows very strong affinities with the coastal form, B. r.
ruficapillus, rather than with B. r. martii to the northwest. It is highly
doubtful that B. r. martii and other forms of Baryphthengus of north-
western South America and Central America are, in reality, conspecific
with Baryphthengus ruficapillus of southeastern Brazil, as proposed by
some authors (Peters, J. L., Checklist Birds of the World, V,
1945:224-225).
The subspecific name honors Mr. Herbert F. Berla, ornithologist of
the Museu Nacional do Brasil, who assisted the author on the expedition
to Goias, Brazil.
Specimens Examined
B. r. ruficapillus
Brazil
Sao Paulo, Maresias, 2 c? 1 $ (LACM)
Sao Paulo, Anumbi, cf (LACM)
Sao Paulo, Mun. de Iguape, cf (LACM)
Minas Gerais, 41 kms. no. of Raul Soares, 9 (LACM)
Bahia, Cajareiras, 4 cf 2 9 (AMNH)
Rio Grande do Sul, Lagoa da Forma, 2 9 (AMNH)
B. r. berlai
Brazil (LACM) Holotype and 8 paratypes.
Goias, 20 kms. no. of Sao Joao da Alianga, 3 cf 2 9
cf Paratype (LACM 32481)
9 Paratype (LACM 32482)
cf Holotype (LACM 32483)
9 Paratype (LACM 32484)
cf Paratype (LACM 32485)
Goias, 24 kms. so. e. of Formoso, Serra Dourada, 4 9
9 Paratype (LACM 32478)
9 Paratype (LACM 32479)
9 Paratype (LACM 32480)
9 Paratype (LACM 32486) — ^
Fig. 2. Dorsal view of type series of Anumbius annumbi machrisi Stager (right) com-
pared with three specimens of the nominate race Anumbius a. annumbi (Vieillot) from
southern Brazil and Paraguay. Holotype third specimen from right.
life.
LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS
IN SCIENCE
The Machris Brazilian Expedition
No. 1. General Account, by Jean Delacour.
No. 2. Botany: General, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 3. Botany: A New Dodder from Goias, by T. G. Yuncker.
No. 4. Botany: The Lichens, by Carroll W. Dodge.
No. 5. Botany: Cyanophyta, by Francis Drouet.
No. 6. Botany: A New Mint from Goias, by Carl Epling.
No. 7. Botany: Phanerogamae, various smaller families, edited by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 10. Botany: A New Columnar Cactus from Goias, by E. Yale Dawson
No. 11. Botany: Chlorophyta; Euglenophyta, by G. W. Prescott
No. 12. Entomology: General; Systematics of the Notonectidae (Hemiptera), by Fred
S. Truxal.
No. 13. Botany: Phanerogamae, Leguminosae, by Richard S. Cowan.
No. 14. Entomology: Gelastrocoridae (Hemiptera) , by E. L. Todd.
No. 17. Botany: Phanerogamae, Bromeliaceae and other smaller families, by Lyman B.
Smith.
No. 18. Botany: Musci, by Howard Crum.
No. 21. Botany: Phanerogamae, Euphorbiaceae, Lentibulariaceae, Rubiaceae, by Julian
A. Steyermark.
No. 22. Botany: Gramineae, by Jason R. Swallen.
No. 23. Botany: Phanerogamae, Alstroemeriaceae and other families, by Lyman B. Smith
and collaborators.
No. 24. Botany: Fungi, by G. W. Martin and collaborators.
No. 26. Botany: Hepaticae, by Margaret Fulford.
No. 28. Botany: Phanerogamae, Melastomataceae and Polygalaceae, by J. J. Wurdack.
No. 30. Botany: Phanerogamae, Amaranthaceae and other families, by Lyman B. Smith
and collaborators.
No. 32. Botany: Phanerogamae, Acanthaceae, by Emery C. Leonard.
No. 33. Ornithology: Two new birds from Central Goias, Brazil, by Kenneth E. Stager.
Other Subjects
No. 8. Notes on Eastern Pacific Insular Marine Algae, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 9. A New Species of Passerine Bird from the Miocene of California, by Hildegarde
Howard.
No. 15. Marine Algae of the Pacific Costa Rican Gulfs, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 16. A Classification of the Oscines (Aves), by Jean Delacour and Charles Vaurie.
No. 19. A New Race of the Pocket Gopher Geomys bursarius from Missouri, by Charles
A.. McLaughlin.
No. 20. Further Bird Remains from the San Diego Pliocene, by Loye Miller and Robert
1. Bowman.
No. 25. Miocene Sulids of Southern California, by Hildegarde Howard
No. 27. Marine Algae from the 1958 Cruise of the Stella Polaris in the Gulf of Cali-
fornia, by E. Yale Dawson.
No. 29. Quaternary Animals from Schuiling Cave in the Mojave Desert, California, by
Theodore Downs, Hildegarde Howard, Thomas Clements and Gerald A. Smith.
No. 31. Late Pleistocene Invertebrates of the Newport Bay area, California, by George
P. Kanakoff and William K. Emerson.
No. 34. A new Giant Water Bug from Mexico, by Arnold S. Menke.
MBER 34
December 15, 1959
75 ,
A NEW GIANT WATER BUG FROM MEXICO
( Hemiptera : Belostomatidae )
By Arnold S. Menice1
In the course of identifying the specimens of Lethocerus in the
Entomological Collection of the Los Angeles County Museum (LACM) as
a part of a study of the Western Hemisphere members of the genus, a new
species was found which is closely related to L. colossicus (Stal) and
L. camposi (Montandon). Consequent to this discovery, additional material
was obtained through the courtesy of the California Academy of Sciences
(CAS) and the David R. Lauck Collection (DRL), University of Illinois.
The author (AM) recently took more material while on a collecting trip
into Mexico. The abbreviations, indicated in parentheses above, designate
the place of deposition of type specimens.
1 would like to acknowledge the loan of specimens of L. camposi by
Dr. John S. Garth of the Hancock Foundation, University of Southern
California.
Lethocerus truxali new species
(Figs. 1, 5)
Size: Male, length 68-73 mm.; holotype, length 73 mm., width 29 mm.
Description of male: Interocular space with an irregular median
carina near apex; inner margins of eyes subparallel for most of their length
but diverging rather suddenly near vertex; ratio of narrowest interocular
distance to widest, 3 : 4; eye width (measured through eye at inner
posterior angle) less than greatest interocular distance; dorsal outline of
eye (viewing head from front) curved; widest postocular space one-half
width of clypeus; lateral margin of pronotum evenly arcuate, foliaceous
and light brown; anterior lobe of pronotum dark brown with two broad,
diverging, light brown stripes (best seen in alcohol) ; hemelytron evenly
University of California, Davis, Calif.
SMITHSONIAN
INSTITUTION
DEC
8 1951
2
Contributions in Science
No. 34
colored, not irrorate; veins of corium very prominent; metasternum pro-
duced into a spine posteriorly; abdominal venter evenly colored dark
brown, although with a tendency to be irrorate in some specimens; con-
nexival plate I covered mesally with appressed pubescence; profemur
dorsally with a median, longitudinal, dark brown stripe, the length to
width ratio, 18.7 : 3.7; outer margin of metatibia nearly straight; width
of metatarsal segment I less than least interocular distance, the ratio,
2.7 : 3.1; aedeagus as in figures 1 and 5.
Female: Similar to male.
Types: Holotype male: Acapulco, Guerrero, Mexico, Dec. 15, 1955,
Alex Elias (LACM). Allotype female: Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico, Sept. 19,
1955, B. C. Templeton (LACM). Paratypes as follows: 72 mi. so. Los
Mochis, Sinaloa, Mexico, July 17, 1956, A. Lewis (LACM) cf ; Mazatlan,
Sinaloa, Mexico, June 27, 1918, J. A. Kusche (CAS) cf ; Tuxpan, Nayarit,
Mexico, Aug. 12, 1957, D. Lauck and W. Wheatcroft (DRL) 6 cf cf , 9 ;
Tepic, Nayarit, Mexico, Aug. 26-27, 1959, A. Menke and L. Stange (AM)
9 cf cf , 6 9 9 . Paratypes from the David R. Lauck and the A. Menke
collections will be deposited in the collections of the University of Kansas,
the U. S. National Museum and the Stockholm Natural History Museum.
Distribution : In Mexico this species is probably restricted to the west
coastal drainage system, being the counterpart in the west of Lethocerus
colossicus (Stal, 1855) 2 which is found along the east coast of Mexico and
on into Central America and the West Indies. Lethocerus truxali probably
occurs in Central America also, as indicated by two female specimens taken
by David Lauck at Dario, Matagalpa, Nicaragua. The specimens agree in
every way with L. truxali but males will have to be seen for positive
identification.
Comparative notes: For one using Cummings’ (1933) key to Letho-
cerus, L. truxali will key out to L. camposi (Montandon, 1900) which is
known only from Ecuador. These two species are very similar externally
but truxali can be distinguished by the two diverging light brown stripes
on the pronotum. The pronotum of camposi is more uniform in color. The
aedeagus differs in the two species (Figs. 1, 2, 5, 7). L. truxali is also
readily separated from L. colossicus.3 The latter has peculiar eyes that are
flat along the dorsal margin and nearly as wide as long. In addition, the
postocular space is wider than one-half the width of the clypeus in L.
colossicus. In L. truxali the eyes are rounded along the dorsal margin and
are obviously longer than wide. The aedeagus of colossicus is distinct
2The name was spelled collossicus in the original description, but this was obviously a
printer’s lapsus since the species name was derived from the Greek word kolossos and
should have been spelled with one ”1” as corrected by Stal in later references.
3Dr. Eric Kjellander of the Stockholm Natural History Museum kindly loaned me the
type of L. colossicus. It agrees with Stal’s description. The specimen is a female and bears
the following data on labels: Honduras (hand written), Hjalmarson (hand written),
typus (machine printed on red card), and the numbers 59-86. The specimen measures
78.5 mm. long and 30.5 mm. wide.
1959
Menke: Giant Water Bug
3
(Figs. 3, 8). L. angustipes (Mayr, 1871), is the only other Mexican
species which might be confused with L. truxali, but it is smaller and has a
distinct aedeagus (Figs. 4, 6).
This species is named in honor of Dr. Fred S. Truxal who has made
many contributions to the taxonomy of the aquatic Hemiptera.
truxali
camposi
colossicus angustipes
Figs. 1-8. Aedeagus of related species of Lethocerus. Figs. 1-4, dorsal view; figs. 5-8,
lateral view.
4
Contributions in Science
No. 34
Literature Cited
Cummings, C.
1933. The Giant Water Bugs ( Belostomatidae, Hemiptera). Univ. of Kansas Sci.
Bull. 21:197-219.
Mayr, G.
1871. Die Belostomiden. Verhandl. der Kaiserl-Konigl. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien
21:427.
Montandon, A. L.
1900. Description d’une nouvelle espece du genre Amorgius. Bui. Societatea
Sciinte Bucaresti 9(5): 561-563.
Stal, C.
1855. Nya Hemiptera. Ofver. af Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl. 11:240.
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11